pee oa Ag t aie — Seen Pow the alt a ae a fete eat laa agin ar Ba eh a oan nb a an Ea ae an em atmalnain . Pane hes - Tate ee Fd Bde ater Pada er aanre SS = pint siete ae te tee eet nee Tat ee x ; =< Sa a mee ENS a Si BASS tote tet ce : 15s i a Ti PRN R Monnet Ie TE SF e ake akan Milena a hatin Se pee iy Fe ime SVs Se puns? oat _* co no stones wes ep rekne ety ee Nee “ : 7, wine. : e Satara tncoine sient tener Be TEMS : t , Ny . 2 SN Ge . i es eal ‘yer x] a i ED” ies See ‘ i) re =) aie ory NS area en! eS 4 sd j ap | i aa By” Sah se | re Ty é Nias ube. ee A e ae Se z fee bot o + ee Nice. dead SVG, z ‘a Sa } Pera. Iktex ae eee [ESOEA ey AE a fick oD, rs ng Shit Na fea Bee | aera Oe ay ee = _ Sete” ae if ani uhh Ht 0 aye Bee ; SE ‘i ik ‘fi al : li a o> i asf ‘ “an a) il Se ENG = 5 29 INCRE SS, gas Be MO TNO KE j aGeKORN ez OS) hi ey Dt im id lai | “nd ia r as ti sl x ARES [oe a ae Sees poy "ae AEE 7 ie Yes = “7 | ee <7 a m r ih ee aso f ea Be %% Se: Wl ii j : eh eee * aoe : aa ; i = ; SOS: ys SONN-aBE ~ UU, 1 eS Ce “yo i = ca 4 at Ai — take a D ee \ = . 1S El) “st ( a3 I Samaeney ™ uae RH Cee a Oey i ih hy I See ie Sao Dies W/ Sagi ere ee < ill “ sl iI i fi ay . “@ (oh ) c 2 e hats i Pest ‘apn JOURNAL OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY, ZOOLOGY. iO IN DIOMNG: SOLD AT THE SOCIETY'S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE, PICCADILLY, W., AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO, =———— BAND his ee ORNS WILLIAMS AND NORGATE, \( 2317503 } 1911-1916, i ae ta Dates of Publication No. 211, pp. » 212, ” POS. be » 214, ;, ” 215 om » 216, ” coli Pe Pee OSes je. Gy ap » 220, ” ” 22] ” of the several Numbers included in this Volume. 1- 58, 59— 86, 87-120, 121-162, 165-194, 195-232, 233-306, 307-416, 417-456, 457-512, 513-530, published July 20, 1911. by) October 23, 1911. September 24, 1912. December 17, 1912. May 16, 1913. October 25, 1913. June 30, 1914. September 21, 1914. July 27, 1915, September 30, 1915. July 25, 1916 Index, Title-page, ete PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, SiGe ALP WANs: BaGnati, RicHAaRD Srppoway, F.L.S. On the Classification of the Order Symphyla ...........0..0...00..0.6.eneeree 2 195 On a Collection of Thysanoptera from the West Indies, with Descriptions of New Genera and Species. (Plates 48 & 49, and 2 Text-figures.) ... 495 Bayuis, HARRY ARNOLD. Some Observations on the Tentacles of Blennius gattorugine. (Commu- nicated by Prof. G. C. Bourn, F.R.S., Sec.L.8.) (Plates 22 & 23, and IANS PITOTTTES,)) coctoadaneond sannaode omen ck abbcoUeb Rb aneroocosHabodsEadmassoncesabe 295 Bourne, Gitpert CHarues, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.L.S. A Description of Five new Species of Hdwardsia, Quatr., from New Guinea, with an Account of the Order of Succession of the Micro- mesenteries and Tentacles in the Edwardside. (Plate 51, and 2 Text- {TORIES iy teers ene tera uees a Seb obo a RCO LIC IO UGC Ser OGROE Gunn mn NG BCRE HG acronis 513 See Bayuis, H.. A. See LippEtu, J. A. See Rosson, G. C. Brown, James MeIkue, B.Sc., F.L.S. Observations on some new and little-known British Rhizopods. (Plate 9.) 77 Carman, Winiiam Tuomas, D.Sc., F.L.S., F.Z.8. On Apheocaris, nom. nov. (Aphareus, Paulson), a Genus of the Crustacean Family Sergestidee. (Plate 16.) .......... cess eseeeeee eee ee ete ee tee eee eens Curio, Cuarnis, M.A., LL.D., D.Sc., M.B., C.M., F.LS. A new Amphipodan Genus and Species [Syndexamine carinata] (Family Dexaminide) from New Zealand. (Plates 26 & 27.) .............:...00 Some Terrestrial Isopoda from New Zealand and Tasmania, with De- scription of a new Genus [WVotoniscus]. (Plates 36 & 37.) ............... Deto, a Subantarctic Genus of Terrestrial Isopods. (Plates 39 & 40.) ... Cottince, Watrer Epwarp, M.S8c., F.L.S., F.E.S. On the Range of Variation of the Oral Appendages in some Terrestrial Tigojo@cls, ((Plennas 20) Ws PBL.) coonaascoeansnoscsode cosqonccs vacssennnaoscescesso: Description of a new Genus and Species of Terrestrial Isopoda from British: Guvana |iGalyewoniscus||, (Plate’SO))s. 2... edeeeate te eee ne neeeeee Davipson, JAMES D., M.Sc., F.ELS. On the Mouth-parts and Mechanism of Suction in Schizoneura lanigera. (Communicated by Dr. A. D. Innis, F.L.S.) (Plates 24 & 25, aud DM exten OULesn) davtisng.gseere ctu gu auienoeessne qpobee vee 6 Coe eaeni ERE eee: eee Foor, Miss Karuariny, and Miss EH. C. SrRoBELL. Results of Crossing Huschistus variolarius and Huschistus servus, with reference to the Inheritance of an exclusively Male Character. (Com- municated by Prof. KE. B. Pounron, F.R.S., Pres.L.8.) (Plates 28-34, ands Next=Mouires,.)) Heasinuinea + anclas «gla ge beter ee eee eee eee Results of Crossing two Hemipterous Species, with reference to the Inheritance of two Exclusively Male Characters. (Communicated by iPro By B. Rounron, Enis. eressu.8.)) 1 (elates| 4 47a) eee Frienp, Rev. Hiupertic, F.L.S., F.R.M.S. Some Annelids of the Thames Valley. (With 3 Text-figures.) ............ GiLcHRIsT, JoHN Don Fisuer, M.A., B.Sc., Ph.D., F.L.S. A Free-swimming Nauplioid Stage in Palinwrus. (With 1 Text-figure.) Herpman, Prof. Witi1aAm Apsortt, D.Sc., F.R.S., F.L.S. A Comparison of the Summer Plankton on the West Coast of Scotland with: thatun the trishySea, | (Wath! 8) ext-foures))) ose peeee sree Page 219 dol 417 435 287 509 307 Bam 457 95 Page HerpMaN, Prof. Wiii1am Axsort, D.Sc., &. (cont.). On the Occurrence of Amphidinium operculatum, Clap. & Lachm., in vast Quantibyameonciminay(isleroh Mam) (Plate 8.) s.ss0s--4.--+ Secondary ditto. = Growth period. Primary Sperm- “3. 2/ocyles. >/St 2 2° mafuraton- < A'VISIONS . ™Spermatids - S:Unripe Sperm - . AHOZOA. | ages Bunches of ripe an, “Spermalozoa. -- Degenerating Cells. At the anterior end of each follicle is a single cluster of primary spermato- gonia with the apical cell, and several clusters of secondary spermatogonia, arranged without definite order. The resting- or growthsstages of the primary spermatocytes occupy a considerable area, lying posteriorly to the spermatogonia; and the heterotropic chromosome is here seen for the first time as a dark and compact body apposed to the nuclear membrane. We next see the various phases of the primary and secondary spermatocyte mitoses, there being no resting-stage between these two divisions. Pro- ceeding still further towards the posterior end of the follicle, we meet with the transformation from spermatids to unripe spermatozoa; the former are 5 CAPT. C. F. U. MEEK ON THE in scattered groups, and the latter in more closely associated bunches. Beyond these are dense masses of ripe spermatozoa, placed at considerable intervals in the lumen of the follicle: the extreme end is occupied by degenerating cells that will undergo no further development. The posterior half of the follicle is occupied by unripe and ripe sperma- tozoa, and the greater part of the anterior half is closely packed with the primary spermatocyte growth-stages. The follicle is divided into tracts, in which these various stages are found, the partitions arising from the follicle wall: further subdivision is effected by septa, dividing the tracts into cysts. Cells in one cyst are not all at the same stage ; and the precocious cells of one section correspond with the laggards in the next. When the follicle has been cut at right angles to its length, the succession of stages can be followed with great accuracy until we come to the spermatids, when the identity of the follicle is lost, clusters of spermatozoa alone being distinguishable. SPERMATOGONIA. The extreme anterior zone of the mature follicles is divisible into two parts, occupied respectively by the primary and secondary spermatogonia. The former are arranged in a single layer round a central cell—the apical cell— recognizable by its regularly ovoid nucleus, in which lies a group of large and deeply staining granules, the ordinary chromatin particles being distributed in irregular blotches. The nuclei of the primary spermatogonia are situate in the region of their cytoplasm furthest from the apical cell, and present a lobulate appearance, as can be seen in fig. 1, on Plate 1. The chromatin is disposed in minute particles upon the linin threads of an apparently complete reticulum; and I have failed to find any massing of larger granules, as in the case of the apical cell. Hach follicle contains one apical cell with its attendant primary spermatogonia. At present little is known of the nature of this apical cell, which has been found and studied in many insect forms, but principally in the Lepidoptera ; its function is not yet understood, but it probably plays an important réle by affording either nourishment or physical support to the cells destined to become spermatozoa. On the other hand, it has been suggested that it is a degenerate spermatogonial cell, or the mother cell of the primary spermato- gonia surrounding it, or that its function is connected with the formation of the zones into which the follicle portions are subdivided. Davis has found it in the members of the Acridide and Locustidse that he has studied, and has shown that in Dissosteira carolina, Arphia tenebrosa, Chortophaga viridifasciata, and Stenobothrus curtipennis it is completely surrounded by the single layer of primary spermatogonial cells, but only partly surrounded in Melanoplus femoratus and Hippiscus tuberculatus, being at one side in SPERMATOGENERBIS OF STENOBOTHRUS VIRIDULUS. 9 ‘contact with the connective-tissue cells. Gerard further distinguished it in Stenobothrus biguttulus’ by its deeper cytoplasmic colouring ; but I have not found this in my material. The cluster of primary spermatogonia is surrounded by numerous connective-tissue cells, recognizabie by their small size and deeply stained nuclei. The secondary spermatogonial groups are completely enclosed by cyst-walls, formed from connective-tissue cells, and lie posteriorly to the primary spermatogonia in irregularly disposed clusters, often so closely packed that the cells become distorted. Hach group has been formed by repeated division of a single cell, originally extruded from the primary spermatogonial figure, so that there is a continuous stream of cells passing towards the posterior end of the follicle. A secondary spermatogonial -eyst is shown on Plate 1. fig. 2, from which it will be seen that these cells closely resemble the primary spermatogonia, but are easily distinguishable by the absence of the apical cell. . As in the case of the primary spermatogonia, the neg nesses nucleus shows a series of chromatin granules disposed along linin threads: I have been unable to discover whether we are dealing here with one continuous thread, much convoluted, or with a number of threads, irregularly placed -in such a manner that they combine to give this reticular appearance. -Montgomery seems to have experienced the same doubt in the case of Syrbula. Davis merely describes a network, in which chromatin granules are massed at the intersections of the linin threads. There are two spermatogonial generations; and this agrees with the -results of Montgomery upon Syrbula acuticornis, Gerard upon Stenobothrus biguttulus, and Davis upon numerous members of the Acridide and Locustidee. Sutton however has declared that there are eight in Brachy- stola; and Wilcox has been unable to determine the exact number in _Caloptenus femur-rubrum. McClung suggests that the number varies with the species. | In the resting-stages the nucleus is not deeply stained. The prophase of ‘division is characterized by the flowing together of granules on the linin ‘threads; and these chromatin particles become more and more closely associated until they form the ragged filaments, representing the forerunners of the compact bodies that later appear on the periphery of the karyokinetic spindle. As condensation proceeds, the chromatin exhibits greater affinity for the iron hematoxylin, so that distinct correlation exists between the . intensity’ of staining and the degree of proximity of the associating particles. .The formation of the spindle is preceded by the appearance of two small _asters in the cytoplasm, close to the periphery of the nucleus. The chromatin filaments have by this time assumed the shapes and sizes characteristic of the chromosomes ; and they now arrange themselves on the equatorial plate, preparatory to division, the metaphase complex showing seventeen chromosomes of varying shapes and sizes. ; 10 CAPT. 0. F. U. MEEK ON THE In every complex that I have studied I have found the same number of chromosomes, and the same size and shape relationships. With the exception of the heterotropic chromosome, the members of the complex can be arranged in a graduated series of eight pairs, divisible into three groups, small, large, and medium: there are three small pairs, of which two are spherical and the third ovoid, three pairs of large rod-shaped chromosomes bent slightly at the middle, and two pairs of medium chromosomes, which usually appear as straight rods. The heterotropic chromosome is the fourth largest in the complex, and isa straight or very slightly bent rod, recognizable for the first time at this stage. By choosing metaphases where the chromosomes overlap only to a small extent, and by making camera-lucida drawings upon successive occasions and comparing results later, I have tried to minimize the possibility of error in counting the number of chromosomes present; this difficulty is not experienced in the metaphases of the spermatocytes, where only half the spermatogonial number is found, and where cells can be chosen in which no overlapping occurs. Plate 1. figs. 3 & 4 show polar views of the spermatogonial metaphase, the seventeen chromosomes being arranged on the equatorial plate. Gerard has found seventeen chromosomes in the spermatogonial complex of Stenobethrus biguttulus, and Davis’s results in the case of S. curtipennis agree with this. McClung in an early paper suggested that the number is dependent on the family, and is a constant, but this has not been found to be strictly true. I believe the number is constant for the genus, but not for a larger subdivision of the animal kingdom. Since the number has been found to vary in the Orthoptera, it is interesting to compare the results of writers upon this subject. Sutton has found twenty-three chromosomes in Brachystola magna, capable of being arranged in three small and eight large pairs, with an odd or heterotropic chromosome ranking among the latter. Davis has counted the same number in Arphia tenebrosa, Hippiscus tuberculatus, Chortophaga viridifasciata, aud Melanoplus femoratus. In the Locustid, Steiroxys trilineata, he has found twenty-nine, and has shown that in all cases the ordinary chromosomes can be arranged in pairs forming a graduated series. McClung has observed thirty-three chromosomes in Xiphidium fasciatum ; and Nadine Nowlin has counted twenty-three in Melanoplus bivittatus. When working upon crickets, Baumgartner found twenty-nine in Gryllus assimilis and twenty-one in G. domesticus. The chromosomes, after placing themselves on the spindle, divide longitudinally, and their halves pass to opposite poles ; the division of the heterotropic chromosome is longitudinal, but occurs often at a later stage, when the ordinary chromosomes have begun to move apart: an example: of the secondary spermatogonial telophase in shown on Plate 1. fig. 5. On reaching the poles the chromosomes elongate and appear to lose their affinity for the iron hematoxylin: as the nuclear membrane reforms, they SPERMATOGENESIS OF STENOBOTHRUS VIRIDULUS. iL become more and more ragged ; and this dissociation of chromatin continues until we see again the characteristic resting-stage with its chromatin granules disposed along linin threads, which combine either in reality or in appearance to produce a complete reticulum. The whole process is merely an inverse repetition of that-preceding division. The heterotropic chromosome takes no part in this diffusion of chromatin, and remains throughout this stage as a darkly stained and homogeneous body apposed to the nuclear membrane, where its aftinity for the stain and smooth outline render it extremely conspicuous. PRIMARY SPERMATOCYTES. After the last spermatogonial division, resulting in the formation of two daughter primary spermatocytes, the nucleus is much reduced in size. McClung has pointed out that at this stage reproduction is replaced by constructive metabolism, and that the chromosomes, after exhausting their metabolic resources, unite their common energies to build up a new cytoplasm. This suggestion probably furnishes the true explanation, but in any case possesses considerable pragmatic value, for some process of this nature undoubtedly occurs. The cells undergoing this resting- or growth-stage occupy large areas in the follicle, and the gradual increase in size as we proceed more and more posteriorly is very noticeable. This growth-period is continued until the nucleus has attained its maximum size, when the cell enters the prophase of the next mitosis. Plate 1. figs. 6 & 7 show the difference between the primary spermatocyte immediately after the secondary spermatogonial division and immediately before the next mitosis. The nucleus shows a reticulum, composed of chromatin granules placed along linin threads, the individuality of the ordinary chromosomes being completely lost. It will be remembered that at this stage Sutton found no loss of individuality of the chromosomes in Brachystola ; each chromosome under- went resolution into a spireme in a separate sac, in which it remained completely isolated, although the sacs fused at one end to form a common chamber. He consequently met with no reticulum, or appearance of a reticulum, and so put forward this phenomenon as a convincing proof of the individuality of the chromosomes. Robertson observed a similar condition in Syrbula, but did not always find the sacs, containing the ordinary chromosomes, clearly distinguishable. Both Sutton and Robertson describe a distinct vesicle, in which the heterotropic chromosome lies, having no morphological connection with the vesicles of the other chromosomes. I have been unable to find the smallest trace of such vesicles, and am confirmed in this by the work of Gerard on Stenobothrus Liguttulus—a member of the same genus. 1? CAPT. C. F. U. MEEK ON THE The prophase of division is characterized by the closer association of chromatin granules on the linin threads of the reticulum; and this process continues until the latter is resolved into a number of ragged filaments, which shorten and thicken, and later assume a boomerang shape. By this time all trace of the component granules is lost ; and the ragged horseshoe bodies, folding themselves into figures of eight and rings, are gradually transformed into the smooth and clearly defined chromosomes. The resolution of the reticulum into filaments is shown on Plate 1. fig. 8, and the subsequent shortening and thickening of the boomerangs in fig. 9 of the same Plate. The various shapes assumed by the chromatin filaments at a still later stage are shown on Plate 2. figs. 10-19, the most prominent types being crosses, rings, and loops. The last-named may be doubled to form a complete figure of eight, or may form a single loop with free ends twisted or crossed over one another. As soon as the centrosomes have taken up their position at the poles, the chromosomes appear on the equatorial plate, and the characteristic metaphase figure is once more represented. The heterotropic chromosome remains as a dark and smoothly outlined body close to the nuclear wall while the chromatin filaments are being transformed into chromosomes: it then takes its place among them on the ‘mitotic spindle. The number of filaments evolved from the reticulum is eight, so that nine chromatin bodies compose the metaphase complex. In this manner the sixteen ordinary chromosomes of the spermatogonial cell have been halved, and this reduction must be effected before the breaking up of the spireme, for I have found no evidence of lateral association of filaments after this has occurred. Gerard has obtained similar results, but explains the reduction of the somatic number by describing an association of granules, the reticulum meshes combining in pairs by means of fine anastomosing threads ; he has found that this process always begins near the heterotropic chromosome. On the other hand, Davis denies that a continuous spireme is formed, but mentions a similar massing of granules at this stage ; he describes how the spiremes appear later in the form of loops, attached by their free ends to the nuclear membrane, and, since the number of loops is half the somatic number of the chromosomes, suggests that each loop is composed of two univalent chromosomes united end to end. The chromosomes on the equatorial plate exhibit the same size and shape relationships found in the spermatogonial complex: of the eight ordinary chromosomes, three are large, three small, and two of medium size, the heterotropic chromosome again being the fourth largest. This can be seen from Plate 2, where a polar view of the metaphase is given in fig. 20. The smaller chromosomes are the first to divide, division in all cases being longitudinal ;_ this agrees with the results of Baumgartner, Gerard, Henderson, McClung, Montgomery, Nowlin, Robertson, Sutton, Wilcox, SPERMATOGENESIS OF STENOBOTHRUS VIRIDULTS. 11.3} and others. The heterotropic chromosome does not divide at this mitosis, and may often be seen on its way to one pole, while the ordinary chromosomes are still on the equatorial plate. Illustrations of this are shown on Plate 2. figs. 21 & 22, and a still later stage in fig. 23, where the ordinary chromosomes, still attached to one another by connecting-fibrils, are moving towards the opposite poles. In every case the heterotropic chromosome passes entire to one daughter cell, so that dimorphism of the spermatozoa is effected at this mitosis, half the resulting secondary spermatocytes possessing this odd chromosome, and half being without it. No resting-stage follows the telophase, for the two maturation divisions occur in rapid succession, SECONDARY SPERMATOCYTES. Large areas are frequently to be seen occupied by cells undergoing these two divisions; and the absence of an intervening resting-stage is not characteristic only of this species, for it has been observed in many other types. The chromosomes that assemble on the mitotic spindle are nine or eight in number, the difference depending upon the presence or absence of the heterotropic chromosome, which is found in only half the cells. ‘The complex exhibits the same size relationship that occurred in the earlier metaphases : there are once more three small chromosomes, of which two are spherical and the third ovoid, three large chromosomes appearing as V’s with their component arms closely folded on one another, and two chromosomes of intermediate size, also represented by a pair of arms joined at one extremity. The heterotropic chromosome, when present, is still the fourth largest of the complex. Hxamples of polar views of the metaphase, showing the chromosome complex, are given on Plate 2. figs. 25, 26, & 27. Later we see the ordinary chromosomes dividing in mitosis at the junction of their component arms, one arm going to each pole. If the arms are really the associated members of the spermatogonial pairs, this division must effect the separation of chromosomes that became laterally associated two generations previously ; and if we accept the further hypothesis that the members of these pairs are respectively paternal and maternal in derivation, we must regard this mitosis as the means of separating chromosomes obtained from the two parents, after a possible exchange of chromatin. There is however no direct evidence to prove that the component arms of these V-shaped chromosomes correspond with the members of the spermato- gonial pairs, or that the members of the pairs are derived from both parents, although there are reasons for assuming the truth of these two suppositions. The heterotropic chromosome is the last to divide, and can often be seen on the periphery of the mitotic spindle when the ordinary chromosomes are 14 CAPT. C. F. U. MEEK ON THE massing at the poles; on these occasions it appears in the form of two V’s, whose apices are distally placed with respect to one another. An illustration of this phenomenon is given on Plate 3. fig. 28. This “lagging” of the heterotropic chromosome has been observed by Baumgartner in Gryllus, by Davis in numerous members of the Acrididze and Locustide, and by many writers in the case of other types. The cytoplasm becomes constricted shortly after the chromosomes have passed to the two poles, and in this manner two daughter spermatids are formed. SPERMATIDS. As soon as the nuclear membrane of the spermatids has formed, the chromosomes become ragged, and dissociation of their component granules begins to take place. This process continues until the individuality of the ordinary chromosomes is completely lost, the nucleus exhibiting several irregularly placed blotches, in which the chromatin granules are faintly distinguishable. The heterotropic chromosome retains its individuality for a considerable time, remaining intact as a darkly stained body in the midst of the dissociating ordinary chromosomes ; it subsequently becomes resolved into a mass of granules, and loses its identity in the general chromatin reticulum. Plate 3. fig. 29 shows a cell at this stage of development. Shortly after this a body appears outside and in contact with the nuclear membrane, forming a conspicuous object on account of its great affinity for the iron hematoxylin and its characteristic bead or knob shape. The axial filament grows out from a clearly marked constriction in the middle of this “centrosome,” and, as the cytoplasm of this region gradually elongates :to form the tailpiece of the unripe spermatozoon, increases in length «and appears as an indistinct line down its entire length. The chromatin granules have now become extremely minute, and the nucleus has the appearance ef an uniformly grey body, in which the component chromatin particles cannot be distinguished. This gradual transformation is shown on Plate 3. figs. 30 & 31. The elongation of the tail and axial filament is later accompanied by a corresponding elongation of the nucleus, which loses its spherical shape and appears in that of a torpedo. The “centrosome” still occupies its original position between the axial filament and the posterior end of the nucleus, but is slightly reduced in size; this can be clearly seen in figs. 32 & 33. The lengthening of the nucleus and tailpiece continues, and the “ centro- some ”’ becomes smaller and smaller. The nucleus gradually becomes darker, doubtless owing to a closer association of its chromatin particles. Plate 3. figs. 34 & 35 show this further elongation, the reduced size of the “centrosome” being very noticeable, SPERMATOGENESIS OF STENOBOTHRUS VIRIDULUS. 15 ‘The torpedo-shaped spermatids are to be seen scattered in the follicle, and are very prominent objects on account of the strong staining of the iron heematoxylin : they are placed usually with their heads towards the anterior end of the follicle, and travel as unripe spermatozoa, tail first, towards the posterior end. As they elongate further into the thin thread-like form characteristic of the unripe spermatozoa, they become associated in ragged clusters, which continue to condense until we find solid masses of ripe and finely drawn out spermatozoa situate at irregular intervals in the lumen of the follicle. Plate 3. fig. 36 shows the penultimate stage immediately preceding the transformation into the mature spermatozoon, and is a good example of the much reduced “centrosome” and the darkly staining and considerably elongated nucleus. SUMMARY. 1. The apical cell is found at the extreme anterior end of the mature follicle, completely surrounded by a single layer of primary spermatogonial cells. There is only one apical cell in each follicle. 2. The secondary spermatogonia occur in clusters and morphologically appear similar to the primary cells, but are recognizable by the absence of the apical cell and by the number of clusters. 3. The nucleus exhibits an apparently complete reticulum in the resting- stages of both primary and secondary spermatogonia: there is no trace of the identity of either heterotropic or ordinary chromosomes. 4. The chromosomes of the spermatogonial complex can be arranged in a graduated series of pairs, and are divisible into three groups, viz., large, small, and medium-sized chromosomes. The number of chromosomes is constant and is seventeen, the fourth largest being unpaired and corresponding with the ‘‘ monosome ” and “accessory ” chromosome of other writers. 5. All the members of the spermatogonial complex divide in mitosis ; but the odd or heterotropic chromosome often “lags,” and can be seen on the spindle when the ordinary chromosomes are assembling at the poles. 6. ‘The nucleus is at its smallest size after the last spermatogonial division, and this stage is followed by a clearly observable growth-period, extending to the prophase of the first maturation division. In this resting-stage the nucleus again exhibits a chromatin reticulum, the granules being disposed along linin threads: the identity of the ordinary chromosomes is lost, but the heterotropic chromosome remains as a dark and homogeneous body close to the periphery of the nucleus, and undergoes no resolution into a spireme. 7. I have found no trace of separate sacs or vesicles in which chromo- somes undergo transformation into spiremes, either in the case of the hetero- tropic or the ordinary chromosomes. 8, The equatorial plate of the primary spermatocyte mitosis shows nine 16 CAPT. C. F. U. MEEK ON THE chromosomes, again divisible into three groups as regards size. The fourth ' largest of the complex is undoubtedly the heterotropic chromosome. ‘The | distinct correspondence between the size and shape relationships of the secondary spermatogonial and primary spermatocyte complexes points to the possibility of a lateral conjugation of members of the spermatogonial pairs during the intervening period, but is not a prook of it. . 3), Wars Cainer chromosomes divide in the primary spermatocyte meta: phase, and their halves pass to opposite poles of the spindle : the heterotropic chromosome shows no sign of division, and passes entire to one daughter cell, , while the ordinary chromosomes are still on the equatorial plate. In this. manner dimorphism of the subsequent spermatozoa is effected. 10. I have been unable to discover whether reduction—the separation of. , conjugant members—occurs at the first maturation division or at the next ; possibly both divisions are equational, and only a numerical reduction takes place as a result of lateral association of chromatin granules or masses on the reticulum threads prior to the primary spermatocyte prophase of mitosis. 11. There is no resting-stage between the first and second maturation divisions ; the constriction of the cytoplasm to form the two daughter secondary spermatocytes is closely followed by the appearance of the next karyokinetic spindle. 12. The complex of the secondary spermatocyte cell shows nine or eight chromosomes, and this difference is due to the presence or absence of the heterotropic chromosome, which is found in only 50 °/, of the cells. The chromosomes exhibit the same size relationships that occurred in the previous metaphases, there being three large chromosomes, three small, and. two of intermediate size. The heterotropic chromosome, when present, is the fourth largest of the complex. Two of the three small chromosomes are. spherical, and the third is ovoid or slightly dumb-bell shaped : the remainder appear as two arms jointed at one end and closely apposed to one another. - 13. I find no direct evidence to prove that these arms are the represen- tatives of the spermatogonial pairs. 14. Division occurs at the junction of the component arms. The hetero- tropic chromosome usually “lags,’? and can be seen on the spindle when the. ordinary chromosomes have passed to the two opposite poles. | 15. The formation of the nuclear membrane in the spermatids is followed by resolution of the ordinary chromosomes into their component granules. This process continues until the nucleus appears of an uniformly grey colour, in which the individuality of the chromatin particles is lost. The hetero- tropic chromosome remains at first as a darkly staining and irregular body, but later undergoes resolution into particles, whose identity is indistinguish- able in the common chromatin mass. 16. The appearance of the ‘centrosome ” is followed by the formation of SPERMATOGENESIS OF STENOBOTHRUS VIRIDULUS. If the axial filament, arising near the constriction in the middle of this body. The cytoplasm in this region elongates to form the tail of the unripe sperma- tozoon, and the axial filament appears as a faint line running down the centre of the tail. The elongation of the nucleus and the tailpiece con- tinues, and is accompanied. by a reduction of the “centrosome,” which finally becomes extremely small. 17. The head of the spermatozoon is composed of the nucleus; the “centrosome” forms the middle piece, and the axial filament and its sur- rounding cytoplasm form the tail. 18. The spermatids travel later towards the posterior end of the follicle with their heads turned towards the anterior end ; and this phenomenon is observable in the spermatozoa. The spermatids are found scattered in the follicle, the unripe spermatozoa in more closely associated clusters, and the ripe spermatozoa in solid bunches. 19. At no stage have I observeda discharge of chromatin from the nucleus, and I have seen nothing to suggest that the whole of the chromatin is not directly concerned with the transformation from the resting reticulum to the compact chromosome condition of the metaphase. 20. The extreme posterior end of the follicle contains numerous degene- rating cells, in which irregularly shaped masses of chromatin stain deeply with the iron hematoxylin. 21. Although the individuality of the chromosomes is completely lost in the resting-stages of the spermatogonia, spermatocytes, and spermatids, with the one exception of the heterotropic chromosome in the primary spermato- cyte growth-period, there is strong reason for supposing that the same elements appear on the successive mitotic spindles throughout development. Tt is possible that the component granules of a particular chromosome are not the same in these cases, for an exchange of chromatin particles may occur during the reticulum stages, and if this occurs we have at present no means of discovering the extent of this exchange. It must, therefore, not be assumed that corresponding chromosomes of two successive metaphases contain the same individual chromomeres. In conclusion, I offer my thanks to Prof. Hickson and his staff for placing the research laboratories of Victoria University at my disposal, and for the encouragement that I have received in carrying out this research. BIBLIOGRAPHY. BauMGARTNER, W. J. 1902. Spermatid fransformations in Gryllus assemilis, Kans. Uniy. Sci. Bull. vol. i. 1904. Some New Evidences for the Individuality of the Chromosomes. Biol. Bull, vol. viii. LINN. JOURN,—ZOOLOGY, VOL, XXXI1- 2 18 CAPT. GC, F. U. MEEK ON THE Bovenrt, T. 1904. Ergebnisse iiber die Konstitution der chromatischen Substanz des Zellkerns. Fischer, Jena. Davis, H. 8. 1908. Spermatogenesis in Acrididze and Locustide. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, vol, lili. no. 2. Farmer, J. B., and J. HE. 8. Moors. 1905. On the Maiotic Phase in Animals and Plants. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. vol. xlviii. GERARD, P. 1909. Spermatogenése chez Stenobothrus biguttulus. Arch, de Biol. vol. xxiv. GoLpscuMIptT, R. 1905, Hireifung, Befruchtung und Embryonalentwicklung des Zoogonus mirus. Zool. Jahrb., Bd. xxi. GUTHERZ, 5. 1907. Zur Kenntnis der Heterochromosomen. Arch. f. mikr. Anat., Bd. lxix, McCune, C. E. 1899. A Peculiar Nuclear Element in the Male Reproductive Cells of Insects. Zool. Bull. vol. ii. 1900, The Spermatocyte Divisions of the Acridide. Kans. Univ. Quart. vol. ix. 1902. The Accessory Chromosome—Sex Determinant? Biol. Bull. vol. iii. The Spermatocyte Divisions of the Locustide. Kans. Univ. Sci. Bull. vol, i. 1905. The Chromosome Complex of Orthopteran Spermatocytes. Biol. Bull. vol. ix. Monreomery, T. H. 1905. The Spermatogenesis of Syrbula and Lycosa, with General Considerations upon Chromosome Reduction and Heterochromosomes. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. vol. lvii. Nowttn, NADINE. 1908. The Chromosome Complex of Melanoplus bintiatus. Kans. Univ. Sci. Bull. vol. iv. no, 12. Onnn srs 1906. Samenreifung und Samenbildung bei Locusta viridissima. Zool. Anz., Bd. xxx. (two papers). Rosertson, W. R. 1908. The Chromosome Complex of Syrbula admirabilis. Kans. Univ. Sci. Bull. vol. iy. SCHREINER, 8. and K. E. 1906. Neue Studien iiber die Chromatinreifung der Geschlechtszellen. Anat. Anz., IByil, So.dbe 1907. Ditto. Arch. de Biol., t. xxii. Sinety, R. DE. 1902. Recherches sur la Biologie et ’Anatomie des Phasmes. La Cellule, t. xix. Sutton, W.S. 1900. The Spermatogonial Divisions in Brachystola magna. Kans. Univ. Quart. vol. ix. 1902. On the Morphology of the Chromosome Group in Brachystola magna. Biol. Bull. vol. iv. 1903. The Chromosomes in Horedity. Biol. Bull, vol. iv. Witcox, E. V. 1895. The Spermatogenesis of Caloptenus femur-rubrum and Cicada Cee Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, vol. xxx, ; SPERMATOGENESIS OF STENOBOTHRUS VIRIDULUS. IL) Witcox, E. V. 1896. Further Studies on the Spermatogenesis of Caloptenus femur-rubrum. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, vol. xxx. Witson, E. B. 1905. The Chromosomes in Relation to the Determination of Sex in Insects. Science, vol. xxii. Studies in Chromosomes. Journ. Exp. Zool. vol. ii. 1906. Ditto. Journ. Exp. Zool. vol. iii. 1907. 'The Case of Anasa tristis. Science, vol. xxv. A fuller and very complete list is given by Henderson at the end of his paper upon the spermatogenesis of Dytiscus marginalis, Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool., Bd. lxxxvii. 1907. The Zoological Laboratories, Victoria University, Manchester. October 1910. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. The original drawings were made with the aid of a large Abbe camera lucida, and are reproduced here at the same magnification. All the figures are magnified 2500 diameters, except figs. 1 and 2, which are magnified only 750 diameters. The preparations were studied by means of a Zeiss apochromatic vil-immersion objective of 2 mm. focus and N.A. 1:30, and compensating oculars Nos. 6, 12, and 18. Illumination was obtained from an acetylene burner, the light being directed on to the mirror through a globe condenser containing a weak aqueous solution of copper acetate. All the drawings shown are made from preparations fixed with Perenyi’s fluid and stained with Heidenhain’s iron hematoxylin, and in certain cases counterstained with eosin. The sections were cut to a thickness of 10. I have endeavoured to render comparison between the successive stages easy by adopting this plan of drawing the figures to the same magnification. PLATE 1. Fig. 1. Cyst containing apical cell surrounded by a single layer of primary spermatogonial cells. The lobulate appearance of the distally placed nuclei of the latter is very noticeable. The apical cell’s nucleus exhibits the irregular masses of chromatin and the peculiar cluster of deeply staining granules. Fig. 2. Cyst containing a cluster of secondary spermatogonia, and recognizable by the -bsence of the apical cell. Fig. 8. Secondary spermatogonial metaphase, seen from one pole. The seventeen chromo- somes are paired, and can be divided into three groups as regards size. The heterotropic chromosome is the fourth largest, and is marked X. Fig. 4. Ditto. Fig. 5. Lateral view of secondary spermatogonial telophase. The heterotropic chromo- some has divided late. Fig. 6. Resting- or growth-stage immediately following secondary spermatogonial mitosis. The ordinary chromosomes have become resolved into an apparent reticulum, in ORS ‘ 20 ON THE SPERMATOGENESIS OF STENOBOTHRUS VIRIDULUS. which their individuality is lost: the heterotropic chromosome is seen in its characteristic form as a darkly staining body apposed to the nuclear membrane. The nucleus is here at its smallest volume. Fig. 7. The same at a later stage. The growth of the nucleus is very noticeable. Fig. 8 Beginning of primary spermatocyte prophase. The reticulum has become con- verted into a highly convoluted spireme, the heterotropic chromosome remaining as a homogeneous mass apposed to the nuclear wall. Fig. 9. Later prophase of primary spermatocyte. The spireme has broken into filaments, which have become more darkly stained by the closer association of their com- ponent granules. These filaments are shortening and thickening and have begun to assume the characteristic ring and boomerang shapes. A nucleolus is shown above the heterotropic chromosome. PLATE 2. Figs. 10-19. Chromatin filaments twisted intu crosses, rings, and single or double loops; they have become shorter and more condensed than they appeared in the last figure, and will shortly transform themselves into the smooth and compact chromosomes of the metaphase complex. Fig. 20. Polar view of the primary spermatocyte metaphase—the first maturation division,— showing the nine chromosomes, again divisible into large, small, and medium- sized chromosomes. ‘The heterotropic is still the fourth largest and is marked with a cross. Fig. 21. Lateral view of the primary spermatocyte metaphase. The ordinary chromosomes are arranged on the mitotic spindle, and the heterotropic chromosome has already passed to the lower pole. ig. 22. Ditto. Fig. 23. Lateral view of the later anaphase of the primary spermatocyte division. The ordinary chromosomes have begun to move towards the opposite poles, but are still attached to one another by the connecting fibrils. The heterotropic chromo- some has passed to the upper pole without division. All the chromosomes are shown. Fig. 24. Lateral view of the primary spermatocyte telophase, showing the massing of chromosomes at the two poles of the spindle. Fig. 25. Polar aspect of the secondary spermatocyte metaphase. The nine chromosomes~ are exhibited, and are again divisible into three small, three large, two medium, and the odd heterotropic chromosome. Two of the small chromosomes are spherical and the third ovoid ; the remainder are seen as a pair of arms joined at one extremity and closely apposed to one another. Figs, 26, 27. Ditto. It must not be forgotten that the heterotropic chromosome only occurs in 50 °/, of these cells. PEATE 3; Fig. 28. Lateral view of the secondary spermatocyte mitosis—the second maturation division, The heterotropic chromosome is seen on the spindle, with its halves attached to one another by the connecting fibrils, thus appearing as the “ lagging ” chromosome. The ordinary chromosomes are assembled at the two poles. Fig. 29. Resting-stage of the spermatid. The ordinary chromosomes have become resolved into their component chromatin particles and have lost their identities; the heterotropic chromosome has become ragged through the same process, but can still be recognized. It is marked X. ile PAL. JOURN. LINN, SOC. ZOOL. VOL. XXXII. MEEK. Grout sc. & imp. SPERMATOGENESIS IN STENOBOTHRUS. MEEK. JOURN, LINN: SOG, ZOOL? Vol. XXXIT Pie: 2 Grout sc. & imp. SPERMATOGENESIS IN STENOBOTHRUS. JOURN. LINN. SOC, ZOOL. VoL. XXXII. PL. MEEK. (28 oe SQ 6 55 |} Grout sc. & imp. SPERMATOGENESIS IN STENOBOTHRUS. iy ive ‘ tS 1 3 uy SUMMER PLANKTON FROM WEST COAST OF SCOTLAND AND IRISH SEA. Di Fj — g. 30. Later stage of spermatid. The “‘ centrosome ” has appeared, and the axial filament is growing out near its constriction. The cytoplasm below the “ centrosome ”’ has begun to elongate into the tail. Fig. 31. Ditto. In this later stage the chromatin particles of the nucleus have become so minute that their individuality is lost. 2. A later stage of the above. The nucleus is elongating and is becoming darker. Fig. 32 The reduction in size of the “centrosome ” is noticeable. Fig. 33. Ditto. Fig, 34. The elongation of nucleus and cytoplasm of tail has transformed the spermatid into an unripe spermatozoon. The reduction of the “centrosome” is very marked. Fig. 35. Ditto. Fig. 36. Final stage before transformation into the ripe spermatozoon. The darkly stained nucleus is forming the head, the ‘centrosome ”’ the middle piece, and the axial filament with its surrounding cytoplasm the tail. The “ centrosome ”’ has become considerably smaller than it appeared in fig. 35. a hae f } i Ay $ oe as ate GN ee Hy je ic hibagaie Fie Pas , AUD Whe pe Saebakg) yell) final ali “ivben gf my He anna PRE aM cect Abi ninnts re ry aie at ih by rhc 4 tot LALA hi " ; ne i SUMMER PLANKTON FROM WEST COAST OF SCOTLAND AND THE IRISH SEA. Be) A Comparison of the Summer Plankton on the West Coast of Scotland with that in the Irish Sea. By Prof. W. A. Herpman, D.Sc., F.R.S., F.LS. [Read 5rd November, 1910. } Durine the last four summers (1907-1910, incl.) I have spent the first few weeks (July) of the vacation in taking plankton hauls from the Fie, 1.—“ Nansen” Closing Tow-net in action. I. Open, as it descends and as it fishes. II. Closed, as it is hauled in after fishing. M, messenger to effect closing ; L, releasing apparatus ; T, throttling noose ; C, canvas front to net ; B, brass bucket containing the catch ; W, weight. S.Y. ‘ Ladybird’ amongst the islands and sea lochs of the west of Scotland, and the remainder of the time (in August and September) in similar work 24 PROF. W. A. HERDMAN : COMPARISON OF SUMMER PLANKTON further south, in the [rish Sea. A comparison of the collections leads one to the conclusion that in addition to seasonal changes there may be marked local differences in the plankton, so much so as to give a characteristic © appearance to the gatherings from certain localities. The plankton hauls from the yacht were in all cases taken with the same nets and in the same method, and the after-treatment was also always the same ; so that the various gatherings are as nearly comparable as is possible. AJl the vertical hauls were made with the smaller “Nansen” net, a closing-net (fig. 1) of no. 20 silk, with the mouth 35 em. in diameter. Fic. 2.—Lucas Sounding-Machine as used with Nansen Vertical Closing Net on ‘ Ladybird.’ Surface gatherings were sometimes taken at the same time with ordinary open surface tow-nets made of the same silk as the “ Nansen” net and of approximately the same size. The Lucas Sounding-Machine (fig. 2) fitted with 200 fathoms of pianoforte wire was found to be most convenient and expeditious in taking these deep vertical hauls. The temperature of the surface water of the sea in the Hebrides varied this summer during the month from 11:8° C. on July 11th, off Canna, to #ROM WEST COAST OF SCOTLAND AND THE IRISH SHA. 25 13:1° C. on July 19th, off the N. point of Higg. During the same period the surface temperature off Port Hrin in the Irish Sea ranged from ILTG? Ce to 13°8° C. As my main object was to obtain samples of vertical hauls from the deeper parts of the British seas, I selected localities off the West Coast of Scotland where the charts showed depths of over 50 fathoms, and where possible of over 100 fathoms. In addition to surface gatherings and the Irish Sea series, I have now 33 successful vertical hauls in Scottish waters from depths of over 50 fathoms and 18 from over 100 fathoms (see fig. 8, p. 38) The deepest are :—133 fathoms, between Croulin and Longa Islands in the Sound of Raasay, and 130 fathoms between Canna and Rum, south of Skye. The localities may conveniently be grouped in three series : (1) those north of Oban, (2) those further south in the Clyde sea-area, and (8) those in the Irish Sea. The northern Scottish series number 41, the southern series 26, and those from the Irish Sea, from depths over 50 fathoms, are 66*. The list of localities is as follows, arranged according to the day of the month irrespective of years :— I. NortTH oF OBAN. ) 11-vii-’10 ; Hyskeir, S. of Canna; surf. (2 hauls). (2) 12-vii10; Vatersay Sound; surf. (2 hauls). (3) 13-vii09 ; Ardmore, N. of Mul; 94 faths. ) (4) (5) 14-vii-’09 ; Loch Nevis, Sd. of Sleat ; 75 faths. ) 14-vii10; N. of Canna; 80 and 105 faths. (8) 15-vii-’09; L. Hourn, Sd. of Sleat ; 76 and 90 faths. (9) 16-vii-’09 ; Between Croulin and Longa, N. of Skye; 133 faths. (10) 17—-vii-’08 ; Loch-na-Beist, Skye; 6 faths. all night. (11) 17-vii-’08; L. Nevis, Sd. of Sleat ; over 70 faths. (2hauls). (12) 17-vii-08; L. Hourn; 48, 45, 78, and 78 faths. (13) 17-vii-’09 ; L. Duich; 61 faths. (14) 18-vii-08; Holm Isle, Sd. of Raasay ; 65 and 70 faths. (15) 18-vii-’08; L. Ainnert ; 20 and 28 faths. (16) 18-vii-’08; L. Sligachan ; 12 faths. (17) 18-vii10; Ardmore, N. of Mull; 65, 74, and 85 faths. (18) 19-vii10; N.W. of North Pt. of Higg; 85 faths. (19) 20-vii-’08 ; Longa Island ; 106 faths. (20) 20-vii-’08; S. of Croulin Isles; 116 faths. (21) 21-vii-’07 ; Sd. of Iona; surf. (22) 21-vii09; Bernera I., Lynn of Morven; 110 faths. (23) 21-vii-’09 ; Between Kerrera and Mull; 80 faths. (24) 21-vii-’10; L. Sunart ; 57 faths. * I have also taken about 200 gatherings in these four years (1907-10) from shallower water in the Irish Sea, and these have been reported on fully in Trans. Biol. Soc. Liverpool, vols. xxii-xxiv, 1908-10. 26 PROF. W. A. HERDMAN : COMPARISON OF SUMMER PLANKTON (25) 22-vii-’07 ; Sd. of Iona ; surf. (26) 22-vii-’10; Firth of Lorn; 108 and 116 faths. (27) 22-vii-10; Bernera I., Lynn of Morven; 110 faths. (28) 24-vii-’07 ; L. Seresort, Rum; surf. II. Crypse Sea ARz#a. (1) 18-vii-’07 ; Skate I., L. Fyne; 104 faths. (2) 26-vii-’07 ; Kilbrennan Sound; 76-80 faths. (8) 27-vii-’07 ; Hast L. Tarbert, off Buddhe I.; 76 faths. (4) 27-vii-’07 ; off Cock of Arran ; 76 faths. (5) 27-vu-’07 ; L. Ranza, Arran; night; surf. (6) 28-vii-’08; Skate I., L. Fyne ; 95-105 faths. (8 hauls), and surf. (7) 28-vii-’08 ; off Mt. Erins, L. Fyne; 88 faths, (8) 28, 29-vii-’03 ; Newton, Upper L. Fyne; 54-66 faths. (4 hauls). (9) 28-vii’09 ; Skate I, L. Fyne; 100-106 faths. (4 hauls). (10) 29- vii-’09 ; Upper L. Fyne ; 70 faths. (11) 80-vii-’09 ; Sd. of Bute; 95 faths, (12) 80-vii-’08; L. Ranza, Arran; surf. (13) 80-vii-’09 ; off Cock of Arran ; 80 faths. (14) 31-vii-’08 ; 8. of Holy I., Lamlash, Arran ; 54 faths, (2 hauls). (15) 1-viii-’09 ; off Portpatrick ; 103 and 106 faths. (16) 1-viii-’10 ; off Sannox, Arran ; 70 faths, III. Intsu Sea. (1) 7-iv-’09; 60 faths. (4 hauls). (2) 8-iv’-09; 60 faths. (5 hauls). (3) 6-vili-’09 ; 59-60 faths. (5 hauls). (4) 7-vili’09 ; 60-70 faths, (4 hauls). (5) 10-viii-’09 ; 60-73 faths. (4 hauls). (6) 17-viii-’03 ; 60-70 faths. (6 hauls). (7) 24—-vili-’07 ; 60 faths. (10 hauls). (8) 25-vili’10; 60 faths. (5 hauls). (9) 4-ix-’07 ; 60 faths. (12 hauls). (10) 12-ix-’07 ; 60 faths. (6 hauls). (11) 12-1x-’08; 60 and 70 faths. (12) 17-1x~10; 70 faths. (8 hauls), As the same spot was sometimes visited in successive years, many of the gatherings in the list above may be grouped under a few localities, as follows :-— ot He oo to Il. Norra or Opan. . Off Ardmore Pt. in Mull—gatherings : (3) in 1909, and (17) in 1910 (3 hauls). - Loch Hourn—gatherings : (12) in 1908 (4 hauls), and (8) in 1909 (2 hauls). Loch Nevis—gatherings: (11) in 1908 (2 hauls), and (5) in 1909. . Canna, Rum, etc.—gatherings: (4) in 1909, and (6) (2 hauls) and (7) and (18) in 1910. - Croulin and Longa—gatherings: (14) (2 hauls) and (19) and (20) in 1908, and (9) in 1909. . Firth of Lorn, etc.—gatherings: (22) and (23) ia 1909, and (26) (2 (hauls) and (27) in 1910. FROM WEST COAST OF SCOTLAND AND THE IRISH SEA. 27 II. ChypE Sra AREA. 7. Skate Island—gatherings: (1) in 1907, (6) (8 hauls) and (7) in 1908, and (9) in 1909 (4 hauls) 8. Upper Loch Fyne—gatherings: (8) in 1908 (4 hauls), and (10) in 1909. 9. Arran, Sound of Bute, etc.—gatherings: (2), (8), and (4) in 1907, (11) and (14) (2 hauls) in 1908, (18) in 1909, and (15) in 1910. III. IntsH Sa. 10. All the 58 hauls were in the one locality, 12-16 miles N.N.W. of Port Erin, Isle of Man, from depths of 59 to 73 faths. When we examine these groups of Scottish gatherings from the same places in different years, two conclusions become evident :— (1) That localities, in some cases not very far apart, differ very considerably in the nature of their plankton at the same time of year ; (2) That there is a constancy year after year in the nature of the plankton at some localities. A few examples will make this clear :— (1) In the northern area, the hauls taken in Loch Hourn and Loch Nevis are on all occasions very different from those taken off Ardmore in Mull, and from those taken off the Island of Canna ; also those taken in the Lynn of Morven at one end of the Sound of Mull differ from those taken between Mull and Ardnamurchan at the opposite end. Again, in the southern series, the hauls from off Skate Island, in the entrance to Loch Fyne, differ markedly from those taken further south in the Sound of Bute and the Firth of Clyde off Arran. (2) The Loch Fyne vertical hauls are always characterised by the abundance of large Copepoda ; the hauls off Canna and elsewhere in the Sea of the Hebrides by the prevalence of Diatoms ; those in the Firth of Lorn by a fine zoo-plankton, and those round Raasay on the North of Skye by a much coarser zoo-plankton. Let us now examine some of these cases in more detail :— All the vertical hauls taken in the deep hole, 95-106 faths., off Skate Island at the mouth of Loch Fyne, consist of a coarse zoo-plankton (see fig. 3) characterised by a very great number of the common Copepod, Calanaus helgolandicus. The specimens of Calanus are large, and many of them are of a red colour when alive ; and associated with them are generally a few Eucheta norvegica and one or two specimens of the Schizopod Nyetiphanes norvegicus. There are alsc in these hauls a few smaller Copepoda (such as Pseudocalanus elongatus and Oithona similis), some Copepod eggs and nauplii, 28 PROF. W. A. HERDMAN : COMPARISON OF SUMMER PLANKTON a few Sagitta, a few Hchinoderm Plutei and Polychet Larvee, Ceratewm tripos, and some Diatoms, chiefly Rhizosolenia semispina. But the bulk of the gathering is, in all cases, Calanus helgolandicus, and that gives it a charac- teristic appearance which can be seen as soon as the net comes up. We have in all eight vertical hauls taken during July in the years 1907, —-08, —09, and also a surface gathering taken at the same locality on July 28th, 1908. This surface gathering is, however, of an entirely different character from the vertical hauls. It is greenish in colour, and of fine flocculent appearance, and is in constitution a phyto-plankton (see fig. 4) almost entirely composed of Diatoms, chiefly species of Rhzzosolenia. There are also a few Peridinians, Fie. 3.—Monotonic Zoo-plankton samples, one or which shows Calanus. and a very few small Copepoda, but the larger Copepods characteristic of the vertical hauls are entirely absent. A vertical haul from 83 faths. taken off Mt. Hrins, further up Loch Fyne, on that same date in July, 1908, shows the same type of gathering as the vertical hauls off Skate Island. It is clear that the Calanus population extends in the deep water along the length of Loch Fyne, as hauls taken at various points in Upper Loch Fyne, both in 1908 and 1909, from depths of 54-70 faths., show the same kind of gatherin gas those off Skate Island. On the other hand, in working down the channel towards Bute, Arran, and Kilbrennan Sound, we find that the gatherings are of a more varied nature. One off Sannox, Arran, on August Ist, 1910, from 70 faths., is a mixture of phyto- and zoo-plankton, and does not contain the large Calanoid Copepoda in any quantity. A haul taken off the Cock of Arran at the same season in the previous year, from a FROM WEST COAST OF SCOTLAND AND THE IRISH SEA. 2g depth of 80 faths., had a fair number of large Copepoda, mixed, however, with Diatoms (Rhizosolenia semispina, Chetoceros boreale, &.), Peridinians, and some smaller Copepoda. Another haul in the same spot in 1907 is of the same nature, with a still larger proportion of the smaller Copepoda (mainly Pseudocalanus elongatus and Oithona similis) and their Nauplii. One in the Sound of Bute from a depth of 95 faths., on July 30th, 1908, had along with the Calanoids, and some smaller Copepoda, a very large number of Diatoms (chiefly species of Rhizosolenia), so as to be almost a phyto-plankton in appearance. Two hauls taken south of Holy Island, Arran, from 54 faths., in 1908, show also a mixed plankton, consisting of Diatoms and Peridinians along with the Copepoda. A haul from 80 faths. Fig. 4.—Samples of Phyto-plankton from the Ivish Sea, about the time of the vernal maximum. in Kilbrennan Sound on the west of Arran, on July 26th, 1907, consists of a coarse zo0-plankton, in which, however, there are many small Copepoda (Pseudocalanus and Oithona) and other animals (Oikopleura and larval forms) and a few Peridinians and Diatoms (Rhizosolenia semispina), mixed with the large Calanoid Copepods. There are four vertical hauls taken in 1908 and 1910 off Ardmore, Mull, in the centre of the channel between Mull and Ardnamurchan. These and a vertical haul taken in the neighbouring Loch Sunart, in 1910, are all alike in general character, consisting of a fine greenish phyto-plankton mixed with some small Copepoda and a few Oikopleura. The Diatoms are, in all cases, mostly species of Chetoceros (C. contortum and C. decipiens) and of Thalassiosira (7. gravida and T, Nordenskioldii). 30 PROF, W. A. HERDMAN ; COMPARISON OF SUMMER PLANKTON Again, the six hauls taken in Loch Hourn, off the Sound ot Sleat, a little further up the coast, and the three taken in the closely adjacent Loch Nevis are all very much alike in character, but differ from those of Mull : consisting, as they do, of small catches of z00-plankton composed mainly of small Copepoda, some young Nyctiphanes, Sagitta, Polycheet larvee, a few Peridinians, and many Tintinnidee. The gatherings taken inside these neighbouring lochs in the mainland contrast markedly with hauls taken at the same time of year in the open sea further west, ¢. g., off the Islands of Canna and Rum. A vertical haul from 85 faths. on July 19th, 1910, between Higg and Rum, and another on July 14th, from 128 faths., between Canna and Rum, show well-marked green-coloured phyto-plankton ; and other hauls off Canna on July 13th and 14th in the same year, from depths of 80, 105, and ars TA BI RLTERE Se Ae: a ° bor oa Fie. 5.—A_ typical Phyto-plankton Fie. 6,—A typical coarse Zoo-plankton gathering: from a photo-micrograph (Calanus) : from a photo-micrograph by Mr. Edwin Thompson. by Mr, Edwin Thompson. 130 faths., are also characteristic phyto-plankton gatherings composed chiefly of common species of Cheetoceros. The contrast between such a green Diatom haul taken in the sea of the Hebrides off Canna, in July, and a similarly captured haul at the entrance to Loch Fyne at the same time of year is most marked, the first being a typical fine phyto-plankton (such as fig. 5) and the latter a typical coarse zoo- plankton (fig. 6). As I shall show below, two such gatherings if obtained FROM WEST COAST OF SCOTLAND AND THE IRISH SEA... alll in the Irish Sea would be regarded as characteristic of two distinct seasons of the year, months apart. The difference between the Diatom hauls in the open sea and the fine zoo- plankton hauls in the deep fiords running into the mainland, such as Loch Nevis and Loch Hourn, is not so marked, but is still quite noticeable. Hauls taken further north, on the other side of Skye, in the Sound of Raasay, off Longa Island and off the Croulins, from depths of 106, 116, and 133 faths., are all zoo-planktons, although not very large or characteristic in appearance. Some are coarser and some finer, some have more Calanoid Copepoda and Sagitta and Medusze than others, but there does not seem to be the constancy of character obtained in some other West Highland localities. Further south, again, in the Firth of Lorne and the Lynn of Morven, off Bernera Island, and between Kerrera and Mull, from depths of 80 to 116 faths., the gatherings, of which we have half a dozen for comparison, are composed of a very fine material, chiefly zoo-planktonic, consisting of small Copepoda, many Nauplii and Tintinnidee, some Sagitta and Otkopleura, with a few Ceratium, Peridinium, and Diatoms ; and the latter when present are mainly Coscinodiscus concinnus rather than the species of Chetoceros and Yhalassiosira which are so abundant to the north of Mull. If the hauls from these various localities are marked P or Z, according as they are mainly Phyto-plankton or mainly Zoo-plankton, the list comes out as follows :— | | fe Zoo- Dates. | Damn | Nouge or REMARKS, Farus, Hauts. Par WYTO-PLANKTON. | ‘ | : Off Ardmore, Mull. July 13, ’09 ..| 94. 1 | Re: || With some small Copepoda, 5 LAO 5. GS, 74 & BR 3 | JE | Naupli, &e. Loch Hourn Uinlky Me, 09) 5. | 76 & 90 2 Z, oles) 73 & 78 | 4 | Z. Loch Nevis. July 14,709 ..| 75 ] Z. i WO) el 70 ee | Thy Of Croulin and Longa. July 16, 7093 . .| 133 1 Z. oy lsh, {08} | 65 & 70 2 Z. FeO OSh ae ee LOGroamNG 2 Z. . Firth of Lorn. July AAG US) oe) sl ee ID) | 2 Z. A few Diatoms and », 22,710. ..|108, 110, & 116 | 3 Z. Peridinians present. 32 PROF. W. A HERDMAN: COMPARISON OF SUMMER PLANKTON | Zoo- | Dept No. oF R EMARKS. Date. or B HAvts. IN Fatus. pene Puyto-PLANKTON. Off Canna, Rum, Se. Simlival Oe 130 tL Pp: With some small Copepoda 5 EO 55) SO, WO, Wes 3 | 1B. and a few other small = 18,710. 85 1 | P. ‘| animals. Skate Island. July 18,07 ..| 104 | 1 | Ve » 28, 08 ..| 88 & 95 to 105 | z | Z 2 WD so) MOO woo | 4 Z. | Upper Loch Fyne. July 28 & 29, ’08 54 to 66 | 4 | Z. Po, Cooma 70 | ea vA Arran, Sound of Bute, Se. July 26, 07 .. 76-80 1 Z. | LOT OM va| 76 | 1 TD, | US OS) | 95 1 Z. (mixed) —_ Diatoms also present. sy RO, WS) 5.0 80 1 hy A few Diatoms. oy oll Us) ou} 54 2 Z. (mixed) A few Diatomsand Peridinians. Anti, Thy I) 5.6 70 | it ; Copepoda, &c., present also. Trish Sea.—Mid-Channel. AN “%y WE) .. | 60 4 Pe | Typical spring phyto-Plank- i 8,709... 60 5 iP: t) eton; ANE OSU 59 to 60 y Z. 807, 700° 160 to 70 4 Ze » MOOD) Gita ne 4 Z. (mixed) _) oy ity WIENS 60 to 70 6 Z. (mixed) A few Diatoms present. Soy ee nea 60 10 Z. (mixed) Sept. 4,07 . 60 12 op | Lem 60 6 Z. (mixed) | Diatoms getting more nu- fy LE Ws} 60 & 7 2 Z. (mixed) { merous. Thus we have evidence that, off the north-west coast of Scotland at one time of year (July), in several successive years the plankton, as sampled by vertical hauls, was of different types (zoo- and phyto-plankton) in different localities, but preserved a constant character in each. Now, in the Irish Sea, around the Isle of Man, when the plankton of the whole year is considered, it is clear that neighbouring localities do not present widely different characters as they do in the Hebrides, and that a zoo-plankton and a phyto-plankton do not occur simultaneously a few miles apart. In spring or early summer, in the Irish Sea, as elsewhere, there is an enormous phyto-plankton maximum (ses Table, p. 85, column D), which gradually dies away, and is replaced by the zoo-plankton which is characteristic of the summer months (Table, col. E). In September or October, again, Diatoms make their appearance in profusion, constituting a second, autumnal, phyto- FROM WEST COAST OF SCOTLAND AND THE IRISH SEA. 33 plankton maximum (Table, col. F). The accompanying diagram (fig. 7) shows, e. g., the curve for the whole plankton in the year 1908, as given by a very large series of gatherings *, extending over every month, taken across Port Erin Bay. The high points in April and May, and then again, but to a less extent, in September and October, show the influence of the vernal and autumnal phyto-plankton maxima, and the effect would, of course, be still more marked in the curve showing the Diatoms alone. Taking the average of the last three years in Port Erin Bay, we find that the monthly averages for the total plankton begin low in January and February, rise in March and still more in April, reach the maximum in May, drop rapidly Fia. 7. soar sEaaGUESTEE aaa e20\_| | {| So05 1 ae ay a Id a | aaa a Hae chthly dveta SUEESEBEEREEOGEIS0 Ua; 5l'sueuuce GSESESEETERSEEEE lai NCHA CECE ESEECECECEEEEE EEE dataeaceeatonty (ees det ceseantanest ts 7 Sueuauue as sussascasseaeesen teers agge SBE EEE NGA 1 erase EEE EEE EEE NSS SEES panel Sap ae Wah BELiEEL Poa cba ar + | + 4 = Je = Jan. | Feb. | Mar. | Apr. | May | June | July | Aug. | Sept. | through June, July, and August to the summer minimum, rise a little in September and October to form the autumnal maximum, and fall again in November and December to the mid-winter minimum. The autumnal maximum is always very much less than the vernal, and is sometimes scarcely apparent. Both are caused by a very marked increase in the phyto-plankton, chiefly Diatoms (see lists in Table, p. 35); and the species which are the most abundant and characteristic at the two seasons are, for the most part, distinct f. In summer, when the phyto-plankton is practically absent, the zoo-plankton reaches its maximum ; but, in bulk, even at the maximum, the zoo-plankton, except on rare occasions, is small compared with the spring gatherings of phyto-plankton (see columns D and E). A phyto-plankton gathering in the Irish Sea is practically only obtainable in spring or in late autumn ; and if the gathering be a very large one (like D in the Table), it is * See Trans. Biol. Soc. Liverpool, vol. xxiii. p. 244 (1909). + See op, eet. vol. xxii. p. 202 (1908). LINN. JOURN,—ZOOLOGY, VOL, XXXII, [s\) 54 PROF. W. A. HERDMAN: COMPARISON OF SUMMER PLANKTON certain to have been taken at the former period, say, between the middle of March and the middle of May. But in the Hebrides, as we have seen, very large phyto-plankton hauls may be taken year after year in July—when in the Irish Sea the hauls are, for the most part, comparatively small, and are all composed of zoo-plankton. Mr. Andrew Scott, A.L.S., who has been associated with me for some years in studying the plankton of the Trish Sea, remarked, when I showed him some of the phyto-plankton samples from Canna, Rum, and Ardmore: “ If I had not seen the locality and date on the bottles, [ should have placed them, without doubt, as Irish Sea gatherings taken in April.” And the resem- blance, I may add, is not merely in general appearance, but extends to the microscopic composition. The gatherings from Ardmore, for example, contain abundance of Chetoceros contortum and C. decipiens, Rhizosolenia semispina, Lauderia borealis, Thalassiosira gravida, and T. Nordenskioldii—all of them Diatoms that are characteristic of an April gathering in the Irish Sea, off Port Erin. The abundance of the two species of Thalassiosira makes this and other July gatherings from round Canna and Mull quite unlike a September Diatom haul in the Irish Sea, as the genus Thalassiosira, abundant in the North, is practically absent at the time of the autumnal maximum in the South. In order to demonstrate still further the characters of these diverse planktons, and illustrate the comparison between the Scottish summer series and Irish Sea gatherings typical of different seasons, I give on p. 35 in tabular form the quantitative details * of :— (A) A typical coarse zoo-plankton from off Skate Island at the entrance to Loch Fyne, July 18th. (B) A zoo-plankton of somewhat different type (with fewer Calanus, but many more of the smaller Copepoda), from Kailbrennan Sound, July 26th. (C) A mixed gathering, mainly phyto-plankton, from off Loch Ranza, Arran, July 27th. These three somewhat diverse samples were obtained, it will be noticed, within a period of ten days, in July, from localities not ten miles apart. I add also, for comparison, the similar quantitative record of three charac- teristic gatherings made in the centre of the Irish Sea, off the west coast of the Isle of Man, near Port Erin, as follows :— (D) A typical phyto-plankton, taken in April—a large haul (100 e.c.). (H) A typical scanty zoo-plankton, from August (2°5 ¢.c.). (F) A mixed gathering, mainly phyto-plankton, in September, when the autumnal Diatoms are present in quantities (11 c.c.). * The enumeration of the species in these quantitative lists was made by Mr. Andrew Scott, A.L.S., for our joint report on the Irish Sea plankton. JI am indebted to my friend Mr, Edwin Thompson for the photo-micrographs from which figs. 5 and 6 were prepared, FROM WEST COAST OF SCOTLAND AND THE IRISH SHA. West or ScorTnanp. ee eed Irisu Sea. — = WN aoa a SaaS IDOE \sooadhdceanpansooboacoos L. Fyne. |Kilbrennan,| L. Ranza, || P. Erin. | P. Erin.| P. Erin. Datel ca enaeiseonennsaeceoesmeen ates July 18.| July 26. | July 27. April 5. | Aug. 21.) Sept. 12. Depth in fathoms ............... 104 76-80 0 20-10 20-0 | - 0 Chineln tin GOWN, socceon0c aeUbdot 30 28 11 100 2°5 11 A B 8) D E F Asterionella Bleakeleyi ...... a re 15,000 EE 1,200 Biddulphia mobiliensis ...... ae 6 15,000 25 ae Cheetoceros contortum......... a6 is 14,000,000 see ot Gebile Feces 265 500 a 3,000 os deciptensi se -cess 100 4,500 50,000 8,000 5 HELeSiy eee: 100 ne 50,000 60,000 - GAMING, podosondenss 306 aie 3,000 ae 140,000 - IDOREDE so cosonsooee a 500 5,500 we i Gensuimpeneeeeeee res ue Ba 1,000 ok ek Coscinodiscus concinnus ...... a 15,000 2,500 & radiatus......... 500 ase 1,250 Ditylium Brightwellii......... , 2,500 Hucampia zodiacus ............ 4,000 Melosira Borreri ............... ae ay aa 5,C00 Rhizosolenia semispina ...... 800 15,500 1,735,000 16,000,000 % Shrubsolei ...... A66 or 4,000 20,000 i Stolterfothii 15,000 ar 30,000 Thalassiosira gravida ......... as 90,000 ae Ne Nordenskiéldiz. 2,000,000 Ba Lauderia borealis ............... ae 600,000 120,000 Leptocylindrus danicus ...... 500 BS Boe * SOs shasescunees ae BE 50,000 Pleunosigma sp: | ......-2-ee--- Be 500 a Rhizosolenia setigera ......... “i BS 2,500 a alata sna naaeet vas i ae 150,000 Trochiscia 8p,_...-.......+-+.--- 3 1,000 oe oe C@eratium furea...........------ a b a 7,500 3 HUSUS teeee ate saseases ee et 500 25 £7,000 ss (HEN NOS: cogocsosseasoos 800 | 6,000 2,500 100 50,000 TPSTHGMNTUVAN FO), caocosescaasoscbee nee 2,500 300 50 Awe Medusoid gonophores ......... 1 ug 150 3 7 Plutei of Echinoderms ...... 200 500 1,250 Bee Sagitta bipunctata ............ Z 15 : 30 Larval Polycheta............... 100 a6 : bce GIN Gta er ENe” Gongnoudaosoudaboonad 200 1,000 1,500 es (Oia OI AC\eGH Raauouendasoooseaanoecce 20 a F 6 ee Podon intermedium............ 20 100 4 20 Evadne nordmanni ............ 100 1,600 1,250 Be Calanus helgolandicus......... 13,000 4,600 50 10 11 Pseudocalanus elongatus...... 3,460 | 48,700 150 250 300 60 Temora longicornis ............ 20 200 ‘ 225 65 : Centropages hamatus ......... ne 500 100 5 20 TONED, sccoasoocous 120 Su ; ae ce Acartianclausi lepectsece esate: 240 1,000 200 300 110 900 Oithona similis .................. 1,880 11,000 1,250 200} 1,000 250 Paracalanus parvus ............ aoe a ae ae 80 Copepod nauplii ............... 12,000 | 18,500 45,000 2,000 9,000 se dition doaaoncnacs 8,000 | 48,500 15,000 500 3,800 Gasteropods, larval ............ 3 500 500 25 bie Lamellibranchs, larval......... pee 500 600 ae 50 Ojikopleunals pee ee eeece creas: 30 1,000 600 1,500 500 10 36 PROF. W. A. HERDMAN : COMPARISON OF SUMMER PLANKTON It will be noticed, in comparing the Loch Ranza plankton with the Irish Sea hauls in April and September, that in species present and their abun- dance, the Scottish July gathering is much more like the September than the April phyto-plankton—for example, in both July and September the most abundant form is Rhizosolenia semispina, a species absent in April. But, as has been pointed out above, the phyto-plankton gatherings north of Mull show resemblances to the vernal rather than to the autumnal phyto-plankton of the Irish Sea. It is probably premature to hazard any suggestion as to the explanation of this curious difference between the summer planktons in the Hebridean and the Irish Sea respectively. It may be that the great vernal maximum which dies away in May and June in the Irish Sea passes off more slowly further north, and is still found lingering on in some parts of the Hebrides until the end of July, or possibly even longer. Or it may be that, in some of these deep northern channels, the Diatoms that elsewhere constitute our vernal maximum remain on in comparative abundance throughout the greater part of the year. Still a third possible explanation is that the Diatoms con- stituting these July phyto-plankton gatherings may have invaded the Hebridean seas from the North Atlantic at some period subsequent to the vernal maximum. It is obvious that such a question can only be determined by frequent periodic observations carried on throughout the year by means of vertical hauls at fixed localities. Such series of observations have still to be made in the Scottish seas. Mr. George Murray, in 1896, took some series of horizontal tow-net gatherings at various localities round the coast of Scotland for the Scottish Fishery Board, and he published a brief report * the following year on his results. His observations were made in March, July, August, and December, and were widespread, including several of the localities I have sampled ; but they seem to deal mainly, if not wholly, with the surface of the sea, and in any case do not include vertical hauls in deep water. But it is interesting to note that his results, so far as they go, are not inconsistent with the observations I have given above. . Murray states that after the vernal maximum the Diatoms diminish, but do not disappear, and are to be found throughout the summer in local banks. Skeletonema costatum he notes as the most abundant and characteristic form on the surface generally in April, and in Loch Htive in August: this species occurred only occasionally in our July hauls. The table he gives shows that there were fewer species of Diatoms in Loch Nevis and Loch Hourn than in the sea between Rum and Ardnamurchan— there being 28 in the latter column and only 7 in that for Loch Neyis. So far this comparison agrees with the abundant phyto-plankton gatherings we obtained off Rum and Canna, &c., and the comparatively small catches * §. F, B. Report for 1896, vol. xv. part iii. p. 212. FROM WEST COAST OF SCOTLAND AND THE IRISH SEA. 37 haa Frc. &.—West Coast of Scotland, showing depths of over 50 (shaded) and over 100 (black outline) fathoms. Twenty-five stations at which deep hauls were taken are marked by a small black circle enclosing a cross. 38 SUMMER PLANKTON FROM WEST GOAST OF SCOTLAND AND IRISH SEA. of zoo-plankton in the lochs on the mainland; but our hauls being vertical from the bottom at great depths probably sampled a much larger body of phyto-plankton, and included some species that did not appear at the surface. Tt may be added that Prof. P. T. Cleve gave a short account, in the Scottish Fishery Board’s Report for 1896, p. 297, of the phyto-plankton of the ‘ Research’ collections made in the Shetlands, and showed that the stations on the western side were rich in Diatoms, while the hauls taken from the east of the islands were much poorer—this, again, showing a difference between not very distant localities at the same time of year. The Scottish Fishery Board do not seem to have published any further investigations in regard to plankton in their western seas; nor does the Irish Fishery Department give any information in regard to the minuter plankton of the seas between Scotland and Ireland : apparently only coarse- meshed nets have been used by the Irish investigators, and no Diatoms are given in the published tables (Conseil Per. Internat., Bull. Trimestriel, 1907-8, Copenhague, 1909), which deal with zoo-plankton alone. Finally, the map giving the stations in Huropean seas at which plankton observations have been taken in recent years (doc. cit., Résumé Planktonique, Introduction, p. xl, 1910) shows a great gap extending from near Cape Wrath, in the north of Scotland, to Belfast Lough in Ireland. The whole of the seas around the Western Islands of Scotland, like the western coasts of England and Wales, have apparently been omitted from the Official Internationa’ Investigation. This is, from the scientific point of view, most unfortunate, as, for a complete understanding of the plankton changes throughout the year, in the Trish Sea at least, it would be useful, and may be essential, to have information as to the planktonic conditions month by month on the north coast of Ireland and on the west coast of Scotland. The unofficial observations recorded in this paper have shown that, while the abundant vernal phyto-plankton dies away in the Irish Sea in early summer, a similar micro-flora is present in quantity in some parts of the sea on the west of Scotland (e.g., the Sound of Mull, and the sea round Canna, Higg, &e.) until July, and possibly latter. It can scarcely be doubted that the phyto-plankton maximum is found in spring in the Hebrides asin the Irish Sea. But have the July Diatoms remained since April, or did they die off (as they do further south) and then re-appear? If the latter, have they come from the Atlantic or from northern seas? Do they continue to be abundant throughout the remainder of summer and autumn ? Are any of them left in the deeper channels in winter? These and many other problems press for solution, and will probably only be solved by continuous plankton work throughout the year at a series of stations along our western coasts. ON SOME HEXACTINIZA FROM NEW SOUTH WALES. 39 On some Hexacrinta from New South Wales. By Luonora J. WILSMORE, M.Se., Zoological Laboratory, University College, London. (Commu- nicated by Prof. J. P. Hint, D.Sc., F.L.8.) (PrarEs 4-6 and one Text-figure.) [Read 16th February, 1911.] Iv this paper I continue a description of the Actiniaria brought from Australia by Professor J. P. Hill, to whom I am indebted both for material and for kindly advice and assistance. The classification employed is that adopted by Haddon in “The Actiniaria of Torres Straits,” (17) 1897. In the present communication the following species are classed as new :— Hexacrinim, Hertwig. Family InyantHip&, Gosse. Subfam. Haleampine, Kwietn. Peachia hilli, sp. n. Family SARGARTIID A. Subfam. Phelline, Verr. Phellia brown2, sp. n. Phellia capitata, sp. n. Pracuia win. (PI. 4. figs. 1-8.) Form (Pl. 4. figs. 1 & 2).—The two specimens I received differ very much in size and outward appearance. The internal anatomy, however, shows that they undoubtedly belong to the same species, the smaller form being larval. The body consists of three parts—capitulum, scapus, and physa. There is no distinct division between the capitulum and scapus; but the physa is clearly defined, and in the adult appears as a small bud at the posterior end of the scapus (Pl. 4. fig. 1, p.). It measures 1°5 mm. in length, and shows none of the external grooves present in the physa of Peachia hastata (7), but their absence may be due to contraction. The peculiar form in which the posterior end of the scapus has contracted in the adult has no reference to its internal anatomy (PI. 4. fig. 1, s.). The physa in the larval form is introverted, so that there appears to be a large pore at the posterior end. This is evidently the “anus large and con- spicuous” of Peachia carnea, described by Professor Hutton (6). The entire surface is covered with minute projections, which are also cha- racteristic of Peachia hastata. Professor Haddon (7) describes them as 40) MRS. LEONORA J. WILSMORE ON SOME suckers which “ enable the anemone to hold itself upright against any smooth surface.” Faurot appears to refer to the same projections as “pli de con- traction’ (15). A series of white, irregular, longitudinal lines are visible through the external walls of the scapus and capitulum. They agree in number with the mesenteries, and probably correspond to the insertion of the mesenteries in the column. Other lines, shorter, more irregular, and transverse, fill in the spaces between the longitudinal ones. In both polyps the cesophagus is partly extruded, so that description of mouth or dise is impossible. In the adult (Pl. 4. fig. 1, ws.), folds of the cesophagus envelop the oral end of the siphonoglyphe, and the tentacles—twelve, marginal, monocyclic, short and obtuse—are also largely concealed. The only one fully visible measures 2°5 mm. In the larval form (PI. 4. fig. 2) the capitulum is retracted, and the single row of tentacles (PI. 4. fig. 2, tent.), which vary in length from 1-1:5 mm., is fully visible with a crown of lobes above them. These lobes are the extruded cesophagus (Pl. 4. fig. 2, ws.), which, being held back at regular intervals by the mesenteries attached to the cesophageal walls, appears to be lobed. It is characteristic of the genus Peachia that the tube of the siphonoglyphe ends orally in a conchula or external opening, independent of the mouth, the shape of this concliula varying in the different species (18). The siphono- glyphe is present as an open tube in both these examples of Peachia ; hence the separate conchula is not present. In the adult the oral end of the siphonoglyphe is unfortunately not distinguishable from the loose folds of the extruded cesophagus which envelop it. The larval siphonoglyphe, visible to the naked eye, forms a deep, open, thick-walled gutter between two lobes of the cesophagus, and ends in simple thick rounded lobes which would form two complete lips were the gutter to close as a tube. Possibly in both specimens the degree of contraction has caused the tube to open. Colour.—Sandy in spirit-specimens. Professor Hill states that it was cream-coloured when alive. Dimensions. Adult: Length 52 mm.; diameter varies considerably, greatest diameter 9 mm. Physa: Length 1°5 mm.; diameter 1-5 mm. Larval form: Length 20 mm. ; diameter 5-2 mm. Physa introverted. Locality.—Caught in a fishing-net off Clareville Wharf, Broken Bay, New South Wales, by Professor J. P. Hill, in 1893. Depth of water about four fathoms. Two specimens. I have the pleasure of naming this, the first known Australian species of Peachia, in honour of the discoverer, Professor Hill. Column-wall.—Sections of the column-wall have a characteristic appear- ance, owing to the numerous small projections or suckers (PI. 4. figs. 3, 4, 5) on the surface. These are formed by long processes from the outer border only of the mesogloea, covered by thin ectoderm, which, however, appears massive between the suckers, where the opposing faces of the ectoderm often HEXACTINIA FROM NEW SOUTH WALES. A] touch. The suckers are fewer and smaller in the contracted physa, which is covered by deeper ectoderm and presents a smoother external surface. The border of the ectoderm is thickly set with long oval nematocysts, lying at right angles to the surface (Pl. 4. fig. 5, nem.). These are most numerous in the eapitulum and upper scapus, where they form a continuous border touching one another. The large glandular cells recognized by Faurot in Peachia hastata (15) are not distinguishable, probably owing to the state of pre- servation. The ectoderm cells are very long and contain rounded nuclei, internal to which lies the clear, slightly granulated, nervous layer. I have not been able to detect ectodermal muscle in my preparations. The mesoglcea contains many isolated cells, and is laminated throughout the polyp, this lamination being most marked in the column-wall, where the laminz are so thin as to give the whole structure a fibrous appearance. The endodermal muscle system is strong and strengthened locally in both capitulum and lower seapus. ‘I'he plaitings of the mesogloea, on which the muscle-cells are placed, line the capitulum and scapus throughout, and are present in the greater part of the physa also. These mesogloeal plaitings all contain a darker-staining centre core, surrounded by lighter-coloured sup- porting substance. In the capitulum and through the greater length of the scapus they are simple and, in longitudinal sections, have the appearance of a band of narrow wavy ribbon running down the column between the mesogloea and endoderm. In the lower scapus they become branched and finally assume a dendriform appearance, reaching their maximum strength in the scapus adjacent to the physa, where they form long tongues stretching into the coelenteron. On each side of these tongues are branches, which often divide again, thus largely increasing the surface (Pl. 4. fig. 5). Between these dendriform structures shorter projections are present. ‘This is the strongest part of the body-wall, and it is these muscles, probably, which enable the animal to bore into the sand with its physa and to bury itself up to the capitulum. Holdsworth (3) and Faurot (15) have carefully described this process in the case of Peachia hastata, and estimated the time taken in boring at about an hour ; but the endodermal muscles present in the scapus of any species of Peachia have not hitherto been described. The endoderm of the column consists of long narrow cells, which are very easily separated from one another. The endoderm is narrow in the upper part of the polyp, but becomes extremely thick in parts of the physa, as does the ectoderm also. It is, however, probable that the physa is much contracted. The Sphincter.—The sphincter is represented in Peachia hilli by an increase in strength of the endodermal muscle plaitings present in the capitular region. The plaitings remain simple and are still very small, but are never- theless about twice the length of those present in the upper scapus. Disc and Tentacles——The tentacles are short and obtuse, with thin walls 49 MRS. LEONORA J. WILSMORE ON SOME enclosing a very large lumen. A single row of nematocysts of varying sizes is placed on the outer border of the ectoderm, more sparsely than in the column- wall. They are of two kinds, one only of which takes the hematoxylin stain. The nucleated zone is very deep, and the clear nervous zone is penetrated by numerous plaitings of the mesogloea, which carry a strong ectodermal muscle. The mesogloea and endoderm are thin. ‘The histology of the disc resembles that of the tentacles, but a slight endodermal muscle is also present. Hsophagus (P|. 4. figs. 8 & 4).—The most striking feature of the cesophagus is the single enormous siphonoglyphe (Pl. 4. figs. 3 & 4, and text-figure A). This large firm structure extends from the mouth to a point in the body- cavity some distance below the rest of the esophagus. Its total length in the adult specimen is 1°6 mm., and it terminates 3°7 mm. from the posterior end of the body. The ventral directives (Pl. 4. figs. 3 & 7, 33, and text-figure A, 33), by which alone it is supported throughout, remain attached to it below the oesophagus, where it hangs freely in the body-cavity. In fig. 3 a dotted line shows the internal boundary of the siphonoglyphe. In the adult specimen it remains an open tube throughout and its walls enclose a space almost equal in area to the rest of the esophagus. In the larval form the two endoderm walls are approximated at the entrance to the cesophagus during part of their length, and the siphonoglyphe encloses a relatively smaller area than in the adult. The ectoderm is deeply folded and of equal thickness in both oesophagus and siphonoglyphe, but becomes thicker in the lower part of the siphono- glyphe. It contains many long gland-cells, especially numerous in the siphonoglyphe, and a row of fine small nematocysts lies in its outer border, while the nucleated layer is very deep. The mesoglea is finely laminated in the adult; but in the larval form the lamine are very loose, and show also many light circular patches. The mesogloea of the esophagus proper is very thin ; that of the siphonoglyphe extremely thick and stiff, but this thickness decreases somewhat in the lower part. The endoderm, which is thicker in the siphonoglyphe than elsewhere, is not sufficiently well-preserved for description. Mesenteries (Pl. 4. figs. 3, 7, 8, and text-figure A).—There are in the adult form twelve perfect and eight imperfect mesenteries. The latter consist of four very small pairs situated in the lateral and sulcar exocceles (PI. 4. figs. 3, 7, and text-figure A). Although no gonads are present the ccelen- teron on dissection was found almost completely filled with a solid mass formed of ihe perfect mesenteries. This is markedly the case in the upper sub-cesophageal region, where the digestive endoderm is very thick and divides into several branches each provided with a mesenterial filament. Four pairs of the mesenteries, viz. 11, 2 2, 33, and 44, are attached to HEXACTINIA FROM NEW SOUTH WALES. A3 the cesophagus throughout their length (Pl. 4. fig. 3, and text-figure A). The pairs 55 and 6 6, probably the last two pairs of mesenteries to be formed (15), are not attached to the lower half of the oesophagus in the adult form. Owing to the capitular region having been cut longitudinally, I have not been able to determine whether or not they are attached to the upper region of the csophagus. In the larval form the twelve perfect mesenteries only are present. These are fully formed, bearing muscle-pads, digestive endoderm, and mesenterial filaments, and the pairs 55 and 6 6 are free throughout their entire course. . \---Lateral exoccele ‘Sulca-exoccele 3 3 Diagrammatic section through lower cesophageal region of Peachia hilli. The longitudinal retractor muscles are unilateral and exceedingly powerful. Distinetly narrower peripherally they widen towards their internal margin and end a short distance from the cesophagus in a large half renal curve (PL. 4. figs. 3,8). The long narrow mesogloeal processes on which the muscle- cells are placed frequently branch, and the processes show a central dark- staining core. A number of short thick muscular outgrowths occur on the mesentery between the longitudinal retractor and the cesophagus (Pl. 4. fio. 8, mu.). The parietal muscle, bilateral and well-developed, is situated on short blunt processes of the mesegloea (PI. 4. fig. 8, p.m.). These on one side extend to a greater width and join the fibres of the longitudinal retractor, on the other in the perfect mesenteries they often form, especially in the esophageal region, little tufts or brush-like outgrowths. The mesenteries diminish in width towards the posterior end of the column and with them the retractor muscles diminish also. At the posterior end of the scapus they form two groups (PI. 4. fig. 7). One consists of the pairs 1 1, 2 2, and 3 3, which still retain some digestive endoderm. Of these, 3 3, formerly carriers 44 MRS. LEONORA J. WILSMORR ON SOME of the siphonoglyphe, remain the largest. The pairs 44, 5 5, and 6 6 have lost their digestive endoderm entirely and are of about equal size. The incomplete mesenteries (Pl. 4. fig. 3, ¢mper.mes.) have longitudinal retractor muscles on plaitings the same width throughout; their parietal muscle does not form tufts, and they are not provided with digestive endo- derm or mesenterial filaments. At the posterior end of the scapus they are already very minute (Pl. 4. fig. 7, imper.mes.). In the larval form there are present twelve tentacles and twelve fully- developed perfect mesenteries, two pairs of which, viz., 55 and 6 6, are unattached to the cesophagus. All twelve have muscle-pads, digestive endoderm, and mesenterial filaments. No mesenteries of the second cycle are present. Physa.—In this region there are a number of pores through the body- wall. There is no external evidence of their presence, and some of the sections being broken, I am unable to give their total number, but have counted over sixty. The physa was cut longitudinally, and I cannot deter- mine whether, as in some species of Halcampa, there is a central pore, round which the others are arranged. These pores are placed in longitudinal rows, and are much more numerous in the lower half of the physa than in the upper. Two or three occur on adjacent parts of the scapus. PI. 4. fig. 6 (1, 2, 3, 4,5) shows a longitudinal section of the physa-wall with five of these pores cut through in different parts of their course. The mesogloea between the small suckers of the physa is extremely thin and covered with a thin layer of ectoderm, and at these points the pores are formed. They open into the ectodermal cavities between the suckers (Pl. 4. fig. 6, po.), and in this way a free passage is formed to the exterior. The passage formed by the pore itself through the ectodermal layer is, therefore, extremely short. On the ectodermal side the pores are thickly lined with columnar cells, whose numerous rounded nuclei lie internal to a clear border, containing only an occasional nematocyst (PI. 4. fig. 6). On the endodermal side the cells are shorter and the nuclei larger. A large increase of endodermal cells is present adjacent to the pores, and through these the passage has been formed to the interior of the body-cavity. The endodermal passage is therefore much longer than the ectodermal. Gonads.—No gonads were present in the two specimens examined. Development.—The larval form examined had twelve tentacles and twelve perfect mesenteries. Of these the eight primitive Edwardsian septa were alone complete. The four unattached mesenteries are fully developed and possess muscle-pads and mesenterial filaments. This shows a variation in the development of mesenteries and tentacles as compared with the larval stage of a species of a closely allied species, viz. Haleampa duodecimeirrata, described by Carlgren (14, p. 42). Carlgren found that larval forms possess- ing twelve tentacles had all twelve mesenteries attached in the upper part of the esophagus, and were at that stage already in possession of some mesen- HEXACTINIA FROM NEW SOUTH WALES. 45 teries, the second cycle. Hven younger forms, having only ten tentacles showed the second cycle of mesenteries developing. Haddon (9) also in ‘describing larval forms of Halcampa erysanthellum, which, like those of this larval form, had twelve mesenteries, found that at a stage where the mesenteries 5 5, 6 6, were unattached in the lower cesophagus there were present only eight tentacles. This is the more interest- ing since Faurot (15) believes Haddon to be mistaken in the classification and considers the larva described to be that of Peachia hastata. The fact that the siphonoglyphe figured by Haddon continues below the cesophagus certainly points in that direction. Our knowledge of the genus Peachia is very scanty. The description even of the type species Peachia hastata is incomplete and contradictory. It is first mentioned by Reid in 1848 (1) under the name of Actinia cylindrica, a name preoccupied. Gosse renamed it Peachia hastata in 1855 (2). M‘Intosh (10) has described the commensal habits of the larval Peachia. From that time its occurrence and external appearance have been noted by various zoologists. Haddon and Dixon (7) summarize the literature to the date of their paper and give an excellent account of the habits and external struc- tures of this anemone. Haddon deduced the existence of pores in Peachia from the grooves present externally on the physa of Peachia hastata (7), which he considered comparable with the external openings of pores in Halcampa. ‘“‘Mr. Dixon and myself are now satisfied that such (7. e. pores) is the true explanation of the appearance we described in Peachia” (7 and 8). He included them in his definition of Peachia, but has not described them further (11). But Faurot (15, p. 140) some nine years later in describing the movements and actions of living Peacha hastata lays emphasis on his opinion that the water with which it fills its body-cavity at this time is ejected entirely by the mouth, by adding “wn orifice a Vextrémité basale newviste pas.’ That the apparent orifice caused by introversion, and mistaken for a pore by older writers, is not one, is of course certain, but Faurot overlooked the existence of these very numerous pores round the physa of Peachia hastata, which, indeed, may serve the very purpose of ejecting water. Still it is to Faurot (15) we owe most of our knowledge of the internal anatomy of Peachea hastata. But his excellent paper on the com- parative anatomy of several genera of Actinzw does not profess to deal with all their organs. In addition to the above omission, he does not mention the powerful endodermal muscle-system of Peachia, denies the existence of a sphincter, and gives an account of several minor structures differing from that given by Haddon. I have therefore dealt with the anatomy of all the organs of Peachia hastata as fully as the condition of my material allowed. I have followed Haddon (11) in describing the bulk of the muscle on the imperfect mesen- teries longitudinal retractor. Faurot (15), on the other hand, considers that 46 MRS. LEONORA J. WILSMORE ON SOME the imperfect mesenteries have no longitudinal retractor muscles, that their entire muscle and a corresponding width of muscle on the perfect mesenteries is parietal, and that therefore in the lower part of the scapus in Peachia hastata parietal muscle alone is present. In the size of the perfect mesenteries, in their attachment to the oesophagus, and in their relative width in the subcesophageal region, Peachia hilli differs from Peachia hastata. In Peachia hastata the pair 6 6 alone, the the last pair formed, “ deviennent libres dans les deux tiers inférieures de la région cesophagienne”’ (15). In that species towards ihe end of the scapus the pair 4 4 does not form a group with 5 5 and 6 6, but has already diminished to the size of the imperfect mesenteries. Faurot photographs (15) show that at a lower level still, roughly corresponding to fig. 7, the pairs 5 5, 66 in Peachia hastata have also diminished to the same size as44. In Peachia hilli these pairs retain their relatively greater width well into the physa. Professor McMurrich (18) has altered the generic characters as defined by Haddon to include Peachia koren. Although, on account of his unwilling- ness to mutilate his only specimen, he kas not been able to describe the species in detail, there is no doubt that it is a totally distinct species from Peachia hilli. Yn Peachia koreni the conchula is as large as the tentacles, of which there are only eight, though all six pairs of perfect and four pairs of imperfect mesenteries are present. There is also in the American form no distinction into capitulum, scapus, and physa. This example of Peacha koreni may be a young form, but, if so, its tentacles and mesenteries are developing in reverse order to those of the larval form of Peachia hillt. Peachia hilli is the second species of this genus recorded from the Pacific. The first, Peachia carnea (6), found on the beach, Dunedin, New Zealand, differs from Peachia hill’ in being flesh-coloured. Only the external characteristics of this anemone have been given by Hutton, and since these apply equally well to the genus Halcampa as to Peachia, its position is quite uncertain. Another form from the Southern Hemisphere, Peachia antarctica (South Georgia), was classed as a Peachia by Pfeffer on its external characters only, in his “Zur Fauna von Siid-Georgien,” Jahr. Hamb. Anstalt, vi. Jahrg. 1888. In 1898 Carlgren found that this was in reality a Scytophorus and renamed it Scytophorus antareticus (28). PHELLIA BROWNI. (PI. 5. figs. 9-13.) Form (PI. 5. figs. 9 & 9 a).—Single, conical, fixed ; scapus and almost the whole of the capitulum thickly covered with large yellow, brown, and white grains of calcareous sand ; beneath these lies a thick coating of transparent siliceous grains. This sand forces itself irregularly into the column-wali, but does not penetrate the surface, so that the indentations in which it lies are completely lined by ectoderm coated by mucus. The grains are best HEXACTINIA FROM NEW SOUTH WALES. AT removed by careful scraping under a dissecting microscope, but this operation needs care, as small fragments are deeply embedded. Their removal leaves exposed a roughened deeply pitted surface of spongy appear- ance (PI. 5. fig. 10), and distlnes at point of closure of the capitulum six deep Tbaeinidinal ridges (Pl. 5. fig. 9), which continue distally down fully ‘coetintnals of the inverted portion. Where the ridges cease, a circular groove with deep folds in its surface (Pl. 5. fig. 10,¢.g.) runs round the capitulum. Immediately below this spring out a large number of thin, naked, nose-like projections, which completely close the entrance to the oral disc, when, as here, the capitulum is inverted (PI. 5. fig. 10). These thin nose- like projections are entirely free from both sand and mucus. The pedal dise does not extend beyond the general body of the polyp, which reaches its greatest width in the pedal region. The tentacles, short, blunt, and marginal, are transversely grooved and number over 40 (Pl. 5. fig. 10). They are placed in several cycles which are difficult to distinguish. Those in the innermost cycle are the longest, and measure 2°35 mm. ; the shortest measure *}) mm. Colour.—Professor Hill states that the anemone was sand-coloured in life. In spirit it is unchanged. Dimensions.—Somewhat irregular in shape ; narrower distally. Greatest height 11°5 mm.; greatest diameter 9 mm.; diameter at capitulum 4°5 mm. (Pl. 5. fig. Ya). Locality—Coilected by Professor Hill in 1894, on the Pacifie Ocean beach opposite Creel Bay, Broken Bay, New South Wales. I wish to associate with this species the name of Mr. KH. T. Browne, the well-known authority on medusze, to whom I am indebted for kindly assistance. Column-wall (Pl. 5. figs. 10 & 18).—The surface of the polyp is deeply indented and covered below the sand-grains with a yellow mucous layer in which numerous small foreign particles are embedded. I have not been able to fully determine the presence of a cuticle, but the ectoderm is badly preserved and has been much torn in scraping off the sand. The ectoderm of the capitulum contains numerous nematocysts present every- where, but occurring most abundantly in the soft nose-like projections. The mesogloea is thick, finely fibrous, almost homogeneous, and doubles its width in the capitular region. It contains numerous isolated cells and small lacunee. ‘The endoderm is deep and deeply folded, especially in the capitulum. Hndodermal muscle on long plaitings of the mesogloea lines the ccelenteron throughout ; these muscle-plaitings are still further developed and become slightly branched in the region of the proximal part of the sphincter (PI. 5. fig. 10, end.m.). Sphincter (Pl. 5. figs. 10 & 11).—The sphincter muscle, large, powerful, and mesogloal, is peculiar in form, It recalls the double sphincter of A8 MRS. LEONORA J. WILSMORE ON SOME Zoanthus, but here the two portions are connected. The proximal portion is much the longer, of compact form, of almost uniform width, and much nearer the endoderm than the ectoderm. ‘The second, or distal, expansion occurs in the soft nose-like projections of the capitulum. These projections vary in shape, and this portion of the sphincter varies with them, since it occupies the whole width of the mesoglcea here present, and runs into all but the finest branches of the projections. The narrow strip connecting the distal and proximal part of the sphincter lies in the circular depression round the capitulum (Pl. 5. fig. 10). The muscle-cavities are closely pressed together, polygonal in shape, and only broken by narrow irregular strands of mesogloea passing transversely (Pl. 5. fig. 11). In transverse sections the sphincter shows a straight line on the endodermal, while on the ecto dermal side a large wave enters the base of each ridge of the capitulum. Tentacles (Pl. 5. figs. 10 & 12).—The tentacles are thick-walled, con- taining a small lumen. The annular grooves on their surface involve the ectodermal layer alone, which is very thick and has in its external border a closely packed row of nematocysts placed at right angles to the surface (Pl. 5. fig. 12). The strong ectodermal muscle is placed on long branched mesogloeal processes which end in the nervous zone of the ectoderm. Since they are not enclosed by mesogloea on the ectodermal side, and the branches do not anastomose, the fibres are not mesogloeal in position (PI. 6. fig. 12). The mesoglea is narrow and homogeneous, supporting a slight endodermal muscle. The endoderm is deep and deeply folded. Dise.—The histology of the dise closely resembles that of the tentacle, The ectoderm is deep with an outer border of nematocysts, and the strong ectodermal muscle is placed on Jong branched mesogloeal processes, which end in the nerve zone of the ectoderm. ‘These mesogleeal processes branch, but do not anastomose with one another, and therefore the muscle remains ectodermal in position. This muscle becomes deeper towards the point of junction of the perfect septa. The ectoderm of the disc is much narrower than that of the tentacles, (Hsophagus (Pl. 5. fig. 13).—The polyp was cut through the cesophageal region transversely, the cut surface of the lower half being represented in the figure. Twelve deep longitudinal grooves are present. Of these, the two grooves which occupy the normal position of siphonoglyphes, 7. e. which lie between the points of attachment of the two ventral and the two dorsal directives respectively, are not much deeper than the other ten, but the specimen is greatly contracted. There are also present, probably owing to contraction, a number of very deep transverse grooves. The tissues are not well enough preserved for histological purposes. The ectoderm, which is deep, contains numerous gland-cells. The mesoglea, fibrous and thin in the long grooves, widens immensely in the lobes between the longitudinal grooves, and these contain numerous enclosed cells, The endoderm is narrow, HEXACTINIZD FROM NEW SOUTH WALES. 49 Mesenteries and Acontia (Pl. 5. fig. 13, mes.,a.).—There are tliree cycles of mesenteries; the formula for each sextant being Pull P. The mesenteries of the first cycle number six pairs, including two pairs of directives (Pl. 5. fig. 13, me. They alone are perfect and carry the gonads; there are also six pairs of imperfect mesenteries of the second (PI. 5. fig. 13, me.) and twelve pairs of the third cycle (PI. 5. fig. 13, me.*), all of which are in a very rudimentary state. There is no trace of a fourth incomplete cycle present in several of the species already described, and the suggestion, therefore, of Kweitniewski (21) that the partial development of the fourth cycle might be a generic character is incorrect. This fourth cycle is absent also in P. vermiformis. Perfect Mesenteries.—The longitudinal retractor muscle of the perfect mesenteries is contained in a muscle-pad which is large and reniform in cross-sections. The distal end and external appearance of this muscle-pad is shown in fig. 10, m.p., Pl. 5. It continues proximally to within a short distance of the pedal disc. The muscle-cells are situated on slight, long, very numerous and richly-branched processes (Pl. 5. fig. 13, lr.m.). Distally, beyond the level of this muscle-pad, short blunt muscular processes occupy the greater width of the perfect mesenteries. Here the mesoglea is thicker and contains isolated cells. The perfect mesenteries are also supplied with a strong parieto-basilar muscle on plaitings of the mesoglea. This is produced on one side into a long brush-like tuft (PI. 5. fig. 13, p.h.m.). The mesenterial filaments of the perfect mesenteries are divided into several branches. A septa is apparently present in the perfect mesenteries, but owing to tears caused by removal of sand and to imperfect preservation this point could not be decided. Incomplete Mesenteries (PI. 5. fig. 13, me.’, me.*).—The incomplete mesen- teries of the second and third cycles are rudimentary, without gonads, mesenterial filaments, or muscle-pads. They possess strong blunt muscle processes slightly branched on side. The mesenteries of the second cycle are only slightly wider than those of the third. In the region of the pedal disc, where the perfect mesenteries are narrower and have lost their muscle- pads, the internal borders of all three cycles become connected together in groups. The largest group consists of 16 mesenteries, whose inner border forms part of a circle lined by muscle processes. Examples of somewhat similar coalescences of several mesenteries of different cycles have already been recorded by Dixon (12) and by Parker (19). The Acontia (Pl. 5. figs. 10, a., 13, a.) are very large and are visible immediately on opening the ceelenteron. They form very white coiled tubes of considerable length, some of which pass well into the eapitulum (PI. 5. fig. 10, a.). Transverse sections show that they are rounded and one side is fully armed with nematocysts, but the histology is not well preserved. No cinclides are visible. LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXXII. 4 5Q MRS. LEONORA J. WILSMORE ON SOME Gonads (Pl. 5. fig. 13, gs.).—The specimen was a female. The gonads, which were carried by the six pairs of perfect mesenteries, almost filled the colenteron. Transversely they extended from the csophagus to the bedy- wall, passing into the spaces between the imperfect mesenteries, longi- tudinally, from the level of the mouth to a little above the pedal dise. The immense number of ova present were in different stages of growth. PHELLIA CAPITATA. (Pls. 5, 6. figs. 14-19.) Form (Pl. 5. fig. 14).—Single, fixed; capitulum slightly swollen ; base much broader, there being a gradual increase from the centre of the column to the pedal disc, which expands broadly beyond the column-wall ; surface of the scapus irregularly pitted and gritty with fine sand ; on the capitulum the sand very sparse and the irregularities of the surface arranged in deep transverse QYrooves ; the greater part of the capitulum and the scapus beneath the sand-grains covered with thick yellow mucus, in which small objects are embedded ; the small distal portion of the capitulum delicate, free from mucus and sand, quite smooth and light sand-coloured. In the specimen examined this portion pressed outwards forms a ridge protruding round the anterior end of the polyp between the transverse grooves of the lower capitulum and the expanded tentacles (Pl. 6. figs. 15, 16, 19, d.cap.). Tentacles (PI. 5. fig. 14, Pl. 6. figs. 15, 16) short, slightly annulated, in two cycles, the inner the larger ; 39 present, and a space about equal to one-eighth the circumference of the dise, which is devoid of tentacles, has several minute buds at long intervals. The cesophagus is extruded together with masses of the gonads (PI. 5. fig. 14, @s., gs.) ; owing to the attachment of the perfect mesenteries to the inner wall of the oesophagus this organ is slightly lobed in extension ; its lower border is deeply grooved transversely. There is no indication of a siphonoglyphe. Colour.—Brown in spirit, owing to minute dark brown pigment spots which cover the surface to the edge of the light-coloured naked distal parts of capitulum. Dimensions —Height 13 mm. ; average (liameter 5 mm., diameter at pedal dise 9 mm. Locality.—Collected by Professor Hill in 1894; on the Pacific Ocean beach opposite Creel Bay, Broken Bay, New South Wales. This species is named Phellia capitata on account of the peculiar swollen heads of the longitudinal retractor muscles of the mesenteries. Column-wall (Pl. 6. figs. 15, 17).—The column-wall, narrow below, owes its greater width distally to the inclusion of a wide mesogloeal sphincter (PI. 6. fig. 15, sph.). Its surface is very irregular, but the sand-grains with which it is covered do not penetrate into the deeper indentations. They adhere chiefly to the surface of the yellow abundant mucus, and are HEXACTINIZ FROM NEW SOTITH WALES. Dil therefore more easily removed than in Phellia browni, and the underlying structures are less destroyed in the process. Both mucus and a cuticle cover the surface of the ectoderm of the column and lower capitulum, and the ectoderm underlying these structures is narrow and badly preserved. In the naked distal portion of the capitulum the ectoderm is much wider (Pl. 6. fig. 15, d.cap.), consisting of very deep columnar cells, and nemato- eysts, which are not numerous, appear to be confined to this portion. Small ill-defined bodies, probably badly preserved isolated cells, are scattered irregularly through the mesogloea and occur in the sphincter also, where they are easily detected, being of much larger size and staining deeper with carmine than the muscle-cells of the sphincter itself. An endodermal muscle lining the ccelenteron is present on unbranched mesogloal plaitings, which do not appear to be further develuped in the capitular region (PI. 6. fic. 15, end.m.). The endoderm forms deep triangular ridges between the mesenteries (PI. 6. fig. 17, end.). Sphincter.—The sphincter: large and masontonall lies throughout its course nearer the endoderm than the inden rig (Ue, 6. fig. 15, sph.). Less powerful than in Phellia browni, it has the same double form as in that species, lying chiefly in the lower capitulum, with a second marked expansion in the naked distal portion where it occupies the full width of the mesoglea. The muscle- cavities are very numerous, small, oval or round, lined with muscle-cells and embedded in an irregular manner in the mesogloea. These cavities lie singly and retain their own shape, but there are very few scattered cells, and the shape of the sphincter as a whole is compact. The naked portion of the capitulum and the distal expansion of the sphincter which it contains are more or less constant in shape in this specimen, thus forming a great contrast to the long prolongations of both capitula of the sphincter which are present in the last species, Phellia browni. This difference is probably not specific, but the result of Phellia capitata being in full expansion, while Phellia browni is in a contracted state. See Verrill (4) on the sphincter of Phellia panamensis, later named Phelliopsis panamensis (22). The ectodermal side of the sphincter is irregularly waved, and it reaches its greatest width at about the centre of its length. Tentacles (Pl. 6. figs. 15, 16).—The tentacles are thick-walled with a small lumen. The ectoderm, the broadest of the three layers, is well supplied with nematocysts and has.a broad nervous zone. The ectodermal muscle is powerfully developed on branched processes of the mesogloea, which end in the nervous zone of the ectoderm, as in the last species, and are therefore not mesogleeal in position. Short and almost unbranched on the outer side of the tentacle, these mesogloeal processes are at least twice as broad on the inner side which faces the oral aperture (PI. 6. figs. 15, 19, ect.m.1, ect.m.”). The mesoglea, which is narrow, bears on its internal border a well-marked ectodermal muscle. The endoderm is deeply folded. Or No Zz MRS. LEONORA J. WILSMORE ON SOME Dise (P1. 6. fig. 19, d.).—The musculature of the disc and tentacles in the former species alike, are in this species very different. The ectodermal muscle of the disc is only slightly developed and strongly resembles that of Phellia sollasi (20), another Australian species. .A few mesogloeal processes are present peripherally. More centrally these processes are absent and the muscle very feebly developed. The endoderm is narrower than in the tentacles and very few nematocysts are present in the ectoderms. Mesenteries and Acontia (Pl. 6. fig. 17).—There are three cycles of mesenteries, the formula for each sextant being the same as in the last species, viz. PulluP. The perfect mesenteries are of the first cycle only, number six pairs including the directives, and carry the gonads ; there are also six pairs of imperfect mesenteries of the second and twelve pairs of imperfect of the third cycle. Perfect mesenteries. A surface view of the distal part of a perfect mesentery, as it appears on opening the anterior end of the polyp longitudinally, is shown in Pl. 6. fig. 16. It will be seen that the longitudinal retractor muscle has a most unusual form. Throughout the greater length of the mesentery it consists of a muscle-pad of uniform and very narrow width (PI. 6. fig. 16, m.p.), but at its distal extremity it increases suddenly in size and ends in a large bulb or head (PI. 6. fig. 16, m.b.). The cesophagus, which is attached to the perfect mesenteries and does not extend below the level of the enlarged heads, has, in eversion, drawn the mesenteries upwards and outwards. The position of the heads of the muscle-pads in the lobes of the everted cesophagus is due to this fact, and their curvature probably arises from the same cause. The internal structure of the muscle-pad and its enlarged head are shown and compared in Pl. 6. figs. 17, 18, & 19. In longitudinal and transverse sections of the head (figs. 18, 19) it will be seen that the structure consists entirely of very numerous delicate processes branching from a mesogleal core, the muscle-cells being situated on these processes. The muscle-pad shown in transverse section (fig. 17, m.p.) is drawn on the same scale as the muscle-head in fig. 18. In structure the muscle-pad difters from the muscle- head only in the fact that the mesogloeal core is much slighter in the pad and does not penetrate so deeply. In shape also the transverse section of the pad is more reniform than that of the head. The marked difference in the form of the retractor muscle in this species and in Phellia browni may be seen by comparing fig. 10 on Plate 5 with fig. 16 on Plate 6. The mesenterial filament is very small ; immediately below the cesophagus it is divided into three parts; lower down it is single (Pl. 6. fig. 17, me.>). The parieto-basilar muscle, which is present in the perfect mesenteries only, forms a well-developed brush-like tuft on that side of the mesentery HEXACTINIZA FROM NEW SOUTH WALES. 53 which is opposite to the longitudinal retractor muscle. It has a depth equal to that of the third cycle of mesenteries (Pl. 6. fig. 17, p.m.). The incomplete mesenteries (Pl. 6. fig. 17, me.”, me.*) of the second and third cycles are very rudimentary and closely resemble the corresponding mesenteries in Phellia browni. Their feathery appearance in both cases is due to muscle processes of the mesoglcea on each side. They are devoid of gonads and muscle-pads. Owing to imperfect preservation I am unable to decide whether a slight mesenterial filament is present on the mesenteries of the second cycle or not, but the mesenteries themselves are quite rudi- mentary and scarcely longer than those of the third cycle. The perfect and imperfect mesenteries of Phellia capitata, unlike those of Phellia brown2, do not approximate in width towards the pedal dise or become connected with one another. The complete mesenteries in the proximal end of the body meet in the centre of the pedal disc, to which their basal extremities are attached. The incomplete mesenteries are also attached to the pedal disc, but they are narrower and end at varying distances from its centre. The pedal dise, therefore, has a great number of radial lines at its circumference, twelve of which, representing the attachment to the perfect mesenteries, meet in the centre. The Acontia (Pl. 6. fig. 17, a.).—The acontia are numerous, thick, and long, but not so dead white as in the former species, and therefore not so prominent at first sight. Transverse sections (PI. 6. fig. 17, a.) show a round figure with a groove on one side. The opposite or convex side is strongly armed with nematocysts, and there is an axis of connective tissue. In form, therefore, the acontia of both Phellia browni and capitata closely resemble the acontia described by Hertwig (5) in Cereus spinosus and Callietis parasitica, and are unlike those figured by Carlgren for Sagartia viduata, Sagartia undata, Metridium dianthus, and Chondractinia (14). Unfortunately the muscle-fibres, which Hertwig says “lie on the convex side of the meso- gloea, where the nematocysts lie,” and which Carlgren finds in every acontium examined by him “auf der den Nesselzellen entgegengesetzten Seite,” are here not well enough preserved to distinguish. Gonads (Pls. 5, 6. figs. 14, 16, gs.)—The specimen was a male and the gonads, carried by the perfect mesenteries only, were extremely well developed and formed large bunches, partly extruded with the cesophagus; they also almost filled the ccelenteron distally, but diminished in size proximally. In the specimen examined it appeared that the perfect mesenteries ceased to bear gonads at different levels, but the state of preservation is not good enough io determine the point. The spermatozoa present are not fully ripe. These two Australian species are characterized by the unusual strength of the sphincter and its peculiar contraction into two parts, which does not occur in other known species of the genus. The size and prominence of the 54 MRS. LEONORA J.-WILSMORE ON SOME acontia are also unusual characteristics. Haddon and Knietniewski, indeed, consider smallness of the acontia a generic character (21). Phellia browni (and in less degree Phellia capitata) is distinguished also by the thickness of its sand-incrustation. The known species of Phelita from the Pacific—viz., Phellia vermiformis (17) from Torres Straits and Phellia sollasi (18 and 20) from Funafuti, Phellia ternatana (16) from Ternati, and amboniensis (21) from Ambon—differ widely from those here described in the three characters named above. Other points of difference are the external shape and the form of the longitudinal retractors, and the mesenteric formula of Phellia sollasi, ternatana, and amboniensis. Haddon’s collection included two other anemones from Torres Straits, which he had “no doubt were Phellia.” They were, however, lost before examination, and their external characteristics alone are elven. These do not agree with those of Phellia browni and capitata. Until re- discovered, their position is in reality doubtful, since the external characters of Phellia and Chondractinia are alike, the fact that Phellia bear the gonads on the perfect mesenteries being the point of difference between the two genera. An interesting series of stages of development of the ectodermal muscle of the disc is shown in the genus Phellia. In Phellia sollasi and Phellia capitata we find it at its lowest stage. A few fibres, stronger near the capitulum, are all that are present. In Phellia browni these fibres are large and branched and present over the whole disc, while in Phellia ternatana anastomosing of the branches has taken place to some extent, and the ecto- dermal muscle is now partly mesogloeal in position. This process is carried still further in Phellia amboniensis. Whole bundles of muscle-fibres are here enclosed by the anastomosing of the mesoglcal branches, which are 3-4 times as wide as the mesogloea itself, but as yet very few of these fibres have sunk into the mesoglea. A step further in the development would give ectodermal muscle of the disc as mesogloeal in position as that of a mesogloal sphincter which originates from endodermal muscle. Although the partial division of the sphincter into two parts seems to be peculiar to Phellia browni and capitata, the fact that it enlarges at its narrower distal end to fill the whole of the mesogloea has been noticed by other observers, viz. Knietniewski (16) and McGuire (20). May this not be generic ? List of References. (1) 1848. Rerp.—On a new Species of Actiniaria. (Ann. Mag. Nat, Hist., ser. 2, vol. i. p. 34.) (2) 1855. Gossz, P. H—On Peachia hastata. (Trans. Linn. Soe. xxi.) (8) 1859. Hotpsworta, E. W. H.—On Burrowing Habits of Peachia hastata. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. iii. p. 78.) HEXACTINIZ FROM NEW SOUTH WALES. 55 (4) 1869. Verrtut, A. H.—Notes on Radiata. (Trans. Connect. Acad., vol. 1. 1866-71, p. 490.) (5) 1875-6. Hertwic, R.—Actiniaria. (Report of Scientific Results of H.M.S. ‘ Challenger,’ 1873-76, vol. vi.) (6) 1879. Hurron, F. W.—Contributions to the Coelenterate Fauna of New Zealand. (Trans. of the New Zealand Institute, vol. xii. p. 274.) (7) 1883-5. Happon & Drxon.—The Structure and Habits of Peachia hastata. (Proce. Roy. Dubl. Soc., n. s. vol. iv.) | (8) 1886-7. Happon, A. C.—Note on Halcampa crysanthellum. (Proc. Roy. Dubl. Soe., n. s. vol. v.) (9) 1886-7. Happon, A. ©.—Note on Arrangement of Mesenteries in Parasitic Larva of Haleampa crysanthellum. (Proe. Roy. Dubl. Soe., n. s. vol. v. 1886-7.) (10) 1887. M‘Intosn, W. C.—On the Commensalistic Habits of Larval Peachia. (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. xx. p. 101.) (11) 1889. Happon, A. C.—A Revision of the British Actinis. (Trans. Roy. Dubl. Soc., (2) vol. iv.) (12) 1889. Drxon, G. Y. & A. F.—On Bunodes thallia, ete. (Proc. Roy. Dubl. Soe., 1889.) (13) 1893. McMurrica, J. P.—Report on the Actinize collected by the U.S. Fish Commission Steamer ‘ Albatross,’ during Winter 1887-88. (Broce, U.S: Nat: Musi) xvi 1893:) (14) 1893. Carncren, O.—Studien iiber nordische Actinien: I. (Kongl. Sven. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 25, no. 12, Stockholm, 1893.) (15) 1895. Fauror, L.—Etudes sur les Actinies. (Archives de Zool. exper. et generale) 3m sér. tome ii. Soop) (16) 1896. Kwrerninwski, C. R.—Actiniaria von Ternate. (Abhandl. Senckenb. naturf. Gesellsch., Bd. xxiii. 1896-97.) (17) 1897. Happon, A. C.—The Actiniaria of Torres Straits. (Trans. Roy. Dubl. Soe., (2) vol. vi.) (18) 1897. Happon, A. C.—Phellia sollasi. (Proc. Roy. Dubl. Soe., n. s. vol. vii. 1895-98, p. 693.) (19) 1897. Parker, G. H.—Metridium marginatum. (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Cambridge, Mass., xxx. 1897, p. 267.) (20) 1898. McGuire, K.—Notes on certain Actiniaria. (Proc. Roy. Dubl. SWGby ils Go WOM, Wate JD. WIT) (21) 1898. Kwinrntewski, C. R.—Actiniaria von Ambon und Thursday Island. (Jenaische Denkschriften, viii. 1898.) (22) 1898. Verritt, A. H.—New Actiniariszns. (Amer. Journ. Se., (4) vol. vi. 1899.) : (23) 1898. Cartcren, O.—Zoantharien in Hrgeb. Hamburg. Magel- haenischen Sammelreise, Bd, i. Hamburg, 1898, 56 MRS. LEONORA J. WILSMORE ON SOME Lettering. , Acontium. Mesenteries of Ist, 2nd, and 3rd a me.', reek ec. Cuticle. me.*. cycle. e.g. Circular groove of capitulum. m.f. Mesenteric filament. d.cap. Distal portion of capitulum. m.p. Muscle-pad of long retractor d.sph. Distal portion of sphincter muscle of mesentery. muscle. mu. Muscle. ect. Ectoderm. muc. Mucus. ect.m. Ectoderm muscle. nem. Nematocysts. end. Endoderm. es, Cksophagus. end.m. Endoderm muscle. p. Physa. gr. Groove. p.b.m. Parieto-basilar muscle. gs. Gonads. p.m. Parieto muscle. imper.mes. Imperfect mesentery. po, Pore. m. Mesogleea. s. Scapus. m.1, m.2. Different lengths of ectodermal sd. Grains of sand. muscle in tentacles. st. Siphonoglyphe. m.b. Bulb or head of long retractor sph. Sphincter. muscle of mesentery. su. Sucker, mes. Mesentery. tent. tentacle. > ES) BO) f= , Phellia brown. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PLATE 4. Peachia hilli. xX 2. Peachia hilli. Warvalform. xX 2. Peachia hilli. Transverse section through cesophageal region. X 12. Peachia hill’. Vongitudinal section through capitular region. X 14. This section passes through the cesophagus and shows the thick wall of the siphonoglyphe on the ri oht-hand side. Peachia hilli. \ongitudinal section through the lower end of the scapus, showing strong development of endodermal muscle. x 68. Peachia hilli. Wongitudinal section through part of physa, showing five pores. x 188. Peachia hilli. Peachia hilli. Transverse section through lower scapus near physa. X 12. Perfect mesentery. X 82. PLATE 5. End view. X93. Side view. xX 3. Phellia brownt. Longitudinal hand-cut section throvgh capitular region. The sand-grains are removed from the lower half, leaving the rough deeply pitted surface exposed. Drawn under dissecting microscope. Phellia browni. Longitudinal section through sphincter. X 188. In upper part the endodermal muscle is figured attached to a mesentery, in the lower part it is represented lined by the endoderm of the column-wall, Phellia brown. Journ. Linn. Soc, Zoo..Vor. XXXL. Pi. 4. tent. Wilsmore. tmper mes. a) g 5 & ,Cambridge. B Wilson L.J.Wilsmore, del. NEW HEXACTINA. Wilsmore. Journ. Linn. Soc, Zoon. Vou. XXXII. Pu. 5. fo) ic THT yu MEDD rp ut” a -J.Wilsm : Wilson,Cambridge L.J.Wilsmore, del NEW HEXACTINA. E Wil ridg ALG? foe Journ. Linn. Soc, Zoou. Vou. XXXII. Pu.6. Wilsmore. Prt a) g TT Ta eee : : mT ITs TNT Se EMO CIT rae ie piece E.Wilson,Cambridge. NEW HEXACTINA. 1. J. Wilsmore, del. Fig. 12. 15. 14, 18. 19. HEXACTINIA® FROM NEW SOUTH WALKS. 57 Phellia brownt. Transverse section through a tentacle. x 282. Shows large development of ectodermal muscle. Phellia brownt. The polyp was cut in two transversely through the cesophageal region. This figure represents the lower half viewed as a solid object. Drawn under a dissecting microscope. xX 12. Phellia capitata. xX 3. PLATE 6. Phellia capitata. Longitudinal section through sphincter and tentacles. x 44. Phellia capitata. Longitudinal retractor muscle im.situ. The everted cesophagus has been cut open longitudinally, and the gonads and muscles are exposed to view. Drawn under a dissecting microscope. Phellia capitata. Transverse section showing examples of the three cycles of mesenteries. X 52. Phellia capitata, Transverse section through enlarged heads of two longitudinal retractor muscles. x 52. Phellia capitata. Longitudinal section through cesophagus, disc tentacles, and muscle-head of retractor muscle. Xx 34. LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXXII. H) PrGesrted VASey oh Rh Wines , Py 4 Ae aD a i ined ely WOR Pe teat Wilts Ve Pe tet ', ahi wie} rs Uae ry RULES FOR BORROWING BOOKS FROM THE LIBRARY. 1. No more than Six volumes shall be lent to one person at the same time without the special leave of the Council or one of the Secretaries. 2. All books shall be returned before the expiration of Six weeks from the time of their being taken out, but if not required by any other Fellow, they may, on application, be kept for a further period Six weeks. 3. All books lent shall be regularly entered by the Librarian in a beck appropriated for that purpose. 4, No work forming part of Linnzus’s own Library shall be lent out of the Iibrary under any circumstances. Norn.— Certain other works are included in this prohibition, such as costly “illustrated works, and volumes belonging to sets which could not be replaced vf lost. A GENERAL INDEX to the first twenty Volumes of the Journal (Zoology) may be had on application, either in cloth or in sheets for binding. Price to Fellows, 15s.; to the Public, 20s. A CATALOGUE of the LIBRARY may be had on application. Price to Fellows, 5s.; to the Public, 10s. N OFF 4G Esse THE attention of the Fellows, and of Librarians of kindred Societies © is requested to the fact that TWO volumes of the Journal (Zoology) have been in course of simultaneous issue, as follows :— Von. 81. Nos. 203-207. This volume is reserved for reports on collections from the Sudanese Red Sea. Vou. 32. No, 211. The present number. Authors are entitled to 50 copies of their communications gratuitously, and may obtain another 50 by payment, as shown on the printed slip which accompanies the proof. If more than 100 copies are - wanted, application must be made to the Council. Abstracts of the proceedings at each General Meeting and Agenda for the next, are supplied to Fellows and Foreign Members, B. DAYDON JACKSON, General Secretary. ee ee OctToBER 23. Price 5s. THE JOURNAL OF THE LINNEAN SOCIEFY, VOL. XXXII. ZOOLOGY. No. 212. CONTENTS. Page J. The British Museum -Collection of Buatrrip# enclosed in Amber. By Roamnroep, MEA. WU.S. Ch latet)o ic. a ie ners baat 59 II. On the Occurrence of Amphidinium operculatum, Clap. & Lach., in vast quantity, at Port Hrin (Isle of Man). By W. A. Hurpmay, ERE Gi en cietes Gah ora atee Men aod. wee api Disrnas tek tees 71 III. Observations on some new and little-known British Rhizopods. By James Mutkte Brown, B.Sc., F.L.S. (Plate 9.) .............-. 17 ; : sahsenian / natin we iF, NOV 4 }9j) ) FQ 27 ‘7, ee = Ox =>} Ad EL it ~ a4 #MUSSYV LONDON: SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE, PICCADILLY, W., AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., AND WILLIAMS AND NORGATE. CHIE LINNEAN SOCIETY GCF LONG reesi Lisl OF) THE OFFICERS AND COUNCEE: Elected 24th May, 1911. PRESIDENT. Dr. Dukinfield H. Scott, M.A., F.R.S. VICE-PRESIDENTS. Prof. E. B. Poulton, F.R.S. Dr. A. B, Rendle, F.R.S. Sir Frank Crisp, J.P. Horace W. Monckton, F.G.S, TREASURER. Horace W. Monckton, F.G.S. SECRETARIES, Prof. A. Dendy, D.Sce., F.R.S, | Dr. Otto Stapf, F.R.8. GENERAL SECRETARY. Dr. B, Daydon Jackson. COUNCIL. Horace W. Monckton, F.G.S8. Prof. F. W. Oliver, F.R.S. Prof. E. B. Poulton, F.R.S. Dr. A. B. Rendle, F.RB.S. Dr. W. G. Ridewood. Miss E. R. Saunders. Dr. Dukinfield H. Scott, F.R.S. Dr. Otto Stapf, F.R.S. Miss Ethel N. Thomas, B.Sc. Dr, A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S Prof. V. H. Blackman, Sc.D. Henry Bury, M.A. Sir Frank Crisp, J.P. Prof. Arthur Dendy, D.Sc., F.R.S. Prof. J. Stanley Gardiner, M.A., F.R.S. HE. 8. Goodrich, F.R.S, Henry Groves, Esq. Prof. W. A. Herdman, F.R.S. Arthur W. Hill, M.A. Dr. B. Daydon Jackson. LIBRARIAN. A. W. Kappel. | CLERK. S. Savage. LIBRARY COMMITTEE. Officers ea officio, with the following in addition :-— E. G. Baker, Esq. L, A. Boodle, Esq. J. Britten, Esq. H. Bury, M.A. Prof. P. Groom, D.Se. G. E. Nicholls, B.Sc. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S. Hugh Scott, M.A. Miss A. L, Smith. BLATTIDA ENCLOSED IN AMBER. 59 The British Museum Collection of BLuartip# enclosed in Amber. By R. Suetrorp, M.A., F.L.S. (PLATE 7.) [Read 4th May, 1911. ] Iv a previous number of this Journal (Zool. vol. xxx. 1910, pp. 336-355) I described a large collection of Blattidae in amber belonging to the late Dr. R. Klebs, of Konigsberg-i.-Pr. The memoir here presented deals with asmaller collection which Dr. A. Smith Woodward, I’.R.S., has most kindly handed over to me for examination and study. The specimens come from several localities and from at least two geological horizons, and by my study of them I am enabled to extend slightly our knowledge of the cockroaches of the past. The extreme modernity of the species is as apparent in this collection as in that belonging to Dr. Klebs, and again I find it unnecessary to erect a single new genus for the new forms which I describe. For this I was prepared, but I was certainly not prepared to find an example of the modern species Huthyrrhapha pacijica, Coq., in the British Museum collection ; and yet such is indeed the case. This species, which at present is found in most of the tropical regions of the world, occurred in Miocene times in Kurope, as evidenced by a well-preserved specimen in amber which, after a careful examination, I find to be identical with modern pinned specimens in the Hope Museum, Oxford. If Huthyrrhapha pacifiea was a generalised type of cock- roach, its occurrence in the Miocene period would perhaps excite but little surprise ; but it is a highly modified form and the type of wing-structure is quite peculiar. The wide geographical distribution of this speeies is sufficient evidence of its “fitness” to survive amidst divergent conditions of life. Its occurrence in Europe in Miocene times, and in a form which, so far as can be seen, does not differ in any important particular from examples extant to-day in South Africa, shows that the survival-value of the species is no new attribute, but a heritage from a past of very respectable antiquity. Until our knowledge of the Tertiary Blattidee is much more complete than it is at present, it will be impossible to say whether the present distribution of J. pacijica is an extension of a more restricted range in Miocene times, or if the species had a wider distribution then than at present. LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL, XXXII, 6 60 MR. R. SHELFORD: THE BRITISH MUSEUM The collection under notice may be classified as follows :— I. Oligocene species from a. Hast Prussia Z specimens. b. Samland 12 specimens. II. Miocene species from Stettin — 7 specimens. III. Species from Africa, geological 9 specimens *. horizon unknown. I have throughout this paper, in order to facilitate reference, quoted the numbers which the individual specimens bear. I. OLIGOCENE SPECIES. Dr. Klebs’s collection must be nearly complete and exhaustive of the Baltic provinces, for not a.single British Museum specimen from this region and horizon can be referred to a new species. a. HAST PRUSSTA ISCHNOPTERA GEDANENSIS, Germ. § Ber. Blatta gedanensis, Germar & Berendt, Organ. Reste in Bernstein, Bd. ii. Abt. 1, p. 33, pl. 4. fig. 4 (1856). One male, No. I 13762. PHYLLODROMIA ? FURCIFERA, Shelf. Phyllodromia furcifera, Shelford, Journ, Linn. Soe., Zool. xxx. (1910) p. 346. One female in a state of such poor preservation that identification is very doubtful. No. 113763. ‘ b. SAMLAND. Nearly all of these specimens are larvee, which it is impossible to refer with any degree of certainty to species described from adult forms. Hyven when the entomologist is dealing with modern species the allocation of larvee to their adult forms is attended with great difficulty, unless he is aided by careful field-observations and accurate data; it will be readily understood that the difficulty is enormously increased when the material in the ento- mologist’s hands is fossil. Very young larve were easily trapped in the resin which flowed from the trees in the Baltic Oligocene forests, but large, powerful adults could free themselves and leave no trace behind. The * One of the specimens sent to me is a larval Locustid; this, of course, is not included in the above list. COLLECTION OF BLATTIDA ENCLOSED IN AMBER. 61 student of the amber fauna is therefore always conscious that he has before him only the weaker and more fragile forms, which could not escape their living grave. HoroBius BALTICUS, Germ. 5 Ber. Blatta baltica, Germar & Berendt, Organ. Reste in Bernstein, Bd. ii. Abt. 1, p. 34, pl. 4. fie. 5 (1856). One male, quite typical in appearance. No. I 13759. JSCHNOPTERA sp. A mere fragment of the entire insect, consisting of head, pronotum, and front legs only. No. 1 13746. TEMNOPTERYX KLEBSI, Shelf. (Plate 7. figs. 3, 4.) One male, No. I 13756. IT am able to supplement my original description of this species, as the British Museum specimen is. in better condition than the type :—Sixth abdominal tergite with the posterior margin sinuate. Seventh to ninth abdominal segments constricted. Subgenital lamina subquadrately produced, with two styles asymmetrically placed, the right situated at the bottom of a deep notch, the left on the margin. Titillator penis extruded, sharply pointed, apex not hooked. ? NycTIpora succrinica, Shelf. Nyctibora suecinica, Shelford, t. c. p. 350. To this species I refer with very considerable doubt a larva (No. 1 13748), ; OF RK SH te c 3 ‘ a larval moult (No. 118754), and a solitary hind-leg (No. 113757). The larva is considerably smaller than the type, itself described from a larva, and the moult is smaller still. The shortness of the tarsi with their well-developed pulvilli and arolia show that these specimens cannot be referred to any Phyllodromiine genus, nor to any Periplanetine genus known to occur in the amber fauna. Consequently there is a distinct balance of probability in favour of these specimens being young larvee of Nyctibora succinica, but I fear that my determination of the species can go no further than that. The single hind-leg is not devoid of interest, since it reveals one of the means whereby the remnants of the amber fauna have been preserved. The tarsal claws are entangled in some strands of spider (?) silk ; the anterior edge of the femur is ruptured and some torn muscles protrude from the rupture, showing that the leg was forcibly torn from the body probably by the 3 3 o ais 2 sae L =, insect’s own frantic struggles to free itself. The amber surrounding the 6* 62 MR. R. SHELFORD: THE BRITISH MUSEUM derelict leg is quite clear and undisturbed, so that the enclosure of the leg in resin was an event ensuing after its entanglement. ? POLYPHAGA FOSSILIS. Polyphaga fossilis, Shelford, Journ, Linn. Soc., Zool. xxx. (1910) p. 351, pl. 48. fig. 21. One very young larva which can only be identified with great uncertainty. The preservation of the specimen is not good. No. I 13752. LARVA. Four specimens, Nos. I 13747, 113749, 113750, 1 13753, are probably the very young larvee of a species of Phyllodroma : a fifth example, No. 13751, is a young larva of one of the Blattee muticse ; the insect is much distorted owing to the extrusion of some of the viscera between the thoracic sclerites ; it is possibly identical with the Polyzosteria parvula of Berendt (Ann. Soc. ent. France, vol. v. p. 542, pl. 16. fig. 1, 1836). . II. MIOCENE SPECIES FROM STETTIN. The small number of Miocene specimens debars us from drawing any very valuable conclusions from a comparison of the Oligocene and Miocene Blattidee in amber, but we may note the following points :— The genera Lctobius, [schnoptera, Temnopterya, Nyctibora, Holocompsa, and Polyphaga are not represented in the collection from Stettin; two genera make their first appearance in the Miocene, Pseudophyllodromia and Euthyrrhapha ; two genera, Phyllodromia and Ceratinoptera, are common to both horizons, but the Miocene species of the former genus are very different from the Oligocene species and present, if possible, even a more modern appearance. Comment has already been passed on the occurrence of the genus Huthyrrhapha in the Miocene fauna. These British Museum specimens have the surface of the amber blocks reticulated with minute cracks, so that the examination of the enclosed insects is attended with some difficulty, but I hope that I have succeeded in making out all the details of structure which are visible. PHYLLODROMIA WOODWARDI, sp. n. (Plate 7. fig. 5.) One male, No. 58577 ; one female, No. 1 13770. Flavo-testaceous ; eyes rufous; frons with a V-shaped dark macula. Antenne long and slender, apical joints dark. Pronotum transversely elliptical, anteriorly not covering vertex of head, posteriorly very slightly produced, disc immaculate, lateral margins hyaline. Tegmina and wings barely exceeding apex of abdomen. Tegmina immaculate, moderately broad, the discoidal sectors straight. Wings with mediastinal vein multiramose COLLECTION OF BLATTIDA ENCLOSED IN AMBER. 63 costals few and ramose, ulnar vein ramose. Abdomen beneath immaculate ; subgenital lamina (¢) symmetrical, posteriorly produced into a_ small quadrate lobe, the styles being situated in small notches on either side of the lobe, (2) semi-orbicular, ample ; supra-anal lamina ( ? ) projecting slightly beyond the subgenital lamina, its apex triangularly emarginate. | Cerci moderately long, banded beneath with fuscous, 11-jointed. Front femora with the anterior margin beneath armed with a complete row of spines, the more distal shorter than the others ; remaining femora moderately armed. Total length (¢) 12 mm., (2 ) 15 mm. The abdomen of the female has been partially devoured by some predatory insect and only a portion of the wings remains beneath the tegmina, which have been displaced. J have much pleasure in naming this species after Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S. PHYLLODROMIA PRAICURSOR, sp.n. (Plate 7. figs. 6, 7.) One male, No. 58505. Rufo-testaceous. Antenne fuscous. Pronotum trapezoidal, anteriorly not covering vertex of head, posteriorly scarcely produced, disc with a few obscure dark points. Tegmina and wings considerably exceeding apex of abdomen. Tegmina with minute castaneous points situated on the costal veins, at the base of the radial and ulnar veins, and on some of the ulnar rami ; mediastinal vein simple, radial vein bifurcate near apex, the lower branch ramose, about 12 costals, some of them bifureate, discoidal sectors oblique, ooth ulnar veins ramose, anal vein impressed. Wings with mediastinal vein bifureate. Cerci not visible. Subgenital lamina subtrapezoidal, symmetrical, with 2 genital styles. Front femora on anterior margin beneath armed with a few strong spines, which are succeeded distally by minute piliform. spines ; remaining femora strongly armed ; genicular spines long. Total length 12 mm. In this specimen the right tegmen is lifted and extends at right angles to the body, so that its venation can be clearly seen ; unfortunately the under- lying wing is almost completely covered by a portion of the left tegmen. The minutely maculate tegmina should enable this species to be readily recognised. PSEUDOPHYLLODROMIA SUCCINICA, sp.n. (Plate 7. fig. 2.) One example, No. 58615. Head testaceous, with a narrow fuscous band on the vertex and two on the frons. Antenne setaceous, rufescent. Pronotum transversely elliptical, testaceous, with two longitudinal fuscous vittee. Tegmina long and narrow, fuscous, with the costal margin and the veins in the basal half pale testaceous ; about 9 costal veins, the last 3 ramose, posterior ulnar vein simple. Total length 18 mm. 64 MR. R. SHELFORD: THE BRITISH MUSEUM This is a mere fragment, the abdomen, legs, and ventral thoracic sternites having been destroyed, probably by some predatory insect, but the wing- venation and the type of coloration are eminently characteristic of the South American section of the genus Pseudophyllodromia. In my former paper on Blattidee preserved in amber, I drew attention to the fact that, if any comparisons at all were possible between the Oligocene amber fauna and a modern tropical fauna, the Neotropical fauna was the only one which presented features of similarity with the Huropean Oligocene fauna. It is, at any rate, noteworthy that amongst these scanty remnants of what was once an extensive Miocene insect fauna occurs a species which has its nearest allies in South America to-day. It is notoriously hazardous to draw conclusions from insufficient data ; I do not therefore seek to establish any theory on the facts just noted, but content myself with recording them, believing fully that one day their real significance will be established. CERATINOPTERA MIOCENICA, sp. n. One female, No. 58557. General colour dark castaneous. Pronotum with anterior margin covering vertex of head, posteriorly slightly produced. Scutellum exposed. Tegmina corneous, barely exceeding apex of abdomen; venation mostly indistinct, but anal vein deeply impressed. Abdomen piceous beneath ; subgenital lamina semi-orbicular, ample. Cerci not visible. Legs rufous, hind-femora with 6 spines on the anterior margin beneath, 6 or 7 on the posterior margin beneath. Total length 8 mm. The unique specimen is enclosed in a large block of amber in which are also embedded, besides several other insects of different orders, shreds and fragments of vegetable tissue; one such fragment conceals most of the ventral surface of the cockroach, and my description of the insect is therefore much shorter than I should like it to be. The strong armature of the hind- femora distinguishes the species from the four Oligocene representatives of the genus, noted or described by me in my former memoir, and to the best of my belief the species is also different from all known modern Ceratinopterc. ? PERIPLANETA sp. One female, No. 58652. This is a larva and I refrain from giving it a name, as the adult may be found some day, and until that happens the exact generic position of this immature specimen must remain in doubt. The general colour is pale ochreous, marked symmetrically with castaneous blotches. The supra-anal lamina is trigonal, its apex notched. The cerci COLLECTION OF BLATTIDA ENCLOSED IN AMBER. 65 are long. The femora are moderately armed. The production backwards of the posterior angles of the meso- and metanotum shows that the adult must be a winged form. Total length 14 mm. HUTHYRRHAPHA PACIFICA, Coq. Blatta pacifica, Coquebert, Icon. Ins. iii. p. 91, pl. 21. fig. 1 (1804). One example, No. 58535. The specimen is so enclosed ina block of amber that I am not able to make out much of the underside details, and therefore I cannot determine the sex with accuracy. The pronotum has a yellow spot at each posterior angle and the legs are dark castaneous, in which details the specimen resembles modern South African more than any South American specimens which I have seen. The present range of the species is South America, Africa (ncluding Madagascar), and Polynesia. Il]. AFRICAN SPECIMENS. Unfortunately the geological horizon of these specimens is unknown. I am willing, however, to hazard the opinion that it is mach later than the Oligocene period. Only five genera are represented, viz., Anaplecta, Ischnoptera, Phyllodromia, Periplaneta, and Plectoptera *. The first and last of these genera may be considered as very highly evolved forms ; their wing-structure is—if I may be pardoned the expression—le dermer cri in Blattid wing-evolution ; and though we must exercise the utmost caution in our attempts to determine the duration ‘of a species’ existence from an examination of its structure alone, nevertheless I believe that the occurrence of such highly-evolved forms as Anaplecta and Plectoptera in amber is slight evidence in favour of presuming quite a late date for the horizon in which the amber is found. All but one of the specimens are recorded from Hast Africa: the:single exception has merely the label “ Africa” ; but as this specimen appears to me to be identical with one of the Hast African examples, I venture to assume that the provenance of all the specimens is the same. It is unfortunate that the exact locality where these specimens were collected is quite unknown. ANAPLECTA Sp. One male, No. 113769, with label “ Africa” ; one female, No. I 13761. The numerous species of the genus Anaplecta are of small or minute size ; they exhibit a very uniform type of coloration and the form of the terminal * The determination of the genus Periplaneta is a little doubtful, as is shown later. 66 MR. R. SHELFORD : THE BRITISH MUSEUM abdominal segments does not greatly vary. Consequently the systematist is compelled to fall back on the venation of the tegmina and wings in his efforts to discriminate between the species ; but this resource fails in the case of these particular amber inclusa, for their tegmina are pressed closely to the body and the merest vestige of one wing is visible. I see no object, then, in giving a name to a species which may be, for all I can tell to the contrary, identical with some modern representative of this very difficult genus, and which it is impossible to describe in detail. As a matter of fact, these amber specimens look very like rufous specimens of the modern West African Anaplecta cincta, Gerst., but very probably their wing-venation is totally different. The following is a description of the specimens :— Rufo-castaneous. Antenne fuscous, not quite so long as the body. Pronotum transversely elliptical, its lateral margins hyaline. Tegmina with lateral margin in basal half hyaline ; discoidal sectors longitudinal. Sub- genital lamina (¢) triangular, apex notched, (?) semi-orbicular. Cerci testaceous. Legs testaceous, femora weakly armed. Total length 5 mm. ISCHNOPTERA PROVISIONALIS, sp. n. Two females, Nos. I 13764, I 13766. Rufo-testaceous. Head with vertex not covered by anterior margin of pronotum ; a castaneous band between the eyes. Pronotum trapezoidal, posteriorly produced slightly ; disc indistinctly marked with castaneous. Tegmina and wings barely exceeding apex of abdomen. Tegmina with radial vein simple, 15-17 costals, 7 longitudinal discoidal sectors. Outer margins of the abdominal sternites and disc of subgenital lamina blotched with castaneous. Subgenital lamina semi-orbicular, ample. Cerci short. Front femora armed on anterior margin beneath with a few long and strong spines, succeeded distally by shorter spines ; remaining femora moderately armed. Total length 15-16 mm. This species presents so exactly the facies of those African species of Ischnoptera typified by Ischnoptera bimaculata, Gerst., that I have no hesitation in determining its generic position, even though the truly diagnostic character of the genus afforded by the wing-venation is not visible. I am less satisfied that the species is really distinct from all modern African — species of Ischnoptera, and until the male sex is discovered I fear that this must remain uncertain; the females of this group of the genus resemble each other so closely that their separation into species is excessively difficult even when the entomologist has fresh, pinned specimens before him. The COLLECTION OF BLATTIDA ENCLOSED IN AMBER. 67 specific name which I have adopted for this amber-enclosed Blattid indicates the doubt with which I regard its identity. PHYLLODROMIA INCLUSA, sp. n. (Plate 7. fig. 8.) One male, No. 13765. Pale testaceous. Antennze longer than the body. Pronotum trapezoidal, anteriorly not covering vertex of head, posteriorly very slightly produced. Tegmina and wings exceeding apex of abdomen, but not by much. Discoidal sectors of tegmina longitudinal. Supra-anal lamina produced, quadrate, exceeding the apex of the subgenital lamina, which has the apex produced into an asymmetrical lobe ; only one genital style, the left, visible. Cerci rather short, with 11 visible joints. Front femora armed on anterior margin beneath with 1-2 strong spines, succeeded distally by puliform setee ; remaining femora moderately armed. Total length 12 mm. PHYLLODROMIA sp. One male, No. I 13759. The block of amber in which the specimen is embedded has been so cut that it is impossible to get anything but a side view of the cockroach, and even this is obscured by the numerous cracks on the surface of the amber. Under these circumstances it would be unwise to describe the species. I can only say that it differs from the other species of the genus described from amber faunas by the prolongation of the left posterior angle of the subgenital lamina into a spiniform process. Total length 13 mm. PERIPLANETA sp. (Plate 7. fig. 1.) Three larvee, Nos. 1 13760 (two specimens in one block), 1 13767. These larvee, the largest of which is not nearly half-grown, look as if they might be the young of Periplaneta australasiw, Kab., a modern, cosmopolitan species, but I think that they are not the same. I must, however, confess to ignorance of the very young larvee of P. australasiv ; if I may judge from the many collections of Blattidee which have passed through my hands no one has ever taken the trouble to acquire specimens illustrating the stages in the life-history of the species. Hven the exact generic determination of this species is very doubtful; it is quite likely that the discovery of the adult will show that it must be referred to Pseudoderopeltis or even to Stylopyga. The figure illustrating the larger of the larve is of more value than many words of description, and will perhaps enable other investigators to decide if the species is distinct from P. australasiw or not. The larvee are bright ochreous marked with castaneous. 68 MR. R. SHELFORD : THE BRITISH MUSEUM PLECTOPTERA ANTIQUA, sp. n. One female, No. 113758. Rufo-castaneous. Antennz elongate, setaceous, fuscous, with the last four or five joints pale. Pronotum transversely elliptical, anteriorly not covering vertex of head, sides hyaline. Tegmina hyaline ; mediastinal vein giving off some incomplete venules towards the outer margin, radial vein simple ; 10-11. rather irregular costals, many of these joined by transverse venules, a few ven spuriee between some of the costals and between the discoidal sectors. Apical field of the wings visible. Subgenital lamina small, apex only slightly produced, styles excessively small. Cerci straight, moderate. Legs testaceous ; all the femora entirely unarmed beneath. Total length (excluding the unfolded wing-apex) 5 mm. By a fortunate accident the apical field of the wing, which in this genus and in Anaplecta is normally doubled over the rest of the wing and hidden under the tegmina, has been unfolded in this specimen and projects far beyond the apex of the tegmina, so that there can be no doubt as to the generic identity of the species. Unfortunately, whoever was responsible for shaping the block of amber in which the insect is embedded, ground one face a fraction too much, with the result that one-third of the dorgal surface of the insect has been destroyed and the complete venation of the tegmina can no longer be observed. This venation is rather singular and the fraction that 1s visible suffices to discriminate the species from all the modern representatives of the genus. (Plate 7. fig. 9.) The following is a list of all the species noted or described in the preceding pages, arranged in their systematic order :— Geological Subfam. horizon. Locality. Korosin. Ectobius balticus, Germ. & Ber. Oligocene. Samland. Anaplecta sp. 2 Africa & H. Africa. PHYLLODROMIIN”, Ischnoptera gedanensis, Germ. & Ber. Oligocene. E. Prussia. 33 Sp. 5 Samland. Es provisionalis, sp. 0. P E. Africa. Phyllodromia ? furcifera, Shelf. Oligocene. LH. Prussia. 3 inclusa, sp. D. ? Hi. Africa. ” Sp. ° ” - precursor, sp. D. Miocene. Stettin, = woodwardi, sp. 0. ” ” Pseudophyllodromia succinica, sp. u. 5 ” Ceratinoptera miocenica, Sp. D. op o Temnopteryx klebst, Shelf. Oligocene. Samland, NyYCTIBORINZ. ? Nyctibora succinica, Shelf. op 25 BLATTIN”. Periplaneta sp. p K. Africa. 5 fe Miocene. Stettin. PLECTOPTERINE. Plectoptera antiqud, sp. n. ? i. Africa. CoRYDIIN®. Luthyrrhapha pacifiea, Coq. Miocene. Stettin. ? Polyphaga fossilis, Shelf. Oligocene. Samland. Shelford. 2 JouRN. Linn. Soc. Zoon. Vol. XXX. Pu. 7. H Knight E Wilson, Cambridge et RS. del. BLATTIDAE in AMBER. ( Westwood Bequest.) COLLECTION OF BLATTIDA ENCLOSED IN AMBER. 69 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 7. Fig. 1. Pleriplaneta larva. ‘(No. 113767.) 2. Pseudophyllodronmia succinica, sp.n. (The artist has represented the insect as a little too broad in proportion to its length.) 3. Temnopteryx klebsi, Shelf., 3, apex of abdomen from above. 4, " ys Pe ae i ; », beneath. 5. Phyllodronia woodwardi, sp. 0., $, apex of abdomen from beneath. 6 as precursor, sp. u., right tezmen. ‘lee Bs 2 » 6, apex of abdomen from beneath. 8 ° inclusa, sp. 0., 3, apex of abdomen from beneath. 9. Plectoptera antiqua, sp. n., portion of left teemen. N.B.—Figs. | and 2 are reproduced from drawings in the Geological Galleries of the Natural History Museum. ve a VE AMPHIDINIUM OPERCULATUM AT PORT ERIN. “al On the Occurrence of Amphidininm operculatum, Clap. & lach., in vast Quantity, at Port Hrin (isle of Man). By Prof. W. A. Herpmay, JP Sie, JO DES). (PLATE 8.) {Read 1st June, 1911. | In going to and fro between the village of Port Hrin and the Biological Station, during the recent Easter vacation, I had occasion to take a short cut across the sandy beach at least twice and sometimes six times in the day. One gets into the habit, in these traverses, of looking closely at the beach when the tide is out, on the chance of seeing something of interest cast up. On April 7th, I noticed a new and quite unusual appearance on the sand at or a little above half-tide mark. The hollows of the ripple-marks and other slight depressions formed by the water draining off the beach were occupied or outlined by a greenish-brown deposit which in places extended on to the level so as to discolour patches of the sand (see PI. 8. fig. 1). Here the deposit remained, more or less, for a month—waxing and waning, sometimes increasing in a tide, say, roughly tenfold, and at other times apparently disappearing for a day or two and then re-appearing either on the same part of the beach, or it might be a few hundred yards away. At one time it discoloured a continuous stretch of sand about 50 yards long by 5 yards in breadth just below high-water mark, and was noticeable from some distance away. At the first glance I supposed the appearance was caused by a deposit of Diatoms, but on taking a sample to the laboratory, microscopic examination showed that although a few diatoms (including Navicula Amphishena™, or a closely allied form) were present, the deposit was formed almost wholly of enormous numbers of a very active little Peridinian or Dinoflagellate of a bright yellow colour. More careful investigation enabled me to identify this form as Amphidiniwm operculatum, described by Claparede and Lachmann, in 1858, from specimens obtained at Christiansand, Bergen, and a few other places in Norway. The published records of Amphidinium, however, do not give the impression that it is a common or abundant organism. The latest comprehensive work on such forms—the article on Peridiniales, hy Paulsen, in the ‘ Nordisches Plankton’ (Kiel, 1908)-—recognises 4 species of Amphidiniwm : A. crassum, A. rotundatum, and A. longum, which as yet have been recorded from Kiel * See postscript at end of this paper, 72 PROF. W. A. HERDMAN ON THE OCCURRENCE OF only ; and A. operculatum, which is stated to occur in brackish water on the north coasts of Europe. In addition, Kofoid (‘ Dinoflagellata of the San Diego Region,’ 1907), records A. lacustre from fresh water, A. aculeatum, a pelagic form from Naples, and A. swlcatwum, which he took in a vertical haul from 90 fathoms in the Pacific. On hunting through the few scattered references to 4. operculatum which occur, one finds, however, that R. 8S. Bergh, in the ‘ Zoologischer Anzeiger” for 1882, states (p. 693) that Spengel in December and January found it in huge quantities on the beach at Norderney. Although, therefore, Amphi- dinium: operculatum has been recorded once before as occurring in quantity, the occurrence appears to be a sufficiently rare event to be worthy of notice ; and, so far as I can ascertain, the species, although known from several parts of North-west Hurope, has not been previously found on the British coasts. I have written to most of the marine laboratories (Plymouth, Cullercoats, St. Andrews, and Millport) and to many marine biologists and have not been able to hear of any British record. It is, however, not an unknown thing for rare Dinoflagellates to appear suddenly in some locality on an occasion in phenomenal quantities. Torrey, in the ‘American Naturalist’ for 1902, describes the unusual occurrence of a species of Gonyaulaw on the coast of California. Sherwood and Vinal Edwards, in the ‘Bulletin of the United States Bureau of Fisheries’ for 1901, tell how for two weeks in September a Peridiniwm infested Narragansett Bay in such numbers as to colour the water blood-red and cause the death of many fishes. Finally, Whitelegge, in the ‘ Records of the Australian Museum’ for 1891, gives an interesting account of a new species of Glenodinium (G. rubrum) which appeared in such quantities in Port Jackson as to give the water “ the appearance of blood” and cause the death of great numbers of oysters, mussels, and all forms of shore life. Whitelegge supposed that the very heavy rainfall that year, by affecting the salinity of the water, and then a lengthened period of calm weather which followed, may have provided favourable conditions for an unusual development of the Dinoflagellata. The Glenodinium appeared in vast numbers about the middie of March and disappeared early in May. When it was at its climax, the allied colourless species Gymnodinium spirale appeared in the bay and soon increased greatly in numbers and became finally even more abundant than the red Glenodinium upon which it was evidently feeding. Returning now to our Amphidinium operculatum, it is not easy to account for the sudden appearance of this unusual Dinoflagellate (previously un- recorded in Britain) in such profusion on the beach at Port Hrin last April. Plankton hauls were being taken regularly across the bay at the time, and they showed no trace of the organism. In fact, Amphidiniwm has not occurred in any of the thousands of gatherings which we haye taken in the AMPHIDINIUM OPERCULATUM AT PORT ERIN. 62) Trish Sea during the last four years, and which have been examined in minute detail by Mr. Andrew Scott, A.L.S. Thinking it might be present in the shallow water close to the edge of the beach, Mr. W. Riddell and I took some hauls of the tow-net from a punt worked backwards and forwards in a few inches of water as near as we could get to the discoloured sand, but the gathering, although it contained fine sand and mud, showed no trace of our Dinoflagellate. It may be noted here that although the size of the Amphidinium, 0:05 mm, in greatest diameter, is such that it can slip through the mesh (averaging about 0:08 mm.) of the finest plankton silk (no. 20), still so much clogging of the meshes always takes place in such hauls, and so many other smaller organisms and particles of mud are retained, that it is certain that had the Amphidinium been present in any quantity in the water it would have shown up in the gatherings. Careful scraping of the sand showed that the Dinoflagellates were only in and on the surface-layer, and therefore could not be regarded as coming up from below. It occurred to us that possibly they might be fresh- or brackish- water forms derived from the land; but we ascertained that the little stream in the centre of the bay, which in wet weather overflows on to the beach (at other times it is conveyed into the town sewer), had not, on account of the unusually dry season, sent any water to the beach for some weeks. Moreover, on experimenting with the living Amphidinium in the laboratory, we found that while it lived well in sea-water it died at once in fresh and survived for a few days only in brackish water. Samples of the Ampla- dinium kept in shallow dishes of wet sand at the Biological Station in a few days showed such profuse growth that the sand was covered by a dark- coloured layer, the water became impure, and eventually all the Dinoflagellates died off. Observation under the microscope shows that although this is a singularly active Dinoflagellate, circling round and round with great vigour, so that a drop of sand and water containing a number of the organisms presents a most animated picture under a low power magnification, still the Amphidinium seems to be actually attracted to the sand-grains and associated with them. The sand-grains in the field of view are always peppered over with a number of specimens of the Amphidinium (PI. 8. figs. 2, 3, 4), and if individuals be watched they are seen after swimming round to come back to rest on a sand-grain and remain there for a time before starting off on another excursion. If they are thus constantly associated with sand-grains or other solid particles, and never swim more than a microscopic distance from such a resting-place, that may account for the fact that we have never found them in our plankton gatherings. Amplhidinium operculatum is also, however, positively heliotropic, congre- gating in quantity on the lighter side of the dish in the laboratory, and 74 PROF. w. A. HERDMAN ON THE OCCURRENCE OF shifting in bulk from the sand at the darker part of a tank to the end nearer the window. This property accounts for the invariable occurrence of the discoloured sand on the surface only and never in the deeper layers. The published figures of this species are not very good, so a view of both dorsal and ventral surfaces, as seen under a high magnification, is given here (PI. 8. fig. 5). There certainly seems to be a slight but definite cuticle covering the greater part of the surface, although this has been denied by some previous writers. The two characteristic Dinoflagellate grooves certainly join, as is stated by Calkins but not by other observers. The posterior flagellum which projects freely from the body is not difficult to see, but the anterior one which lies along the transverse groove is not so easy to demonstrate, and may differ a little in position and extent from what is shown in the figure. Stages in longitudinal fission were frequently seen, and that is probably the commonest method of reproduction. What appeared to be conjugation between two individuals was observed in one instance. It may be that this organism lives normally in small quantities, so as not to be conspicuous, in some region of the sandy beach, or possibly in some special habitat beyond the beach, and that the present vast increase in numbers has been due to some unusual conjunction of circumstances ; but what these were I am not prepared to suggest. In the case of the Port Jackson Glenodinium plague, Whitelegge thought the increase may have been due to exceptional rainfall and calm weather; but the occurrence this spring at Port Erin was preceded by unusually dry, but rather stormy, weather. I am inclined to think that, although I can find no previous record of such an occurrence, it is probable that these swarms of Amphidinium have been seen before at Port Erin, and possibly elsewhere. I fancy I have seen the phenomenon myself in the past, and have supposed it to be due to swarms of Diatoms, which certainly do cause some of the yellowish-green and brownish- green patches on the sand between tide-marks. Postscript, June 5th, 1911.—Two days after reading the above paper before the Linnean Society I was again on the beach at Port Hrin. I found in the same region what was apparently the same patch of discoloured sand, but on examining a scraping with the microscope found that the deposit was now wholly composed of a golden-yellow Naviculoid Diatom—one of the “Amphisbena group” of Navicula. I have searched the beach carefully between tide-marks, and have examined samples from every suspected patch of sand, but can find no trace of Amphidinium. The Navicula, which was present in April in very small quantity (see above), seems to have completely replaced the Dinoflagellate. We have probably still much to learn in regard \ JOURN. LINN. Soc., ZOOL. VOL. XXXII. PL. 8. HERDMAN. AMPHIDINIUM OPERCULATUM. AMPHIDINIUM OPERCULATUM AT PORT ERIN. 15 to the comings and goings of such microscopic forms and their physiological inter-relations in connection with what may be called “the metabolism of the peache2——Wee AG Elan Sept. 9th—The Amphidinium is now back again in lune ame e,and the Diatoms are absent.—W. A. H. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 8. Fig. 1. The general appearance of the brown deposits in the ripple-marks on the sand, reduced in size. ; 2. Sand-grains and Amphidiniuwm (photo-micrograph under low-power magnification). 3. Sketch from living preparation, to show some Amp/idinia resting on the sand-grains and others swimming about (low power). 4. Part of fig. 2 under high-power magnification. 5. Dorsal and ventral views of Amphidiniwm operculatum—enlarged from high-power magnification. For the photo-micrographs reproduced as figures 2 and 4, I am indebted to my friend Mr. Edwin Thompson. LINN. JOURN.— ZOOLOGY, VOL, XXatt. i wid. a. Henna i fi oy oie ee Nee cae ee ike i Ane 1 sane foe ho | meme Rear Hi t Ye tt oe gary (2 ce f : & Ves / Ss 3 ; rep Glob) =a OL aa if A it Peon pellet ae wr : ma | ( | aes pv ecto Ie ene SR vere ae 7 : Mt a lil sue) LW } Un > See a ites | bee a a . ¥ en 4, a ' —— o> j LL Le ee \ ih “ MW ue ; Pie fas 1 ae lg, ali ade NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN BRITISH RHIZOPODS. el Observations on some New and Little-known British Rhizopods. By James Mrrkie Browy, B.Sc., F.1.S. (PLATE 9.) [Read 4th May, 1911.] Durine the examination of Rhizopod material collected from different localities in England and Scotland during the past few years, several interesting species have been obtained which I believe have not received previous notice as occurring in this country, and it seems desirable to put them on record. Some of these species are quite common in certain localities, while others, again, are apparently particularly rare, and do not seem to have been observed since they were originally described some years ago. Others, again, though repeatedly observed by their original discoverer, have not been met with by other naturalists. Further and more extended systematic work in this country will probably show that these last are more common than we at present believe. COCHLIOPODIUM GRANULATUM, Penard. (Plate 9. figs. 1 & 2.) Penard, ‘ Faune rhizopodique ’ &c. p. 194. Ina collection of sediment containing Amebe, Pamphagus, &c., considerable numbers of this fine Rhizopod occurred. They were of large size, up to 80 or 100 w, and in an active state. When disturbed the protoplasmic body is retracted and completely enclosed within the flexible test. In the active state a large mass of protoplasm flows out from the test, forming a broad expansion and giving off numerous pseudopodia. In this state the body plasma shows two distinct regions. The included posterior part is greyish and granular, enclosing a distinctly- seen nucleus, which contains one or more “nucleoli, and in the largest specimens many “nucleoli.”” Diatoms, green Alge, and other food-bodies are enclosed in large numbers. The extruded portion is relatively large in bulk. It is clear and hyaline, much vacuolated, and contains a great number of minute, oval, highly refractive bodies in very active movement. These occur in smaller numbers within the inner protoplasm, where they seem to be less active. Vacuolisation is sometimes so marked that the boundaries between the vacuoles are only rendered visible by the presence of these bodies. The pseudopodia are numerous and hyaline, often branched, and in most eases obtuse. The protoplasm also exhibits wave-like outbursts. The test is flexible, deformable, and in the active animal in the form of a hemispherical 78 MR. J. M. BROWN ON SOME NEW AND dome, with upturned margin. The margin is more flexible than the rest of the test and presents an irregular rim, generally ontwardly and upwardly curved. In the retracted animal the “ mouth”? hecomes completely closed. The test exhibits a double contour with cross-striations. Under high powers, in surface view it shows numerous dots of different sizes, which take up stains (kresyl-blau and neutral-red), while the rest of the test remains unstained. In optical section the cross-striations are seen to correspond with the surface dots, which are, in fact, the ends of the cylindrical or rather double-cone-shaped structures of dense nature traversing a less dense non-staining matrix (Pl. 9. fig. 1a). Many young minute individuals were observed, identical with the large forms except that the nucleus contained one central chromatin body surrounded by a clear zone. NEBELA BARBATA, Leidy. (Plate 9. figs. 3 & 4.) Leidy, in Proc. Acad, Nat. Sei Philad. 1876, p. 119. Leidy, ‘ Freshw. Rhizop. N. America,’ 1879, p. 159. West, G.8., Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxviii. (1901) p. 828. Compare Cash, ‘ Brit. Rhizop. and Heliozoa,’ vol. 1i. 1909, p. 118. Leidy first described this species from examples taken from sphagnum in N. America, and although it possesses very definite characters, it has since frequently been confused with other species, and it is probable that very few naturalists have really seen it. Dr. Penard, in ‘ Faune Rhizop.’ p. 363, regarding the “ cilia” or spicules of Leidy’s description as prokably parasitic growths, considers NV. barbata as identical with Taranek’s N. americana and discards Leidy’s name as less suitable. Cash again (p. 113), both in his description and figures (pl. 27. fies. 5 & 6), confuses NV. barbata with quite another form, which probably is to be identified with WV. tubuluta, Brown, but he gives also, as a text-figure, a drawing by West, which correctly shows V. barbata, taken in Llyn Llydaw, N. Wales. WV. barbata has been found by the present writer in considerable numbers in Blea Tarn, Westmorland, a small tarn receiving drainage from sphagnum; and the individuals quite conform to Leidy’s description. iV. barbata has a slightly compressed, flask-shaped test, with a cylindrical neck expanding very slightly at the mouth. This latter is oval, often with an irregular margin, and never possessing thickened lips or lateral notches. The test is transparent and generally covered with circular discs, sometimes slightly overlapping each other, with occasionally a few irregular flakes or sand-grains. The fine needle-like spicules are rigid and sharp- pointed, about 12 long, and project from between the plates. They occur scattered in large numbers on all sides of the test (?. e. they are not restricted to the lateral margins, as in many species of Rhizopod). These cils bear no \ LITTLE-KNOWN BRITISH RHIZOPODS. 79 relation whatever to parasitic fungi, and can in no way compare with those shown in Penard’s figure (‘ Faune rhizopod’ p. 356) and which are described as “short obtuse hyaline needles.” The protoplasm is like that of Nebelas generally. Within the fundus it is crowded with yellowish food-bodies and diatom frustules, while within the neck a comparatively narrow band of clear protoplasm passes to the mouth, where it expands to the full width of the neck, and generally gives rise to one or two pseudopodia. Size: length of test 100%; breadth 44; width of neck 14; length of ceils about 12 p. NEBELA TUBULATA, Brown. Nebela militaris, var. tubulata, Brown, in Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxx. (1910) p. 365, pl. 50. figs. 9 & 10. From the examination of individuals found in the English Lake District, this form was previously described as a variety of WN. militaris, Penard. Since that time I have had opportunities of examining many specimens from different localities, including Stanage (Derbyshire), Duddon Valley (Lancashire), Seawfell and Helvellyn (Cumberland), Ben Ledi (Perthshire), Glen Shee (Perthshire), Stranraer (Wigtownshire) *. The characters are always quite distinctive and the animal shows little tendency to variation, and no transitional forms connecting it with JV. militaris are met with. I therefore now regard it as an independent species. In Cash’s monograph, vol. ii. pl. 27. figs.5 & 6 are named and described as WN. barbata, Leidy. This is cbviously an error, and the figures probably are to be identified as referring to WV. tubulata (see remarks under WN. barbata, supra, p. 78). NEBELA SCOTICA, sp. nov. (Plate 9. figs. 5-8.) This Rhizoped was found in large numbers in sphagnum gathered from the middle slopes of Ben Ledi (Perthshire) in August 1910. The test is compressed, and in shape broadly pyriform, with rounded dome, which contracts abruptly into a short thick neck with lateral margins narrowing slightly to the borders of the mouth. In narrow view the dome is rounded, and the sides slope gradually to the mouth with only very slight concavity. The mouth is broadly elliptical with an irregular margin and no lateral notches. The surface of the test is somewhat variable, and sometimes inclined to irregularity. It is covered with transparent, colourless scales, occasionally almost roundec, at other times irregular in shape, of very variable size, and sometimes distinctly overlapping, with smaller scales overlying the corners where three or four scales meet (PI. 9. figs. 8a & 8%). * For the distribution in Scotland of this and other species of Rhizopoda, see my paper in the Ann. Scot. Nat. Hist. 1911, pp. 226-282. 80 MR. J. M. BROWN ON SOME NEW AND All the plates appear corroded and the corners rounded, and cannot be confused therefore with mere foreign grains. Their general appearance and arrangement suggest MV. dentistoma and NV. vitrea, from which, however, this species differs in other respects. The mouth-scales are frequently larger than the others, and by their shape give the irregular margin to the mouth- opening. The protoplasm is similar to that of Nebelas generally. The individuals were frequently found encysted. The cysts were spherical and filled with granular matter. The mouth of the test was invariably closed by a laminated diaphragm, formed across the narrowed part of the test, while the mouth itself generally contained débris. Size: length 78-82 uw ; breadth 57-59 w; thickness 40 ~; mouth 18-19 p. Though this species is remotely like JV. collaris in shape, it cannot be confused with it; the characters of the mouth and of the test are quite different. It appears more closely related to 1. dentistoma or LV. vitrea. NEBELA BIGIBBOSA, Penard. Penard, in Mém. Soc. phys. et hist. nat. Genéve, 1890, p. 161; and Revue Suisse de Zool. 1905, p. 600, pl. 18. figs. 16-19; ‘ British Antarctic Expedition Reports, vol. i. pt. vi. p. 240. NV. bigihbosa was originally described by Dr. Penard from material gathered at Wiesbaden. The same observer has more recently reported it from Valais, Spitzbergen, and from Vancouver and Victoria, but it never seems to have been found by other workers. The present writer has found it at High Lodore (Cumberland) and again in Glen Hagles (Perthshire), on both occasions amongst ground moss (not sphagnum). It is readily distinguished, not only by its general form but especially by the presence of two tube-like connections passing between the broad faces of the test. Active individuals were found on both occasions. (CAPSELLINA TIMIDA, sp. nov. (Plate 9. figs. 9-13.) This species was first discovered amongst moss growing on walls at Keclesall, Sheffield, in November 1909. Later it also occurred amongst damp moss taken from the outside of a water-trough, also at Heclesall, in which situation it has repeatedly been found since. In May, 1910, it was found amongst moss gathered at High Lodore, Derwentwater (Cumberland). The body is ovoid, with a slight narrowing towards the mouth end, and with regularly rounded posterior extremity. It is compressed, more or less, and in extreme cases to almost half its width. The body is covered with a perfectly smooth, clear, transparent membrane. So far as observed it does not undergo deformation, but it seems sufficiently flexible to allow of this. Hven under high powers the test appears to be structureless. There is no second external envelope of foreign matter, as is the case with C. bryorum, Penard. The structure and characters of the mouth agree perfectly with LITTLE-KNOWN BRITISH RHIZOPODS. 81 Penard’s description of that species. In the broad view of the animal, it shows a straight line running at right angles to the end of the body, due to the tight compression of the two incurved lips. In partial side view, two curved lines crossing one another represent the edges of the lips, which in narrow view disappear ; while an end view shows a straight line stretching nearly across the test. In most cases the mouth was closed tightly by compression of the lips (as may be inferred from the difficulty in getting stains to penetrate), but in one or two small individuals from High Lodore the lips were separated (see Pl. 9. fig. 12). Whether this is a natural state it is difficult to say. The protoplasm fills the whole space within the test. It is colourless or greyish and contains many inclusions. Immediately within the membrane is a layer of brilliant droplets, of small size and highly refractive (oil). The general protoplasm contains many minute granules, together with larger food-bodies, including small green Algee and even diatoms of considerable size. ‘They show various stages of digestion and vary from yellowish to brownish. The size of the food-bodies observed demonstrates that the mouth is capable of considerable distension. In respect to the food-bodies this species differs very much from C. bryorum. Several vacuoles occur. They originate in the protoplasm of the body and slowly move towards the mouth end, enlarging at the same time. Then somewhere in the neighbourhood of the mouth they disappear, but the process is not that of a sudden collapse, they seem to become lost gradually. The nucleus is single, but not readily seen. It appears to contain a single spherical chromatin body, surrounded bya clear space. It is not of specially large size. As is characteristic of most Rhizopods from the drier mosses, the animals seem remarkably shy under observation and rarely put out their pseudopodia. This may be due in large measure to the unnatural conditions under which they are examined. In the few cases when pseudopodia were seen, a small mass of clear protoplasm was noticed on the outer side of the test in the region of the mouth (which was not observed to be dilated), and from this a single fine filose pseudopodium originated, which by extension and contraction varied greatly in length. It was able to bend upon itself, and even swung round slowly as a whole. The movement of the animal is very similar to that of Huglypha, being of a somewhat jerky nature. The animals have not been observed to divide. The process of division of C. bryorum, deseribed by Penard, seems peculiar, in that the outer test is divided longitudinally at the same time as the inner body. In some individuals the body protoplasm takes on a different appearance. It becomes broken up into numerous spherical bodies of about 3 w diameter, which completely fill the test. This condition may possibly be connected with reproduction. In collections kept for some time, the protoplasm 2) 2 MR. J. M. BROWN ON SOME NEW AND ioe; € eradually retracted from the test, became more spherical in form, and the nucleus became more visible (PI. 9. fig. 11). This may have been preparatory to encystment. ; The size of the animal varies slightiv. Large specimens (adults) generally were about 34 u long, 27 w wide, and 18 w thick, but smaller individuals were common. It is interesting to notice that this species was discovered and examined before the author received a copy of Penard’s paper describing the only other known species of the genus. EUGLYPHA BRYOPHILA, sp. nov. (Plate 9. figs. 14-15.) At different times, amongst the drier mosses of woods, from districts as widely separated as Monsall Dale (Derbyshire), Port Patrick (Wigtownshire), Glen App (Ayrshire), and Kincardine O’Neil (Aberdeenshire), I have met with examples of a Huglypha which seems to me sufticiently characteristic to merit specific rank. The test is very regular in form and subject to no marked variation. It is compressed and in broad view elongated oval, with rounded dome, and lateral margins gradually narrowing with even curvature to the borders of the mouth. In narrow view the dome is somewhat pointed and the lateral margins run in almost straight lines to the mouth. The outline is very even, and may compare with that of 7. levis, Perty. | The mouth is almost circular and bordered by six plates, each having one blunt rounded central tooth, with a minute lateral tocth on each side, often very difficult to distinguish (Pl. 9. fig. 14a). The plates of the test are distinctly marked, are elliptical in shape, and arranged as in L£. alveolata, but with some slight irregularity towards the mouth. The crown of the test carries a cluster of four or five long, sharp, curved spines, of a nature similar to those found in L. cristata, Leidy. The protoplasm is quite normal. Size: length 50 w; breadth 23-25 yw ; thickness 16-17 w ; mouth 9 w; spines about 16 w or more. I was at first inclined to regard this as a variety of LZ. cristata, Leidy, owing to the presence of the cluster of spines, but this is the only respect in which the two forms are similar. J. cristata is quite peculiar amongst Euglyphe in being very slenderly built and having a distinctly tube-like uncompressed form, with a very characteristic arrangement and appearance of the plates of the test. In none of these characters does the present species resemble it. Further, it is very unlikely that a variety of a species normal to sphagnum, which occurs in dry moss, would be of more robust build. Dr. Penard, in ‘Mém. Soc. phys. et hist. nat. Genéve,’ 1890, pl. 9. figs. 91 & 92, figures two individuals as broad forms of LZ. cristata which LITTLE-KNOWN BRITISH RHIZOPODS. 83 might be identified with /. bryophila, but he makes no reference to this form in his later works. Pracocysta suRassica, Penard. (Plate 9. figs. IG=3kKe}s)) Penard, in Revue Suisse de Zool. 1905, p. 611, tigs. 29 & 380, This species has not previously been reported from England *. It occurred in comparatively small numbers in sphagnum gathered near Harrop Tarn (Cumberland) in May 1910, and again in sphagnum obtained near Stranraer (Wigtownshire) in September 1910. P. jurassica differs from the more common P. spinosa, Leidy, in its smaller size (72-76 2), its greater breadth in proportion to its length, its less compressed form, and especially in the character of its spines. These are not restricted to the margins of the test as they are in P. spinosa, but are distributed over its whole surface, though less numerous towards the middie of the broad faces. In form they are not broad flattened blades, but are fine “cils”’ like those of many species of Euglypha. ‘They arise from the test at the points of junction of three plates (Pl. 9. fig. 18). (Penard’s figure shows some of the spines arising from the middle of the plates themselves. This I have never seen.) At such points the cementing material is thickened in the form of a raised ring, in the central depression of which the “cil” is implanted. These rings appear as dots under low magnification, but under the higher powers their real character is demonstrated. Hach ring would represent “le coussinet chitineux,” which Penard describes in P. spinosa. In places, two or three spines arise together and then two or three annular formations occur in juxtaposition. The plates are much less regularly arranged, and are comparatively smaller and more numerous, than in P. spinosa. None of the individuals found were active. SPHENODERIA MACROLEPIS, Lezdy. (Plate 9. fig. 19.) Leidy, * Freshwater Rhizopods of N. America,’ 1879, p. 232 and text-fig. So far as I have been able to discover, no records of this species occur since Leidy’s time. It must be one of the rarest species of Rhizopod. Several individuals occurred, however, in sphagnum gathered near Stranraer (Wigtownshire) on September 1910. They are quite characteristic and cannot be confused with any other species. Leidy describes the test as compressed, with a broad neck gradually extending from the body and terminating in the oblique elliptical mouth. The broad faces are occupied mainly by a pair of large hexagonal plates, from which the neck extends below. * I find that Mr. W. Evans, in his Presidential Address to the Roy. Phys. Soc., Edin. 1906 (published 1909), notes P. jurassica as found by Mr. J, Cash in sphagnum from the Pentland Hills. LINN. JOURN.— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXXII. 5 $4 MR. J. M. BROWN ON SOME NEW AND This is, indeed, the superficial appearance. When, however, the plates are examined with great care, it is seen that they are not, in fact, hexayonal. They are, in reality, more or less strongly bent, elliptical plates, with long axis lying transversely, and the upper and lower edges forming almost straight lines. They are overlapped slightly by the very strongly bent oval lateral plates, which cover the margin of the test. The result is the appearance of hexagons. The mouth margins are without covering plates and are very flexible, often becoming folded back during manipulation. The test is much broader in proportion than that of S. lenta. Size: length 27 w, breadth 20 p. AMPHITREMA WRIGHTIANUM, Archer. Axcher, in Quart. Journ. Micro. Soc. n. s. ix. 1869. Penard, ‘ Faune rhizopodique ’ &e. p. 539. This species occurred in several collections of sphagnum made in Scotland in August and September 1910, e. g. Stranraer (Wigtownshire), Ben Ledi (Perthshire), generally associated with A. stenostoma, Niisslin, which seems the commoner species. Dr. Penard found it abundantly in the Jura, but states that until that time it had never been met with since Archer first described it from Ireland. It does not, however, appear to be at all uncommon in Scotland. LirERATURE. 1869. ArcHER, W.—‘On some Freshwater Rhizopoda,” in Quart. Journ. Micro. Sci. n. s. ix. pp. 386-397, pl. 16. figs. 4-5, & pl. 20. 1910. Browy, J. M.—* Freshwater Rhizopods from the English Lake District,” in Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. vol. xxx. pp. 360-363, pl. 50. 1911.—Brown, J. M.—** A Contribution to our Knowledge of the Freshwater Rhizopoda and Heliozoa of Scotland,’ in Ann. Scot. Nat. Hist. 1911, pp. 226-232. 1909. Casu, J., and J. Hopxryson.—The British Freshwater Rhizopoda and Heliozoa. Vol. ii. Ray Soe. 1879. Lempy, J.—The Freshwater Rhizopods of North America. (Rep. U.S. Geol. Sury. Territ. xii.) Washington. 1890. Pexarp, E.—“ Etudes sur les Rhizopodes d’eau douce,” in Mém. Soe. phys. et hist. nat. Genéve, xxxi. no. 2. 1902. Faune rhizopodique du bassin du Leman. Geneve. 1905-6. ““ Notes sur quelques Sarcodinés,” in Revue Suisse de Zool. xiil. pp. 585-616, pls. 13, 14; xiv. pp. 109-141, pl. 4. 1909. —— “Sur quelques Rhizopodes des Mousses,’ in Arch. fiir Protistenk, xvi. pp. 258-296 E Wilson,Cambridge. JOURN. LINN. Soc.,Z0o0L .VoL.XXXII. Ph. 9. IBIBUOUESial Tis AOI ODIs! J.M.Brown , del . Brown. LITTLE-KNOWN BRITISH RHIZOPODS. 85 1911. Penarp, H.—British Antarctic Expedition Reports, vol. i. pt. vi. ‘“‘ Rhizopodes d’eau douce.” 1901. West, G. 8.—“ On some British Freshwater Rhizopods and Heliozoa,” Figs. in Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xxviii. pp. 308-342, pls. 28, 29. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 9. 1 & 2. Cochliopodium granulatum, Penard. x 300. Fig. 1 shows the animal extended and fig. 2 shows it retracted almost within the test. Fig. 1 ais part of the test in optical section (more magnified). os. 3 & 4. Nebelu burbata, Leidy. x 400. Fig. 3 shows an individual in surface view and fig. 4 in optical section. Blea Tarn. . 5-8. Nebela scotica, sp.nov. X 580. Fig. 5 shows an active individual; fig. 6 an laf f encysted animal in optical section; fig. 7 is the side view of an empty test in outlme. Fig. 5a is the mouth region of fig.5, X 820; figs. 8a and 8 d are portions of the test of two individuals, x 820. Ben Ledi. igs. 9-15. Capsellina timida, sp. nov. xX 640. Fig. 9 is the side view of an active individual; fig. 10 is the semi-side view of the same; fig. 11 shows an individual (which had been kept for some time) contracting from the test; fig, 12 is a small specimen with open lips (from Lodore) ; fig. 13 is the mouth region of an individual with highly vacuolated protoplasm,. x 1000. All except fig. 12 from Ecclesall (Sheffield). igs. 14-15. Euglypha bryophila, sp. nov. X 530. Fig. 14 is the broad view and fig. 15 Figs the narrow view of an active animal. Fig. 14@ shows the inner face of a “ mouth scale.” Glen App. . 16-18. Placocysta jurassica, Penard. Fig. 16 is an empty test, x 530. Fig. 17 shows the mouth region, x 825, and fig. 18 a portion of the test, x 825. Near Harrop Tarn, Fig. 19. Sphenoderia macrolepis, Leidy, x 980. Side view of an empty test. Stanraer. i ‘gAETURGUSNY aay RULES FOR BORROWING BOOKS FROM THE LIBRARY. 1. No more than Six volumes shall be lent to one person at the same time without the special leave of the Council or one of the Secretaries. 2. All books shall be returned before the expiration of Six weeks from the time of their being taken out, but if not required by any other Fellow, they may, on application, be kept for a further period Six weeks. 3. All books lent shall be regularly entered by the Librarian in a beok appropriated for that purpose. 4. No work forming part of Linneus’s own Library shall be lent out of the Library under any circumstances. Norn.— Certain other works are included in this prohibition, such as costly illustrated works, and volumes belonging to sets which could not be replaced if lost. A GENERAL INDEX to the first twenty Volumes of the Journal (Zoology) may be had on application, either in cloth or in sheets for binding. Price to Fellows, 15s.; to the Public, 20s. A CATALOGUE of the LIBRARY may be had on application. Price to Fellows, 5s.; to the Public, 10s. NOTICES.. Tue attention of the Fellows, and of Librarians of kindred Societies is requested to the fact that TWO volumes of the Journal (Zoology) have been in course of simultaneous issue, as follows :— Vou. 31. Nos. 203-207. This volume is reserved for reports on collections from the Sudanese Red Sea. Vou. 82. Nos. 211, and 212, the present number. Authors are entitled to 50 copies of their communications gratuitously, and may obtain another 50 by payment, as shown on the printed slip which accompanies the proof. If more than 100 copies are wanted, application must be made to the Council. Abstracts of the proceedings at each General Meeting and Agenda for the next, are supplied by post upon publication B. DAYDON JACKSON, General Secretary. SEPTEMBER 24. Price As. THE JOURNAL OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY. Vou. XXXII. ZOOLOGY. — No. 213. CONTENTS. ji Page I. Nitocrameira bdellure, noy. gen. et sp.,a Copepod of the Family Canthocamptide, parasitic in the Hgg-cases of Bdellura, By J. A. Lippett. (Communicated by Prof. G. C. Bourns, D.Sc., E.R.S., F.L.8.) (Plates 10 & 11, and Text-figures.)............... 87 II. Some Annelids of the Thames Valley. By the Rev. Hinprrtc _HRIEND,. .ES., HRMS QWithsText-fleures:)- gie..5 0c. ces 95 III. The Correlation of Somatic Characters and Chromatin Rod-lengths, being a Further Study of Chromosome Dimensions. By C. F. U. Mezr, M.8c., F.L.S., F.Z.8. (With 5 Text-figures.) ......... 107 LONDON: SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE, PICCADILLY, W., AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., AND WILLIAMS AND NORGATE. 1912. LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. *OOost LIST OF THE OFFICERS AND COUNCIL lected 24th May, 1912. PRESIDENT. Prof, E. B. Poulton, M.A., D.Se., F.R.S. VICE-PRESIDENTS. Prof. J. Stanley Gardiner, M.A., F.R.S. Miss E, R. Saunders. Horace W. Monckton, F.G.S. Dr. D. H. Scott, F.R.S. TREASURER. Horace W. Monckton, F.G.S. SECRETARIES. Dr. Otto Stapf, F.R.S. | Prof. G. C. Bourne, F.R.S, GENERAL SECRETARY. Dr. B. Daydon Jackson, COUNCIL. Horace W. Monckton, F.G.8. Prof. F. W. Oliver, F.R.S. Tempest Anderson, D.Sc. Prof. G. C. Bourne, F.R.S. Prof. Arthur Dendy, D.Sc., F.R.S. Prof. E. B. Poulton, F.R.S, Prof. J. Stanley Gardiner, M.A., F.R.S. Dr. W. G. Ridewood. Prof. Perey Groom, D.Se. | Henry N. Ridley, F.R.S. Henry Groves, Esq. | Miss E. R. Saunders. Prof. W. A. Herdman, F.R.S. | Dr. Dukinfield H. Scott, F.R.S. Arthur W. Hill, M.A. Dr. Otto Stapf, F.R.S. Dr. B. Daydon Jackson. | Miss Ethel N. Thomas, B.Sc. Prof. F. Keeble, Sc.D. | Dr, A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S. LIBRARIAN. CLERK. A. W. Kappel. S. Savage. LIBRARY COMMITTEE. The Officers ex officio, with the following in addition :— J. Britten, Esq. | Hugh Scott, M.A. Prof. P. Groom, D.Sc. | Miss A. L. Smith. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S. | Miss E. N. Thomas. Henry N. Ridley, F.R.S. | Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S. R, W. H, Row, B.Sc. ON A PARASITIC COPEPOD. 87 Nitocrametra bdellure, nov. gen. et sp., a Copepod of the Family Cantho- camptidze, parasitic in the Egg-cases of Bdellura. By J. A. LippEtt. (Communicated by Prof. G. C. Bourns, D.Sc., F.R.S., F.1.S.) (Pirates 10 & 11 and Text-figures.) [Read 21st March, 1912.] OcCURRENCE. Tue specimens from which this description is taken were obtained from Limulus which were kept in spirit for dissection, in the Department of Comparative Anatomy at Oxford. The precise locality from which the Zimulus came is unknown, except for the fact that they were brought from America some twenty-five years ago. The gills of Limulus are commonly infested by parasitic turbellarians of the group Bdelluridee. Wheeler has described three species of these: in the ego-cases of two, Bdellura candida, Girard, and B. propinqua, Wheeler, which measure 2°5 to 4 mm.. and 1:25 mm. respectively in length, a small copepod of the family Canthocamptidee was found, for which I suggest the name Vitocrameira bdellure. With regard to the occurrence of these egg-cases, those of B. propinqua were far more common, and were situated almost exclusively near the bases of the leaves forming the gill-books. Those of B. candida only occurred rarely and were generally full of eggs, but three empty cases were found to contain the copepod. The much smaller cases of Synewlidum, Wheeler, which are found at the margins of the leaves, never contained any inhabitants. The copepod was only found in empty ege-cases, though a certain amount of organic débris was generally present, and in one case the remains of a turbellarian embryo were found. They only occurred in egg-cases which were comparatively fresh. Older ones, much torn at the opening, or containing particles of sand and inorganic débris, were never occupied. The number of copepods in each case varied considerably. One or two were sometimes found, but three to six seemed commoner. Larger numbers often occurred, one case containing 23 females and 6 males. The number of males and females was approximately equal, the latter preponderating slightly. Nauphus and metanauplius stages were also found in the same cases as their parents. Very few half-grown specimens were found. LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXXII. q 88 MR. J. Aj LIDDELL ON A PARASITIC COPEPOD SEGMENTATION. The adult Mtocrameira is minute, the total length being 1:26 mm. -37 mm. of this length represents the caudal sete. The body is slender and almost cylindrical, though somewhat compressed in the head region. There is no sharp demarcation between the thoracic and abdominal regions, and the segments are not sharply defined at the margins. The third, fourth, and fifth thoracic segments are distinctly ringed, though fused to the head, and the limits of the second can be seen laterally. The first is thoroughly fused to the head, no marking being apparent between them. The articulation between the fore and hind parts of the body, which occurs between the 5th and 6th thoracic segments, allows very free movement, and in many of the spirit specimens the abdomen is flexed dorsally so as to form almost a right angle with the cephalothorax,. There are four free abdominal segments excluding the telson, the first of which bears the genital aperture. In the female the first and second are thoroughly fused, and no articulation nor any mark is apparent between them. In the male the genital seoment bears a pair of minute, indistinctly bilobed,, setose projections, which may perhaps be regarded as the vestiges of a pair of appendages. The eggs are carried in an egg-sac regularly arranged in a double row, and number from seven to twelve. The spermatephore is pyriform, and hooked at the ‘‘ neck ” end. The rostrum is small, narrow and conical. The caudal rami are short, and bear only a few setee. The large seta is roughly one-third of the total length of the body. Another seta less than half this length lies externally to it, and there are three small setee in addition. The only structural trace Mtocrameira shows of its semi-parasitic existence is the extreme smoothness of the urosome. The strong claw-like posterior ramus of the 2nd antenna of the Nauplius larva may also be a modification for attachment to the walls of the egg-sac. APPENDAGES. 1st Antenna.—the first antenna is eight-jointed, the third joint being in both sexes small, and bearing the greatest number of sete. In the female there is a distinct bend at the third joint. The fourth bears a long three-jointed zesthetasc. The last two joints are small, but quite well defined. In the male the fourth and fifth joints are fused and expanded. The .esthetase, which is blunter terminally than in the female, rises from the point of fusion of the two segments. OF THE FAMILY CANTHOCAMPTID&. 89 The joint which transforms the antenna into a grasping organ occurs between the fused fourth and fifth, and the sixth segments. The latter is provided anteriorly with four short tooth-like spines. The seventh and eighth segments are smaller than in the female, and the joint between them is not so well defined. 2nd Antenna.—The second antenna is fairly long. The proximal joint is sub-divided, though not very distinctly. The outer ramus is small, uni- articulate, expanded distally, and bears three spines. The distal joint of the antenna is expanded and bears three strong geni- culated sete, which are serrated on the hinder edge, distally to the geniculation. There are also three more slender sete anterior to these. Mandible -—The mandible is simple. The biting-edge consists of a sharp, somewhat curved blade, and about fourteen minute teeth arranged in a double row behind the blade. The palp is biarticulate with the proximal joint slightly expanded. The distal joint bears four long setee terminally, and a shorter one laterally. 1st Mavilla.—The first maxilla consists of a large terminal lobe bearing three strong, somewhat curved spines. Anteriorly there are three lobes. The first two are a little shorter than the main lobe and each bears four setee. The third lies at the base of the most anterior of these two. It is minute and bears two setee, one long, the other short. 2nd Mawilla.—The second maxilla ends distally in two lobes, each bearing a stout curved spine and a slender seta. ‘There is also a single seta anteriorly. Mazilliped—The maxilliped or first thoracic appendage is biarticulate and ends in a stout recurved spine. The swollen distal joint is setose on its anterior edge, the whole forming a subchelate prehensile hand. 1st true legs.—The first true legs or second thoracic appendages are biramous, each ramus consisting of three joints. The endopodite is narrow and much longer than the exopodite, but its middle joint is short. The number of plumose sete is reduced, there being only one on the proximal joint, one on the middle joint, and a spine and two plumose setz terminally on the distal joint. In the exopodite there is only one plumose seta on the inner side, instead of three as in the second, third, and fourth legs. There are three terminal sete, and four external spines, the last two of which are slightly plumose. The second, third, and fourth true legs only differ from each other in the relative length of the plumose sete and spines, and in the relative sizes of the endopodite and exopodite. The latter is largest in the third pair of legs, and the setee are longest in the fourth. g* 90 MR. J. A. LIDDELL ON A PARASITIC COPEPOD The fifth legs or sixth thoracic appendages are reduced in both sexes to expanded terminal and proximal joints. Those of the male are less reduced, and more like those of the female than is usual in the family. In both sexes the distal joint bears six setee, the apical seta in the female being stout and remarkably long. In the male the internal expansion of the proximal joint bears three sete, and in the female five sete. There is an external seta on this joint in both Sexes. Max. I. <) Nitocra. Nitocrameira. Ameira. Gels Max. II. ff Nitocra. Nitocrameira. Ameira. 1M, 2. CLASSIFICATION. Nitocrameira does not fall under any recognized genus, according to the generic characters given by Sars in his Monograph on the Crustacea of Norway. The two genera it approaches most nearly are Witocra and Amerra. In its general appearance it resembles the latter, owing to the smoothness OF THE FAMILY CANTHOCAMPTID A. Ot of its urosome, but in a large number of other important characters its affinities are with Wotocra. The simplest way of showing its resemblance to these genera, is by arranging the generic characters of the three genera in tabular form (see p: 92). With regard to the 1st maxillee of Métocra and Amerra, Sars’s figures do not help to make the description very clear. That of Nitocra is described as having the exopodal and epipodal lobes defined, and the accessory lobe wanting. Sars’s figures, as will be seen in text-figure 1, show three setiferous lobes in front of the jaw-like terminal portion, as is also the case in Mitocrameira. That of Ameira is described as having the exopodal and epipodal lobules not defined and the accessory lobe present. The figure shows two setiferous lobes anterior to the jaw-like portion. The resemblance of the 2nd maxilla of Nitocrameira to that of Ameira is shown in the second text-figure. Lire-Hisrory. The life-history and habits of MVitocrameira are necessarily incompletely known, but a certain amount can be deduced from the specimens found. It is evident that reproduction takes place in the egg-cases. The figure shown in fig. 3 (PI. 10) contained two females and one male. Hach female has a brood of eggs, and also a brood of larvee. Numerous other cases were found containing numbers of larve with their parents. No stage was found between the older larvee shown in fig. 3 and half- grown adults, The inference is that the egg-case is left by the larvee when they have reached the stage of development shown in fig. 83. They then lead a free swimming existence until half or three-quarters grown, when they enter a fresh egg-case for their reproductive life. In cases that contained large numbers of copepods, as for instance that with 29, the aperture was so small and the inmates so tightly packed, that it seems evident that they entered when very small. - They might have been hatched in the same egg-case in which they were found, but it is difficult to see where the food would come from. In practically all individuals the gut was well filled, the food probably consisting of embryo triclads. Generally the organic detritus present was so macerated as to be unrecognizable, but in one case the half-devoured remains of an embryo were certainly present. LITERATURE. WHEELER.—Journal cf Morphology, ix. 1894, p. 167. Sars, G. O.—An Account of the Crustacea of Norway. Vol. v. parts xvil. and xviii. p. 211 seg. 1907. 92 MR. J. A. LIDDELL ON A PARASITIC COPEPOD Tabulation of Generic Characters of :— Anal opercle. Caudal rami. Rostrum eeccee FAME MED: coenes Mandible ... Maxilla I. ... Maxilla II. . First pair of legs. Natatory legs. Last pair . Nitocra. Slender, cylindric. Coarsely spinulose urosome. Denticulate at edge. Short and covered with spinules. ...| Very small, narrow, conical. Moderate size, 8-articulate, densely fringed with setz ; last two joints not very reduced. Outer ramus short, uniarti- culate, dilated distally. Palp biarticulate, basal joint slightly dilated. Three lobes inside jaw-like portion. Two setiferous lobes inside terminal claw-bearing part. Rather strongly built, dis- Inner | tinetly prehensile. ramus 3-articulate, with outer two joints more or less bent on inner. Rather fully developed, with inner tinctly 3-articulate, and not transformed in male. Distal joint compressed. Large inner expansion of | proximal joint fairly pro- duced. ramus of all dis- | Nitocrameira. Slender, somewhat compressed anteriorly. Practically smooth urosome. Smooth. Short, almost smooth. Small, narrow, conical. Moderate size, 8-articuiate. densely fringed with bristles ; last two joints distinct. Outer ramus short, uniarticu- late, dilated distally. Palp biarticulate, basal joint slightly dilated. “Three lobes inside jaw-like portion. |A single claw-bearing lobe, inside claw-bearing part. Somewhat more slender than Nitocra. Inner ramus much longer than outer, 3-articu- late, last joint as long as first. | Well-developed ; both rami 3- | articulate, inner not trans- | formed in male. | Distal joint long and com- pressed. Inner expansion of proximal joint not much produced. Male much less reduced in comparison than either Nitocra or Ameira. Letter N denotes resemblance to N2¢ocra. Letter A denotes resemblance to Ameira. Ameira. nu Slender, somewhat com- pressed anteriorly. A. Less spinulose than Nitocra. | A. Smooth. | A. Short, scarcely spinu- | lose. N. Almost obsolete. Last two joints very | small, not well de- fined. N. | Outer ramus uniarticu- N. late and narrow. Mand. palp more de- N. veloped, basal joint _ dilated into a seti- _ ferous expansion. | N. Two lobes inside jaw- like portion. | Only a single lobe (seti- A.) ferous) inside the ter- | minal claw - bearing part. | Distinctly prehensile, but more slender than Nitocra. Inner ramus | much longer than outer and distinctly 3-articulate. AN Both rami well develo- ped, 3-articulate, inner not transformed in male. Small distal joint, more or less contracted dis- tally. Inner expan- sion of proximal joint not much produced. OF THE FAMILY CANTHOCAMP'TID A. 93 SuMMARY. Nitocrameira bdellure, nov. gen. et sp., from egg-cases of Bdellura propingua, Wheeler ; and less frequently those of Bdellura candida, Girard. HARPACTICOIDEA, family CANTHOCAMPTIDA. Genus NIToCRAMEIRA. Body. Long, smooth, almost cylindrical, somewhat compressed anteriorly. Ragan small ; caudal rami short. Ant. I. 8-jointed, setose anteriorly, last two sates well-defined. 3-jointed sesthetasc on segment 4. Female antenne bent at 3rd joint. Male 4th and 5th joints fused ; whole forming a strong clasping organ. Ant. IT. Basal joint sub-divided ; outer ramus uniarticulate and much reduced. Mandible. One cutting-blade and crown of short teeth. Palp biarticulate, proximal joint slightly expanded. Distal joint only, bears setze. Mavilla I. Expanded jaw-like portion bearing three spines and two almost equal lobes and a third very minute setose one anteriorly. Mauxilla IT, Two lobes with stout terminal spines. Mazilliped. Subchelate prehensile hand. Thoracic legs. Endopodite and exopodite three-jointed, except last which is reduced. First pair prehensile, last pair much reduced, but more similar in male and female than is usual in the family. In some generic characters resembles Nitocra, in others Ameira. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PLatE 10. Fig. 1. Nitocrameira, female, lateral view. Partly diagrammatic as the appendages of the right side only are shown. 2, View of last thoracic and first abdominal segments of male, showing last thoracic limbs, rudimentary abdominal appendages, and spermatophore. 3. Ege-case of Bdellura propinqua containing one male and two female Nitocrameira. Each of the females has a brood of developing eggs, and two stages of larvee ar shown, six of each stage. 4, Young Nauplius larva about ‘09 mm. long. This was the commonest larval stage that occurred. 5. First antenna of female. 6. First antenna of male. Fig. We 8. s) 10. Ul 12. 15. 14. 15. 16. Ws KI ON A PARASITIC COPEPOD. PuatTeE 11. Second antenna of male. Mandible. The anterior side is to the right. Ist maxilla. a as a -. 2nd maxilla. __,, 55 - Maxilliped. The anterior side First thoracic swimming leg. Second ,, Be Third op at 7) Fourth _,, a a4 Fifth or reduced leg, male. Fifth or reduced leg, female. is to the right. \ LIDDELL: Journ. Linn. Soc. Zoo. VoL. XXXII. Pt. 10. JA. Liddell, del. Grout, Intaglio et imp. NITOCRAMEIRA BDELLURAE. LIDDELL. = Grout, Intaglio et imp. J. A. Liddell, del. NITOCRAMEIRA BDELLURAE. SOME ANNELIDS OF THE THAMES VALLEY. 95. Some Annelids of the Thames Valley. By the Rev. Hitperic Frienp, F.L.S., F.R.M.S. (With Text-figures. ) [Read 21st December, 1911.] IT am anxious at the outset to guard against the idea that the Thames Valley, any more than other parts of England, has been exhaustively worked. We are familiar with a goodly number of worms, particularly those belonging to the two families known as the Lumbricidz and the Tubificide. We know something also of the Naididee, but of the large and important family of the Hnchytreidee we are still in almost absolute ignorance, in spite of the fact that some 30 species of the genus Fridericia alone are already recorded as British. I have chosen the Valley of the Thames, rather than the river itself, as my field, because I am thereby enabled to draw attention to the excellent work done by those able pioneers who have prepared the way fer my own more recent researches. The greasy, foetid ooze of our great river does not present a very attractive hunting-ground for the naturalist: yet the treasures it contains will amply reward the worker who has the courage to ignore its evil odours, or to risk the covering of his boots with a most disagreeable slime. Although the Thames Valley has as yet been but partially worked, there is perhaps no section of the country which has received so muchattention in relation to the Oligochets. It is a pleasure, therefore, in the first place to give A BRIEF HISTORICAL SURVEY. I do not pretend to have looked up every detail, but have endeavoured to do justice to all who have done anything to further our knowledge of the subject since the days when the study of terrestrial and freshwater annelids became a scientific pursuit. The honour of being first in the field in this connexion undoubtedly belongs to Sir E. Ray Lankester. Noi less than forty years ago (1) he recorded the discovery of Psammoryctes barbatus, Vejdovsky, in brackish water at Barking. The worm still exists in the same locality, and will be considered again at a later point. In June 1898 Dr. Benham wrote (2) that, so far as he was aware, the species had not been recorded again till he found it in the mud amongst the roots of reeds in the Cherwell. In the eighties at least three workers were adding to our knowledge of the subject. Oerley (3), a most careful and advanced Hungarian student, was working in England at this time, and among other discoveries found Octolasium platyurum, Fitz., at Cambridge, and O. rubidum, Oerley, at Woolwich. These records have not since been confirmed, but Oerley has so 96 REY. HILDERIC FRIEND ON thoroughly impressed me with his accuracy and conscientiousness that I am still hoping to rediscover the species named. While he was working with the larger earthworms, Bourne (4) and Bousfield (5) were rendering splendid service by their researches among the Naidid. It is enough at this point to refer to the Journal of this Society (Zoology, vols. xix.—xx.) for evidence of the careful and valuable work of Dr. Bousfield. The next important contribution to our subject came from the pen of Dr. Benham (2), and it may perhaps be said that he did for the Tubificidee what Bousfield and Bourne had done for the Naididee. His ‘‘ Notes on some Aquatic Oligocheta ” for the first time opened up the great and important field of research presented by the large and interesting group of worms of which Tubifew is the type. While some of his material came from the mouth of the Thames, being supplied by Mr. W. H. Shrubsole of Sheerness, other species were found in the neighbourhood of Oxford, which forms the limit of our field inland. Of Beddard (6) it must suffice to say that his splendid ‘ Monograph of the Order Oligocheta’ was an epoch-making book, and gave so great a stimulus to research that if it were brought up to date it would have to record many hundreds of new species. He is undoubtedly the highest authority this country has ever produced on the subject of Oligocheets. My own researches into this order began in 1890. During that year I found some annelids in London which had not previously been recorded, and by the aid of some indefatigable collectors was able to do a good deal of work among the Lumbricidee and Enchytreide (7). I must specially mention Mr. George Day, F.R.M.S., and Mr. William Allen of Plaistow. During the past twenty years I have worked at Oxford, Marlow, Kew, the suburbs of London, and Sheerness, and have had the kind assistance of Mr. Chas. 8. Todd, of Tottenham, and others, to whom my thanks are due for help. Aided by a Government Grant for these researches I have, during the past year (1911), paid a special visit to the Thames Valley, and ain able as a result to add a number of species to our former lists, some of which are new to science. We may now pass to a systematic study of the species which are found in the district under review, and for convenience of reference it may be desirable to follow the order adopted by Beddard, and still more recently by Michaelsen (8). SYSTEMATIC SURVEY. Family AOLOSOMATID &. Michaelsen places in this family one certain and one doubtful genus. To the genus /olosoma he allots seven species, and no new species has been added to the six which are on record for Great Britain. These annelids are SOME ANNELIDS OF THE THAMES VALLEY. Sif all of small size, and are found im fresh-water in almost every part of the globe. There are usually no internal septa to mark the segments, which ean, however, easily be numbered by aid of the setee. These are in four bundles of one to six, chiefly capilliform. The girdle appears in the adult on the under surface of segments 5-7, and the spermathecee, which number 1-3 pairs in segments 3-5, are simple, being destitute of diverticula. The prostomium is large in proportion to the size of the worm, and is ciliated on the ventral surface. The worm can be propagated asexually, by a process of division without the formation of a budding zone such as one sees continually in the Naidide. 1. ALoLosoMA HEADLEYI, Beddard. (Monograph, p. 186.) Setze entirely capilliform. Integumental globules bright green, occasionally verging towards blue. Found in a tank at the Zoological Gardens, London. 2. AloLosoma HEMPRICHIL, Ehrenbery. (Symb. Phys. 1831.) For synonymy see Beddard, ‘ Monograph,’ p. 183, and ‘ Das Tierreich,’ x. p. 14 ; Lankester in Trans. Linn. Soe. vol. xxvi. 1867, p. 641. Family NAipIpD4&. This is a very large family, to which many additions have been made since the publication of Beddard’s ‘ Monograph’ and of ‘ Das Tierreich.’ Unfortunately the British species have received little attention since the days of Bousfield and Bourne, but I have been able during the past year to add somewhat to our knowledge of the indigenous species. ‘The sete: are some- times wanting in the anterior segments either entirely or from the dorsum, and are of various kinds. Some of the species have rudimentary eyes, and asexual as well as sexual reproduction occurs. The sexual organs are situated as far forward as the fifth segment. Occasionally the nephridia fail, but usually they are large for the size of the worm. These annelids form beautiful objects for the microscope. Following Michaelsen our first genus is Paranais. ‘1. Paranats NatpInA, Bretscher. (Revue Suisse de Zool. 1896, vol. i. p: 508 ; 1899, vol. vi. p. 393 ; Das Tierreich, x. p. 18.) Unknown in England till August last, when I found if in the Thames at Kew. Eyes may be present or absent. The first segment is very narrow, and the dorsal setee commence on the second. There are five or six sete in each set from segments 2 to 5. The brain is deeply notched behind. The worm is about 8 mm. in length, and in August was undergoing asexual reproduction, some 20 segments going to the perfect worm. Found by Bretscher (10) in Switzerland (Ziirich). 98 REY. HILDERIC FRIEND ON 2. PARANAIS LiToRALIS (O. F. Miill.) Czern. (Zool. Dan. 1788 ; syn. Uncinais, Beddard, Monograph, p. 295.) Has a blunt prostomium. Sets vary in length and thickness. The subject of some interesting notes by Benham and Bourne. The worm was received by the former, along with other aquatic annelids, from Sheerness : Benham (2), p. 187. 3. CH#TOGASTER DIASTROPHUS, Grwith., Benham (2), p. 212 ; near Oxford. 4, CHETOGASTER DIAPHANUS, Gruith. (The synonymy is given by Beddard and Michaelsen.) Southern (9) marks its occurrence in England and Scotland with a query, but I have recently been able to demonstrate its indigenous character beyond doubt, since it occurs plentifully in the neigbourhood of my home. 5. CHETOGASTER CRYSTALLINUS, Vejd. (Cf. Lankester, Trans. Linn. Soe. xxvi. (1869) p. 641.) For the various species of Nais and Dero it suffices to refer to Bousfield and Bourne. I have, however, to add one species to the list, and as I can find nothing exactly corresponding with it in the various authorities, it must for the present be held to be new to science. 6. DERO OLEARIA, sp. n. Forked sete beginning in 2nd segment ventrally ; 4—5 per bundle, slender, as long as half the diameter of the body ; the upper tooth larger than the lower, and the node in the middle, or approaching the first (inner) third. The dorsal setze begin in segment 6; each bundle consisting of one capilli- form and one forked seta. There are three forked sete of equal length in the ventral bundles posteriorly, but the sete in the anterior ventral bundles vary slightly and progressively in length, the dorsad being longer than the ventrad. The forked sete of the dorsal bundles are more slender and straight than those found in the ventral sets, and the teeth are small. Length of entire worm 8-10 mm. The chloragogen cells, which are black, begin in segment 6 along with the eapilliform sete. At rest the prostomium equals the individual setigerous segments in length, and is 3-4 times as long as the peristomium, or first segment, which carries no sete and is exceedingly small. No taste-hairs or papille are present. The segments number 40; there was no sprouting zone or bud, nor was a girdle developed. yes are wanting. The living worm is exceedingly active, swimming freely in water, but breaking up almost as soon as it is placed on the microscopic slip, even if not subjected to pressure. This makes it difficult to work out the details. I believe it has the gills which distinguish Dero from Nais ; and a special character is SOME ANNELIDS OF THE THAMES VALLEY. 99 the large number of clear oil globules, which after 15 hours in glycerine remained unaffected. Hence the specific name. ‘The first six segments remained intact when all the rest of the worm broke up at the septa into five and thirty pieces. Septa are wanting in this cephalized portion. One specimen collected at Kew in August, and kept with other annelids till December 8th, 1911, when it was examined. It closely resembles D. stuhlmanni, Stieren, reported from the Victoria Nyanza; but the African worm is only 2 mm. in length and has but 18 segments (Michaelsen, ‘ Das Tierreich,’ x. p. 29). 7. STYLARIA LAcUsTRIS (Linn.) Johnst. is one of our commonest worms. 8. PRISTINA EQUISETA, Bourne. Botanical Gardens, Regent’s Park, London. Family LUMBRICULID4. Aquatic worms of much larger size than the Molosomatide and Naidide. The type (Lumbriculus variegatus, O. F. Miill.) often attains a length of 80 mm. and may have 200 or more segments. The sigmoid setee are in pairs, and the free extremity is sometimes forked. With the exception of Stylodrilus (and Bicheta ?) there are, in this family, blind contractile appendages to the blood-vessels. These are well seen in Lumbriculus variegatus, and give to the animal a very beautiful appearance. There are no penial sete. Only two of the genera are at present known in the Thames Valley. i. LumsricuLus vaRrecatus, O. FP. Mill., Verm. terr. 1774. Body usually dark green in front. Posteriorly there are 6-8 cecal appendages to the dorsal vessel in each segment. Very rarely found in the adult condition. The worm often divides into two or more portions when handled or under examination. One of the commonest species of freshwater annelids in England, it occurs in almost every pond, ditch, and stream in the district among water-weeds. Yet I sought it in vain at Sutton Broad in August. (Rhynchelmis. Beddard says, ‘ Monograph,’ pp. 215-16 :—‘“ I have seen a specimen from some part of England, but cannot give any details. There is every probability that it is a native of the country. I believe this specimen to be in the Oxford Museum.” So far as I can recall, Benham, who worked at Oxford, makes no allusion thereto, nor have I been able on the occasion of my visits to obtain specimens or information.) The genus Stylodrilus consists of worms which are marked by the possession of a pair of penes on the tenth segment which are not retractile but remain as external appendages, perforated by the sperm-ducts. The sete are bifid, 100 REV. HILDERIC FRIEND ON but in some cases the forks can be seen only with fairly high powers of the microscope. A pair of spermathecee is found in segment 9, and the girdle usually extends over 9, 10, and 11. 2. SryLoODRILUS VEJDOVSKYI, Benham. (Quart. Journ. Mier. Se. vol. xxxiii- ILL, 19. 208s) Twenty-five mm., more or less, in length, with penes a little more than half the diameter of the body. First discovered in the River Cherwell, it bas since been found by me in many parts of England, but more frequently in the North and Midlands than in the South. It is interesting to see the locality “‘ Goring-on-Thames ” in ‘ Das Tierreich, x. p. 63. For details we must refer to the original paper by Benham as above. Family TUBIFICID4. This large and interesting, but perplexing family has been the subject of very special and painstaking investigation during the past year: and though T have not yet by any means worked out all the problems cennected there- with, I have at least reduced some of the chaos to order. I had the honour, on December 20th, 1911, of presenting to the Royal Microscopical Society some of the results of this enquiry, and may be permitted to refer those who are interested in our fresh-water Annelids to that Memoir for such details as may not be given herewith (11). An old record informs as that specimens of Saenuris tubifer, or some other “Small red Water-worms (are) found plentifully in the mud of the river Thames” (Johnston, ‘Catalogue of British Worms, p. 64). Such worms abound everywhere in the Thames, and it is impossible as yet to say to how many species or genera they belong. Perhaps the first reliable record is the following :— 1. PSAMMORYCTES BARBATUS (Grube) Vejd. (=Tubifex umbellifer, Lan- kester, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sc. xi. 1871, p. 181; Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. sacs JIN/S Saigo, 8)25) Found at Barking, then, as now, in brackish water. See Benham (2) p. 208, where will be found a useful note, especially in relation to the sete. As Ido not follow Michaelsen in placing Heterocheta and other genera under Psammoryctes, this is the only species of the genus to be recorded for the Thames Valley at present. The species, however, is not limited to brackish water, as Benham found it in our district among the roots of reeds in the Cherwell, and I have taken it at Stratford-on-Avon and elsewhere. 2. Hererocnara costata, Clap. The anatomy and histology of this species (Benham (2), p. 188 seq.) form what one may call the first classical study of British Tubificidee. Specimens SOME ANNELIDS OF THE THAMES VALLEY. HOI were received by Dr. Benham from Mr. W. H. Shrubsole, of Sheerness, in the spring of 1891. Since then I have repeatedly studied it from different localities between the Nore and the Tower Bridge. I take this opportunity of expressing my great'indebtedness to Mr. Chas. S. Todd, of Tottenham, for valuable consignments from many localities, containing a large proportion of the species recorded in this connection. 3. HEeMITUBIFEX BENEDENI (Udek). (Recorded by Benham with the fore- going as H., ater.) Found in dark, evil-smelling, decaying organic detritus at Sheerness, and thence to the City. Received from Mr. Topps-King, of Chatham, quite recently. 4, SprrosPERMA FEROX, /iisen. Benham says (2, p. 207): “I have found specimens in the Thames and in the Cherwell.” 5. Cxurrectio ArENARIUS (O. F. Mill.) Sav. Benham (2, p. 187), from Sheerness. 6. BrRaNncuiura sowERBYI, Beddard. Regent’s Park and Kew Gardens: still abundant, with other interesting aquatic annelids, some of which will be named below. For a recent study of this worm reference may be made to the paper of Dr. J. Stephenson, presented to the Royal Society of Edinburgh, December 4, 1911. We come now to more recent studies, which not only confirm the foregoing records, but greatly extend our knowledge of the Thames Valley Tubificide. 7. Monoryernorvs PArvus, Ditlersen (1904: Zeit. wissen. Zool. Bd. +7, pp- 426-8, figs. 25 & 26). As there can be no doubt about the identity, I transcribe my own notes. “Thames at Kew. Lily pond in Kew Gardens : collected August 26, 1911. Tower Bridge: collected by Mr. ©. Todd, Sept. and Dec., 1911. A tiny worm 6-10 mm. in length ; very slender : segments 65. Straw-coloured or yellow-brown. Head somewhat pointed when in motion, front segments with narrower and wider annulus. Chloragogen cells begin in segment 5. Sete usually three in front, four in a few instances, declining to two and one posteriorly. Nephridia with small anteseptal without covering cells ; post- septal very large. Dorsal vessel with heart-like enlargements, ranging in some instances from the fifth to the ninth segment. Brain witha lobe at each of the posterior corners and strong anterior processes. Sperm-funnel about twice as long as broad ; ducts with peritoneal cells. Two sets of three set only on segment 11, with an unpaired male pore between. This refers it to Monopylephorus. The setee here do not differ from those of the other 102 REV. HILDERIC FRIEND ON segments. No penial setee present ; no penis present.” -- eD>--- SN 2- ~~ Gp > Gap S > ED S---> S 7-3 aw So > @@S--- > @ oO a TOIROSOME (0AS Of ko SpecteS of SCCROCOLRTES, UUary Ch a LDagran showing or C, S, bicolor. D, S. curtipennis, A, Stenobothrus parallelus, B. 8S, viridulus. tale! MR. C. F. U. MEEK ON THE CORRELATION OF The second and alternative hypothesis postulates a continuous linear growth of chromosomes in the course of phylogeny, and is based upon data that support direct correspondence between the degree of somatic complexity of an organism and the total volume of its germ-cell chromatin ; it moreover offers a logical explanation of the evolution of various rod- lengths. The measurements that I have given can be only approximations, and the difference between terms of the general series is probably smaller than that shown, but these measurements suflice to prove differences between complexes of allied species ; and it is only reasonable to suppose that such differences are of comparatively recent origin and have evolved by some continuous process accompanying the somatic differentiation of the species. In certain cases the process may have been complicated by degeneration, possibly resulting in the complete disappearance of a particular chromosome trom the complex, but, even if this additional factor is eventually established, I'am aware of no reasons for discarding the assumption that the guiding principle in complex formation is and has been a purely linear growth of component rods. I have already pointed out that if this second hypothesis is subsequently proved, morphological identity of chromosomes can be no guide to functional identity outside the narrowest limits of our classification ; but in the case of allied species, which must have evolved along almost parallel lines, we may reasonably hope to establish correlation of individual chromosomes of the respective complexes, and thus form a basis upon which to attempt correlation of rod lengths and definite somatic characters, Let us therefore consider again the complexes of these four species of Stenobothrus. The lengths of the five short chromosomes are the same in all cases, and their identities appear consequently to be established ; the three long chromosomes, however, are not the same in any two complexes, and correspondence is therefore not at once apparent. If we accept the first hypothesis, which postulates invariable correspondence between definite rod-lengths and definite sets of somatic characters, we must realize that no long chromosome is common to all four species ; Chromosome 11 is absent in S. parallelus and S. viridulus, Chromosome 13 is absent in S. parallelus, Chromosome 14 is absent in S. viridulus, S. bicolor, and S. curtipennis, Chromosome 15 is absent in S, bicolor, and Chromosome 17 is absent in S. curtipennis. If, on the other hand, we accept the second hypothesis, which postulates continuous linear growth of rods, we must realize that in these complexes the short, medium, and long chromosomes of the three are probably respectively identical. Thus Chromosome 13 of S. viridulus does not correspond with Chromosome 13 of S. bicolor and 8. curtipennis, but corresponds with Chromosome 11 of the two latter and with Chromosome 14 of S. parallelus, for these chromosomes constitute the shortest member of the long group in each case; similarly, Chromosome 17 of 8S. parallelus, SOMATIC CHARACTERS AND CHROMATIN ROD-LENGTHS. 115: S. wiridulus, and S. bicolor is not unrepresented in S. curtipennis, but is functionally identical with Chromosome 15, which has not yet grown sufficiently in the last-named to be classed in the higher category. Corre- spondence between the remaining long chromosomes can be seen in the diagram by following the arrows, which have been inserted to show identities. in all cases. . If the difference between terms of the general series is eventually found to be smaller than half the rod diameter, chromosomes that we now class as. consecutive must be separated by intermediate lengths, and those that we class together may, as a result of more accurate means of measurement, be shown to have minutely differing lengths: this, however, cannot affect the. three long chromosomes of Stenobothrus, for their respective lengths are such that mistake in identification is impossible. We must nevertheless. remember that the correspondence indicated ky the arrows is based upon a pure hypothesis, and that at present we possess no direct evidence in support of this correspondence. Turning now to the consideration of somatic characters, we find that these. grasshoppers are individually distinguished by slight but clearly defined differences. The following descriptions give the principal characteristics. and are quoted from the works of Bolivar, Burr, and Kirby. STENOBOTHRUS PARALLELUS. 1. Very variable in colour. 2. Antenne longer in male than in female. 3. Pronotum with transverse furrow nearer to posterior than to anterior: border. 4, Lateral carine of pronotum almost parallel or slightly approximating about the middle. 5. Elytra do not reach end of abdomen in male; in female do not reach beyond fourth abdominal segment. 6. Mediastinal area of elytra extended abruptly towards the apex and extended round base, forming a rounded lobule ; anterior margin of elytra convex round base. 7. Wings rudimentary. 8. Length of body, male 14-15 mm., female 18-21 mm. STENOBOTHRUS VIRIDULUS. 1. Green varied with darker. 2. Antenne longer in male than in female. 3. Pronotum with transverse furrow midway between anterior and posterior borders. 4, Lateral carine of pronotum slightly angled near anterior border, rounded slightly posteriorly. 116 MR. C. F. U. MEEK ON THE CORRELATION OF 5. Elytra fully developed in both sexes. 6. Mediastinal area of elytra gradually extended towards the apex, prolonged to length of anterior border and not lobulate at base. Anterior border straight. 7. Wings developed. 8. Length of body, male 13-15 mm., female 20-24 mm. STENOBOTHRUS BICOLOR. Ik, Very variable in colour. 2. Antennee of equal length in both sexes. 3. Pronotum with transverse furrow nearer to anterior than to posterior border. 4. Lateral carinee of pronotum sharply angled in anterior part, diverging towards anterior and posterior borders. . Hlytra fully developed in both sexes. OS 7. 8. Mediastinal area of elytra extended abruptly towards the apex and extended round base, forming a rounded lobule ; anterior margin of elytra convex round base. Wings developed. Length of body, male 15-16 mm., female 19-24 mm. ‘STENOBOTHRUS CURTIPENNIS. 1h 2 oe ie 8. Variable in colour. Antenne longer in male than in female. Pronotum with transverse furrow nearly in middle. Lateral carinz of pronotum straight and parallel. Elytra very short. - Mediastinal area of elytra extended abruptly towards the apex and extended round base, forming a rounded lobule; anterior margin of elytra convex round base. Wings very short in female ; in male equal in length to body. Length of body, male 17°5 mm., female 17°5 mm. Let us now try to correlate these characters and the chromosome rod- lengths of the respective complexes. We will firstly consider the lateral carine of the pronotum; these are parallel or slightly approximating in S. parallelus, S. viridulus, and S. curtipennis, but sharply angled in S. bicolor. This characteristic is distinctive, for Burr has pointed out that by it alone we can distinguish the last-named from the other three species. Now if corre- lation is evident, we must expect to find corresponding chromosomes of the same length in S. parallelus, S. viridulus, and S. curtipennis, but of a different length in S. bicolor ; if, however, we follow the arrows in the diagram we see that no long chromosome fulfils these conditions, and correlation is therefore not established. SOMATIC CHARACTERS AND CHROMATIN ROD-LENGTHS. IL Taking as a second example the mediastinal area of the elytra, we must expect to find corresponding chromosomes of the same length in S. paral- lelus, S. bicolor, and S. curtipennis and of a different length in S. viridulus, for in the three first named the area extends abruptly towards the apex whereas in the last it extends gradually. We again fail to observe such a chromosome ; and the same absence of correlation is noticeable with respect to the other characters on the list with the exception of colour, which is variable and untrustworthy. Moreover, we are not more successful if we assume the first hypothesis, which postulates unchanging rod-lengths. Disregarding the arrows in the diagram and considering correspondence to depend entirely upon length, we find that the length of antennee and angle of the lateral carinsee may be correlated with Chromosome 15 in S. parallelus, S. viridulus, and S. curti- pens ; but the fact that no other characteristics appear to correspond with chromosome lengths makes justification for this assumption doubtful. Furthermore, the genus Stenobothrus has been divided by Bolivar and other systematists into subgenera, and these species are now classified as follows :— Chorthippus parallelus, Chorthippus curtipennis, Ornocestus viridulus, and Stauroderus bicolor : it is noteworthy that the two whose complexes show the greatest differences in rod-lengths should thus be classed together. Four explanations may be put forward to account for this failure. Firstly, we may assume that my measurements are inaccurate ; this, however, seems unlikely, for great care has been exercised, and the, lengths of the long chromosomes are such that relative error should be impossible. Secondly, we may assume that the lengths of the five short chromosomes are not respectively identical in all the species; in this case the characters mentioned may be correlated with these and not with the three long chromosomes: if, however, the principal somatic differences, upon which systematists have based their classification, are not traceable to obvious differences in long chromosomes, why should they be traceable to imper- ceptible differences in short chromosomes, and, if they are so traceable, to what are the obvious differences in the former due? Thirdly, the arrows may be misieading: Chromosome 17 of S. parallelus, S. vir idulus, and S. bicolor may, for example, correspond in S. curtipennis with Chromosome 13 and not 15, in which case the last named chromosome corresponds with the medium instead of the longest member of the three, and is accordingly functionally identical with Chesuane 15 of S. parallelus and S. viridulus and Chromosome 13 of S. bicolor. This is undoubtedly possible, if rods are continuously increasing in length, for a long chromosome may in the course of evolution be overtaken and passed by one that was shorter, and the latter may consequently be mistaken for the former: if this occurs, we must realize that measurements cannot always be a trustworthy index to functional correspondence even in the most closely allied organisms. Lastly, if the HOS MR. C. F. U. MEEK ON THE CORRELATION OF chromosomes of a complex are qualitatively different, as we have reasons for believing, each must be concerned with a definite set of characters : difference in length of two corresponding chromosomes may therefore be connected with differences in several characters, and, even if the character under consideration is included in these, other factors are equally bound up in the chromatin rod, and may be responsible for apparently irreconcilable lengths. In the circumstances Iam inclined to think that the fourth explanation, possibly coupled with the third, will eventually be found to account for our present failure. It is difficult to believe that the obvious somatic differences mentioned in our list are not in some way connected with the lengths of the three long chromosomes, but until a thorough analysis has been made of both internal and external characteristics of these species we cannot hope to correlate somatic characters and chromosome rod-lengths in the genus. In 1908 McClung indicated a course of investigation upon Acridiidze to be carried out upon these lines, but I have seen no paper by him on the subject : possibly he and his followers have been able to throw some light upon this difficult problem. REsuM#. Hach ordinary spermatogonial and secondary spermatocyte chromosome of S. curtipennis is composed of two equal rods, and each primary spermo- tocyte chromosome of four. The diameter of these rods is invariably 83 and consequently lends further support to the assumption that the chromatin thread-width is constant in all organisms above and including Nemathelminthia. The lengths of the ordinary rods constitute members of a general series in arithmetical progression ; the five short chromosomes are respectively identical with those of other members of the genus, but the lengths of the three long chromosomes once more enable the species to be identified. A comparison between S. parallelus, S. viridulus, S. bicolor, and S. curti- pennis fails to establish correlation of somatic characters and chromosome rod-iengths, but we have reason for believing that the obvious characteristics upon which identification is based are in some way connected with the three long chromosomes : our present failure is probably due to ignorance of the less obvious somatic characteristics and t the lack of trustworthy methods of identifying corresponding chromosomes in the respective complexes. yl SOMATIC CHARACTERS AND CHROMATIN ROD-LENGTHS. 119 BIBLIOGRAPHY. Cytological. Davis, HERBERT SPENCER. 1908. Spermatogenesis in Acrididee and Locustide. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, vol. liii. pp. 57-158, tt. 1-9. GERARD, Pou. 1909. Spermatogenése chez Stenobothrus biguttulus. Arch. de Biol. vol. xxiv. pp. 543-625, tt. 19-21. McCuune, C. E. 1900. The Spermatocyte Divisions of the Acridide. Kansas Univ. Sci. Quart. vol. ix. pp. 73-101, tt. 15-17. 1902. The Spermatocyte Divisions of the Locustidee. Kansas Univ. Sci. Bull. vol. i. pp. 185-231, tt. 7-10. 1905. The Chromosome Complex of Orthopteran Spermatocytes. Biol. Bull. Woods Holl, vol. ix. pp. 304-340. 1908. Kytology and Taxonomy. Kansas Univ. Sci. Bull. vol. iv. pp- 199-215, 253-262. Mrex, Cuaries Francis ULLATHORNE. 1911. The Spermatogenesis of Stenohothrus viredulus. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxxii. pp. 1-22, tt. 1-3. 1912. A Metrical Analysis of Chromosome Complexes, showing Corre- lation of Evolutionary Development and Chromatin Thread- width throughout the Animal Kingdom. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. ser. B, vol. 203, 1912, pp. 1-74, tt. 1-5. Sinety, R. DE. 1901. Recherches sur la Biologie et Anatomie des Phasmes. La Cellule, xix. pp. 116-278, tt. 1-9. Morphological. Botivar, IGNacio. 1897. Catdlogo sindéptico de los Ortdpteros de la Fauna Ibérica. Ann. Sci. Nat. Porto, iv. pp. 105-135, 203-232 ; v. pp. 1-48. Burr, Maco. 1897. British Orthoptera. Published by the Economic and Educational Museum, Huddersfield. Kirspy, WILLIAM FoRSELL. 1910. A Synonymic Catalogue of Orthoptera. Vol. iii. part I. (Locus- tidee vel Acridiidee). Published by the British Museum. LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY,. VOL. XXXII. Li RULES FOR BORROWING BOOKS FROM THE LIBRARY. 1. No more than Six volumes shall be lent to one person at the same time without the special leave of the Council or one of the Secretaries. 2. All books shall be returned before the expiration of Six weeks from the time of their being taken out, but if not required by any other Fellow, they may, on application, be kept for a further period of Six weeks. 3. All books lent shall be regularly entered by the Librarian in a book appropriated for that purpose. 4. No work forming part of Linneus’s own Library shall be lent cut of the Library under any circumstances. Norn.— Certain other works are included in this prohibition, such as costly illustrated works, and volumes belonging to sets which coulé not be replaced «if lost. A GENERAL INDEX to the first twenty Volumes of the Journal (Zoology) may be had on application, either in cloth or in sheets for binding. Price to Fellows, 15s.; to the Public, 20s. A CATALOGUE of the LIBRARY may be had on application. Price to Fellows, 5s.; to the Public, 10s. NOTICE. THE attention of the Fellows, and of Librarians of other Societies is requested to the fact that TWO volumes of the Journal (Zoology) have been in course of simultaneous issue, as follows :— Vou. 31. Nos. 203-208. Nos. 209 and 210 of this volume are reserved for reports on collections from the Sudanese Red Sea. Vou. 82. Nos. 211, 212, and 213, the present number. Authors are entitled to 50 copies of their communications gratuitously, and may obtain another 50 by payment, as shown on the printed slip which accompanies the proof. If more than 100 copies are wanted, application must be made to the Council. Abstracts of the proceedings at each General Meeting and Agenda for the next, are supplied to all Fellows. B. DAYDON JACKSON, General Secretary. DEcEMBER 17. Price 4s. THE JOURNAL OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY. Vou. XXXIT. ZOOLOGY.. No. 214. CONTENTS. Page I. Freshwater Rhizopoda and Heliozoa from the States of New York, New Jersey, and Georgia, U.S.A.; with Supplemental Note on Seychelles Species. By G. H. Wattss, F.LS. (Plate 12) ....5 121 LONDON: SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE, PICCADILLY, W., AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., AND WILLIAMS AND NORGATE. OL. Gyasonian Instigy G JAN 131918 ¥ LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. too LIST OF THE OFFICERS AND COUNCIL. —-Blected 24th May, 1912. PRESIDENT. Prof. E. B. Poulton, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S. VICE-PRESIDENTS. Prof. J. Stanley Gardiner, M.A., F.R.S. Miss E. R. Saunders. ~ Horace W. Monckton, F.G.S. Dr. D. H. Scott, F.R.S. TREASURER. Horace W. Monckton, F.G.S. SECRETARIES. Dr. Otto Stapf, F.R.S. | Prof. G. C. Bourne, F.R.S. GENERAL SECRETARY. Dr. B. Daydon Jackson. COUNCIL. : Tempest Anderson, D.Se. | Horace W. Monckton, F.G.S8, Prof. G. C. Bourne, F.R.S. Prof. F. W. Oliver, F.R.S. Prof. Arthur Dendy, D.Sc., F.8.8. Prof. E. B. Poulton, F.R.S. Prof. J. Stanley Gardiner, M.A.. F.R.S. Dr. W. G. Ridewood. Prof. Percy Groom, D.Sc. Henry N. Ridley, F.R.S. Henry Groves, Esq. Miss E. R. Saunders. Prof. W. A. Herdman, F.R.S. Dr. Dukinfield H. Scott, F.R.S. Arthur W. Hill, M.A. Dr. Otto Stapf, F.R.S. Dr. B. Daydon Jackson. Miss Ethel N. Thomas, B.Sc. Prot. F. Keeble, Sc.D. Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S. LIBRARIAN. | CLERK. A. W. Kappel. S. Savage. LIBRARY COMMITTEE. The Officers ex officio, with the following in addition :— J. Britten, Esq. Hugh Scott, M.A. Prof. P. Groom, D.Se. Miss A. L, Smith. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S. Miss E. N. Thomas. Henry N. Ridley, F.R.S, Dr, A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S. R. W. H., Row, B.Sc. SOMATIC CHARACTERS AND CHROMATIN ROD-LENGTHS. 119 BIBLIOGRAPHY. Cytological. Davis, HERBERT SPENCER. | 1908. Spermatogenesis in Acrididee and Locustide. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, vol. hii. pp. 57-158, tt. 1-9. GERARD, Pou. 1909. Spermatogenése chez Stenobothrus biguttulus. Arch. de Biol. vol. xxiv. pp. 543-625, tt. 19-21. McCuune, C. HE. 1900. The Spermatocyte Divisions of the Acridide. Kansas Univ. Sci. Quart. vol. ix. pp. 73-101, tt. 15-17. 1902. The Spermatocyte Divisions of the Locustidee. Kansas Univ. Sci. Bull. vol. i. pp. 185-231, tt. 7-10. 1905. The Chromosome Complex of Orthopteran Spermatocytes. Biol Bull. Woods Holl, vol. ix. pp. 804-340. 1908. Cytology and Taxonomy. Kansas Univ. Sci. Bull. vol. iv. [as LOS =z Ik, Mrex, CHARLES FRaNcISs ULLATHORNE. 1911. The Spermatogenesis of Stenobothrus viridulus. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxxu. pp. 1-22, tt. 1-3. 1912. A Meirical Analysis of Chromosome Complexes, showing Corre- lation of Evolutionary Development and Chromatin Thread- width throughout the Animal Kingdom. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. ser. B, vol. 208, 1912, pp. 1-74, tt. 1-5. Sinety, R. DE. 1901. Recherches sur la Biologie et Anatomie des Phasmes. la Cellule, xix. pp. 116-278, tt. 1-5. Morphological. Boutvar, Iew~acro. 1897. Catalogo sindptico de los Ortopteros de la Fauna Iberica. Ann. Sci. Nat. Porto, iv. pp. 105-135, 203-232 ; vy. pp. 1-48. Burr, MAucoim. 1897. British Orthoptera. Published by the Economie and Educational Museum, Huddersfield. Kirsy, WILLIAM FoRSELL. 1910. A Synonymic Catalogue of Orthoptera. Vol. ili. part IT. (Locus- tidze vel Acridiidee). Published by the British Museum. LINN. JOURN.—-ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXXUe 11 ey * | Ne cys Aba teas. ewer ‘a oo ane hit, y a? ag a re ae MR. G. H. WAILES ON FRESHWATER RHIZOPODA. YI Freshwater Rhizopoda and Heliozoa from the States of New York, New Jersey, and Georgia, U.S.A.; with Supplemental Note on Seychelles Species. By G. H. Warnes, F.L.S. (PLATE 12.) [Read 18th April, 1912.] Tau Freshwater Rhizopoda of the States of New York and New Jersey have received little attention since the publication of Leidy’s work in 1879, and I am not aware of any records from the State of Georgia. Since 1879 the number of described species of Rhizopoda has been more than doubled, and an investigation at the present time of the localities in which Leidy worked cannot fail to give fruitful results. The records here given were obtained from gatherings made in the autumn of 1911 from the following localities :— (1) Georgia —Augusta, gathering of water-plants collected by D. K. Dalgish, Sept. 30th. (2) New Jersey.—Lakehurst, gatherings from dry and submerged sphag- num and from the Lake, Sept. 18th ; also dried sphagnum purchased from New York florists, exact locality unknown. (3) New York District.—Mainland. Split Rock Lake, N.J., Sept. 9th ; Boonton, N.J., Canal and River, Sept. 9th; Van Cortlandt and Bronx Parks, N. York City, Sept. and Oct. | (4) New York State-——Long Island, gathering from Good Ground per R. Wendell Squires, Dec. 5th. Gathering made by myself, Dec. 16th to 19th, at Good Ground from Penney’s Pond, Trout Pond, Old House Pond, and a small pond at the head of Smith’s Creek *. * Penney’s Pond is about 3 miles N. of Good Ground; Trout Pond is about 5 miles N.W. of Good Ground on the Riverhead Road; Old House Pond is about 2 miles W. of Penney’s Pond. A\l these ponds are about one-eighth of a mile in diameter. iLike 22 MR. G. H. WAILES ON FRESHWATER RHIZOPODA Of Rhizopoda 161 species and varieties are recorded from the above localities, including five new species and ten new varieties ; about forty are, I believe, now for the first time recorded from the United States. Four species of Heliozoa are also recorded. In addition Nebela tropica, sp. nov., from Borneo, and Huglypha cristata var. acicularis, var. noy., from the British Isles, are also described, as they illustrate the affinities of some United States species. The general results regarding distribution may be briefly summed up : the Rhizopod fauna was rich both in number of species and individuals, the majority of the species (say 80 per cent.) were similar to those found in Hurope ; the remainder consisted of: (1) species not uncommon in North America but more or less rare in Europe; (2) species or varieties which, so far as we know at present, are peculiar to America ; (3) species in which considerable “ local”’ variation or peculiarities occurred. Some species of Rhizopoda may be peculiar to Europe, or common there and rare in America, but sufficient American data are lacking to enable any definite pronouncement to be made on this subject. Slides containing specimens of the new species and varieties described in this paper have been given to the New York Museum of Natural History, where they are available for inspection. The dimensions given (w=*001 mm.) are of the specimens from the ahove- named localities, except in the tabulated list of the genus Luglypha. I have to thank Dr. E. Penard for his assistance and for his kindness in sending me mounted specimens from portions of some of the gatherings which were sent to him. FROM NEW YORK, NEW JERSEY, AND GEORGIA. Clas SARCODINA., Sub-Class RHIZOPODA. Order AMCH BINA. Family Loposa. ANTINOD| OR, UNOTC CT OMIAP ¢ocoacconbocesonascoadouneacad is euttula, Li BR no nce Sod oNION dO aOO paeoo 5, Ihbaner, Duy. Saher cutieereateate crate fate ly conse eect pean F proteus (Pallas), TEU Yee oA ce Nee, REDE Be WON RSELIALAS SE Cron aa hist, ct rare rr ee Sige hk pe) NRRGOE SOROS. os Shon mareovodosedacecdecas vespertilio, Pen. ...... FaBeRO aac ION SAEs ich Dactylosphaerium EKO GUN, JIC Sonadnoconacseaven Order CONCHULINA. Family ARCELLIDA. Pr celll ay Ane WhosH es CEL ymecnscas Ky ele ee a ee I WACOM ALIA, (GCC no sc sister clue anh na sna nies (anne eae Mee catlocreal: Levis x... 4 yoy sealed Maleenn aiee fe dentata, Hhrenb..... EP reeonser olan cua tea a ee nN pea Pee eIScOldes, Hiren. yan satt mae oor eee ene ae a hemautspliasrice, Hence eae eee ee etree ne MMP TUL TA Ta CLAY. os. tka tons arte nee men cee a atcue GT DOWV DORA, ERE CL. 5) nection vee Ae etl een aU > ay ee CHD, 5 an Mate Wet erie re tan nea Me is Pe Py COMMONS, (CMO. an oncvcoacvgoodon: : HP, PANO NOSE (UAA)5 VCE nococsccneseoe Pseudochlamys patella, Wey. Ce IUGR. coodngrtorasnce (OloranGie, leanne, GAGE Bde Soocasdsasoosnns ale aa Ne nage: JSHUDUR MME ONC ah inainlen ail oo ola dace Po Wee Ac unko's ou Centropyxis aculeata (Hhrenb.), Stein.................. | i Pe var. eee D HOS se a eri ee a , ecornis (Hhrenb.), Leidy ...... a ay Oi HMO, COM soteevoccon neous Iban, Js ow oan ac6 ela Musee ead ee Plagiopyxis callida, Pent) Van cscs a eeve near aa nen ne | Family DirFiuerna. Driilnene, OMNIA TEN, JHA oo onc oo Do Cuno eb oRe abe af a a OCR WUE, JHA onc coccnsouvne9c0 6 . Channels IGS, soopsebsovvosoaddesobeeede i eget tse OCLC AR bi ictean eat, Cae pio Sika eater “2 NOUR NMEMMND IA cooaodnnccoasdvcneanaene - Hs var. elegans (Pen,), Cash ........ * 96 ONES, (VHLD), (CHG ce boo so dhe 3 | | Augusta, Georgia. OK 0 ON OSG | w | New Jersey. | 0 oS os 6 os XOX OK OK OK OK MK RR KS KA OK XK 2% OK o XXX XK: ~ 5 ee | 2 Ae | 4 ES | 2 Oo Z, S 3 4 x ae x x x x x nit >< x x x xX oe x x ae x x x x is x x ae x x x x x x x x ae ae x x x x ae x x x< x x x x ee x x >< x Bs x x ° 124 MR. G. H. WAILES ON FRESHWATER RHIZOPODA a Pea | o a a Ss & a7 Ss es | iS pes ee Yi een ae =) ® o e) < A | = 1 2 3 4 Family DirFLuGina (cont.). | | Difflugia bacillifera, Pen. ....... PE Re oh Sok a.o re Xx ae oF brevicolla, OGShY forsee Case OE ET ys Xx oe Xx ‘e constmictay CE/merbs), iC C1s wan ctan seer Fae x Xx x os Corona nViallichy, coe se cece eet eae Fi sre ate x x ns clopulus’(GH#27:e703), PEL Opianninn <> ene eter eee x Xx x x - SPAMOD EM: ek Rerae cate on ee ee | ae Xx x 5 Lseidyitspynov.” vos kt seas o weet aoe orient Xx Se: ae A Nici NEHGS ICAU S a Goan oe obo oaseoode soe a x geen Stent eee x x es | x ON OEE HURT OM een GEe COs 5 CoS cl acre Gah on Xx x x r + OAT AC OLNUGH PCL tena etnias : x ate cee OTe LACUSUTIS |(e2:) yi C HS Te yan ee erererts ae Xx x x rs 9% CUP OOS EAC, 2 ao oa woken cadeece Xx vor venusta (CPen:); (Casi raiieetnn en BA Xx oe 66 3 oviformis, COST: gene ite dio ts or Oe oe "ox i Xx x Penardi, Hopk. SEG ern aT react ry doy ciehas ec os Xx a o. pristis, Ben. dae Ua che) ty errr x a Xx Xx es JOLEUSS 8/2127 aa ater a ren Vests rR) Oct craicrc as ote x x vs 55 TU PESCENS:, LEN, d had s&s RAS Sol ee ie x ate x 59 tuberculata (Wallich), Archer .....:......0::. x . x x . - OCP SMINOL, (PEN esas |e eee x Xx x », unceolata, \COmels,5 jeeac ne ae eer ee .: x Cueurbitella mespilitonmis, Pe. 4.2. s.eaeneeene nen x - Pontigulasia compressa (Carter), Cash ..........23:..+-- x x a WelSU (Ceca) SUSChOvia ta Arey a re hoa as + x Lesquereusia modesta, Rhumbl. ......................| x x x x spiralis, Butschle 02> 3 Sake sae oa ee x x ar Xx Phryg vanella emisp hernia, weer. sane sea eee x x x 5 Nudulis heR: place havin cee eee x Xx Trigonopyxis arcula ‘(Leidu), Pen., vide Difflugia arcula + Cryjproduttievalcompressa, e270" ee ae eee ees 5 Chora censisyai) ails iene een Be Xx . OVAL OMMTS, 707) saa fe ce eee ee ee Xx 5 Xx Family NEBELINA. Elyalospiveniage ep ans wie Giese eee eee Pots x . x i Paulo sendy): .v.cose teres a sercrcs eee ae ee x ae x i. Stibilava. “Cash 2) creche. acc ok oe eae x De Nebela americana, ce CHa be eer ENR oak eS SE a a ~< x = s [Pe HEA NE VEE, MOG hao ogasdodoca0 bes x . ansata, ee, BU Va OU CAR ORAM S'S /o% Sorat x + i. barbata, USNC () ernie See POO a Mn SE 8 ak he Xx Xx fae mcatunethan (Anchen) sal seldey enact 07 ee ee < x Woe PRC AUG CIDA eLICTCY nA hake Reet winx sly. ie oe oe D0 x » collaris (Bhrenb. N Lier dy css, tod ly ea ee x x x . Cai WOOL, JOB) eae apoedas seen od aac i Xx ay GRU, GD WOVS onl agodeecoseons Joss eco” +. x - 3. edentistomiase Pennie. ate. RONG. /2 2) 0540s ae aie emi ieee x x x FROM NEW YORK, NEW JERSEY, AND GEORGIA. 12 Nebela dentistoma, va7. lacustris, var. nov ) Quadrula symmetrica (Wallich), F. E. Schulze Family NeBELINA (cont.). ee et te ew ee te wees Equicalceuss Mecdymanrin. eater eter nee dase lila era yar oy ear t) wR ane ne ealeata, Pen. CHGS, JA, | Hes os seagensooceoso goon ooo USN H OG GMISCOlAMEE Cis ve cbs cast: oc riche alae emeuel vesenasiar ea tenet omyanGOlbG, JAF, UsndodecopoobucasooouRop Sones MERON, IRAs Bolo de encosapspastoauclnood0GU oS Traub eA epak Nay nsuceeceer sts sacred sonclae saneoicuel siete ieteecae « THE OW RCI. ah hier ac Sh aecleye casey ngsyteiee eee NeoreR eee (ATUL, (COMO 6 bode sae oel obooo ag badch boo ootoue OWA BOs WOW oo ccnodnoccg bccn esnovnco‘es tieniellas denne Purnia oe sen. cele eye au aye cin Shere ee OND, (ILA), AlOREP. oc ce pcaooacneboonncecaooes ‘Hill oWal hts JEPROUILO y de erokas aero win owl. ao coo eonc ea {UL ONO 8 Perea a eae eho R OLS nen: Chew Nisials c VUTEC awn CTOs pun rad telavelecast ceieks op rss stor kets eae var. sphagni (v. note) poO0R0 20500 ms z, GOP, meecnullewals, JAag be clo co oc ood $ 9 var. cur vata, Wéllts WOWo oocos9000000 Heleopera nodosa, sp. NOV...... Oy CE ee aici ee 9 petricola, UBOY soos cceolenesevens 0b 60 e808 a . CUPS MEW OR, CHO Soceocgcootsces cen 3 3 BUR RMOCIIVIER, IHE0s 6 ag coco hoo850e nN HOSE), JACLON ab cicd.oo Con acamea cmobuE ooo oD ¢ As SOLRGMUCl ai ACOH nice Gos mire eae erin of aU Bim Fade. * sphagni (Leidy), Hopk.............++00..0 0. a a=. Hip TEENS) NEI MONE) Ipeeibcaoooon toads 6 RSyINNIC IA, coca Coot cep oe boob oD UDC O OOD Awerinzewia cyclostoma (Pen.), Schouteden Cochliopodium bilimbosum (Greeff), Calkins Dodoo GDoD000 Family HuGLYPHINA. Euglypha alveolata, Dj. ........- 2s sees eee see es 5 “ Ors CAMA), VOR WOW, oc oaccccocce Ke 3 RMN, MMOS Soobbe oodoop bub o0oo ooo ROOOS - OUI. |ROVAS ONE, JAG, 26 nn00d 00880000 ie % RUPy WOO, IAs coaacoonuecopadens i lpm, JOM, accobooovcncococupoca0dK|. PS 55 (ee, WENA, VEY WOs Goss bp cocc oo Boe i Ciliates ERO eae ie et Ee Glencoe Se iis tc . Fie tly lel Dee Gartiols dame mb wm Ob bi: ede O10 i NT AC INGOT, scogcdnosdonagosoup yan - COMME UME «ccc vo sbeneunoucvonevcos’ es i IID, Soocoaseoopocsmonbods ode Bs Guin JHA Sesoasbecagwesooonognoe oan e i a OCA TAO, VGH sbo0c00d00000000 a erenulata, sp. NOV. .......--.+--.+++s2+seeeee _ Oltirs WINAOIW, VR, WOW oovboobocodoce ‘ filifera, JaZy pee ec eoeooaCCoNGGee doce tobt “ 5 CHU BNWT, WAI WONos oo pou oon odecce - IBIS, UEC, Bao oceosooudcsacboaboocopenoad FP mucronata, IULED) p06 $0060.90 00 Bidinrer sects ales m strigosa (Hhrend), Lewd Do 60g hao: FORO ORIN x RE EEN EE e ane 5 oo aor colo) Boca eee ‘< she db WEGETOS PINAR se) uate menees eri a bs MOF, WHOSCOMUTN, TVG oo o0cnsccecan. * ROMA, VCE. ep cokebodoocoates yep cianaars XK Ko eX SENSE OK SEK RG RK Ka KK Ke KS RS SZ 2 SRSR 5K SK SRK KKK KKM KKK KKK KKK KKXKXK X KX 6s OMG Ne ean OK ON KS KKK Ks KK KK So No xx xXXXKXX: Bee eI ae 5 126 MR. G. H. WAILES ON FRESHWATER RHIZOPODA | Family HuGLYPHINA (eont.), IRIACOCV Stars PIN OSA) WCCO. ML cirnr leila ieee eee eae 79 CUPASeuImera, Vale RO Ve ae eee Assulina THUSCORUMANGT:2aHy | estar hake ete ane | ‘5 Gelatin META na woud ae aso esd babs doh a | | Cyphoderia ampulla '(Ehvenb.), TCU neahs a ceten Oe ee ee | in trochus, var. amphoralis, Wazles ............ | Trinema complanatum, TROT enced hen, Re | at netichicliy sl (CHa) erb:) erga) kgs) meee) ene ty Me ALI OARGs PON ae dese. csi cythen leds ccoteean seat: bey yO | Conycbvonvedloium peace onary casos eee eee | ‘3 pullelelilinn 2070: ec ynueys sevens rede Spienodeniandemitatayel ers pyacices sate iclelseksieee aeee een Lente Sch lmb i. .) Sennd te aeeele eee ee a HMONG) NE IGAAO 7 Coe came od Us qdcasodanca. | | Quin seria eabianicn Te 58 Weeiea ooh ho Sond os eon cole. Family Gromina. | Lekmany yl neverniss laevis POOKIE OR Sonn goon uanaonau us. | Pseudodifiiueia Amcheri, Pen. sp. ©%..-)..0++h sees tne rf fulva, Anchor. |.) 0 te i oracilis, SCHRUIID Ss 0) Koss, «i: a ee ee Family AMPHISTOMINA. Amphitvematavunn (Archer), Pens. 2. we sera ee ee - SUS os OVaTR | NOES Bane oot oc dus ac eb aoeas i Wie hiinanum, -7ch ero yee eee Sub-Class HELIOZOA. Order APHROTHORACA. Family AcTINOPHRYID®. Actinophrys sol, Ehrenb. ...... is:hph aeons, 6 cree Reale eae Order CHALAROTHORACA, Family ACANTHOCYSTID. CO Car ORCC CECE ECR M OC OIG Cit traGihe c: 4s Acanthocystis turfacea, Carter Order DESMOTHORAGA, Family CLATHRULINIDS. Clathrulina Cienkowskii (Meresch.), Pen. RS elegans, Cienk MD ORSON CS Cus ORONO CU a ets Cat) On DO! ich Ch Ceti e \ a Se | e | Augusta, Georgia. x XK KX bo | New Jersey. x XK XK X xX KKKK KKK: x xX X x X New York District Ri RK OK Ki OES OS (mainland), Be OT oN FROM NEW YORK, NEW JERSEY, AND GEORGIA. List of Rhizopoda’ of which illustrations are given by Leidy (30) which have since received specific names. ANSWAYSS| OFS EMO EI, 2 A ie Re Ee on Arcella hemispheerica, Perty ......... RES. 0-6 » 5, polypora, Pen. . vulgaris var. compressa (Cash) Assulina muscorum, G'reeff’ Centropyxis leevig oata, Pen. Corythion dubium, TOREGS Selena aap colts bs ic Cyphoderia ampulla var. papillata, Wazles Difflugia acuminata var. inflata, Pen. |) SIND NOI, JOC) 4s entlos Obie een ce oo 0 op | NO AG ANNE, ISIGWe. soo nS sae oaee ee odo < » bacillariarum var. elegans (Pen.), Cash. Pelee SCLC TELL C 70mm ep oE Me tate ey see) a4, coieh Seno vest » hydrostatica, Zach. ? » lanceolata, Pen. 93 Leidyi, RJD WOWo sone cgedceoodasc0no: 5 oblonga var. atricolor, Pen. eC te TT TT eee ee eee feimaialtelie ites!) "oii s) folie oll =liefialalte CC ee coodgdonpoO gon Ce eo eee totes var. Claviformis, Pen. 3 7 _. Oli ClarrintorTwS, (280, sococnas 5 Renard peo par yien f sel ekdelis nie 3 TUDESCEMSH ELC ree pe Mn wn ceiarti.to!s ceabsaiencas » tuberculata ( Wallich), Archer vesenduley, Beis M trate stile berg MATER Euglypha alveolata var. cirrata, var. Nov. a RE, UGE pobcokbedoodooddnsc00 - brachiata var. librata, var. NOY. ...... 5 COMNOET, COMP ooasgossdacectoves a % ieee bone ehar aeveheas cases 5 GIMME, S\oo WONos aoocaasegoadasosc i flere Ciel via ak ace 5 els slicer eomiees . « 5 Ollrs HOMO, FRR, WO ooo po strigosa var. muscorum, Wailes ...... » lslelsoyents, MOCO, So WOW anoscaqedoucoosvcas Lesquereusia modesta, Rhumdl. Nebela americana, Tardnek » dentistoma, Pen. Be P var. lacustris, var. nov. .... . galeata, Onis vecnste hia S pitas Ay aa oie A CTACIUS EReNULe nn A ear Aap eae i"; marginata, WRC AN lis eh ARUN aan fees » -militaris, Pen Pee yeMUAON) Ci ty sie cl maa ey Rena 20 a ag » scutellata, sp. nov tubulata, Br GUT OE ee A Ra LU ee er] Phr yeanella hemispherica, Pen Ca ee BS nidulus, Pen. Pontigulasia vas (Leidy), SCHOUE a arcs aren nan Trimnenna, Counolewnei L705 so506ox0000es0000 mA LINC ATA, Pers ek apn een ee wee tee! 2 Plate. Figures. 3. 37. 27. 4, 15. 28. 22. 28. 4-7. 37. 15-17, 26 18. 3744 39, as 34, 5-8. 12 US, || Be Be@srteh NO IZ NG. || Bh Se ae 16. 33. 13, 23-26 15. 15. 15. 27, 28. 10. We 16. 36. 10. 27. 10, 18 16; 3, 4 15. 25, 26. 10. 24, 25. 15. 16-19, 21, 22. 16. 37, 30. 5), 9), 35. > Sy UO 37 Indes 36, 37 1-6; 29. 36. 23. 30. 2, 3, 4, 6, 15-18. Ba, B7. | % Wilakie oe. 35. 19? 36. 18. 26. 12, 15, 20 19, 25, 23. Os 24, 12. 24. il. 23. 2,9. 23. 4-6, 24. 6, 8 20. 18. 22. IL, Wy, NG, 24, QB. 24. 18. 16. 23, 24. 16. 1-4. 12. 2-9. 39. 4], 47, 61-63, 67, 68. 39. 24, 38, 48, 55-59, 65. 28 MR. G. H. WAILES ON FRESHWATER RHIZOPODA List of the species recorded from New Jersey by Leidy (30) which were not found by the writer :— Ameba nobilis, Pen. (Ourameeba). Amphizonella violacea, Greeff. — Biomyxa vagans, Leidy. Cochhopodium vestitum, Archer. Dinamceba mirabilis, Lezdy. Gromia fluviatilis, Duy. Actinospheerium Eichorni, Lhrend. - Elceorhanis cincta, Greeff: Heterophrys myriapoda, Archer. RHIZOPODA. Hyalodiscus rubicundus, Hertw. §- Less. | Pamphagus mutabilis, Bailey. ‘ eranulatus, F. #. Sch. Pellomyxa villosa, Leidy. Vampyrella lateritia (Fres.), Letdy. HELIOZoA. Pompholyxophrys punicea, Archer. Raphidiophrys elegans, Hertw. § Less. | ” viridis, Archer. Synonyms for some of the species described by Leidy (30, 10, 36) :— Ameeba radiosa, Ehrenb. Difflugia compressa, Carter. cornuta, Leidy. elobularis, Leidy. “ globulosa, Leidy. nodosa, Leidy. pyziformis, Perty. spiralis, Ehrend. * vas, Leidy. Hyalosphenia tincta, Leddy. Pamphagus ayidus, Leedy. ~ curvus, Leidy. Acanthocystis chetopora, Letdy now Hyalolampe fenestrata, Greeff. now ” ” 99 Dactylospherium radiosum, Biitschii. Difflugia oblonga var. nodosa, Lezdy. 3 oblonga var. cornuta, Leidy. globulus (Zhrenb.}, Hopk. a do. do. oblonga var. nodosa, Letdy. oblonga, Lhzenb. (10). Lesquereusia spiralis (Lhrenb.), Biitschli. Pontigulasia vas (Letdy), Schout. Nebela tincta (Letdy), Awer. Pamphagus granulatus, #. £. Sch. do. do. HELI0z0a. A. turfacea, Archer. Pompholyxophrys punicea, Archer. (Penard, Les Héliozoaires, 1904.) According to Penard Diplophrys Archeri, pl. 45. figs. 7, 8, should be iden- tified as Elworhanis cincta, Greeft. Also Ourameba butulicauda and O. vorax are no dombt Ameba nobilis, Penard (36. Les Héliozoaires, 1904). List of Rhizopoda and Heliozoa found in New York City drinking-water, supplied from the Croton Reservoir during the autumn of 1911 :— Rurzopopa. Arcella discoides. + vulgaris. » vulgaris var. gibbosa. Assulina seminulum. Centropyxis aculeata. aculeata var. discoides. Campascus minutus. Corythion pulchellum. Cyphoderia ampulla. ” Difflugia acuminata. 7 constricta, trochus var. amphoralis. Difflugia elegans. 55 oramen. Euglypha alveolata. 9 ciliata. Nebela collaris. Plagiopyxis callida. Phryganella hemispherica. Trinema lineare. HELIOZzOA. Acanthocystis turfacea. Actinophrys sol, FROM NEW YORK, NEW JERSEY, AND GEORGIA. 129 Order AMCIBINA. The species recorded belonging to this Order consist almost entirely of the genus Amaba: they are local in their occurrence, in some places plentiful, in others scarce, but this may be in part due to the method of collection, which was not directed particularly to insure their capture ; no very large individuals were seen, and many of the small ones had the appearance of being immature and their identity was doubtful. [ Cockerell (12, 1911) records this genus as Amiba-(vide Stiles & Hassall, Bureau of Animal Industr., U.S. Dept. Agric., Bull. 79, 1905, p. 38).] Order CONCHULINA. Genus ARCELLA, Hhrenberg. Nine species and two varieties are recorded in this genus ; the limits of some of the species are somewhat vague and may include forms which are entitled to specific or varietal names. The life-histories of some of the forms are required to clear up doubtful points. A general tendency for the apertures to become crenulate was observed. ARCELLA ANGULOSA, Perty. A, vulgaris var. angulosa, Leidy, pl. 28. figs. 8-18 (30). A. costata (Khrenb.), Penard (36). Not common, and sometimes closely approaching forms of A. mitrata. Diameter 81-100 w ; aperture about + diameter. A. ARENARIA, (rreeff. A. microstoma, Pen. A, aureola, Magei. Recorded from Good Ground only: diameter about 80; aperture } diameter. Distribution. Long Island, N.Y.; Canada (39); Colorado (35). A. ARTOCREA, Leidy. (30) pl. 30. figs. 1-9. Often numerous: in one individual the pores around the aperture were occupied by nodules or buttons 2°5 w in diameter and projecting internally eg ju ele He. es IU). Diameter 120-230 w; aperture 23-47 w ; height 50-63 vp. Two individuals from Augusta, Ga., had apertures 65 w diameter. A. DENTATA, Ehrenberg. A, stellaris, Perty. Leidy, pl. 30. figs. 10-19 (30). This is a scarce species and is recorded only from Good Ground, where it occurs in a small pond at the head of Smith’s Creek, 130 MR. G. H. WAILES ON FRESHWATER RHIZOPODA The processes are usually nine in number, occasionally twelve ; the various forms depicted by Leidy were found, except those with a flattened crown. Diameter 120-135 pw ; aperture 35-40 pu. Distribution. Long Island, N.Y.; New Jersey (30); Pennsylvania (30); Michigan (41) ; Ohio (28). ARCELLA DISCOIDES, Hhrenberg. Leidy, pl. 28. figs. 14-21, 23-29 (30). Generally distributed but not very numerous. Size variable, but usually 130-160 w in diameter; aperture 60-80 p ; height about one-third of the diameter. An individual from Lakehurst was similar to Leidy’s fig. 21: diameter 52 w; height 17 pw. A. HEMISPHHRICA, Perty (36). A, vulgaris, Ehrenhb. pars, Cash (10). Not common ; diameter 42-50 p. A. mitrata, Leidy. Leidy, pl. 29. figs. 1-24 (30). Abundant in sphagnum, especially at Lakehurst. The structure of the test is similar to that of A. vulgaris, but the alveoli (0°8 w diam.) are surrounded by six small pores (?) making a pattern similar to that on one form of Cypho- deria (vide 45. pl. ii. fig. 10) ; Cushman & Henderson (18) give micro- photographs of it. Diameter 70-176 pw ; aperture 22-50 uw; base 50-120 w; height 55-150 yp. The test may be circular or polygonal; the aperture may be with or without a secondary invagination and it may be circular or crenulate ; there_ appears to be no interdependence among these variations. A. potypora, Penard (36). Leidy, pl. 28. fig. 22 (30). Not uncommon in Split Rock Lake and Van Cortlandt Park ; the largest individuals probably belong to a distinct species. Diameter 230-340 pu ; aperture 126-190 p. A. vuLGARIs, Hhrenberg. Leidy, pl. 27. figs. 1-3, 5-14, 17, 20-22 (30). This species is not very plentiful ; the test consists of a chitinous envelope stiffened externally by bars 0:8 w apart, disposed in three parallel rows inclined at 60° from each other. This structure is described by Penard (36) ; Cushman & Henderson (18) give microphotographs of it. As in the case of FROM NEW YORK, NEW JERSEY, AND GEORGIA. TS A. mitrata, there is a superficial resemblance to the pattern on the tests of some forms of Cyphoderia ampulla (vide 45. pl. ii. fig. 10 d). Diameter 80-157 wv ; aperture 18-35 p. Var. GIBBOSA (Pen.), West. A. vulgaris pars, Leidy, pl. 27. figs. 16, 23-35 (30). Generally distributed but never numerous. Diameter 50-82 p. Var. COMPRESSA, Cash (10). A. artocrea, Penard (36). A, vulgaris pars, Leidy, pl. 28. figs. 4-7 (30). Not common, but of normal size ; about 120 uw in diameter. Genus PseupocuLAmys, Clap. § Lachm. Cockerell (12, 1911) names this genus Mterochlamys, the name Pseudo- chlamys having been previously used for a beetle (Zool. Anzeiger, xxxviii. Nira9/65) los 8. LOL): Genus Corycia, Dujardin. CoRYCIA FLAVA, G'ree/f. Not numerous but generally distributed ; usually found in mosses. Diameter 60-80 pu. Instribution. Georgia ; New Jersey; New York; Canada (39). [Cockerell puts forward “Aherocorya” as a name for this genus for reasons stated in Zool. Anzeiger, Bd. xxxvill. Nr. 5/6, 15.8. 1911. ] Genus BuLuinuLa, Penard. BULLINULA INDICA, Pen. (emend.) J. Roy. Micr. Soc. 1907. Found in sphagnum but not common. Diameter usually about 160m; an individual at Lakehurst measured : length 225 w, breadth 190 w, aperture 87 pw. Instribution. New Jersey ; Long Island, N.Y.: Canada (89). Genus PLactopyxis, Penard. PLAGIOPYXIS CALLIDA, Pen. (87, 1910). This species has a world-wide distribution, but is easily overlooked owing to its having the appearance of a spheroidal form of Lrflugia constricta or some other species with a similarly shaped test, but a careful examination of the aperture, which is often difficult to locate, will reveal its identity, Diameter 90-110 wu. Distribution. Switzerland (Penard) ; British Isles (45) ; New Zealand ; Australia ; British Columbia (39) ; Borneo, 132 MR. G. H. WAILES ON FRESHWATER RHIZOPODA Genus Dirriueia, Leclerc. This genus is well represented both in species and numbers of individuals ; one new species, D. Leidyi, is recorded. DIFFLUGIA ARCULA, Leidy. Leidy, pl. 15. figs. 84-87 ; pl. 16. figs. 30, 31 (30). This species, which is in an anomalous position among the Diflugie, has been removed by Penard to the genus Trigonopyais, gen. nov.; in future it should be known as 7. arcula (Leidy), Penard (Rev. Suisse Zool. 1912). It is abundant in sphagnum and damp mosses. Diameter 70-140 p. D. BACILLARIARUM, Perty. Var. ELEGANS (Pen.), Cash (10). D. acuminata pars, Leidy, pl. 15. figs. 23-26 (30). On Pl. 12. figs. 2 & 3 is shown a form which is abundant at Lakehurst. The test is almost entirety composed of diatom frustules; in broad view it is two-horned, in narrow side view it appears normal. Length 110-130 p; breadth 95-105 w ; aperture about 35 p. D. Lurpyi, sp.nov. (PI. 12. figs. 4 & 5.) Leidy, pl. 16. fig. 36 (30). Test of medium size, composed of siliceous particles with an admixture of vegetable materials and sometimes of diatoms, cireular or subcireular in transverse section: the fundus furnished with two (rarely three) horns arranged symmetrically in one plane ; aperture circular, bordered by small siliceous grains. Plasma and pseudopodia normal. Length, not including horns, 100-110 «4; breadth of body 78-80 w ; neck 35-40 w in diameter ; horns 30-40 w in length. Habitat. Submerged sphagnum. Distribution. New Jersey. Leidy (80) illustrates a test of typical form, the only one he observed ; at Lakehurst it is not very rare. D. OBLONGA var. CoRNUTA, Lerdy. Leidy, pl. 12. figs. 17, 18 (30). An individual of this variety found at Lakehurst measured: length (in- cluding horn) 240 w, breadth 120 p, aperture 32 w, with a single horn 504 in length. Leidy’s fig. 18 represents it very accurately, with the exception of the horn, which is smaller than on the Lakehurst specimen. FROM NEW YORK, NEW JERSEY, AND GHORGIA. 133 D. ovirormis, Cash (10). Numerous in Van Cortlandt Park and Long Island, with apertures evenly three- and four-lobed (45). Habitat. Ponds and lakes. Length 70-80 pu. D. cratera, Leidy, represented by empty tests, is plentiful at Lakehurst and in New York City water-supply, but Leidy’s supposition is undoubtedly correct that it is a Cileate allied to the genus Tintinnus, probably Codonella lacustris, Entz. Genus CUuCURBITELLA, Penard (36). CUCURBITELLA MESPILIFORMIS, Penard (36). D. lobostoma pars, Leidy, pl. 15. fig. 7 (30). Occurs in Van Cortlandt Park, but is rare ; this, however, may be due to the method of collecting ; in a pond in Yorkshire it was not seen, although numerous gatherings had been made, until during a drought it was found plentifully in the muddy sediment. Length about 100 w; diameter 80 p. It has been found in the Western States by Edmondson (private letter). Genus CRYPTODIFELUGIA, Penard (36). JRYPTODIFFLUGIA EBORACENSIS, Wales (45). Found only in Penney’s and Trout Ponds, Good Ground, where it is not uncommon in sphagnum. Many were seen in an active state. Colour reddish brown. Length 26-28 w; breadth 14-16 w; thickness 12-14 w ; aperture 5-6 wp. Distribution. Long Island, N.Y.; Alaska ; Great Britain (45). O. compressa, Penard (36). Only two individuals were seen in sphagnum, and they were unusually small. The pseudopodia were not observed. Length 13 w; breadth 9 w; thickness 5 wu. Trout Pond, Good Ground. C. ovirormis, Penard. Not common: some of the tests were noticeably compressed. Length 14-20 w; breadth 10-14 mw; aperture 3-4 w; nucleus 3°5 w in diameter with a central nucleole. Distribution. Lakehurst, N.J.; Good Ground, L.I. Genus NesBeia, Leidy. In the localities visited which were devoid of sphagnum few species or individuals of this genus are to be found, but in the Cedar Swamps of 134 MR. G. H. WAILES ON FRESHWATER RHIZOPODA Lakehurst, N.J., and around the ponds near Good Ground, L.I., the sphag- num is inhabited by many individuals and species ; some species that are unknown or very rare in Europe are there quite numerous or not uncommon. The following may be especially noted :—On Long Island are found NV. caudata and N. equicaleeus, the latter of a special form, also an interesting series of curved varieties of several species. At Lakehurst are found the three species with beaded apertures that form a compact group, viz. LV. tenella, N. griseola, and WV. cratera; also N. ansata ; N. vitrea sp. ver., together with a variety having a test bearing curiously arranged angular plates, and N. scutellata inhabiting a test formed entirely of small quadrangular plates. In both localities are found NV. barbata, N. carinata, N. gracilis, and LV. tubulata. Species which have been recorded from North America that were not observed were LV. ligibbosa, NV. lageniformis, and NV. vas (89). The numerous curved tests which are found at Penney’s Pond, Good Ground, suggest many points of interest, In addition to 1. collaris var. retorta, Leidy, two other species, Nelbela americana and Quadrula symmetrica, are found there presenting the same modification; this variation must be of rare occurrence as Leidy records only a single test of this kind, and I am not aware of any other record: the association of so many in one limited habitat suggests that this form may be induced sporadically by certain local conditions. Light is thrown on the question of the origin of the plates with which the Nebele construct their tests by the occurrence at Good Ground of the tests of V. equicalceus and N. collaris containing, and sometimes largely composed of, the scales of Huglypha denticulata var. minor, including even spines with the basal scales still attached ; at Lakehurst, on the other hand, are found NV. scutellata and forms of iV. vitrwa with tests composed of quadrangular or angular plates which can hardly have had a foreign origin. NEBELA AMERICANA, Zardnek. Sitzber. bohm. Ges. Wiss. 1881; Abh. béhm. Ges. Wiss. xi. (1882), pl. 3. figs. 15, 16. N. collaris pars, Leidy, pl. 23. fig. 7 (30). N. americana, Cash & Hopk., pl. 31. figs. 15-18 (10) ; Penard, p. 363, figs. 4-6 (36). The identification of this species presents certain difficulties. As first described by Tarének it is glabrous, not compressed, and intermediate in outline between iV. barbata, Leidy, pl. 24. figs. 14-17, and figs. 18 & 19 CN. tubulata, Brown). The only Nebela, with which I am acquainted, answering to this description is 1. longicollis, Pen., which is rare. A much more common species having a compressed test, wedge-shaped in broad view, has been generally accepted as the one which Tardének had under observation. ‘To exchange the names now would only cause confusion and FROM NEW YORK, NEW JERSEY, AND GEORGIA. eo) serve no good purpose. I have, therefore, here recorded as NV. americana a species answering to the following description: ‘Test wedge-shaped in broad view, rounded at the apex in narrow view, with a thickness equal to about two-thirds of the breadth and 120-175 w in length,” as illustrated by Cash & Hopkinson, pl. 31 (10). Length 120-168 w; breadth 60-90 w; aperture 20-23 w; thickness 40-50 p. ’ Distribution. Absecom (Leidy) and Lakehurst, N.J.; Good Ground, Long Island. Var. HALCATA, var. nov. Many of the curved tests found in Penney’s Pond, L.I., agree in size and structure with normal individuals of this species found there, but the specific characters are so modified that general characteristics must be relied on for their identification, and it is possible that the largest of these forms may be derived from WV. tubulosa. Length 130-170 p. N. ansata, Leidy. Leidy, pl. 25. figs. 1-8 (30). At Lakehurst not uncommon in submerged sphagnum. Length 217-242 w; breadth, of body 94-110 w, over horns 130-160 p; aperture 40-45 w by 27-31 w; thickness 60-70 p. N. BarBata, Leidy. Leidy, pl. 24. figs. 14-17 (30). This species is distinguished from all other species of Nedela by the fine cilia scattered over the surface of the test; they are of uniform diameter, terminating in truncate ends, 10-18 yw in length, less than 0°5 w in diameter. They are unaffected by cold sulphuric acid and become invisible in oil of cloves and in Canada balsam. Length 112-126 w; breadth 40-50 w; aperture 12-17 pw; thickness 35-40 yp. At Good Ground one individual measured only, length 80 yp, breadth 35 mw, aperture 12 p. Distribution. Lakehurst ; Absecom (Leidy), N.J.; Good Ground, Long Island ; British Isles (8, 10, 45); Sierra Leone (coll. by Major Wailes). N. caupata, Leidy. Leidy, pl. 26. figs. 21-24 (30). Found in sphagnum on the borders of Trout Pond, Good Ground ; it is rare and the proportion of living individuals observed was small ; some have been kept alive in sphagnum during the winter, but up till the time of writing they have refused to become active. LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXXII. 12 136 MR. G. H. WAILES ON FRESHWATER RHIZOPODA Length 80-84 yw; breadth 60-68 mw; aperture 20 w. Spines 4 or 3 in number and 16—20 wu in length. Nucleus about 12 in diameter with a large nucleole. Distribution. Long Island, N.Y.; Absecom, N.J. (Leidy) ; Nantucket Tsl., Mass. (18); Ohio (28); British Columbia (39) ; Scotland (Afwrray) ; Me Macquarie (39) ; New Zealand (39) ; Australia (39) ; Gough Isl. (Penard). N&BELA CARINATA (Archer), Leidy. Leidy, pl. 24. figs. 1-5, 9, 10. Often numerous in submerged sphagnum. Length 200-260 mw; breadth 135-150 mw; aperture 30-40 yw; thickness 63-73 p. N. couuarts (Hhrenb.), Leidy. Leidy, pl. 22. figs. 1-10, 13-15, 17-20 (80). Not abundant ; length 100-130 p. Var. RETORTA, Leidy. (PI. 12. figs. 6 & 7.) Leidy, pp. 151, 289, fig. p. 151 (30). Tests answering to Leidy’s description and drawing are not uncommon in Penney’s Pond, Good Ground, the only locality in which I found them. They are not merely curved tests but are modified to such an extent as to veil the specific characteristics. The curvature takes place in the plane of the greatest width and is generally greater than in Leidy’s drawing (p. 151); in narrow view there is no curvature and the tests are compressed. The aperture, which is not notched, loses its smooth outline and is bordered by circular or oval plates. Accompanying the ebele was a similar form which could without hesitation be referred to Quadrula symmetrica, the typical form of which is numerous there. ‘Two species of Mebela seem to be thus modified, viz. NV. collarts and NV. americana, and the latter in its typical form is much the more numerous. ‘The occurrence together, in fair numbers and in a single limited habitat, of these special forms seems to indicate that local conditions have a controlling influence in their formation and that they are not auto- nomous species but sporadic varieties locally induced. Length 130-170 yw; breadth 52-97 uw ; aperture 26-39 yw. Leidy observed a single individual only, length 144 yp. N. CRATERA, sp. nov. (PI. 12. figs. 8 & 9.) Test of moderate size, not compressed, pyriform, neck small and parallel; aperture bordered by a prominent collar semicircular in section. Plasma and pseudopodia normal. FROM NEW YORK, NEW JERSEY, AND GEORGIA. 137 Length 120-135 w; diameter 74-80 mw; neck about 30 w diameter and 30-35 jw in length. “Aperture 25-35 mw in diameter; collar 30-40 pw in diameter, Habitat. Sabmersed sphagnum. Distribution. New Jersey. This species belongs to the group of which JN, tenella and NV. griseola are the other members, but it exceeds them in size and is of quite distinctive shape. The test is formed of angular plates mixed with a few circular plates and diatoms ; it is of a dark colour, more or less opaque, and is very fragile. It is circular in transverse section. N. pentistoma, Penard. Leidy, pl. 24. fiz. 12 (30). Typical individuals of this species occur only sparingly, and varied in 9 length from 90 pw to 110 pw, with a breadth equal to 3-3 of the length, No circular or NV. flabellulum-shaped tests were observed. Var. LACUSTRIS, var. nov. (PI. 12. fig. 10.) ? NV. collaris pars, Leidy, pl. 24. fig. 11 (30). Test large, pyriform, compressed, formed of angular siliceous plates and grains of various sizes ; with a small neck and aperture broadly oval. Length 120-206 mw; breadth 100-143 mw; aperture 25-45 »; thickness 64-90 pw. Mnstribution. Lakehurst, N.J.; Augusta, Ga. This variety exceeds in size every other of the numerous forms of this species and appears to be a link ath the large NV. vitrea, Pen. sp. ver. ; its size also distinguishes it from N. scotica, Brown (3. 1. 78-82 p). The test illustrated by Leidy, pl. 24. fig. 11, taking as correct the given magnification (x 250), measures 208 w in length and 152 pw in breadth, which nearly agrees with the Lakehurst specimens: the given measurement of another, viz. length 100 w, breadth 68 yw, is very like JN. scotica, Brown, but the thickness given, 20 mw, seems improbable. N. equicaucgus, Leidy (81, 1874). N. hippocrepis, Leidy (30), pl. 24. fig. 15; pl. 25. fies. 9-14. This is a scarce species ; itis found in Penney’s Pond, Good Ground. Leidy illustrates two forms: one (pl. 25. figs. 9-14) provided with a solid carina extending around the fundus, the other (pl. 24. fig. 13) without this carina ; only the latter of these two forms was seen. The development of the internal processes varied somewhat. Dimensions. Length 203-235 pw ; breadth 126-142 w; aperture 38-45 pw; thickness 72-80 w. Length of horns when well developed 35-60 p. 1a 138 MR. G. H. WAILES ON FRESHWATER RHIZOPODA The test is composed of plates of various shapes and sizes ; sometimes they are large, circular and imbricated, or they may be small and separated from each other. Some were found with tests largely composed of the scales of Euglypha crenulata var. minor, which were quite perfect and easily recog- nisable, as they differ slightly in shape from the scales of E. crenulata, a species not recorded from Good Ground (vide Pl. 12. fig. 38). NEBELA GRACILIS, Penard (87, 1910). N. collaris pars, Leidy, pl. 23. figs. 4-6 (30). N. galeata pars, Penard, p. 351, figs. 4, 5 (36). Described only recently by Penard, this species is not uncommon at Lake- hurst and Good Ground. Leidy represents it very faithfully in figs. 4 and 5 (length 110 ~), but in the end view fig. 6 the sides appear to have been crushed. usually they are flattened but not concave. At Lakehurst it is found ina very handsome form up to 130 w in length; at Good Ground it is of normal size, 97-110 p in length. Dimensions. Length 97-130 mw; breadth 42-65 w; aperture 14-23 pw; thickness 25-40 p. Habitat. Submerged sphagnum. Distribution. Absecom (Leidy) and Lakehurst, N.J.; Penney’s Pond, Good Ground, L.I. ; Switzerland (Penard). N. q@riscoua, Penard (39). Clare Island Survey, figs. 25 a-g (45). This species, recently described by Penard from Australia and from Ireland, is found at Lakehurst in association with the two other species of Nebela possessing beaded apertures, JV. tenella, Pen., and .V. eratera, sp. nov.; usually larger than the former, at Lakehurst they are of nearly equal size, but can be distinguished from one another by the greater compression of the test of LV. tenella. Length 80-85 w; breadth 53-60 w; aperture 16-18 w in diameter ; thick- ness 43-50 pw. Distribution. Lakehurst, N.J.; Australia (39) ; Ireland (45). N. LonercoLiis, Penard (84). This species is distinguished from V. americana by the slight compression of the test and the elongated neck. It is much smaller than JV. tubulosa and of slighter proportions. Length 133-140 w; breadth 45-52 w ; aperture 20 w; thickness 40-48 p. Distribution. Colorado (35); New Jersey ; Switzerland (36); Australia, New Zealand (39). At Lakehurst it is rare; it has a resemblance to JV. barbata, Leidy, but is glabrous, more robust, and has a shorter neck. FROM NEW YORK, NEW JERSEY, AND GEORGIA. Log N. marernata, Penard (36). NV. carinata pars, Leidy, pl. 24. figs. 6-8 (30). Not common, only a few individuals being found in sphagnum at Lake- hurst. Length 150 w; breadth 115 w ; aperture 40 p. N. minor, Penard (36). N. collaris pars, Leidy, pl. 22. figs. 11, 12, 16 (30). Found in New Jersey sphagnum. Length 80-90 w. N. mriraris, Penard (34). Hyalosphenia tincta pars, Leidy, pl. 20. tig. 18 (30). Generally distributed but not abundant. Length 65-80 p. N. parvuna, Cash (10). Found in dry sphagnum and moss. Length 74-84 yp. N. TENELLA, Penard, 1893 (86). This species is found in sphagnum and occurred numerously in a sample from New Jersey; the size was above normal and approached that of IV. griseola, a species from which its greater compression serves to distin- euish it. Length 68-84 w ; breadth 45-60 w ; aperture 13-17 yp; thickness 30-39 w; collar 20-28 p in diameter. N. scUTELLATA, sp.nov. (PI. 12. figs. 11 & 12.) Quadrula symmetrica pars, Leidy, pl. 24. fig. 25 (30). Test moderately large, hyaline, pyriform, compressed ; composed of small siliceous, rectangular plates arranged in irregular rows, while smaller rectangular plates may be superimposed at the junctions of the larger plates ; margin of aperture often irregular; plasma and pseudopodia normal ; nucleus small with several nucleoles. Length 120-135 w; breadth 74-90 w; aperture 24-30 w; thickness nearly two-thirds of the breadth. Habitat. Sphagnum and wet mosses. Inistribution. New Jersey ; the Seychelles. The test of this species resembles, in its possession of small superimposed plates, a form of WV. wtrwa which is found at Lakehurst and shown on Pl. 12. figs. 15-17; it also bears a great resemblance in structure to J. tropica, Pl. 12. figs. 13 & 14, 140 MR, G. H. WAILES ON FRESHWATER RHIZOPODA In the Seychelles (fig. 43) it is found without the small covering-plates, but having an admixture, usually 5 to 10 per cent., of circular dises in the composition of the tests. It differs from Quadrula symmetrica both in shape and structure of the test. Leidy’s illustration is of an individual, length 140 pw, breadth 100 uy, aperture 30 pw. NEBELA TINCTA (Leidy), Awer. Hyalosphenia tincta, Leidy. Nebela bursella, Taranek. Nebela bohemica, Taranek. Plentiful in all gatherings of sphagnum, but scarce in mosses. The limits of this species, both as regards size and form, are difficult to define. On the one hand it approaches JV. collaris, and on the other NV. flabellulum. N. tropica, sp. nov. (Pl. 12. figs. 13 & 14.) Test of medium size, hyaline, pyriform, compressed ; composed of rectangular siliceous plates ; aperture dilated in broad view, with a shallow notch in narrow view. Length 74-93 jw; breadth 45-60 w; aperture 20-30 p ; thickness 30-35 p. Habitat. Moss. Distribution. Borneo ; Seychelles (fig. 44). The arrangement of the plates forming the test is generally more regular near the fundus, where they are arranged diagonally, than near the aperture. In the outline of the test there is a close resemblance to WV. militaris, but the structure and general appearance are very similar to those of VY. scutellata, a species to which it is undoubtedly closely allied. For comparison with Quadrula symmetrica, figures of the latter are given on Pl. 12. figs. 18, 19, 45. The moss in which this species was first found was collected at Sarawak, Borneo, by J. Brook. N. TuBuLATA, Brown (8). Leidy, pl. 24. fig. 18 (30). This is not uncommon in sphagnum ; the form with a torulose neck is also frequent (45). Length 56-78 w; breadth 28-48 w; aperture 10-15 » ; length of neck 18-32 p. Leidy’s fig. 18 measures 80 w in length, but fig. 19 of a similar test scales 250 w at the stated magnification of x 100; this is probably a mistake for x 350, at which the test would measure 71 yw in length. FROM NEW YORK, NEW JERSEY, AND GEORGIA. 141 N. rusunosa, Penard. Not abundant; at Good Ground the large proportion of quadrangular plates often present in the tests was a noticeable feature. | Length 174-196 w ; breadth 74-93 w ; aperture 30-35 yp. At Lakehurst an abnormally large individual occurred, length 300 yp, breadth 150, aperture 40, the test principally composed of imbricated discs 6-12 w in diameter ; it may have been a case of plastogomy or double encystment. N. virrma, Penard. (PI. 12. figs. 15-17.) Two individuals of large size similar to those, until now, known only from the deep Swiss Lakes, were found at Lakehurst; length 258 w and 187 p, breadth 135 w and 130 w, apertures 45 w and 40 mw; thev had tests com- posed of square and angular plates, with apertures bordered by 8 or 9 large grains. The form usually found at Lakehurst is smaller, often with a curiously constructed test (figs. 15-17), in which circular plates predominate mixed with some angular or irregularly shaped plates, the interstices between them being re-enforced by small covering-plates somewhat similar to those figured by Penard (86. p. 272, fig. 4), and analogous to the ones found on the test of NV. scutellata. Length 115-155 w ; breadth 70-100 w ; aperture 23-31 p. The small sphagnum-inhabiting variety of normal type and about 100 wu in length, as illustrated by Cash & Hopkinson (10), is not common in the localities under investigation. As has been pointed out by Penard (45. p. 51 note), this form is intermediate in character between NV. vitrwa, sp. ver., and NV. dentistoma, but further investigation and cemparison of specimens from various localities are necessary in order to determine the limits of the various forms ; they can be grouped, however, in a series of types which may be differentiated as V. vitrwa, sp. ver., var. minor and var. sphagni; all of which occur in association at Lakehurst. Genus QuapRuLA, F. EL. Schulze. QUADRULA SYMMETRICA ( Wallich), F. H. Sch. (PI. 12. figs. 18 & 19.) Leidy, pl. 24. figs. 20-24 and p. 144 (30). This species is certainly very distinct from Q. wregularis (vide Penard, 39), and approaches the genus Nebela very closely, a relationship which is accen- tuated by a comparison with such species as JV. tropica and WN. scutellata. Length 68-120 w ; breadth 45-74 5 aperture 20-30 p. 142 MR. G. HU. WAILES ON FRESHWATER RHIZOPODA Distribution. Colorado (35) ; Massachusetts (17); New Hampshire (19) ; New Jersey ! (30); New York! (20); Pennsylvania (80) ; British Columbia (39); Alaska. Var. IRREGULARIS, Penard. (PI. 12. fig. 20.) Less common than type and below the normal size. Length 140 w or under. Var. cuRVATA, var. nov. (PI. 12. fig. 21.) Test as in the type, but curved as in Cyphoderia; aperture polygonal, formed by 6-7 plates. Length 80-100 yp; breadth 35-45 ww; aperture 11-16 yw; thickness 25-28 po. Distribution. Penney’s Pond, Good Ground. Several living, but no active individuals were seen ; the amount of curva- ture of the test is subject to variation. [Cockerell (12, 1911) records this genus as Quadrulella, the name Quadrula being preoccupied in another Philum. ] Genus HELEoPERA, Leidy. HELEOPERA NopoSA, sp. noy. (PI. 12. figs. 22-24.) Heleopera petricola pars, Leidy, pl, 26. figs. 12, 15, 20. Test large, elongate, slighily compressed, the ratio of the transverse axes being about 3:4 ; apex acute, terminated by a nodular mass of large quartz- grains; aperture bordered by slightly recurved lips; plasma and pseudopodia normal. Length 152-213 mw; breadth 80-94 w; thickness 60-75 w; aperture ~ 45-60 p in width. Habitat. Submerged sphagnum. Distribution. Lakehurst, New Jersey. Leidy (fig. 12) illustrates an individual of this species broader in propor- tion to its length than any of those found at Lakehurst. //. nodosa is distinguished from /. petricola by its greater size, its elongate form, the acute apex bearing a nodular mass of sand-grains, and its less compression ; it bears no resemblance to any otler species of Heleopera. At Lakehurst, N.J., it is not uncommon. H. spnaent (Leidy), Hophk. (10). Difflugia (Nebela) sphagni, Leidy (1874) (31). Heleopera picta, Leidy (1879) (30), pl. 26. figs. 1-11, FROM NEW YORK, NEW JERSEY, AND GEORGIA. 143 This species is very numerous in the Lakehurst sphagnum. Dimensions:— Length 116-155 pw; breadth 90-125 w; thickness about half the breadth. Var. L&VIS, var. nov. Dimensions. Length 63-95 w; breadth 46-70 p. Habitat. Submerged sphagnum. Distribution. Lakehurst, N.J. This variety is distinguished from the type only by its small size, from FH. sordida by its smooth test destitute of adherent particles. At Lakehurst it occurs plentifully in company with AH. sphagu. Leidy does not give any illustration of this small variety. H. perricoia, Leidy. Leidy, pl. 26. figs. 13, 14, 16-19 (30). Abundant in sphagnum of a light brown colour; in lakes and ponds frequently colourless. Length 70-114 p. Var. Magor, Cash (10). The larger individuals agree with Cash’s description of this variety. Length 120-135 yp. Var. AMETHYSTHA, Penard. Not common, of normal size and colour. H. rosgEa, Penard. Not frequent except at Good Ground ; the broader test and yellow lips as well as the rose colour differentiate it from the last species. H. sorpipa, Penard (87, 1910). Not uncommon at Lakehurst and of normal size. Length 62-68 pu. Genus AWERINZEWIA, Schouteden. AWERINZEWIA CYCLOSTOMA (Penard), Schout. This species is rare ; in appearance it resembles Heleopera petricola var. amethystea, but it is larger and has opaque white plates or grains incorporated with its violet-coloured test ; the aperture, which is small and oval, is bordered by an internal thickening of the test. Length about 150 pw. Distribution. Switzerland (36) ; Ireland (45) ; Ontario (39) ; Seychelles, 144 “I oe) 10. Ws MR. G. H. WAILES ON FRESHWATER RHIZOPODA Genus Hueiypaa, Dujardin. The study of the American species of this genus has resulted in the addition of one new species and five new varieties, and a revision of the table of species published in the Clare Island Survey (45) is rendered necessary *. Division I. Spines when present always modified scales. (except E. bryophila) and aperture circular. 1d}, Bie, TEAS + Soe ciacodss Scutiform scales ; rough test. EK. crenulata, sp. nov. ......6. Denticulated scutiform scales ; spines. Var. minor, var. nov. Do. do. ; glabrous or spined. 1D, SOUUMAG) JAB. sa cnosdcHe Seutiform scales; glabrous. To, pmmneNa, VIVE? 2065500005 Oval scales; spines around apex. 1B, allweollaim, JON, sec oonoccs Circular or oval scales; glabrous. Var. minor, Turdnek.... Do. do. Var. civrata, var. nov. .. Short spines at apex. E. mucronata, Leidy ........ Single or double spine at apex. 1B, GasiAN, JLAC) soocccocte Spines in tuft at apex. Var. major, Wailes .... Glabrous. Var. acicularis, var. nov. Single or double spine at apex. W. brachiata, Ledy.........-. Lateral spines near aperture. Var. librata, var. nov. .. Oar-shaped arms near middle of test. E. bryophila, Brown ........ Tuft of spines at apex; test slightly com- pressed, Drvisi0n II. Sprnes, when present, always articulated. Section A. Test compressed, aperture circular. Be iilitera, Benard -.2..50-.« Long spines in single or double rows. Var. spinosa, var. nov. .. Spines scattered over test. E. strigosa (Ehrenb.) Leidy, Thickened aperture-scales. Spines. f. glabra & heterospina. Var. muscorum, Wailes Test wider than typ; scales smaller. I. rotunda, Watles.......... Thin aperture-scales ; glabrous. Section B. Test compressed, aperture oval. Ie lleawis, J2HAQ) Soogapescoc ue Undenticulate aperture-scales; glabrous. (May have subcircular section and aperture. ) E. ciliata, Ehrenb. spec., ‘Thin denticulated aperture-scales ; spines. ¥, olabra & heterospina. E. compressa, Carter, Lenticular section ; spines. f, glabra. Transverse section circular Length. | 150-170 pu 115-140 p 80-110 pu 77— 88 p 55-100 p 45-100 30— 45 pw 65- 75 u 108-140 uw 33- 71 p 60— 90 84-— 94 pw 93-128 pu 100-104 35- 92 55- 93 p 60- 90 pu 45-100 50- 80» 22- 52 wu 22- 55 p 40- 90 pw 70-1382 bm * Instances are rare in which the identity of individuals of this genus is doubtful, provided the tests are in good condition and the specific characters can be clearly observed ; tests slightly crushed (accidentally) are to be guarded against. Active individuals are the best for study, but in some species it may be necessary to isolate and treat them with sulphuric acid, first cold and dilute to dissolve the plasma, and then with concentrated acid and boiled to dryness to disintegrate the test into its elements, FROM NEW YORK, NEW JERSEY, AND GEORGIA. 145 HUGLYPHA ALVEOLATA, Duy. Leidy, pl. 35. fig. 14 (30). Under this name Leidy includes a whole group of species, and subsequent American workers have followed his classification and have generally failed to specify which of the various forms illustrated by Leidy they have found. In gatherings from over 40 counties in the British Isles no spined form of FE. alveolata was seen by me, but in the United States a form occurs which is undoubtedly /. alveolata, and is furnished with one or two short scale-spines at or near the apex ; the presence of these scale-spines shows that this species isa member of the group of Huglyphe belonging to Division I.in the table, and is quite distinct from species that bear articulated spines. It may also be pointed out that it is only among the species belonging to Division I. that two rows of denticulated aperture-scales are present. The following is the description of /. alveolata :— Test of medium size, elongate oviform ; not compressed, glabrous. Body- scales circular to broadly oval. Aperture circular, bordered, generally, by two rows of finely denticulated scales, 8-12 in each row. Nucleus 10-15 pu diam., with a single nucleole. Pseudopodia few, long, and radiating. Dimensions. Length 45-100 w; breadth about half the length ; aperture 0:4 to 0°5 of the breadth. Var. MINOR, Zardnek *. Similar to the type but smaller. Length 30-45 p. The body-seales are oval ; it is much less common than the type. Var. CIRRATA, var. nov. (Pl. 12. figs. 25-27.) E. alveolata pars, Leidy, pl. 35. figs. 5, 9 (30). Test as in the type, but the fundus furnished with one or two short scale- spines; aperture usually bordered by two rows of denticulated scales. Nucleus and pseudopodia normal. Length 60-75 p; diameter 0°46-0°5 length ; aperture 13-14 w; spines 10-17 p in length. Distribution. Split Rock Lake, N.J.; Pennsylvania (Leidy). In the United States the breadth of this variety, and also of the type, is generally less than half the length of the test, whereas in Hurope it is generally more than equal to half the length. Two pairs of this variety were seen in conjunction, and in both cases the individuals of each pair were similar. * Sitzunysh. bohm, Ges, der Wiss. 1881, p. 235 (1882), 146 MR. G. H. WAILES ON FRESHWATER RHIZOPODA Eveiypna pracatata, Leidy (31). (PI. 12. figs. 28 & 30.) Leidy, pl. 37. figs. 5, 6, 8-10 (30). This species has from two to six tapering spines arising from scales in one or more of the first three rows of scales adjoining the aperture; rarely, a second series is also present (vide Leidy, pl. 37. fig. 6) ; the distance between their origin and the aperture usually varies from 10-20 » ; the spines are from 50-65 w long and 2 w in diameter at the base, tapering toa point. Those found by Penard at Vancouver (39) had the spines modified into flat ribbon- like appendages (fig. 30), and one found at Lakehurst also had the spines flattened to 3 wide and 1p thick with thickened extremities (figs. 30, ¢’). Dimensions. Length 87-123 w; diameter 28-39 w ; aperture 19-13 p. Habitat. Submerged sphagnum. Distribution. New Jersey! (Leidy) ; Roan Mountains, Va. (Leidy, 30) ; Wales and Ireland (G. S. West, J. Linn. Soe., Zool. xxvii. p. 328, 1901) ; British Columbia (Penard, 39). Var. LIBRATA, var. nov. (PI. 12. figs. 29 & 30a.) E. brachiata pars, Leidy, pl. 37. fig. 7 (30). Test as in the type, but furnished with two to four lateral appendages arising from near the centre of the sides, their free ends widened into oar-like blades. Nucleus and pseudopodia normal. Length 100-104 w; diameter 32-35 w; aperture 13 w: arms 35-38 p long, 1 w diameter, widening to 2°5 w at the extremities. Habitat. Submerged sphagnum. Distribution. New Jersey! (Leidy) ; Roan Mountains, Va. (Leidy) ? Much less common than £. brachiata, of which at least twenty were seen for each one of var. librata; also less variable in size and number of arms, which generally consist of two only. K. cristata, Leidy (81). Leidy, pl. 37. figs. 1-4 (30). This species, found in moss and in lakes and ponds, varies between the following dimensions :—Length 34-70 4; breadth 12-24: aperture 5-9 p. With an average size of :—Length 40-50 w; breadth 14-17 w. Only one or two individuals above or below these limits were found ; the tuft of spines at the apex is sometimes absent. Var. magor, Wailes (45). (Pl. 12. fig. 31.) The test of this variety is generally larger than the type, less contracted towards the aperture, and usually devoid of spines. The plasma and pseudo- podia are normal. Length 60-90 w: diameter 20-30 ~; aperture 10-14 u, FROM NEW YORK, NEW JERSEY, AND GEORGIA. 147 Instribution. Lakehurst, N.J.; Long Island, N.Y.; Scotland (Orkney Islands) (46) ; Ireland-(Mayo) (45). Those found at Lakehurst measured from 70-90 w in length and are broader than the British variety ; those found at Good Ground, Long Island, were 60-70 w in length and smaller than the British. Var. ACICULARIS, var. nov.” (PI. 12. figs) 32°& 33. Test larger than in the type, the fundus rather more acute and furnished with either one or two erect spines, which may be flexuous ; the spines when solitary often coinciding with the longitudinal axis of the test; plasma and pseudopodia normal. Length 84-94 w; diameter 23-244; aperture 12-14; spines 23-42 uw in length. Habitat. Submerged sphagnum. Distribution, Clare Island, Mayo ; Inishbofin, Galway : Ireland (45) *. The spines of . mucronata, Leidy, originate in scales at the extreme apex of the test, which is prolonged into a sharp cone, whilst in the variety under consideration the scales furnishing the spines are below the apical scales and the flexure necessary in order to bring a spine coincident with the axis of the test is a little distance above its base. HWUGLYPHA CRENULATA, sp. nov. (PI. 12. figs. 34-37.) E. alveolata pars, Leidy, pl. 35. figs. 2, 8, 4, 15-18 (30). Test large, not compressed, either elongate-oviform or with sides tapering from the hemispherical fundus in nearly straight lines to the aperture. Fundus furnished with 2—6 stout scale-spines arising at nearly equal distances from the apex. Aperture circular and bordered by two rows of finely denti- culated scales, 12-14 in eachrow. The body-scales scutiform, with crenulated lower margins. Nucleus large, placed posteriorly ; pseudopodia normal. Length 115-140 «4; diameter 67-77 w. Aperture 25-30 p. Length of spines 20-50 yw. Body-scales 10-12 mw long. Nucleus about 35 w in diameter. Habitat. Submerged sphagnum, lakes, ponds, &e. Distribution. New Jersey! (Leidy); New York State, Long Island ; Pennsylvania (Leidy). Distinguishing features. Is distinguished from E. scutigera and EF. armata by its crenulated scutiform body-scales and its greater size ; from /. aspera by its smooth test and usually smaller size. Remarks. This species appears to be represented by Leidy, pl. 35. figs. 2, 3, 6, 15-18, but the lower margins of the scales are not shown even in fig. 18; the form represented by his fig. 3 is perhaps the most common, at any rate in * The Roy. Ivish Acad. Report No. 65 of the Clare Island Survey was in the press when this variety was found and its description could not be included in that paper (op. cit. pp. 40 and 62, notes). 148 MR. G. H. WAILES ON FRESHWATER RHIZOPODA some localities. These tests, when empty, are characterised by the peculiar optical effect of the small circles formed by the imbrication of the scales at their upper and lower edges ; in living individuals the outlines of the scales are obscured from view by the plasma. The form of the spines is subject to the same variation as in LE. armata : they may be either (a) short and truncate, (/) short and pointed, (¢) long and straight, or (d) long and flexuous ; they are sometimes incurved. Tests destitute of spines are occasionally found. Leidy, pl. 35. fig. 2, shows an individual 160 w in length (none were seen by me over 140 w), but it may represent a double-sized encystment test. Var. MINOR, var. nov. (PI. 12. fig. 38.) Test similar to type, but smaller and usually destitute of spines. Length 80-110 w; breadth 45-64 w ; aperture 16-20 p. Habitat. Lakes and ponds. Distribution. Split Rock Lake, N.J., and Long Island, N.Y. Is usually glabrous, but when provided with spines only distinguished from /. armata by the shape of the body-seales. The body-scales are somewhat different in shape from those of the type ; they are shown in fig. 38. When incorporated in the tests of Nebela collaris and IV. equicalceus they are displayed with perfect distinctness, and can be observed even better than when artificially isolated. These scales are generally 11-12 uw in length, but the width varies according to the position they occupy on the test, those centrally placed being the widest. WUGLYPHA FILIFERA, Pen. (34). &. ciliata pars, Leidy, pl. 36. figs. 7, 11-14; pl. 37. fig. 28. The test of this species as found in Europe is oviform in shape, and the- spines are distributed at regular intervals in a single row ; the compression of the test is slight, the ratio of the transverse axes not exceeding 4:5. In the United States the following forms are found :— (a) Test similar to Huropean type (Leidy, pl. 36. fig. 7). (6) The spines are duplicated and arranged in a double row or rarely irregularly (Leidy, pl. 36. figs. 11-13). (c) The test is constricted near the aperture and is more compressed, the ratio of the transverse axes being 2:3 (Leidy, pl. 36. fig. 14). (d) The testis of typical form but sparsely covered with scattered spines— var. spinosa, var. Nov. The forms (a) and (b) occur at Lakehurst and at Good Ground, L.I. Dimensions: Length 73-93 mw; breadth 30-42 w: aperture 10-15 yp. Transverse section from subcircular to a ratio of axes of 4:5. Spines 20-30 mw long. FROM NEW YORK, NEW JERSEY, AND GEORGIA. 149 Form (c) is found at Good Ground, L.I. Dimensions : Length 48-58 p ; breadth 24-29 w; aperture 7-10 ~; thickness two-thirds of the breadth. Spines 18-26 w long, arranged in a single row. Var. SPINOSA, var. nov. (PI. 12. fig. 39.) ? E. ciliata vax. strigosa pars, Leidy, pl. 35. fig. 19 (30). Test like type, but furnished with spines sparsely scattered over the surtace of the test. Plasma and pseudopodia normal. Length 60-90 w; breadth 26-40 w; aperture 10-15 w; thickness 0:8 to 0°9 w. Spines 10-30 w in length. Scales about 9°5 w by 4°95 p. Nucleus 12-14 pw in diameter. Habitat. Submerged sphagnum. Distribution. New Jersey ; Alabama (Leidy). Like the type, this variety is distinguished from L. alveolata and all other species included in Div. I. of the Table of ELuglypha by having articulated spines ; the slight compression of the test distinguishes it from other spine- bearing species included in Div. II. . mucronata, Leidy (31, -1878). Leidy, pl. 37, figs. 11-14 (30). The individuals of this species recorded from Lakehurst (about half a dozen) agreed with Leidy’s descriptions and illustrations ; none were observed in a state of activity. The following additional details may be added to Leidy’s account of this species :—The aperture-scales are bluntly rounded, each having three crenulations in relief, which form low rounded projections beyond the edge; the body-scales are oval, about 13 ~ by 10 w, becoming narrower towards the extremities of the test ; the spines are continuations of the terminal scale or scales, which are fitted together with great exactness ; just within the apex there may be a chitinous diaphragm ; the spines are flattened, measuring 2 w by 1:25 w near the base, 12-23 yw in length. Length 100-130 w (Leidy, 108-140 »); diameter 37-43 w (heidy, 32- 44 w); aperture 15-20 pw ; spines 12-23 w (Leidy, 20-44 py). Distribution. New Jersey! (Leidy) ; Cape Horn (Certes). Hi. srriaosa (Ehrenb.), Leidy. E. ciliata var. strigosa pars, Leidy, pl. 35. fig. 20 (30). In all the localities, as in Britain, this is the most numerous species ; it did not exceed in size those found in Europe, namely 45-100 w in length. Owing to Leidy as a rule showing only one view of the tests which he illustrates, fig. 20 is the only one of this species about which there is no reasonable doubt. ‘The characteristic features are a compressed test with a circular aperture, generally bordered by thickened aperture-scales. 150 MR. G. H. WAILES ON FRESHWATER RHIZOPODA Var. muscorum, Wazles (45). E. ciliata pars, Leidy, pl. 36. fig. 18 (30). This variety, recently described, is generally found in moss or dry sphagnum. It may be spined, as shown by Leidy, pl. 36. fig. 18, or may be glabrous ; the width is greater in proportion to the length than in the type, and it is more compressed, but the aperture retains its circular shape ; the body-scales are smaller. Distribution. United States, Panama, Peru, Europe. Genus Piacocysra, Leidy. PLACOCYSTA SPINOSA (Carter), Leidy. Leidy, pl. 38. figs. 1-16 (30). Often numerous in sphagnum from New Jersey. Length 115-163 p ; breadth 80-120 w; aperture 50-80 w; spines 20-35 w in length, varying from linear to lanceolate in form. Var. SETIGERA, var.noy. (Pl. 12. fig. 40.) Test slightly smaller than the type, but otherwise similar; furnished with numerous long acicular spines scattered near the edges and arising at the imbrications of the scales. Plasma and pseudopodia normal. Length 125-135 w ; breadth 75-85 w ; aperture 55-65 w; spines 25-45 p in length. Habitat. Sphagnum. The disposition of the spines varies: they may be confined to the borders of the test, or be spread over its surface until only the central portions are glabrous ; none were found having the whole of the tast covered with spines as in 2? . jurassica. Although larger than the smallest individuals of P. spinosa, the average size was decidedly less than that of the type. Genus AssuLina, Hhrenberg. AS8ULINA SEMINULUM, Leidy. Leidy, pl. 37. figs. 18-25 (30). Not plentiful. Length 80-85 p.- A. MUSCORUM, G'reeff. A. minor, Penard (36). A, seminulum pars, Leidy, pl. 37. figs. 15-17, 26 (30). Numerous and generally distributed. Length 40-50 p. Leidy includes this species with the former, but the difference in size is usually sufficient to distinguish them. FROM NEW YORK, NEW JERSEY, AND GEORGIA. Jus Genus CypHopERIA, Schlumberger. CYPHODERIA AMPULLA (Hhrenb.), Schlumb. C. margaritacea, Schlumb. Leidy, pl. 34. figs. 1-16 (80). Small and rather scarce, found only in the lakes and larger ponds; it is found in the New York City water-supply. Length 95-110 w. Leidy gives the length as 110-200 w; in the British Isles the limits are 61-190 pw (45). | Distribution. North America. British Columbia (39), Colorado (35), Florida (80), Iowa (21), New Jersey (30), Michigan (41), New York (20), Nova Scotia (30), Pennsylvania (80), Rhode Island (80), Wyoming (30). C, TROCHUS var. AMPHORALIS, Wales (45). Of similar form to the preceding, but the test is composed of imbricated plates instead of non-imbricated discs. Found in the same localities as the preceding ; also in Long Island. Length 110-120 w. Limits in Britain, 87-153 p (45). A description and classification of this genus will be found in the Proc. Royal Irish Academy, 1911 (45), from which it will be seen that, in the absence of definite information as to the structure of the test (i. e. whether imbricated or not), drawings of individuals cannot be identified. In the absence of hg information some of Leidy’s illustrations may represent C. trochus or one of its varieties; but taking for granted that all the tests are of the type shown in pl. 34. fig. 16 (30)—that is, are composed of round discs with a superficial hexagonal appearance—then figs. 5-8 represent C. ampuila var. papillata, Wailes (45), a variety which has been found in the Western States by Edmondson (private letter). C. ampulla var. major, Pen., is also probably represented among Leidy’s illustrations, but cannot be sdlemitiied without details of the cue of the test (45). Genus Campascus, Leidy. CamPascus minutus, Penard. Oceurs in the New York water-supply drawn from the Croton Lake Reservoir, which is situated about 30 miles north of the city. This species has not been recorded previously from America. Length 64 w; diameter 30 w; aperture 10 p. Distribution, Switzerland (Penard) ; Loch Ness (Penard) and Hebrides, Scotland. LINN. JOURN,.-—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXXII. 13 152 MR. G. H. WAILES ON FRESHWATER RHIZOPODA Genus Trinema, Dujardin. TRINEMA COMPLANATUM, Pen. T. enchelys pars, Leidy, pl. 39. figs. 41, 47, 48, 61, 62, 68, 67, 68 (30). Not uncommon, but generally of small size.. Length 25-55 p. T. BENCHELYS, Leidy. Leidy, pl. 39, pars (30). Not numerous, and in some localities rare. Usually 40-70 w in length, but a few individuals exceeded 100 w (up to 105). On pl. 39 Leidy depicts three species of Trinema and Corythion dulium, q. v. T. LINEARE, Penard. T. enchelys pars, Leidy, pl. 39. figs. 38, 48, 55-59, 65 (30). Generally numerous. Length 20-22 p. Genus CoryTHion, Tardnek. JORYTHION DUBIUM, Vardnek. T. enchelys pars, Leidy, pl. 59. figs, 12, 15 (30). Generally distributed, but not very numerous. Genus SPHENODERIA, Schlumb. SPHENODERIA DENTATA, Penard. S, lenta pars, Leidy, pl. 34. fig. 40 (30). Numerous and above the average size. Length 50-60 w; diameter 25-30 p. ; S. LENTA, Schlumb. Leidy, pl. 34. figs. 25-39, 41 (80). Generally distributed, and in some localities numerous. Length 29-64 p ; breadth 17-50 w; aperture 7-24 p. S. MACROLEPIS, Leidy (80). Rare, but widely distributed in sphagnum. Length 30-32 p. Distribution. Malaga (Leidy) ; Lakehurst, N.J.; Long Island, NoYe British Isles (8) (45). S. fissirostris, Pen., was not found and has not yet been recorded from America. Two of Leidy’s illustrations (80. pl. 34. figs. 37, 38) may refer to this species, but seem rather to represent abnormal forms of S. lenta, FROM NEW YORK, NEW JERSEY, AND GEORGIA. 153 Genus AMPHITREMA, Archer. Three species belonging to this genus are recorded from Lakehurst, N.J. None are numerous and all are of medium size. They have not been recorded previously from America. AMPHITREMA FLAVUM (Archer), Penard. Dhitrema flavum, Archer. Length 50-77 w; breadth 37-42 w ; thickness 15-20 yp. A. stenostoma, Niisslin. Length 80 «; breadth 60 w ; thickness 35 p. A. WRriGHTIANUM, Archer. Length 50-63 w; breadth 30-56 w; thickness 15-30 yp. HELIOZOA. The four species recorded are not uncommon and are generally distributed. LITERATURE. . Barnarp, W.S., in Amer. M. Micr. Journ. i. 1879. (New species of Centropyais and Euglypha.) . Bearosxey, A. E., in Trans. Amer. Mier. Soc. xxii. 1902. (Protozoa of Colorado.) . Brown, J. M., in Journ, Linn. Soc., Zool. xxx. (1910) 360, and xxxii. (1911) 77. (New and little-known British Rhizopods.) . Cauxins, G. N., in Ann. N. York Acad. Sci. xi. (1898). (Protozoan nuclei.) —— in Amer. Naturalist, xxxv. (1901). (Protozoa of Van Cortlandt Park.) — in Archiv fur Protist. vy. (1905). (Life-history of Amwba proteus.) The Protozoa (1901). Protozoélogy (1909). . CALVIN, S., in Amer. Nat. xxiv. (1890). (Actinospherium eichorni.) . CarTER, Rey. I. B., in Amer. M. Micr. Journ. ix. 1. (1888). (Outline of classification and identification of Rhizopods.) . Cas, J., and J. Hopxinson.—The British Freshwater Rhizopoda. Ray Soc., 1905 and 1908 (3rd vol. not yet published). . Certes, A.—Mission Scientifique du Cap Horn, tome vi. (1889). CockERELL, T. D. A.—Colorado Uniy. Studies, iv. (1907), vi. (1909), viii. (1911). (Protozoa of Colorado.) . Cox, J. D., in Amer. M. Micr. Journ. ii. (1881). (Actinophrys sol.) . Conn, H. W.—Protozoa of the Freshwaters of Connecticut (1905). (Includes 27 spp. of Rhizopoda and Heliozoa, each sp. illustrated.) . Craw ey, H., in Amer. Nat. xxxiv. (1900). (Vampyrelia.) . CrEvIFR, Dr. J. A., in Le Nat. Canadien (1875). (List of 15 spp. of Canadian Amebe ; one new sp.) . CusHMAN, J. A., in Amer, Nat. xl. (1906). (List of Rhizopoda, 21 spp., and Heliozoa from Nantucket Isl., Mass. ; with dimensions.) 154. FRESHWATER RHIZOPODA FROM THE UNITED STATES. 18. 19, 20, ai. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27, 28, 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44, 45. 46. 47. Cusuman, J. A., and W. P. HenpErson, in Amer. Nat. xl. (1906). (Structure of tests of Arcella.) in Amer. Nat. xxxix. (1905). (List of Rhizopoda, 21 spp., from White Mts., N. Hamps.; with dimensions. ) De Tarr, D.N., in Rep. N. York State Mus. xxxv. (1884). (List of Rhizopoda and Heliozoa from Albany, N.Y.; 33 spp.) Epmonpson, CO. H., in Proc. Davenport Acad. xi. (1906). (List of Rhizopoda from Iowa; 27 sp., with dimensions and illustrations.) in Science, n. s., xxii. (1910) No. 819. (Protozoa of Tahiti.) Freipe, Miss A. M., in Proc, Acad, Nat. Sci. Philad. 1887. (List of Rhizopoda from Swatow, China; 22 spp., including Nebela bipes.) Harvey, F. L., in Amer, Nat, xxii. eee) (List of Rhizopoda in Penobscot R., near Orono, Manne. 24 spp.) Hempet, A., in Bull. Illin. State Lab. iv. (Difflugea tuberculosa, sp. n.) in Bull, Illin. State Lab. v. (1898). (List of 19 spp. of Ee pedae from [linois R., near Havana; with illustrations of Diffugia “fragosa, sp. 0.) JELLIFFE, 8. E., in Amer. Micr. Journ. xiv. (1893). (Rhizopoda found in Ridgewood Water-Supply.) Lanpacre, F.L., in Proc. Ohio Acad. Sci. iv. (1908) 10. (Protozoa of Ohio and Amer. bibliography.) Jenninas, H.S., Publ. Carnegie Inst. Washington, 1904. (On the Behaviour of Amba proteus and other Protozoa.) Lerpy, Dr. JosppH.—The Freshwater Rhizopoda of N. America. 1879. Illustrated. in Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1874-1881. (Numerous papers &c., amongst which are :—List of Rocky-Mt. Rhizopoda, 1877, p. 295; List of Rhizopoda from Malaga, N.J., 1879, p. 162; List of Rhizopoda from the Roan Mts., Va., 1880, p. 833; List af Rhizopoda Bevan | in Fishes, 1881, p. 9.) Locxwoop, §., in Amer. M. Micr. Journ, vi. (1885). (Pseudocyclosis of Ameba diffiuens.) Logan, J. H., in Amer. M, Micr. Journ. xiv. (1893). (Capture of Stentor by Ameba.) Penarp, Dr. E., in Mém, Soe. phys. hist. nat. Genéve, 1890. in Amer. Nat. 1891. (List of Rocky-Mt. Rhizopoda; 38 spp.) — Faune Rhiz. du bassin du Leman. Genéve, 1902. in Revue Suisse de Zool. 1905-1912. in Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, Noy. 1907. (Collection, preservation, and mount- ing of Rhizopoda.) —— Brit. Antarctic Exped. Report, I. pt. vi. Rhiz. (1911). (Includes new spp. and list of Canadian Rhizopoda.) in Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. (See 45.) Perry, S. H., in Trans. Amer. Soc. Micr. xii. (1890). (List of Rhizopoda and Heliozoa from Oakland, Mich.) - in Amer. M. Micr. Journ. xii. (1891). (As above; 32 spp.) ~ Ports, Ep., in Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. iii. (1884) p. 292. (Rhaphidiophrys annie ) Smirn, J. C., in Trans. Amer. Micr. Soc. xix. (1897). -(Sporulation of Ameba “illo : also in Amer. M. Micr. Journ. xviii. (1897).) Watss, G. H., and E, Penarp.—Proc. Royal Irish Acad. xxxi. (1911). Clare Island Survey. Part 65. Rhizopoda (1911). Waites, G.H., in ‘The Scottish Naturalist,’ March 1912. “Freshwater Rhizopoda from the Hebrides... .and Western Scotland.” Wutson, H. C., in Amer. Nat. xxxiy. (1910). (Pelomyaa carolinensis, sp. nov.) FRESHWATER RHIZOPODA FROM THE SEYCHELLES. Tey: SUPPLEMENTAL Notes oN FRESHWATER RHIZOPODA FROM THE SEYCHELLES. In January 1912 I received from Sergt. Godley, Overseer of Crown Lands, a gathering of moss and some sediment from a pool, collected in Mahé at the beginning of December 1911. Mahé is of granite formation, and contains few pools or lakes in which aquatic vegetation flourishes. The following list consists principally of moss-inhabiting species; considering the restricted habitat the list is a fairly long one. Forty species and three varieties are here recorded, of which two varieties are now described for the first time, namely :— Nebela gracilis var. stomata. Nebela lagenifornmis var. minor. Two recently described species, Nebela scutellata and NV. tropica, occur fairly numerously, and, curiously, in both species circular discs are mingled with the square plates which usually form the sole constituents of the tests. The presence of these discs confirms the propriety of placing these two species among the Nebele. — Few of the species occurred numerously, and most of the individuals were below the average size. Class SARCODINA. Sub-Class RHIZOPODA. Order AMGSBINA. Family LoBosa. Genus AMGBA. AM@BA VERRUCOSA, Ehrenberg. Syn. A. terricola, Greeff. Owing to the exceptional powers of this species in resisting desiccation it was possible to identify one or two individuals. Order CONCHULINA. Family ARCELLIDA. Genus ARCELLA. ARCELLA ARENARIA, Greeff. Rare. Diameter 80-90 p. 156. _ MR. G. H. WAILES ON FRESHWATER Genus AWERINZEWIA. AWERINZEWIA CycLostoma (Penard), Schouteden. Syn. Heleopera cyclostoma, Penard. Not common. It is very similar in size and appearance to /eleopera petricola var. amethystea, Pen., but the aperture, instead of being linear and wide, is small and oval, and is surrounded by a more or less thickened internal border, the thickening taking place gradually on the inside of the test. The test is noticeable for the opaque whitish plates scattered on a bright amethystine groundwork. The usual size is about 150m in length; those found here were rather smali, measuring about 130 w in length. Genus CENTROPYXIS. CENTROPYXIS ACULEATA, Stein. Of this usually numerous species only one individual was observed. C. ARCELLOIDES, Penard. Several seen, about 70 ~ in diameter. C. LEVIGATA, Penard. Not common. Diameter 80-120 p. Genus DIFFLUGIA. DirFLueia ARCULA, Leidy. Syn. Trigonopyais arcula (Leidy), Penard, q. v. D. constriota, Leidy. Numerous. Length 50-90 p. D. optonea, Ehrenb. Syn. D. pyriformis, Perty. Rare. Length 80-100 pj. D. pristis, Penard. Rare. Length 65 pu. Genus HELEOPERA. HELEOPERA SORDIDA, Penard. (Rey. Suisse Zool. 1910.) Below the average size, often with but few adherent particles on the crown of the test. Length 45-55 p. a menage ap es yi RHIZOPODA FROM THE SEYCHELLES. 157 HELEOPERA SYLVATICA, Penard. Rare. Length 70 pu. Genus HYALOSPHENIA. HYALOSPHENIA ELEGANS, Leidy. Several seen. Length 80-85 p. H. suBFLAVA, Cash. Many were abnormally short and broad. Length 45-65; breadth 30- AS pm. Genus LESQUERUSIA. LESQUERUSIA MODESTA, Rhumbler. This is a pond form. Several seen, all about 80m in length; 62 in breadth ; aperture 21 w in diameter. Genus NEBELA. NEBELA COLLARIS, Lerdy. Not common and below the usual size. Length 95-119 p. N. Gracinis, Penard. (Rev. Suisse Zool. 1910.) Var. STOMATA, var. noy. (PI. 12. figs. 41 & 42.) This variety differs from the type in the possession of two evaginated pores, one on either side of the neck. Similar protuberances occur on other Nebele, i. e. N. tuberosa and N. americana. Individuals also occur here of a more slender form than shown in figs. 41 & 42, with a long, slender neck ; they are below the average size, measuring about 90m in length. Length 90-130; breadth about half the length or less ; thickness two- thirds of the breadth ; aperture oval, about 20 « by 13 yp, slightly notched in marrow view. Distribution. Peru (1. 107-130 w) ; Long Island, U.S.A. (1. 100-116 pz). N. LAGENIFORMIS, Penard. Rare but quite typical. Length 120-130 pw. Var. MINOR, var. nov. A small form, which differs from the type in size only, is not uncommon ; the individuals obseryed varied from 85-100 w in length. 158 MR. G. H. WAILES ON FRESHWATER This variety is widely distributed, and is referred to in the report on the Rhizopoda of Clare Island *. . The torulose neck and usually larger size distinguish it from WN. tubulata, Brown. Length 77-100 p. Distribution. England * : Ireland *; Peru; Australia (Penard) fF ; Colorado, U.S.A. : NeEBELA MILITARIS, Penard. Not uncommon. Length 68-80 p. N. scuretiata, Wailes. (PI. 12. fig. 43.) This species, first described in the present Journal, occurs here nume- rously but of rather small size ; the tests, as also those of V. tropica, are remarkable for the presence of small circular discs, which are mingled with the rectangular plates, usually the sole constituents of the test ; the discs vary in number from none to sixty or more in a single test, few tests having less than a dozen of them; the square plates measured from 6-7 » in width ; occasionally a few diatom frustules are also present. Several living indi- viduals were seen, but none were active ; the plasma was of the normal type and crowded with food-particles ; the nucleus is small, about 7 in diameter, and contains several ill-defined nucleoles. No tests were found in which small covering-plates are present, such as occur in the United States. Length 105-120; one abnormal individual measured, length 174 p ; breadth 120 4; aperture 35 p. Distribution. United States. N. tincra (Leidy), Awerinzew. Rare. Length 100 p. N. tropica, Wailes. (Vide p. 140.) (PI. 12. fig. 44.) Not uncommon : as in the case of JV. scutella the tests were remarkable for having numerous circular discs mingled with the quadrangular scales ; in other respects they were quite typical. It is worthy of note that these two recently described species, which in other localities are characterised by the rectangular scales which form the tests, should in this locality occur in associ- ation, and both have circular discs mingled with the square scales. Length 70-75 p. Distribution. Borneo ; Peru. * Wailes & Penard in Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. vol. xxxi. (1911). Clare Island Survey, pt. 65, pp. 48, 50, pl. 5. fig. 28 a, 6 (1911). + Brit. Antarctic Exped., Biol. vol. i. pt. 6 (1911), RHIZOPODA FROM THE SEYCHELLES. 159 NEBELA TUBULATA, Brown. (Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxxii. (1911), p. 79.) Several were seen. Length about 60 p. = N. rusutosa, Penard. Not uncommon. Length 175 p. Genus PHRYGANELLA. PHRYGANELLA HEMISPHERICA, Penard. Numerous, but no living individuals were observed. Diameter 30-60 p. Genus PLAGIOPYXIS. PLAGIOPYXIS LABIATA, Penard. (Brit. Antarctic Exped., Biol. vol. 1. pt. 6 (USTLIL)).,) Several were seen. Certain forms of Diglugia constricta approach this species very closely in the form of the test; a study of active individuals is desirable for ascertaining the exact relationships of this species. Diameter 55-80 pu. Genus QUADRULA. QUADRULA symMETRICA, FP. E. Schulze. (Pl. 12. fig. 45.) All the observed tests were of an elongated type ; the larger scales varied from 5-10 win breadth. Length 84-90 p. 4yenus TRIGONOPYXIS. TRIGONOPYXIS ARCULA (Leidy), Penard. Syn. Diffugia areula, Leidy, Rhiz. North Amer. 1879. Trigonopyxis arcula, Penard, Revue Suisse Zool. 1912. Occurs numerously. This Rhizoped, which occupied an anomalous position among the Difflugie, has been placed by Penard in a new genus. Diameter 80-135 w ; aperture regularly trilobed. Family HUGLYPHINA. Genus ASSULINA. ASSULINA MUSCORUM, Greeff. Numerous. Length 40-45 pw. Genus EUGLYPHA. HUGLYPHA ALVEOLATA, Dujardin. Rare. Length about 60 pw. LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXXII. 14 160 MR. G. H. WAILES ON FRESHWATER RHIZOPODA HUGLYPHA cILIATA, Ehrenberg. Not rare. Length 60-70 p. EK. CoMPREsSSA, Carter. A few seen. Length about 70 p. KE. cristata, Leidy. Not uncommon. Length 40-65 yp. E. rinirera, Penard. Rare. Length 65 p. HE. ravis, Perty. Not uncommon. Length 22-40 p. EH. rorunpa, Wailes. (Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. vol. xxxi. pt. 75 (1911).) Only one seen ; length 55 p. H. srricosa, Leidy. Common. Length 60-70 p. Var. Muscorum, Wailes. Of average size: length 70 » ; breadth 50; aperture 22 p. Genus SPHENODERIA. SPHENODERIA DENTATA, Penard. Not common. Length 48-50 p. Genus TRINEMA. TRINEMA COMPLANATUM, Penard. Not common. Length about 40 yp. T. ENCHELYS, Leidy. Rare. Length 35-70 p. T. LINEARE, Penard. Numerous but usually small: length 18-23. A few abnormal indi- viduals were observed, possessing long and narrow tests with large apertures : length 35-45 w ; breadth 12-14 w ; aperture 6-7 p. Fig. FROM NEW YORK, NEW JERSEY, AND GEORGIA. 161 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 12. ARCELLA ARTOCREA, Leidy. Section of a test through the pores around the aperture, showing nodules projecting internally; x 2000. Lakehurst. DIFFLUGIA BACILLIARUM var. ELEGANS (Pen.), Cash; x 300. 2, Broad, and 5, narrow, side views of test. Lakehurst. DirFrtucta Lerpyi, sp. nov.; Xx 320. 4, Side view; 5, oral view. Lake- hurst. NEBELA COLLARIS var. RETORTA, Leidy. 6, Test, x 310; 7, aperture, x 740. Penney’s Pond, Good Ground, Long Island. NEBFLA CRATERA, sp. nov. 8, Test, x 300; 9, aperture, x 800. Lake- hurst. NEBELA DENTISTOMA var. LACUSTRIS, var. nov.; X 250. Lakehurst. NEBELA SCUTELLATA, sp. nov. 11, Broad view of test, x 320; 12, portion of test, x 1000. Lakehurst. NEBELA TROPICA, sp. nov.; x 450. 13, Broad, 14, narrow, side views of test. Borneo. NEBELA VITR#A, Penard. 15, Broad side view of test, x 320; 16, 17, portions of test, x 1000. Lakehurst. QUADRULA syMMETRICA (Wallich), F. E. Schulze; x 450. 18, Broad, 19, narrow, side views of test. New Jersey. Do. do, var, IRREGULARIS, Pen.; x 450. Good Ground, Long Island. Do. do. var. CURVATA, var. nov.; x 450, Penney’s Pond, Good Ground, Long Island. . HELEOPERA Noposa, sp. nov.; X 320. 22, Broad, and 23, narrow, side views. Lakehurst. Do. do. x 250. Broad side view of test. Lakehurst. | EUGLYPHA ALVEOLATA var. CIRRATA, var. nov. 25, Two individuals in conjunction; 26, 27, apices, showing varieties of spines, x 400. Split Rock Lake, New Jersey. EuGLYPHA BRACHIATA, Leidy; Xx 400. Lakehurst. Do. do. var. LIBRATA, var. nov.; X 400. Lakehurst. Do. do. a, a’. Spine as seen from side and end views of a test; 0. End view of a spine from Vancouver, British Columbia (after Penard, 39) ; c, c'. Intermediate form of spine. Do. do. var. tiprata. d,d'. Two views of a spine. Lakehurst. All x 500. EUGLYPHA CRISTATA var. MAJOR, Wailes; xX400. Lakehurst. Do. do. var. ACICULARIS, var. nov. Apices and varieties of spines; x 700. Inishbofin, Ireland. . EUGLYPHA CRENULATA, sp. nov. 384, Active individual, x 400; 35, body- scale; 36, aperture-scale ; 37, spine-scale. 0 )). Augusta, Georgia. Do. do. var. MINOR, var. nov. Body-scale; x 1000. EUGLYPHA FILIFERA var. SPINOSA, var. nov.; X 320. Broad view of active individual. Lakehurst. PLACOCYSTA SPINOSA var, SETIGERA, var. nov.; X 320. NEBELA GRACILIS var. STOMATA, var. nov. 41, Broad, and 42, narrow, views of test. Seychelles. NEBELA SCUTELLATA, sp. nov.; X 520. Seychelles. NEBELA TROPICA, sp. noy.; X 520. Seychelles. QUADRULA SYMMETRICA (Wallich), F. E. Schulze; x 520. Seychelles. Sandan ee at * but Lass sith sikh peas wea <3 . jek hee rt apes ek pit eat ¥ Tis Me iy Hae Weer es) i ae iMttpiai : Pies Piriih adie > ; coy Metin) Heed Ji pate et Me se ae ib aris a OP Rt lin ae leva: « - Hrd aban | ity be pwrt Jy) LLL ¢ oi ete CS ob i] Te RORLEL su Viv T wen hia) 9 2: ‘akin Perey SSA ty sieistye: a A elite ¢ EOGAEA: as, Shi Pho P rn ont ees eet ts \ 35 oe) Ea Gre pte met ‘i Tt} Use 2 Riad ERS Digan os vow fs pet LAS Sa ae § Le hat 4 4 SSL Sion ae th 4 ai i ay Oe bisGe, ahh iy. pe iO weit. fs pt a fe i oe | eat ie Mahe ae A Act CMTE ZG win fi pS DATE “a “4 wat Et ih Boy i" hha’ Liv peer ~ a che th gd diy +a (i? arth: r ay bal “f° ae wi e Wie ar cine) F Shite he ae MNT ee NaC Ot Phy ck pads Pet Aen ah Oe: suit tear oe brit ae ue Baan) head heats ee eh a AZ Shh gr G.H.Wailes del. EEA nea ; 4 Journ. Linn. Soc. Zoon Vou. XXXIL.P1.12. Ne cS ae ee, West, Newman lith. Tale Ml OVA OAS we Fut [A ee ee = Wailes. Journ. Linn. Soc. Zoon.Von XXXIL.P1.12 CORON ® CRE Kb pk SS Sacco ae aie: Sok hs ree SSS Be oy PS De yk n= Rates Le PEE Ai Se Se ake AS? G.H.Wailes del. RHIZOPOD™ “NP HELIOZOa West, Newman Jith. RULES FOR BORROWING BOOKS FROM THE LIBRARY. 1. No more than Six volumes shall be lent to one person at the same time without the special leave of the Council or one of the Secretaries. 2. All books shall be returned before the expiration of Six weeks from the time of their being taken out, but if not required by any other Fellow, they may, on application, be kept. for a further period of Six weeks. | 3. All books lent shall be regularly entered by the Librarian in a bock appropriated for that purpose. 4, No work forming part of Linneus’s own Library shall be lent out of the Library under any circumstances. Nozp,.— Certain other works are included in this prohibition, such as costly illustrated works, and volumes belonging to sets which could not be replaced tf lost. A GENERAL INDEX to the first twenty Volumes of the Journal (Zoology) may be had on application, either in cloth or in sheets for binding. Price to Fellows, 15s.; to the Public, 20s. A CATALOGUE of the LIBRARY may be had on application. Price to Fellows, 5s.; to the Public, 10s. NOTICES. Tue attention of the Fellows, aud of Librarians of other Societies is requested to the fact that TWO volumes of the Journal (Zoology) are in course of simultaneous issue, as follows :— Vou. 31. Nos. 203-208. Nos. 209 and 210 of this volume are reserved for reports on collections from the Sudanese Red Sea. Vou. 32. Nos. 211-214, including the present number. Authors are entitled to 50 copies of their communications gratuitously, and may obtain another 50 .by payment, as shown on the printed slip which accompanies the proof. If more than 100 copies are wanted, application must be made to the Council. Abstracts of the proceedings at each General Meeting and Agenda for the next, are supplied to all Fellows. B. DAYDON JACKSON, General Secretary. May 16. : Price 4s. THE JOURNAL OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY. Von. XXXII. ZOOLOGY. No. 215. CONTENTS. Page I. Spolia Runiana.—I. Funiculina quadrangularis (Pallas) and the Hebridean Diazona violacea, Savigny. By W. A. Hrrpmay, F.R.S., F.L.S., Professor of Zoology in the University of Liverpool. (Plates 18 & 14 and 2 Text-figures)................:666 163 II. Revision of the Linnean Types of Palearctic Rhopalocera. By Rocer Verity, M.D., F.It.H.S., F.Fr.—.S. (Communicated by | thevP resid emis) pleas: eee.) Bs osteca lame tae Bote sant wet ea Me Pee aiaate 173 TIT. Observations on certain Names proposed in Dr. Verity’s paper on the Rhopalocera Palzearctica in the Collection of Linnzus. By Dr. Kart Jorpay. (Communicated by the President.) ...... 193 LONDON: SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE, PICCADILLY, W., AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., im AND ee WILLIAMS AND NORGATE. 49 1913. | | \ LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. OOD LIST OF THE OFFICERS AND COUNCIL. Elected 24th May, 1912. PRESIDENT. Prof. I. B. Poulton, M.A., D.Se., F.R.S. VICE-PRESIDENTS. Prof. J, Stanley Gardiner, M.A., F.R.S. Miss E. R, Saunders. Horace W. Monckton, F.G.S. Dr. D. H. Scott, F.R.S. TREASURER. Horace W. Monckton, I°.G.S. SECRETARIES. Dr. Otto Stapf, F.R.S. | Prof. G. C. Bourne, F.R.S. GENERAL SECRETARY. Dr. B, Daydon Jackson, COUNCIL. Tempest Anderson, D.Sc. Horace W. Monckton, F.G.S, Prof. G. C. Bourne, F.R.S. Prof. F. W. Oliver, F.R.S. Prof. Arthur Dendy, D.Sc., F.R.S. Prof. E, B. Poulton, F.R.S. Prof. J. Stanley Gardiner, M.A.. F.R.S. Dr. W. G. Ridewood. Prof. Perey Groom, D.Sc. Henry N. Ridley, F.R.S. Henry Groves, Esq. Miss IX. R. Saunders. Prof. W. A. Herdman, F.R.S. Dr. Dukinfield H. Scott, F.R.S. Arthur W. Hill, M.A. Dr. Otto Stapf, F.R.S. Dr. B. Daydon Jackson. Miss Ethel N. Thomas, B.Sc. Prof. F, Keeble, Sc.D. Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S. LIBRARIAN. CLERK. A. W. Kappel. S. Savage. LIBRARY COMMITTEE. The Officers ex officio, with the following in addition :— J. Britten, Esq. Hugh Scott, M.A. Prof. P. Groom, D.Se. Miss A. L. Smith. R. I. Pocock, F.R.S. Miss E. N. Thomas. Henry N. Ridley, F.R.S. Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S. R. W. H, Row, B.Sc. ON FUNICULINA QUADRANGULARIS AND DIAZONA VIOLACEA. 163 SpouiaA Runtana.—lI. Funiculina quadrangularis (Pallas) and the Hebridean Diazona violacea, Savigny. By W. A. Hurpman, F.R.S., F.L.S., Pro- fessor of Zoology in the University of Liverpool. 8) nV I (PuaTES 13 & 14 and 2 Text-ficures.) [Read 5th December, 1912.} THE main part of our scientific work on board the yacht ‘Runa? is plank- tonic and consists of surface and mid-water horizontal and also of vertical hauls from the deep fjords on the west coast of Scotland. The results of these plankton gatherings are reported on in detail elsewhere *. The fish-trawl and the naturalist’s dredge, are, however, also used from the yacht as often as can be managed, and I should like occasionally to make known to the Linnean Society any “ Spolia Runiana” of special interest or novelty that may be brought up from the sea-bottom during our cruises. In the past summer we spent about a month (August 1912) cruising on the west of Scotland, both amongst the inner islands (Mull, Skye, &c.) and also along the chain of the Outer Hebrides from Barra Head to Stornoway, dredging and townetting almost daily. Two of the more interesting animals obtained—the only ones I shall refer to in this communication—were the giant sea-pen Funiculina quadrangularis (Pallas) and the Compound Ascidian INazona violacea, Savigny, first described from the Hebrides by Forbes and Goodsir under the name “* Syntethys hebridicus,” in 1851.f (1) FuNIcULINA QUADRANGULARIS (Pallas). The late Professor A. Milnes Marshall and his father, Mr. W. P. Marshall, in their little book entitled ‘ Report on the Oban Pennatulida’ (Birmingham, 1882), gave a detailed account of this “rare and interesting species,” and of the circumstances under which it was dredged, in 1881, by members of the Birmingham Natural History Society at two localities in the Firth of Lorn, between Oban and the island of Lismore. It is rather surprising to read that on that occasion only four living specimens and three of the calcareous skeletons were obtained, and that the largest was only 39 inches in length, since we on the ‘ Runa’ this summer brought up a score or more of larger specimens in every haul of the dredge, at that spot, along with very many smaller ones which were thrown back into the sea. Our largest specimen is * Lancashire Sea-Fisheries Laboratory Annual Report for 1912. + See Addendum, p. 171, with lists of Amphipods and Echinoderms. LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXXII. a5 164 PROF. W. A. HERDMAN ON FUNICULINA QUADRANGULARIS now, in its preserved state, 62 inches in length, several others are about 5 feet, and we obtained a good many (at least 20) of 4 feet or a little over. Vio. 1. q $ i " Bei ; 4 4 Funieulina quadrangularis (Pallas), from a photo- graph. The Marshalls describe the upper part of the colony as being ‘‘of an ivory-white colour,” but note that both Forbes and Wyville Thomson had recorded it as being “ rose-coloured.” Our speci- mens when alive were certainly of a pale trans- lucent rosy tint, and a few colonies that J preserved in a 10 per cent. solution of formol in sea-water have still (after four months) the same beautiful colour and life-like appearance, while those put into alcohol have become opaque and vary from acreamy-white to yellowish-brown. Fig. 1 shows a group of these preserved specimens. The first British specimens were apparently dredged in 1844, at this same locality, by Mr. R. McAndrew from his yacht, and were described by Prof. Edward Forbes in the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History’ (vol. xiy.). Sir Wyville Thomson, in ‘ The Depths of the Sea,’ records haying dredged “ Pavonarize” (= Funi- culina) from 100 fathoms in Raasay Sound, and refers to their “ pale lilac phosphorescence.” He remarks further that from the number of speci- mens brought up at one haul ‘we had evidently passed over a forest of them”; and that is exactly the impression that was produced upon myself and upon my friend Mr. A. O. Walker, F.L.S., who was with me when we brought up such quantities of living colonies in the Firth of Lorn last August. It is probable that in our hauls from the ‘ Runa’ we dredged through the thickest of the plantation, while the Birmingham naturalists in 1881 may possibly only have skirted along its edge. I may add that in our hauls most of the larger specimens were not actually in the trawl-net (which contained quantities of fine mud), but were balanced across the front of the frame (a 6-foot Agassiz trawl}, and especially in a large bunch at each end, in such a pre- carious position that I had to go off in a punt and pick them out by hand before allowing the net to be raised above the AND THE HEBRIDEAN DIAZONA VIOLACEA. 165 surface and one wondered how many still finer specimens had dropped off in coming up through the water. I can agree with the Marshalls’ remark : ‘“ Not only is the geographical distribution of Funiculina a very limited one, but wherever it does occur it seems to be confined to a very small spot, in which it occurs fairly abun- dantly ” on the west coast of Scotland containing virgin forests of this largest and stateliest of the British Coelenterata. although I do not doubt that other localities will yet be discovered (2) Diazona VioLaceza, Savigny. This well-known Mediterranean Tunicate was described and figured by Savigny in 1816, and the genus Diazona was placed by him in the “ Téthyes ‘composées,” immediately after Clavelina: both in description and figure the colour is given as a beautiful violet. Other notable characters in the original description are: the branchial and atrial apertures both 6-rayed, the internal longitudinal bars of the branchial sae provided with papillee, and the meshes of the branchial sac containing each four stigmata. As we shall see, the latter two characters require some qualification. The first British specimen was found over sixty years ago by Edward Forbes and John Goodsir, in 30 fathoms of water, off the Croulin Islands, near Skye, and was described by them as a new genus and species under the name Syntethys hebridicus in the ‘Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh’ for 1851 (vol. xx. p. 307). In this paper, Forbes and Goodsir tell how they were at the time on a yachting cruise “with our indefatigable friend Mr. McAndrew * among the Hebrides, in the month of August, 1850” ; and in describing their discoveries they go on to say—“ the most remarkable of them is the largest -of Compound Ascidians yet discovered in the Atlantic. Its nearest described ally is the genus Diazona of Savigny, between which animal and Clavelina it constitutes a link ; one of considerable zoological importance ”—and more to the same effect, showing that Forbes and Goodsir had compared “ Syn- tethys” with Diazona and regarded it as generically distinct. They point out that their “remarkable animal” is of an apple-green hue, that the branchial and atrial apertures are not lobed (although the atrial has six white ocelli), that the ascidiozooids have a sessile abdomen and are marked by lines of white pigment, that the branchial sac has 13 rows of stigmata, hooked fleshy tubercles at the angles of the meshes, and only one of the stigmata in each mesh. Forbes and Goodsir give a coloured fioure of their colony, from which my fig. 2, on Pl. 18, is copied, to give some idea of the dis- tinctly green colour of the living animal. It is, however, in this figure, * Mr. Robert McAndrew was a Liverpool merchant who owned the yacht ‘Naiad,’ a 70-ton yawl, which he made good scientific use of on dredging expeditions, chiefly in the interests of conchology. Ih)" 166 PROF. W. A. HERDMAN ON FUNICULINA QUADRANGULARIS not sufficiently delicate in its shades and is not sufficiently gelatinous and translucent in appearance. Alder *, in 1863, described a specimen from the Channel Islands which seemed to bridge the gap between Diazona and Syntethys so effectually that he placed Forbes and Goodsir’s species under Savigny’s genus as Diazone hebridica, and he showed, moreover, that the living apple-green colour of his. Guernsey specimen changed to violet on preservation in alcohol. The apertures of his specimen were obscurely 6-lobed, and consequently many subsequent writers have considered all these specimens to be the same species of Diazona, and the name “ hebridica” has dropped out of use. The: animal has since been found repeatedly in the Mediterranean (at Naples and elsewhere), off the coasts of Brittany, and near Plymouth. Garstang J, in 1891, pointed out some differences in detail between specimens from Plymouth and the description given by Forbes and Goodsir, and suggested the possible specific distinctness of the Hebridean form (D. hebridica) from all the rest (D. violacea). He concludes with the remark: “the whole matter is so beset with doubts that it is greatly to be desired that specimens should be obtained again from the Hebrides, and their anatomy re-described.” Following upon this I published { a brief note upon a Hebridean Diazona dredged off the north coast of Mull by the late Duke of Argyll, and sent to me for identifi- eation through Sir John Murray. I showed in this paper that all the supposed points of difference between the Mediterranean Diazona and the Hebridean Syntethys can be bridged over by examining in detail a sufficient number of ascidiozooids. Neither in the lobing of the apertures nor in the minute anatomy of the branchial sac can any constant character be found which will enable us to divide the specimens I have examined into two sets, “* hebridica ” and ‘“ violacea.”’” The question of colour I shall return to below. In recent systematic works on the Tunicata, such as Bronn’s ‘ Thier-reich * (1909), and ‘The British Tunicata,? by Alder and Hancock (Ray Society, 1912), Syntethys hebridicus has been accepted as a synonym of Diazona violacea, but probably without any further examination of Hebridean specimens. Now we turn to the new material. While dredging from the ‘ Runa” this summer, specimens of Diazona closely resembling Forbes and Goodsir’s. Syntethys were found, as follows :— (1) August 7th, a few miles south of Barra Head, in the Atlantic, 60 fathoms, one large colony measuring 94x 7} x5 inches, and of a. beautiful translucent pale green colour. * Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xi. p. 169, + Journ. Mar. Biol. Assoc. for May 1891, p. 47. J} Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. for Aug. 1891, p. 165. AND THE HEBRIDEAN DIAZONA VIOLACEA. 167 (2) August 12th, on Hast Shiant Bank, in the Minch, north-east of Skye, 27 fathoms ; some smaller pieces, also pale green. Vig. 1 on Pl. 18 is reproduced (half-size) from a water-colour sketch of the largest ‘Runa’ colony when alive, made by my wife on the yacht, and I give, for comparison, in fig. 2 a copy of the original illustration in Forbes and Goodsir’s paper—both figures showing the green colour of life. One of the smaller pieces obtained this summer was preserved in formalin, and it is still of the same pale transparent green hueas whenalive. Another fragment was preserved in alcohol, and it has become of a pale purple or mauve tint, such as is shown in the little rectangle labelled A on PI. 18. The largest colony was placed in a tank of methylated spirit and shut up until the end of the cruise. On opening the tank a month later it was found that the spirit was stained a rich green and the Tunicate colony was now of a well-marked violet colour (like the little rectangle B on PI. 18), recalling vividly the appearance of Diazona violacea from the Mediterranean. There can be no doubt then (as I find Mr. J. Hopkinson adds in a footnote to the Supplement of Alder and Hancock’s ‘ British Tunieata,’ vol. 111. p- 100, Ray Society, 1912) that Syntethys hebridicus, Forb. & Goods., is merely asynonym of /azona violacea, Sav. The only doubt that remained was as to whether the green Hebridean form could be separated as another species of the same genus, but an examination of the detailed structure of the ascidio- zooid in colonies from both the Mediterranean and the Hebrides has satisfied me that there are no grounds for such a separation. I have now before me the following material in alcohol :— Colony from Naples, 1890, colour mauve ; Colony from Naples, 1912, colour dull greyish green ; Colony from Plymouth (large ascidiozooids), colour mauve ; Ditto (basal part, with small ascidiozooids), colour greyish green ; Colony from Mull, 1885, colour mauve ; Colony from Hebrides (* Runa’), 1912, colour violet ; and although these specimens differ considerably in colour and appearance, they all agree in structure. The branchial and atrial apertures are, I believe, always 6-lobed, although in contracted or badly preserved specimens it may be difficult to demonstrate the lobes. 1 give (PI. 14. figs. 1 & 2) drawings of 6-lobed apertures in both test and mantle from my Hebridean specimen. Then in regard to the structure of the branchial sac every specimen shows a wide range of variation in the number of stigmata in a mesh and in the exact condition of the internal longitudinal bars, as I shall show in detail below. It is stated in the second volume of ‘ The British Tunicata’ by Alder and Hancock, edited by Hopkinson (Ray Society, 1906), that Diazona has ‘“ the intersections of the meshes papillated ” (p. 159); and in DL. hebridica stout papillee are both figured and described (p. 162) and are stated to be a 168 PROF. W. A. HERDMAN ON FUNICULINA QUADRANGULARIS character that may enable the Hebridean to be separated from Savigny’s species with “slender, pointed ” papille. But, as a matter of fact, neither the southern nor the northern form has any papille at all in the branchial suc, as was explained * in my paper in 1891. As I stated then, the “ hooked fleshy tubercles” (=papille) of Forbes and Goodsir’s description can be quite satisfactorily accounted for by the corrugation of the internal longi- tudinal bars, the thick prominent connecting ducts which seem to project on each side where they join the bars, and the imperfect condition of the bars in some parts of the sac. When a branchial sac is first opened, in the case of most ascidiozooids, and is examined in water under a low power of the microscope, the appearance of large papiliz at the angles of the meshes is so distinct that it is difficult to realise, until the specimen has been stained, mounted, and examined in detail with a high power, that only connecting ducts and more or less irregular bars are present. There is no difficulty in understanding how it is that some previous investigators have fallen into the error of supposing that they saw large papille. Figs. 4 to 16 on Pl. 14 illustrate these remarks. Figs. 5, 6, & 16 show corrugated internal bars forming projections, but without any true papille ; figs. 4, 12, 13, & 14 show connecting ducts which have not grown together to form bars, and so give a deceptive appearance of being large papille. In regard to the supposed difference between the two forms in the number of stigmata in a mesh, the range of variation is great (see figs. 10 to 15) and is much the same in all the specimens I have examined, as is shown by the following note :— Naples (1912) specimen has 2- Mull (1885) as 1-4 * jaoiens (ISR), —3 Plymouth es 1-3 a oo) 3 stigmata in a mesh. 9 Probably some parts of each of the branchial sacs could be found showing the four stigmata in a mesh described by Savigny, and certainly many parts show the single stigmata referred to by Forbes and Goodsir. The stigmata are found to differ also very greatly in size and shape in different parts of the same sae (fig. 9). The distinctions depending upon lines of white pigmentation on the ascidiozooids referred to by Forbes and Goodsir, Giard, Lahille, and others are so slight and so unreliable that in the absence of any real structural differences they need not be considered. Lahille regards them as at most serving to separate the type and two varieties which he proposes to call :— (Type) D. riolacea, Sav.—(Mediterranean.) (Variety 1) D. hebridica-violacea, Forb.—(Hebridean seas.) (Variety 2) 1). intacta-violacea, Lah.—(Banyuls.) * And was also shown by Lahilie in the case of the Mediterranean form (Recher. sur les Tuniciers, Toulouse, 1890). AND THE HEBRIDEAN DIAZONA VIOLACEA. 169) According to this nomenclature our ‘ Runa’ specimens would fall into the first variety, the name of which I would prefer to write as iazona violacea, Savigny, variety hebridica, Forb. & Goods. Turning now to the colour of the colony as a whole, and to the change of colour that has been described, we find that the curious point about the colour of this animal is that, whereas British specimens are green when alive and become violet when preserved in spirit, Mediterranean specimens are apparently sometimes violet and sometimes green, and the latter do not always change their colour when treated with alcohot. Professor R. Dohrn, Director of the Zoological Station at Naples, has kindly sent me a pale green Diazona violacea preserved in alcohol, and he informs me that both green and violet-coloured specimens have been obtained from time to time in the neighbourhood of Naples. He states that it has not been noticed in their preservation department at the Zoological Station that any change of colour takes place on adding alcohol ; but he adds in his letter that he remembers to have noticed that the green Diazona becomes of a bluish colour when injured *, It is remarkable that my large violet-coloured ‘Runa’ colony still con- tinues after four months’ preservation to give out the green pigment, as three successive changes of spirit have now been coloured by it. The violet pigment of the preserved specimen, however, seems to be insoluble, as fragments so coloured have been kept in absolute alcohol, in chloroform, in bisulphide of carbon, and in xylol for weeks without showing any change in tint. The brilliant green solution which this Hebridean specimen has given with alcohol has been examined spectroscopically for me by Dr. Alfred Holt, Reader in Physical Chemistry in the University of Liverpool, and he has shown me that the pigment is not chlorophyll—as might have been supposed at first—but has a characteristic absorption band in the orange intermediate in position between the band given by sodium and that of chlorophyll. The position of this band in Angstrom units is 6200; while chlorophyll gives a band at 6550, and bonelleine, described by Sorby in 1875 from the green Gephyrean worm Bonellia viridis, has a corresponding band in the orange at 6430. In chlorophyll there is much greater absorption at the blue end of the spectrum, and in “syntethine,” as observed, there is almost an identical effect, while in bonelleine there is a well-marked band in the blue and relatively less absorption in the indigo and violet. The “Syntethys” pigment (we do not know yet whether it can be obtained also from the Miazona that is violet when living) does not go purple with acids, and therefore cannot be bonelleine. Acids or alkalies turn it some- * F, Lahille states (1890) that specimens at Banyuls kept in aquaria degenerate, and that their pale yellowish colour becomes bluish or violet. 170 PROF. W. A. HERDMAN ON FUNICULINA QUADRANGULARIS what yellowish, and the colour is not restored on neutralisation. No distinet bands?are shown in acids or alkaline solutions. Possibly our substance and bonelleine belong to the same natural group (what Sorby called a “ genus ”’) of pigments. Dr. Holt has kindly supplied me with a diagram (fig. 2) 7000 4,000 —“ Syntethine.” Chlorophyll. Bonelleine. showing the spectrum of the new pigment—to which the name “syntethine ” may be appropriately applied—compared with those of bonelleie and of chlorophyll. The violet of the large ‘Runa’ colony in its present condition is the complementary colour to the green which has been dissolved out of it, so that when the colony is submerged in the solution it appears to lose at once was the violet pigment present, masked by the green, when the animal was living ; its brilliant colour and become dull grey. The question then arises or has chemical action taken place, possibly due to dehydration by the aleohol, which, while dissolving out the green, caused the precipitation of another previously less conspicuous pigment in the present opaque violet form ; or, are the green and the violet two forms of the same pigment partly dis- solved out in the green form and partly precipitated as the insoluble violet ? Histologically the violet colour is due to minute opaque granules closely placed in the spherical pigment cells with which the test is found to be crowded (see Pl. 14. fig. 3). Similar opaque green pigment cells are visible in abundance in the test of the ‘Runa’ specimens which are preserved in formalin (Pl. 14. fig. 1). It is evident that the little we know of this pigment does not yet throw any light upon the curious colour changes in Diazona, and fails as completely as the structural characters to afford any evidence of specific distinction between the Mediterranean and the Hebridean forms. ‘“ Nimium ne crede colori”? may be a sound aphorism for the systematist in some groups, but still colour does mean something and may mean a great deal from the physiological point of view. The colony of Diazona is known to undergo remarkable degenerative and HERDMAN. Journ. Linn. Soc. Zoot. Vou. XXXII. Pr. 13. DIAZONA Journ. LINN. Soc. Zoot, You. XXXII. PI. 14. Herdman. A CUU oo0AON00 JOOOOONNNL 0 West, Newman lith.& imp. W.A.Herdman del. DIAZONA. AND THE HEBRIDEAN DIAZONA VIOLACEA. EE regenerative changes in its life-history, involving, no doubt, profound alterations of the metabolism ; and it occurs to me as possible that, if green is the normal colour when in full vitality, those Mediterranean specimens which are described as violet when alive may be in the state preparatory to regeneration when the abnormal life-processes may have caused a chemical change in the pigment similar to that produced in the green Hebridean forms when treated with alcohol. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. Puate 13. Fig.1. Colony of Diazona violacea, dredged in the Outer Hebrides, Aug. 1912; about one-half natural size. From a water-colour sketch of the living animal. 2. From Forbes and Goodsir’s coloured figure of “ Syniethys hebridicus,” published in 1851 ; slightly reduced. A. To show the mauve colour of some preserved specimens. B. To show the violet colour of the large ‘Runa’ specimen (fig. 1) after preservation in alcohol. PLATE 14, Fig. 1. Branchialaperture in the test of a Hebridean (green) Déazona, to show the 6 lobes ; slightly enlarged. 2, Branchial aperture in the mantle of the same Hebridean Diazona, to show the 6 lobes ; slightly eniarged. Part of the test of a violet Diazona, to show the conspicuous pigment cells and the colourless test cells; high power. Figs. 4 to 8. From a Naples specimen, to show the variations in the character of the branchial sac. Fig. 8 shows the epithelium on a bar opposite the junction with a connecting duct. 9 & 10. From a Mull specimen (Duke of Argyll, 1885), showing variations in numbers and sizes of stigmata. 11 to 13. From a Plymouth specimen, showing variations in the conditions of oo the bars. 14 to 16. From a Hebridean (‘ Runa,’ 1912) specimen, showing variations im the characters of the branchial sac. With the exception of fig. 8, which is a high-power view, figs. £ to 16 are all of the same magnification, about 40 diameters. ADDENDUM. ‘(On the Amputpeopa, «e., collected from the ‘Runa,’ by ALFRED O. WALKER, F.L.S.; and List of the HcHInoDERMATA collected from the ‘ Runa,’ by H. C. Cuapwick, A.L.8. At the meeting of the Society, on December 5th, when the preceding paper was read, Mr. A. O. Walker made some remarks in regard to the Crustacea collected, and read a list of the Amphipoda and Isopoda which he nie AMPHIPODA AND ECHINODERMATA FROM THE ‘ RUNA.’ had identified and which he afterwards sent to me for incorporation in this. paper. It is as follows :— * Aristias neglectus, Hansen. *Sympleustes latipes (M. Sars). Perrierella Audouiniana (Sp. Bate). Epimeria cornigera (Fabr.). Tryphosa Sarsti (Bonnier). Mehta obtusata (Montagu). Ampelisca tenuicornis, Lill). Maera Othonis (M.-Edwards). * spinipes, Boeck (young). * Photis Reinhard, Kr, Haploops tubicola, Villy. Lurystheus maculatus (Johnston). Amphilochus manudens, Sp. Bate. Leptocheirus pectinatus (Norman). Leucothoé spinicarpa (Abildg.). [P=L. mlosus, Zadd.| + Cressa dubia, Sp. Bate. Jassa pusilla (G. O. Sars). Stenothoé marina (Sp. Bate). Erichthonius brasiliensis (Dana). Colomastix pusilla, Grube. Proto pedata (Miller). * Panoplea Eblane (Sp. Bate). Astacilla longicornis (Sowerby ). Neopleustes bicuspis (Kroyer). Janira maculosa, Leach. The four species marked with a star have not been found by us in the- Trish Sea area. This is probably the most northerly record of Colomastir pusilla, Grube. It was found on the Ceylon Pearl Banks in 1902 (see Herdman’s Report, Royal Society, Part IT. p. 299). Panoplea Eblane (Sp. Bate) is a Mediterranean species. The most northerly record hitherto is that of the type described by Spence Bate from specimens taken from the branchial cavities of Rhizostoma from Dublin Bay. It appears to be very rare in British seas, as it does not even occur in the magnificent collection presented to the British Museum by Canon A. M.. Norman, as I am informed by Dr. Calman, who identified this species. Mr. H. C. Chadwick, A.L.8., has identified the Hchinodermata of the- cruise as follows :— Holothuria tremula, Gunner. Asterias Muellert (Sars). Phyllophorus Drummondi (Thomps.). » Tubens, Linn. Antedon Milleri (Wyv. Thom.). Porania pulvillus (O. ¥. Mull.). » phalangium (J. Mill.) Ophiura ciliaris (Linn.). » bifida (Penn.) » albida, Ford. Lwidia ciliaris (Phil.). Amphiura Chiajr, Forh. 5 Sarse, Dib. & Wor. Ophiopholis aculeata (Linn.). Palmipes placenta (Penn.). Asteronyx Loveni, M. & T. Solaster papposus, Fabr. Spatangus purpureus, O. F. Mill, 5 endeca, Linn. Brissopsis lyrifera, Korb. Asterias Murray, Bell. Lchinus esculentus (Linn.). The Hebridean specimens of Das esculentus, compared with those commonly found at the Isle cf Man, are uniformly higher and more pentagonal in shape, and have the primary tubercles on both ambulacral and interambulacral plates smaller in size and number, and the secondary tubercles much more feebly developed. The arrangement of the pores on the ambulacral plates is also slightly different in the two cases. + These two are considered distinct by Mrs. Sexton (Proe. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1911, p. 561) REVISION OF LINN AN TYPES OF PALMARCTIC RHOPALOCERA. 173s Revision of the Linnean Types of Paleearctic Rhopalocera. By Rocer Verity, M.D., F.1t.H.S., F.Fr.H.S. (Communicated by the President.) [Read 6th February, 1915. } Tue kindness of Dr. B. Daydon Jackson has enabled me to examine the insects of the Linnean collection, which, as is well known, was purchased and brought to England in 1784 by Dr. J. E. Smith, and subsequently became the property of the Linnean Society. Unfortunately the types of all the insects described by Linnzeus were not in his collection, as he also largely used that of the Baron Charles De Geer,. now preserved in the Royal Academy of Science in Stockholm, and that of the Queen Ludovica Ulrica, which is now in the Uppsala University. Most of the Palearctic Rhopalocera belonged, however, to Linnzeus, as will be seen in the following pages; and the opportunity I have had of examining them has enabled me to make observations which cast lght on several points of interest. Some of these have been the object of long controversies amongst entomologists, owing to insufhcient original descriptions, and others reveal mistakes which have been carried on for a century and a half, and which were so thoroughly rooted by habit that nobody ever suspected their existence. I hope in consequence that this note may prove to be of some interest, and that it will encourage others to do a similar work on the other Rhopalocera and on the Heterocera, which, I have no doubt, would yield as interesting results. Dr. Daydon Jackson’s thorough knowledge of the works and life of Linneeus has been of invaluable assistance to me. Thus it is important to know that he received many insects from Erik Brander, who was Swedish Consul at Algiers from 1753 to 1765: consequently the types of some of the common Huropean species actually are African, and the ‘* nimotypical” race is that which flies in Africa, as will be observed. Linnzeus also had several correspondents in Germany and one in Hungary, as may be inferred by the localities of his insects. I have found no evidence that Kihler, who collected plants for him in several Italian localities, ever furnished him with insects. One of the difficulties met with in working out the Linnean specimens is due to the great amount of examples that Smith added to the collection. However, after I had acquired some practice, I found that I could separate the insects nearly always with absolute certainty, availing myself of several data :—(1) the labels in Linnzeus’s own handwriting ; (2) the pins which b) 174 DR. R. VERITY : REVISION OF THE he used and which were longer, thicker, and coarser than Smith’s; (3) the way the wings were set; (4) the important fact that Linnzeus marked in his own interleaved copy of Syst. Nature, XII. edit., every species he possessed specimens of, by underlining with ink the number corresponding to it. With but one or two exceptions, I have been able to find all the specimens thus recorded; and in some instances I found a specimen labelled by him in the collection, but which he had evidently forgotten to mark in the book. Smith followed the same method, but fortunately always used pencil-marks. It must furthermore be borne in mind that, as regards the species de- scribed in the work on the Queen Ludovica Ulrica’s Museum (few in the case of Paleearctic), Linneeus’s specimens cannot be regarded as the actual “types,” but only as ‘“co-types.” We know that the Queen presented Linnzeus with duplicates when she possessed more than two examples, and we also learn from Brander’s letter, dated 23rd of August, 1756, that he used to send series of specimens both to the Queen and to Linnzeus. Entomologists do not seem to have in all cases noted in which of Linnzeus’s works the first description of the different species appeared ; so I have thought it useful to mark the date of the original description after each one, and it should be understood that they refer to the following works :— 1758. Systema Nature, X. edit. i761. Fauna Suecica, II. edit. 1764. Museum Ludovic Ulricze. 1767. Systema Nature, XII. edit. In the following list of Linnean species I have adopted the modern generic nomenclature and classification, so as to render reference easier ; at the head of each paragraph I have noted the specimens which I have been able to recognise with certainty as Linnean, and added a few observations which I think may be of some interest. In all cases in which the examination of the types seems to necessitate alteration in nomenclature, I have endeavoured to set forth as clearly as possible the grounds on which I venture to suggest these alterations, with a view to coming to a definite settlement. At the end of this paper a list of these alterations is given. The species marked by Linnzeus as being in his collection are in the following pages marked by an asterisk, thus, *. “PAPILIO PODALIRIUS [(1758)-1764]. Only one Linnean specimen, which bears this name in Linneeus’s handwriting. It is a female of the butterfly generally known as P. feisthameli, Dup., African summer brood lotteri, Aust. —The other specimen which accompanies it bears a date (1786) posterior to the transference of the collection to England. 4 LINNEAN TYPES OF PALAARCTIC RHOPALOCERA. 175 TE one goes over the earlier literature concerning the name podalirius, we find that it figures amongst the very first created by Linnzeus, but un- fortunately in a very unsatisfactory way: it is only mentioned in a short footnote on p. 463 of the X. edit. of ‘Systema Nature’; no description accompanies it, but only the following quotations : Ray, Historia Insectorum, p- 111. n. 3 (1710) ; Réaumur, Hist. des Insectes, i. pl. 12. figs. 3, 4 (1734); Rosel, Collect. of Insects, i. classe ii. pl. 2 (1746). Linneeus then gives Southern Europe as habitat, and adds that this butterfly is so similar to his American protesilaus that a thorough acquaintance with their early stages will alone prove whether they are to be considered specifically distinct. Evidently Linneeus was not personally acquainted with this insect in 1758. When Brander’s African specimens reached Sweden the author of ‘Systema Naturee’ cancelled with a few pen-strokes on his own copy of the book the footnote referring to podalirius, and in 1764 published a lengthy description of the African species he had in hand, under the same name of podalirius. If it be borne in mind that the three authors quoted by him figure or describe the species which is more widely distributed in Europe, as is ascertainable by referring to their works, it comes to be clear that Linneus applied a single name to two insects which the most recent observations have proved to be specifically distinct *. We are thus confronted with the question, for which of the two ought the name to be used? and it seems to me that the most satisfactory plan is to consider, as its own author did, the first mention of the name in 1758 as null: the lack of any description, and the imperfect and incorrect statements accompanying it proving that Linnzeus did not know the insect he was. mentioning, would, according to my views, be quite sufficient ; furthermore, the original description of 1764 is given full value by the documentary evidence of one of the very specimens from which it was drawn. If this were not enough, one might also add that before Linnzeus’s description was published the European species had already been carefully described and figured by the first author who took up the new nomenclature, Nicolaus Poda. In his ‘ Insecta Museei Greecensis’ (1761) he gave such a good figure of a female of the summer brood that it can be readily identified, and, never suspecting it was the insect mentioned by his master in the aforesaid footnote, he gave it the name of P. sinon. This name I propose to validate as specific. If it be accepted, several alterations will be found necessary amongst the names of the different races. and broods. The summer brood becoming nimotypical, the spring brood will have to receive a name instead: flammeus of Fourcroy, Entom. Paris, * See R. Verity, ‘ Rhopalocera Paleearctica,’ p. 293. I emphasize the fact that P. sion and podalirius (= feisthameli, Dup.) both fly together in Spain and Portugal and even down to Tangier in Marocco. 176 DR. R. VERITY : REVISION OF THE ii. p. 242 (1785), cannot be adopted, because its description gives no clue as to what generation the type belonged. In consequence, a name must be created, and I propose that of vernus. As regards the Hispano-African species, it will be found useful to maintain the name festhameli, Duponchel, whose original figure represents the Spanish summer brood, to distinguish it from the nimotypical African race, quite distinct from it in all the broods (see Synopsis of Alterations at the end of this note). *PAPILIO MACHAON [1758]. The specimen, which is certainly Linnean and which bears his label, isa female of the first (or only) brood of a northern race, as may be inferred by its light yellow ground-colour, short tails, and narrow transverse bands, with their inner contour undulating but not pro- «duced in sharp dents. Another specimen, of doubtful origin, is certainly ‘southern, and a third is a British specimen from the Smith collection. THais RuMINA [1758]. No Linnean specimen. *PARNASSIUS APOLLO [1758]. No specimen bears a Linnean label,” but ‘everything points to the fact that one of the three specimens in the collection was Linnean. It is a female of large size of the Scandinavian race. Two more specimens, from Italy, are Smith’s. *PARNASSIUS MNEMOSYNE [1758]. A male anda female, the first of which is labelled by Linnzeus. These two specimens evidently come from the same ‘locality ; they are of a large, very white race, with the black markings much reduced and no white patches in the vitreous marginal band. They probably ccome from Finland, which locality Linnzeus gives as only habitat in his original description; but, as he adds Hungary in the XII. edit. of the Syst. Nat., I could not certify these specimens are not Hungarian, owing to the resemblance of certain individuals of the two races. At all events, it seems plausible to consider the northern race as nimotypical f. *APORIA CRATMGI [1758]. One male specimen labelled by Linnzus is distinetly of Scandinavian origin; the other English specimen is not Linnean. “PIERIS DAPLIDICE [1758]. The specimen, which is obviously Linnean and bears his own label, is a female of the summer brood ; another female and a male are probably from Linnzeus’s collection as well. They all three belong to the large European race, with the black markings widespread and their outlines diffused and with broad and vividly green markings on the underside, contrasting with the form or race, as the case may be, nitida, Verity. t See ‘Rhopalocera Paleearctica,’ p. 320. LINNEAN TYPES OF PALH#ARCTIC RHOPALOCERA. Ie *“PIERIS NAPI [1758]. Only one specimen ; this is obviously Linnean, and bears his label. It is a male of the Scandinavian race: small, basal suffusion of wings widespread and very black ; apical marking extending far backwards along outer margin; on the underside neuration of fore wings distinctly bordered with grey scaling, that of hind wings with very broad and very dark olive-green veins. ‘The female is English and has been added in by Smith. The Linnean “type” is identical with the specimen I have figured in ‘Rhopalocera Paleearctica,’ pl. 32. fig. 32, 2.e. to the race which on p. 333 I discussed and proposed to distinguish under the name of arctica, assuming the nimotypical form to be the common spring form of Central and Southern Europe. In reality the Scandinavian race is more closely allied to the Alpine bryonic than to the so-called napi, but as it seems to constitute a sort of intermediate race between the two, I should not be inclined personally to substitute the name of napz for that of bryonie simply on this ground; more- over, the present state of things regarding this group of Pieris is very unsatisfactory, and as yet we have reached no definite conclusion as to the biological degree of distinctness between napi, bryonic, ochsenheimeri, frigida, and the allied North-American butterflies. Suffice it, then, now to have established that the Seandinavian race is the nimotypical one, and to distinguish from it the well-known butterfly of Central and Southern Hurope whose summer brood Esper has named naper, and which in the first generation, though more similar to bryonie and the Linnean napi, can be distinguished from it by its larger size, more elongated wings, very reduced basal suffusion, shorter apical black crescent, shadeless neuration of the underside of fore wings, narrower, more sharply outlined and more vividly green veins of hind wings, and by the fact that the female never offers examples of the form with yellow ground-colour and ample brown suffusion. I propose the name of vulgaris, taking as typical the first brood of the neighbourhood of Florence (Italy), because amongst the races I know it is that which keeps most constantly distinct from the Linnean one. If it be biologically proved in future that this butterfly is specifically distinct from bryonie, no doubt the Linnean race will have to be grouped with this last and vulgaris will rise to specific rank as compared with napi, whilst the name bryoniwv will serve to differentiate the Alpine race from the Arctic one. *PrpRIs RAPA [1758]. The only Linnean specimen bears his label. It is a male of the first brood, with pale grey apical crescent, no discoidal spot, and underside of hind wings suffused with a thick black dusting ; presumably Scandinavian. Thus we find that the Linnean nimotypical form of this species is identical with metra, Stephens (1827), and zmmaculata, Fologne (1857), and that it is 178 DR. R. VERITY: REVISION OF THE the summer brood, whose characters are tco well known for me to describe them here, which ought to be distinguished by a name ; according to my views on the subject +, I propose that of estivus. *PInRIS BRASSICH [1758]. The only Linnean specimen bears his label. It isa ¢ otf the first brood,with pale grey apical crescent and underside of hind wings suffused with a thick black dusting. What has been said of rape can be repeated here, and the name chariclea, under which Stephens described the first brood as a distinct species in 1827, falls into synonymy ; however, in this case we have already for the summer brood the name of lepidii, proposed by Rober in 1907. *FUCHLO® CARDAMINES [1758]. There exist four Linnean specimens, two of each sex ; they are alike: large apical crescent both on upper and under sides, very widespread and very dark green pattern on the latter side of hind wings, with no traces of yellow. The characters of a northern race are thus. developed to a high degree and fully justify the names given to other races. *HucHLOE BELIA [1767]. Under this name there exist two specimens,,. one of them bearing Linnzeus’s label; they are both females of the species which is generally known as eupheno, Linn. EucHLo® EUPHENO [1767]. No specimen, and in fact not marked by Linneeus as being in his possession. In the XII. edit. of Syst. Nat. Linnzeus describes under the names of belia and of eupheno the female and the male respectively of a single species. Cramer overlooked this fact, and having evidently also overlooked the character of “rufous apex” given in the description of belia, he figured in 1782, under this name, a species which Linnzeus had never known. Butler, in 1869, pointed out this mistake and proposed the name of cramert for Cramer’s insect. As, however, up to the present date nobody knew what butterfly Linneus’s belia was, entomologists have preferred to consider it as null, and Butler’s name has had no success. Now that it is known, it seems obvious that, as it is desirable to come to some definite settlement based on positive facts, the most reasonable view to take is that of re-establishing the name belia for the species it was created for and re-enforcing Butler’s name for Cramer’s insect. Let it also be noticed that in Syst. Nat. the name lelia stands before ewpheno, so that, strictly speaking, according to the International Rules of Nomenclature, it also has the right of priority over the latter, and furthermore that the types of ewpheno are for the present unknown, so that it is only the habitat “‘ Barberia” which gives a clue as to what species Linneeus meant it for, his brief description fitting ewphenoides as well. Staudinger did not accept Butler’s and Kirby’s suggestion of re-establishing + See ‘Rhopalocera Paleearctica,’ p. liv. LINNEAN TYPES OF PAL#ARCTIC RHOPALOCERA. 179 the name belia in the place of eupheno, on the ground that Linneus’s description of the former might have been meant for another Algerian species, 7. omphale. This view cannot stand if one remembers that in the times of Brander no European had ever got to the southern desert regions haunted by omphale. “LEPTIDEA SINAPIS [1758]. The specimen labelled by Linnzeus is a male of the spring brood with very large diffused apical patch of grey at apex and very abundant and dark scaling on underside of hind wings; another specimen is a male of the summer brood, very near the form known as diniensis, Boisd.,-and bears the locality ‘“* Hung.” in Linneeus’s handwriting Gt is the only Linnean specimen I have seen with a locality attached to it!).. The original description of this species applies as well to the summer as to the spring brood. The specimen whick has been labelled by Linneeus is to all appearance Scandinavian, and, strictly speaking, it probably ought to be taken as the type, because Linnzeus presumably only received his Hungarian insects after the X. edit. of Syst. Nat. was published ; this may be inferred by the fact that he gives the habitat Hungary for P. mnemosyne only in the XII. edit. This consideration does not seem, however, to be of sufficient value to oblige us to drop the well-known name of lathyri, Hiibn., for the first brood. *CoLIAS PALANO [1761]. The specimen bearing the Linnean label is in no way the insect which is known under this name ; it certainly belongs to the same group, having the underside of hind wings thickly suffused with dark scaling, and a silvery discoidal spot devoid of any ring, but its bright yellow upperside and narrow marginal band with a slightly undulating inner margin and yellow veins partially intersecting it distinguish it promptly ; the only butterfly I could refer it to is the American alexandra, Edw., whose habitat, however, makes it highly improbable that Linnzeus should have obtained it. Two more specimens, which are unmistakably Linnean, are a male and a female of the Scandinavian race of paleno. As the original description is in ‘ Fauna Suecica,’ I should think there was no doubt that Linnzeus meant it for the butterfly of his country which he was well acquainted with, and there is no reason to alter the present nomenclature. *COLIAS HYALE [1758]. wo males and a female, which all have the look of Linnean specimens and seem to be of the summer brood. *“GONEPTERYX RHAMNI [1758]. The Linnean specimen is a male of the northern race: small, light yellow, discoidal spots so small and pale as to be nearly invisible. LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXXII. 16 180 DR. R. VERITY : REVISION OF THE Thus Rober is fully justified in having named the race from Africa and Asia Minor, which is transitional to farinosa, and I think it equally useful to distinguish the race from Southern Europe, which is intermediate between the race of Linnzeus and that of Rober: I therefore suggest giving it the name transiens, taking as typical the Italian specimens in my collection. *GoNEPTERYX CLEOPATRA [1767]. A @, which is obviously Linnean, and bears his label, unmistakably belongs to the North African race, as may be seen by its rich colouring, by the orange patch of fore wings nearly reaching the external margin, by the underside of a vivid green with a slightly milky appearance. All these characters correspond to those of the race which Rober named mauritanica ; furthermore, Linnzus only gives Barbaria as habitat of this species. There is, in consequence, no doubt that the nimotypical race should be the African one, and as the European one is quite distinct from it, I propose to designate it by the name of ewropeus, taking as typical that which flies during the spring in the neighbourhood of Florence (Italy) ; the form which is produced by extreme heat has already received the name of ialica, Gerh., but it is by no means the commonest form even in the height of summer. *CHARAXES JASON [1758] = jasius [1767]. The Linnean specimens are a male and a female of the North African race, as proved by their large size, dark colouring, long tails, and chiefly by the very small size of the ereyish- blue spots which, on the hind wing, precede the yellow marginal band. As in the case of G. cleopatra, the only locality given by Linnzeus in the XII. edit. of Syst. Nat. is Barbaria (in the X. edit. and in Mus. Lud. Ulr. the locality “India” is obviously erroneous!). The nimotypical race is thus proved to be the African one, and, as that which flies north of the Mediterranean can be constantly separated from it by its inferior average size, by its lighter colouring, shorter tails, and much wider and more pro- minent blue spots on hind wing, often blending in a continuous band, I think it should be designated by a name. The specimens which are to the greatest degree removed from the African ones are, to my knowledge, the Tuscan, and I propose to take them as typical of a race septentrionaiis. *ApaTuRA TRIS [1758]. There exist four specimens which are obviously Linnean, and two English specimens added by Smith. Of the first, one is a male of the insect generally known as ilia, and bears a label of Linneeus, “iris” ; another is a male of its form elytie, and equally bears the name “iris” in Linneeus’s handwriting ; a third is a female of this last ; and a fourth is a male of the species generally called iris: it is set so as to show the underside. If we now turn to the Linnean literature on the subject, we find that Linneeus’s original description, which he afterwards simply transeribed, is LINNEAN TYPES OF PALA ARCTIC RHOPALOCERA. 181 quite insufficient for us to make out what species it is to be referred to. Fortunately, however, Linnzeus has furnished us a clue which proves.that the specimen labelled iris by him is actually the one he intended to describe. In his own interleaved copy of thei X. edit. of ‘Syst. Nature’ he has added a side-note which evidently can only be ascribed to the character distinguishing ilia auctorum from iris auctorum on the upper side of the wings. I quote the description of the fore wings and add the hand-written note inclosed by brackets: ‘‘Primores supra maculis albis sparsis in medio & exterius [et -ocello nigro inde ferrugineo |.” It seems to me that those who wish to establish nomenclature once for all on grounds which are not open to criticism will find it advisable to correct the mistake made nearly a century and a half ago, and to re-establish the name iris for the species of which Linnzeus has left us two types. In conse- quence, I venture to suggest that the name pseudoiris should be adopted for the false azs of authors. LimenITIS POPULI [1758]. Though this species is not marked by Linneeus -as being represented in his collection, there exists a specimen labelled by him. lt is a male with well-marked white bands. LIMenITIS SIBILLA [1758]. Of this species there exists no example bearing a Linnean label, but one of the specimens strongly suggests a Linnean origin. *GRAPTA O-ALBUM [1758]. The Linnean type belongs to the form with very dark underside ; three more specimens have been added by Smith. *VANESSA 10 [1751]. No specimen from the Linnean collection is now in existence. *VANESSA ANTIOPA [1758]. It is very likely that the typical specimen is of American origin, being small and having a narrow marginal band. Linnzus quotes America as well as Europe, showing he had received it from the New World. *VANESSA POLYCHLOROS [1758]. Linnzeus’s specimen is remarkably small and light-coloured on the underside. “VANESSA URTICA [1758]. What has been said of V. 10 may be repeated here. *PYRAMEIS ATALANTA [1758]. The example labelled by Linnzeus is of the commonest form, with moderately wide crimson bands. *PYRAMEIS CARDUI [1758]. There is nothing noteworthy about the one typical specimen. LG 182 DR. R. VERITY : REVISION OF THE *ARASCHNIA LEVANA [1758]. As in last species. ARASCHNIA PROoRSA [1758]. Linnzeus describes this brood as a species: distinct from levana, but evidently did not possess it. a *MnLtir®a maruRNA [1758]. A male and a female, unmistakably of Linnean origin. In the former bands of a fine red stand out on the lighter ground- colour of the wings. *MELITHA CINXIA [1758]. The type is a small, but brightly coloured,, 2? of the Scandinavian race, and presumably comes from the Botanical Garden of Uppsala, which Linnzeus, in ‘ Fauna Suecica,’ gives as the habitat of this species. * ARGYNNIS EUPHROSYNE [1758]. One small example from the collection of Linnzeus. Areynnis pia [1767]. Described from an Austrian specimen, but not possessed by its author. *ARGYNNIS NIOBE [1758]. ‘lhere exist two Linnean specimens, one of which bears a label in his handwriting. They are two males, exactly alike, and belonging to the form with no silver markings on the underside of the. hind wings, except some minute specks in the pupils of the rusty spots which stretch across the wing within the light-coloured space. If one refers to the original description we find that it exactly answers. to these specimens, so that this should be considered the nimotypical form, and the name eris, which has so long been used for it, should be sunk in synonymy. *ARGYNNIS CYDIPPE [1761] = aApiprE [1767]. The specimen which bears. this name in Linnzeus’s handwriting, and which in every respect is unmis-- takably of Linnean origin, is a female of A. niobe and belongs to the so-called nimotypical form of this species with silver spots on the underside developed to the highest degree. This startling observation enables me to point out a gross mistake made by Esper in 1777, which has been continued for nearly a century and a half. Linnzeus’s description agrees in every respect with the specimen labelled by him “‘ cydippe”’ (a name which he changed in 1767 into adippe), but as he described this female as a species distinct from niobe, owing to the variability of the underside, and as his description was not accurate enough to convey exactly what he meant it for, Esper did not hesitate to attribute it to the only similar European species without a name. The result is that down to. this day the latter has remained without one. \ LINNEAN TYPES OF PALMARCTIC RHOPALOCERA. 183 The name syrinv was proposed by Borkhausen for an abnormal pair figured by Esper, and the name berecynthia of Poda is accompanied by such a vague description that it is impossible to make out what species it is meant for ; so that, according to my view, the best plan we can adopt is to dedicate this species to the entomologist who discovered it, and name it esperz, taking his figures as typical. . The name cydippe can stand for the form of niobe with silver markings, and the alteration suggested by Linnzeus six years after naming it had better be discarded to obviate confusion. ’ ARGYNNIS AGLAJA [1758]. A pale female example bears the Linnean label *ARGYNNIS LATHONIA [1758]. The type of Linneeus belongs to the small YI 8 and pale northern race. _*ARGYNNIS PAPHIA [1758]. One male specimen from the Linnean collec- tion is unmistakably of northern origin, as may be seen by the very prominent bands and spots on the underside of the hind wings. *“MELANARGIA GALATHEA [1758]. The female labelled by Linneeus is a large example and belongs to the dark form of this species, contrasting sharply witb the smaller and much lighter British race, of which specimens have been added by Smith. “HREBIA LIGEA [1758]. ‘Two specimens, a male and a female, are unmis- takably Linnean, and obviously belong to the same race of the species, a northern one, being smallish and rather dullin colour. The female bears the name in Linneeus’s handwriting. A third specimen, of the male sex, is probably also Einnean. *“SATYRUS HERMIONE [1764]. The specimen which bears this name in Linnzeus’s handwriting unmistakably belonged to his collection. Itis a male of the species generally known ag alcyone, Schiff., and all its distinctive characters are most prominently marked. It belongs to a Central-Huropean race, with the white band on the upperside of the fore wings rather con- spicuous and containing two ocelli. Another specimen, which is certainly also of Linnean origin, is a male of the species known as hermione and of a Central-Huropean race of small size, with rather inconspicuous white bands. It is set so as to show the underside. If we refer to Linnzeus’s original description we find that, on the whole, it is insufficient to enable us to make out which of these two species he meant it for (and the figures he quotes as representing his hermione are very good reproductions of jidia in one instance and of circe in the other !), but one character he mentions is worthy of attention: he describes the band of the underside of the fore wings as being tawny in colour; as this is the very 184 DR. R. VERITY : REVISION OF THE character which, in a rough way, is the best to distinguish aleyone from hermione, and as the individual labelled by Linnzeus possesses it to the very highest degree, there can be no doubt that that specimen actually belongs to the species Linnzeus meant to describe. If this conclusion be accepted, it is clear that aleyone must become synonymic of hermione, and that we must turn somewhere else to find the name to be adopted for the other closely allied species. It must be noted that Scopoli in ‘ Entomologia Carniolica’ had described a Satyrus of this group a year before Linnzeus ; but unfortunately it is utterly impossible to make out from his description which species it is, so that his name fag? can only be regarded as non-existing. We next come to Esper, and we find that he clearly saw the differences between the two allied species and figured them under the names of hermione major and hermione minor. The first must: evidently be adopted, although it unluckily is anything but highly recom- mendable to stand as specific. Saryrus Fipia [1767]. Linnzeus never possessed this species and never seems to have realised that Petiver’s figure in ‘Gazophylacium, 12, pl. 7. fig. 5, which he quotes under hermione, in reality represents this insect. SaTYRUS SEMELE [1758]. Although not marked in Linneus’s copy of Syst. Nat., there exists a female specimen from his collection ; it is of the small northern race. *Saryrus BRISEIS [1764]. One specimen unmistakably Linnean ; it is obviously of German origin, and, in fact, that is the habitat given with the original description. *Saryrus pHaDRA [1764]. One Linnean male, evidently from the same locality as the last. *HPINEPHILE JuRTINA [1758]. The specimen bearing the Linnean label is a fine female of the North-African race, usually known under the name of fortunata, Alph. As this name stands in Syst. Nat. before janira, Staudinger has done well to point out that, according to the accepted rules, it has the right of priority, but, now we know that the type is of African origin, we must furthermore add that this race should be considered as nimotypical and Alpheraky’s name sunk in synonymy ; it must also be noted that Linnzeus gives Africa as well as Europe as habitat of jurtina, showing he knew of females from both localities. *HPINEPHILE JANIRA [1758]. The insect labelled by Linnzeus is a small male of the preceding species with very inconspicuous apical ocellus and no trace LINNEAN TYPES OF PALAHARCTIC RHOPALOCERA. 185: of tawny band onthe upperside. It obviously belongs to the Central-European race, and this view is confirmed by the fact that Europe is the only locality given, proving that Linnzeus had never received any males from Africay. We can thus come to the conclusion that the name janira should be used to designate the European race of jurtina, taking as typical of the former the Central-European one. EPINEPHILE TITHONUS [1771]. No specimen of Linnean origin of this species, which was described in ‘ Mantissa Plantarum,’ p. 537, from speci- mens of a German race. [ *PARARGE DEJANIRA [1764]. A male of this species, over which Scopoli has a right of priority, having described it in 1763 under the name of achine. |. PARARGE GERIA [1758]. Linneeus does not seem to have possessed this species, for which he gives Southern Europe and Africa as habitat. PARARGE MEGERA [1767]. There seems to be some confusion in tke Linnean collection concerning these two species: a female specimen of megera seems quite Linnean and bears a label on which “17 eger.” is written in his handwriting; another label in Smith’s handwriting points out the mistake, about which there can be no doubt, as the original deserip- tions of the two species are quite clear. Austria and Dania are given as localities for megera. PARARGE MAERA [1758]. This species is not marked as having been represented in Linnzeus’s collection, but four specimens are unmistakably of Linnean origin. Furthermere, one of them, a female, bears a label with this name in his own handwriting; another, a male, bears the name philippus traced by the same hand, and is set so as to show the underside—the latter name does not appear in any of Linneeus’s works ; a third specimen is a female exactly similar to the first, and the fourth is a male of the species which Fabricius described later as hiera—these two examples have no label. The three maera just mentioned are quite typical of the very definitely distinct race which flies in Scandinavia : small size ; no trace of tawny band in the male, very rudimentary (f present atall)in the female ; underside of fore wings entirely chocolate-brown with a small patch of deep mahogany-red, that of hind wings abundantly suffused with dark shadings; on the whole, this race looks much more similar to hiera than it does to other maera, and + This was probably the principal cause which led him to describe them as a distinct species. 186 DR. R. VERITY: REVISION OF THE it would be nearly impossible to separate them in some cases if it were not for the characters of the central streak of the fore wings. The Central- European forms having always been regarded as nimotypical of the species, Schilde suggested distinguishing the Scandinavian one by the name of monotonia. Here, as in other instances, it would be wise to settle nomen- clature once for all on the base of positive facts ; so I suggest abolishing the Jatter name and giving one to the race from Central and Southern Europe which is exactly intermediate between the two extreme variations of the species—the Linnean and adrasta. It is by far the most widely distributed of the three, and even within its range interesting local races can be detected ; so, to fix it more exactly, I propose to take as typical of my vulgaris that which flies in the neighbourhood of Florence (Italy). It is not so large as some of the Alpine races, but it has the advantage of being very constant. The male has traces of a tawny band above, the female has one con- stantly, and generally also a small indefinite patch of the same colour within its inner margin ; the underside of fore wings has a uniform tawny ground- colour, and the hind wings a clear uniform grey one, on which the trans- verse stripes stand out well. All these characters contrast with those of the Linnean race. *APHANTHOPUS HYPERANTHUS [1758]. A male and a female from Linnzeus’s collection are of the small form with smallish oceelli. *C@NONYMPHA PAMPHILUS [1758]. Two Linnean specimens of the small northern race, with hind wings dark on the underside and bearing a well- marked white band. C@NONYMPHA HERO [1761]. Not possessed by Linneeus. Sweden given as the habitat. CG@NONYMPHA ARCANIUS [1761]. Though not marked as possessed by Linneeus, there are two specimens which unmistakably come from his col- lection, and one bears a label of his. They belong to a very small northern race and are presumably Scandinavian. The marginal black bands of wings are very wide ; on the underside the white band of hind wings is narrow and the ocelli small. *NEMEOBIUS LUCINA [1758]. Two Linnean specimens. *“THECLA PRUNI [1758]. One male bearing the Linnean label; it is of the form with only one small orange lunule near anal angle of hind wings on upperside and with a narrow orange band on underside. Another specimen, which is evidently from the collection of Linneeus, is a Z. ilicts with orange patch on fore wing; he probably took it to be specifically identical with prunt. LINNEAN TYPES OF PALHARCTIC RHOPALOCERA. 187 *ZEPHYRUS BETUL& [1758]. The example labelled by Linneus is a female with a large orange patch on fore wings; a male specimen is unmistakably Linnean as well. . *ZEPHYRUS QUERCUS [1758]. A male from the Linnean collection is evidently of European origin. *CALLOPHRYS RUBI [1758]. The one Linnean specimen is a female, unmis- takably of the northern race, as may be seen by its small size, dark under- side, and chiefly by the complete absence of any white streak. Thus the names of borealis, Krul., and polaris, Méschl., by which this race had been distinguished, have no reason to exist ; and, assuming it to be the nimotypical one, it is the race commonly distributed in Central and part of Southern Europe which should be designated by a name: that of vrgatus seems to me appropriate for it. Its characters are intermediate between the Linnean race and those of jervida, Stdgr., from the warmest portions of the habitat of rubt. The names immaculata, Fuchs, and punctuta, Tutt, are useful to indicate its extreme-individual variations. *(CHRYSOPHANUS VIRGAURE® | 1758]. Three Linnean examples, of which one bears a label. They belong to a small and pale northern race, with markings on the underside very reduced in size and number. The habitat given by Linneeus being Westmania, there is little doubt that these specimens are from that locality. As in the case of the Huropean Parnassit, &e., it will probably be found convenient to separate from this distinet northern race that of the mountains of Central Europe, always dis- tinguishable by its larger size, much brighter colouring, and more prominent markings of underside ; the male on upperside has a richer redder tone than is ever the case in Scandinavia. I propose for it the name of inalpinus. I think the name of oranula, given by Freyer to the extreme northern form from Lapland, can be preserved, as that race is not identical with the nimo- typical one, being still smaller and paler. The race which stands further- most from the latter is, to my knowledge, the large and boldly marked virgauree of the Maritime Alps in Piedmont (Valdieri, 1400 m.); so it might be taken as typical of inalpinus. *CHRYSOPHANUS HIPpoTHOH [1761]. The two Linnean specimens in existence are males of the species which is generally known under this name. They evidently belong to a northern race and are presumably Scandinavian, as Linneeus describes this species in ‘Fauna Suecica.’? They present characters intermediate between those of the form which is generally considered as nimotypical and the characters of the Alpine form ewrybia, Ochs., agreeing with the latter by their small size, dull colouring, and diffused biack shadings, 188 DR. R. VERITY : REVISION OF THE and with the former by the presence of a small amount of violet scaling along the costal margin. The specimen which bears the label of Linnzeus is an aberrant one: on the underside of both fore and hind wings the two. series of ocelli which precede the submarginal orange band are confluent, and give rise to a single series of wedge-shaped streaks, as in the specimen figured by Gerhard under the name of ab. confluens. The fact that we have the Linnean type of this species under our eyes is. very interesting, because it had been held in doubt by many entomologists whether the species which is generally known as hippothoé was really that which Linnzeus intended to describe, and whether it was not more likely to be C. dispar. The point of this controversy is now evidently settled. An error of secondary importance, which, however, I think it would be well to rectify once for all, as in the case of other species, is that regarding the nimotypical race. The Central-European one has always been regarded as such, and, accordingly, ewrybia from the higher Alpine ranges and stiebere from Lapland had been described as varietal forms. On the contrary, we now know that Linnzeus’s types are identical with the latter and nearer allies. to the former than to what was considered the nimotypical form ; so that the most beautiful and highly specialised race of heppothoé in which both sexes are vividly coloured—the male being of a very bright reddish copper on upperside with a strong purple gloss, and presenting a distinct orange sub- marginal band on underside—has to this day remained unnamed. I propose the name of mirus, taking as typical of it the race which flies in the Pyrenees. and which is quite similar also to the German one (Cassel, Berlin, ete.) ; to: my knowledge it is furthest removed from eurybia. *CHRYSOPHANUS PHLEAS [1761]. No Linnean specimen in existence: now. Lampipes Baricus [1767]. Linnzeus gives Barbaria as habitat for this. species, but it was not represented in his collection. *LycHNa ARGUS [1758]. Two male specimens of Linnean origin, one of which is labelled. They are large, brightly coloured, and very white on. underside, and belong to the species to which Staudinger and most previous: authors rightly attribute this name. Few species have been the object of longer debates amongst naturalists. than this and the following. These are the only Linnean types, strange as it may seem, which any entomologist has referred to in a direct way, to settle definitely the controversies caused by the insufficiency of original descriptions. Tutt, in fact, examined the two insects, and placed his con- clusions before the Entomological Society of London in the meeting of the 17th of March, 1909. I can in this case fully agree with them. As regards. LINNEAN TYPES OF PALZARCTIC RHOPALOCERA. 189 the following species, he seems to have overlooked some facts on which?{I wish to lay particular stress. Lyca#na mwas [1761]. This insect is not marked by Linneeus in his copy of the XII. edit. of Syst. Nat., because he only quotes it in that work as a synonym of argus. There exist, however, two specimens which are unmis- takably Linnean. The one which now bears his label is a femaie with wings entirely brown and one fulvous lunule near anal angle. It is unfortunately one of those specimens of this sex which it is very difficult, if not impossible, to refer with certainty to agus or to its near ally. I am _ personally more inclined to consider it as belonging to the latter rather than to the former. The other Linnean specimen is a most typical female of the species for which Staudinger has proposed the name of arayrognomon, Bergstr., and further- more, curiously enough, it belongs to the blue form of that sex for which the name argyrognomon was published, and which Staudinger proposed to name callarga. The basal half of the wings is entirely blue, and they bear very prominent fulvous marginal lunules. Turning our attention to the Linnean literature on the subject, we first find the name idas in.‘ Fauna Suecica’ given as “nomen triviale ” to the insect which Linneeus had already described before he took to the binomial nomenclature, and in the ‘‘nomen specificum”’ of which he clearly stated that the wings were blue with rufous marginal lunules. This brief descrip- tion he transcribes in all his following works when quoting idas. Curiously enough, in the somewhat more lengthy one which follows it, there is an open contradiction, as it is stated that the wings are entirely brown. It seems to me that the ‘nomen specificum” from every point of view ought to be considered as the original description of idas, the more so seeing that we have before us the striking fact of the existence of the specimen for which the name was created. Thus we are led to the conclusion that even if the brown specimen isa female of argus, it is the blue one which ought to be considered as the type of idas; and we can definitely settle the question regarding the names of the two species in a very satisfactory manner by discarding the long-debated name of wgon, as was suggested by Staudinger, and by re- establishing the Linnean name of idas in the place of argyrognomon, which, for several good reasons, had not been favourably accepted by most ento- mologists as specific. In any ease it will be found necessary to alter the name idas given by Rambur to a Spanish species of the same genus, and it might be dedicated to its author under that of ramburi. *LycmNa ARION [1758]. The Linnean specimens consist of a darkish male and of a much lighter coloured female. 190 s DR. R. VERITY : REVISION OF THE Y *CYANIRIS ARGIOLUS [1758]. The Linnean type bearing his label is a female of the spring brood, as may be seen by its small size, narrow black marginal band, and prominent spots on the underside. ° *Pampuitus comma [1758]. There are three specimens from Linnzeus’s collection, two males and a female. One of the former and the latter unmis- takably belong to the northern race, being small and dark with prominent quadrangular spaces on the underside. *HESPERIA MALVE [1758]. One Linnean male of this very constant species. It exhibits toa marked degree the characters distinguishing malve from malvoides, Elw. & Edw. *THANAOS TAGES [1758]. The three males which evidently belonged to Linnzeus are of the form with dark ground-colour, rendering the black bands and markings very inconspicuous. Synopsis of Proposed Alterations. no} ; / Substitute : In place of : Papilio sinon sinon, Poda .......2..+++..- Papilio podalirius, auct., zanclaeus, Zell. Be Hh CORRE MOON oonoucoon : ” ” podalirius. » podalirius podalirius podalirius, L... » feisthamelt, Dup., lottert lottert, Aust. i - maura, Verity, podalirius, D 99 MAUTA L. rs - podalirius feisthamelt, * 5 feisthameli feisthamelt. Dup. eh 5 nuegt, Thierry-M., feis- 95 zs muegr ‘5 thamelh, Dup. JENAFOS TO O8 UD FFD), Wa Bek bone ee .... Pieris napi napi arctica, Verity. A » vulgaris vulgaris, nom, Nov. .... ” Mss RIZO De maUC: 9 I moped, Lsp., Vulgaris eae. ” 5 napee napi. HL maeperapce nape. Na. (yale. aunties » rape metra, Steph., rape. ns » @estivus, NOM. NOV., rape ...... ” 9 «ape, ” » Orassice brassice brassice, L. ...... » brassice chariclea, Steph., brassice. i » leptdit, Rob., brassicae, L. .. Ps » Orassice, ” WCRLOG DEWG Mat rcas, sic yovais - Sie cieon ree ELuchloé eupheno, L. vs Chanvenonalb nt leave t),. 0/2) ae » belia, Cramer. Gonepteryx rhamn, L., transiens,nom. noy.. Gonepteryx rhamni. South-European race. 99 cleopatra cleopatra, L. ...... 2 7h cleopatra mauritanica, Rob. Ns z ewropeus, Nom. nov... va ee 9 cleopatra, Charaxes jasius, L., septentrionalis, nom. nov. Charaves jasius, European race. A DOUTUNG DIDS. Mewes 2) asec cn a -al'eacdidn aie » Apatura tha, Schiff. 3p PSAUBIDI US; MONT, INOW oha55665 55 a » wis, auct. AVRO MOVES THOOA US 555 ab boo aba J ale Argynnis niobe eris, Mies. E CUAL PE lan Maleia nist taiaee naa dr », mobe, auct. A) APIO MOUND, WOVS s0occb0cor0cnne 53 adippe, act. Satyrus hermione, lL... a9 LINNEAN TYPES Substitute : GOP) ING es 605 e : Epinephile jurtina jurtina, L. 7) ARMOURED Wins « JERR TRUONG Wh secoecooeacgue 5 3? Callophrys rubi rubi, L...... ) Lycena idas, L. ...... os eee oh) 29 ” CMU FOsh INO, INO ooseoena » vurgatus, nom. Chrysophanus virgauree inalpmmus, Nom. Nov. INO\Wo ofouoc hippothoé hippothoé, L....... a MUU, ramburi, nom. nov. nom. nov. .. eee eee eer eee OF PALMARCTIC RHOPALOCERA. In place of : Satyrus aleyone, Schiff. > hermione, auct. Epinephile jurtina fortunata, Alph. 2 » jurtina. Pararge maera monotonia, Schilde. Bp » . maera. Calophrys rubi borealis, Krul. (= polaris, ‘Moschl.). rs on DUD: Chrysophanus virgauree. Central-European. race. hippothoé stieberi, Ger. A hippothoé. Central-HKuropean: race. Lycena argyrognomon, Bergstr. » tdas, Ramb. OL ri J Og ico ft Y ‘S oe 7 me ; } YY + 4 196 ai 7 A | ‘ is < j uo be Ts a +! ‘4 ; Ge Pe . mitt a rAalw bs ba ype ee omen a, - a © i Bs na Pet cht Tee Weed et a iol cists es edt ee is? wives hake ae 16 es ts Aa + ahh pe die a ; rerun TE: nee ‘A ra a \ oo . Le ' a evr ee ee res cal hel ite ip Ae EOD Teli ARAN ine ve ian thy an RON Mid ies |) ; t ow Paes wae Perwde Af an ae t i , ey ss 9) EN Bi: ED a i a ar ea 7 J) a4 ud eh iy ei 2.) Ree | EA > Sy) eel ee _ want ak AS ; ; O67 i oe ? fa wel \ dafee yi iP Ws Tl fart iy sph P Sow te + 2 eg ee Pits th - a r! ing ? iiviiet te { agent) OS a= pile 2 wee. be frie es ‘ . te bye ‘ aa ee =. =¢ 24s b ety . 4 ; 9 > a s ‘ h ~ “ ' : 5 w ae i oo eye ‘ee - nem f : : =f mi Rrree Taek me WT + ; pe it oat LE ya ae Wie oe i ies Da ip oe ats wh) IFA, #) wen DR. K. JORDAN : OBSERVATIONS ON DR. VERITY’S PAPER. nS Observations on certain Names proposed in Dr. Verity’s paper on the Rhopalocera Paleearctica in the Collection of Linneus. By Dr. Karn JorDAN. (Communicated by the President.) [Read Ist May, 1913. ] Havinc had an opportunity of reading Dr. Verity’s interesting and important investigation of the Linnean Pralseanciie butterflies, I should be glad to make a oe observations concerning the names proposed by that author in substitution of those now in currency. It must be admitted that the Linnean specimens are of great historical interest, and Dr. Verity knows the Palearctic butterflies so well, that his identifications of the Linnean specimens may be accepted as perfectly correct, and the specimens and labels claimed to be Linnean by Dr. Verity may be regarded as undoubtedly genuine. On the other hand, there is no proof positive that these specimens are those from which Linneus drew up the descriptions for the ‘Syst. Nat. ed. X. (1758) ; in the absence of such Bicol: we cannot follow Dr. Verity in according them the status of “ types.” The utmost care and cireumspection should be exercised Bofors a change of name is proposed, and if there is any doubt as to the necessity of the change, no change should be made. Even if the Linnean specimens could be proved to be “ types,” some of the changes in nomenclature proposed by Dr. Verity would nevertheless be unwarranted and would give rise to just and strong protests, ¢. g. in the case of Papilio podalirius. Three examples different in character may suffice as a criticism of Dr. Verity’s arguments. a. Papilio podalirius—The name was based by Lioneeus in 1758 on recognisable figures of the Central European Scarce Swallowtail. It is entirely indifferent from a nomenclatorial point of view whether Linnzeus had seen a specimen or not. Names are frequently being proposed for species known to the author only from figures or descriptions, and such names are valid. b. Apatura iris.—The tris of 1758 is composed of two species, one bearing an ocellus both on the fore and the hind wing, and the other species having a distinct ocellus only on the hind wing. The description of 1758 only mentions the ocellus of the hind wing, and therefore applies strictly to the species generally known as iris. Moreover, in the case of composite species any subsequent author is at liberty to restrict the name to one of the species. This was done in 1776 by Schiffermiiller, who gave the name of ilia to the bi-ocellate species. It is entirely indifferent from a nomenclatorial point of view that Linnzeus has added a manuscript note to the original 194 DR. K. JORDAN: OBSERVATIONS ON DR. VERITY’S PAPER. description. This note—posterior to 1758, and to the effect that u/s has am ocellus on both wings—may, however, be taken as evidence that Linnzeus: received specimens of the bi-ocellate species after 1758. ec. Argynnis adippe-—The Linnean description applies equally well to the silver-spotted form of niobe as to the insect generally known as adippe (=cydippe preocc.), although Hsper (in 1782) was emphatic on the point that the description best fitted the species he figured as adippe. If the female from the Linnean collection can be proved to be the one on which the name cydippe was based in 1761, a change of name would be necessary in accordance with the law of strict priority. That proof it will be difficult or impossible to furnish, and some doubt will remain as to whether Esper in 1782 was really wrong in figuring as adippe L. the insect known under that name ever since. RULES FOR BORROWING BOOKS FROM THE LIBRARY. 1. No more than Six volumes shall be lent to one person at the same time without the special leave of the Council or one of the Secretaries. 2. All books shall be returned before the expiration of Six weeks from the time of their being taken out, but if not required by any other Fellow, they may, on application, be kept for a further period of Six weeks. 3. All books lent shall be regularly entered by the Librarian im a book appropriated for that purpose. 4. No work forming part of Linneus’s own Library shall be lent out of the Library under any circumstances. Norr.— Certain other works are included im this prohibition, such as costly illustrated works, and volumes belonging to sets which could not be replaced of lost. A GENERAL INDEX to the first twenty Volumes of the Journal (Zoology) may be had on application, either in cloth or in sheets for binding. Price to Fellows, 15s.; to the Public, 20s. A CATALOGUE of the LIBRARY may be had on application. Price to Fellows, 5s.; to the Public, 10s. NOTICES. Tue attention of the Fellows, and of Librarians of other Societies is requested to the fact that TWO volumes of the Journal (Zoology) are in course of simultaneous issue, as follows :— VoL. $1. Nos. 203-208. Nos. 209 and 210 of this volume are reserved for reports on collections from the Sudanese Red Sea. Vou. 82. Nos. 211-215, including the present number. Authors are entitled to 50 copies of their communications gratuitously, and may obtain another 50 by payment, as shown on the printed slip which accompanies the proof. If more than 100 copies are wanted, application must be made to the Council. Abstracts of the proceedings at each General Meeting and Agenda for the next, are supplied to all Fellows. B. DAYDON JACKSON, General Secretary. OcToBER 25. Price As. THE JOURNAL OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY. A'0) aD. @.©@.6 0 ZOOLOGY. No. 216. CONTENTS. Page I. On the Classification of the Order Symphyla. By RicHaRD S. LSIOSUATHN OS TEARS ON 0] TANS PP Mea i 1/8 RU eae EN i 1s II. Freshwater Rhizopoda from North and South America. By G.H. NY Acre theless GE dace dia) 62025 Souee eLpGu iW aah ele cit a SMe ols al 201 III. On Aphareocaris, nom. nov. (Aphareus, Paulson), a Genus of the Crustacean Family Sergestidee. By W.T.Cauman, D.Sc., F.L.S. CE Ta be Gain sera Macen arabe) Sila taaipelelgarn sy cy sale aiden 219 IV. A Free-swimming Nauplivid stage in Palinurus. By J. D. F. Gitcarist, M.A., D.Sc., Ph.D., F.L.S. (With one Text- ITVEADN GED) MeL cuit Ati cics cesar R O REAP MANE EAN Ge oun GrE SBP, 225 LONDON: SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE, PICCADILLY, W., AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., AND WILLIAMS AND NORGATE. 19a LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. rSODi LIST OF THE OFFICERS AND COUNCIL. Elected 24th May, 1913. PRESIDENT. Prof, E, B. Poulton, M.A., D.Se,, F.R.S. VICE-PRESIDENTS. Sir Frank Crisp, Bart. Prof. A. C. Seward, F.RB.S. Horace W. Monckton, F.G.S, Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S. TREASURER. Horace W. Monckton, F.G.S. SECRETARIES, Dr. Otto Stapf, F.R.S. | Prof. G. C. Bourne, F.R.S. GENERAL SECRETARY. Dr. B. Daydon Jackson. COUNCIL. Prof. G. C. Bourne, F.R.S. Prof. Francis W. Oliver, F.R.S. Dr. W. T. Calman. Prof. E. B, Poulton, F.R.8. Sir Frank Crisp, Bart. Dr. A. B. Rendle, F.R.S. Prof. Perey Groom, D.Sc, : Dr. Walter George Ridewood. Prof. W. A. Herdman, F.R.S. Miss Edith R. Saunders. Arthur W. Hill, M.A. Ghat in We _. Prof. A. C. Seward, F.R.S. Dr. B. Daydon Jackson. Dr. Otto Stapf, F.R.S. Prof. F. Keeble, Sce.D., F.R.S. Miss Ethel N. Thomas, B.Sc. Prof. E. A. Minchin, F.R.S. Comr. J. J. Walker, R.N. Horace W. Monckton, F.G.S. Dr, A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S. LIBRARIAN. CLERK. | ASSISTANT. A. W. Kappel. S. Savage. | W. H. T. Tams. LIBRARY COMMITTEE. The Officers ex officio, with the following in addition :-— Dr. W. T. Calman. Hugh Scott, M.A. Prof. E. A. Minchin, F.R.S. Miss A. L. Smith. Henry N. Ridley, F.R.S, Miss E. N. Thomas, B.Sc. R. W. H. Row, B.Se, Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S. Miss Ethel Sargant. CLASSIFICATION OF THE ORDER SYMPHYLA. 195 On the Classification of the Order SympHyLa. By Ricuarp 8. Baenatt, F.L.S., F.E.S. (Hope Dept. of Zoology, University Museum, Oxford.) [Read 83rd April, 1913.] As far back as 1882, in a note on the “ Genera of the Scolopendrellide,”’ * J. A. Ryder shows that there are two forms, stating that “the first has the body very slender, tapering anteriorly, with the eyes or stemmata placed on the upper surface of the narrow, elongate head ; the second form has a broader, more robust body of nearly uniform width anteriorly and posteriorly, with the eyes or stemmata at the sides of the head and not visible from above, the head itself being nearly circular or sub-quadrate in outline from above. “The first is the type to which we may assign the old designation of Scolopendrella originally proposed for it by Gervais + ; the second, of which Newport’s species (i. e., immaculata) becomes the type, may be distinguished generically from the first, as pointed out above, under the name of Scutigerella. The latter form is also distinguished from the first by the much greater ‘development of the basal appendages of the legs.” Hansen {, in his excellent ‘Monograph of the Order Symphyla’ (established as an order by Ryder in 1880) says (p. 23): ‘The group ‘consists of one single family with two genera,” but in a footnote he adds, ‘with some significance, “Some zoologist will perhaps soon establish these ‘genera as families, and divide each of them into two or more genera.” Since Hansen’s work was published in 1904 single species have been described by Imms, Silvestri, and Attems, whilst I have had the pleasure of examining very rich English material comprising no less than fourteen species and have just received numerous tubes of Oriental material. Prior to the appearance of Hansen’s monograph Silvestri§ diagnosed a new genus, Symphylella, for the species of Scolopendrella in which the first pair of legs is absent, with isabelle, Grassi, as type. He also figured and described Scolopendrella notacantha, Gervais, and S. pygmea, sp. n., species which agree in the possession of the first pair of legs, but which in my pinion are more strongly separated than pygmea and isabelle. This paper was not noticed by Hansen, and I am inclined to think that Scol. subnuda, Hansen, will prove to be synonymous with S. pygmea, Silvestri. In working out my material I have come to the conclusion that the genera Scutigerella and Scolopendrella as diagnosed by Hansen represent two * Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. vy. (1882) p. 235. + Ann. Sci. Nat. sér. 3, Zool. 1., 1844. t “The Genera and Species of the Order Symphyla,” Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. xlvii., 1904. § In Berlese’s ‘ Acari, Myriop. et Scorp. huc. in Italia rep.,’ fase. xcvi., 1902. LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXXII. 17 196 MR. R. S. BAGNALL ON THE main groups, here treated as subfamilies but which might in future be readily given family rank, and that each contains at least three strongly characterized genera. In the Scutigerellinee (as I propose to name the first group) I was fortunate enough to collect two new species of the immaculata-group, which makes it safe to deal with immaculata as a type distinct from the nivea-group. In fact, although Hansen (in litt.) has always regarded Scutigerella as more difficult to deal with than Scolopendrella, this material has enabled me to tabulate the genera of the Scutigerellinze in unmistakable characters. In Scutigerella, s. str., the postero-median cavity of the last dorsal scutum is peculiar and is endorsed by the absence of the long outstanding antero- lateral or Jateral scutular sete. In this genus we find two species each possessing a distinctive character which does not reappear in succeeding groups,—armata, Hansen, having each fore-femur armed with a distinct tooth, and biscutata, Bagn., possessing a pair of plate-like prolongations. hinged to the 13th dorsal scutum. The second genus, Neoscutigerella, is erected for the English species S. Hanseni, Bagn., and in the character of its scutular setee stands alone. The absence of the postero-median cavity of the last abdominal sete precludes. its reception in the genus Scutigerella, but here, too, the possession of longer, outstanding, and presumably sensory setee is not shown. A second species of this genus (from Ceylon) is in my possession. In the third and last genus, Hanseniella, the long outstanding setee of the scuta appear for the first time, and this feature is continued throughout the genus and throughout the genera of the second subfamily, Scolopendrellinze.. In the subgenus Scolopendrelloides (which may ultimately be split off from Hanseniella, s. str.), as exemplified by two species, we find three common: characteristics of which two are noteworthy. Firstly the somewhat deep postero-median depressions of the last seutum suggests the curious cavity in Scutiyerella, whilst the shorter exopods of the posterior legs lead one naturally to the Scolopendrellinz. Scolopendrelia, s. str., in the well-developed legs of the first pair present a con-. necting link also, and this pair in the next genus, Scolopendrellopsis, is there also but smaller, and in Symphylella is obsolete. Whilst I have accepted Nilvestri’s genus Symphylella, I should here point out that as yet I have not succeeded in perceiving any valuable character other than the absence of its first pair of legs to warrant its separation from Scolopendrellopsis (but I have only examined the one species swbnuda, Hansen), whilst from my table it will be seen that these genera cannot possibly be included in the genus Scolopendrella, being separated by the strongest morphological characters. I name the genus Hanseniella in honour of one of our foremost zoologists, Dr. H. J. Hansen, of Copenhagen, whose friendship and help I am proud \to. acknowledge. eine rs. CLASSIFICATION OF THE ORDER SYMPHYLA. 197 Family ScOLOPENDRELLID&. Species usually larger and more robust, with the first pair of legs always well developed and more than half the length of the following pair; the exopods well developed and conspicuous. Posterior margins of all the dorsal scuta but the last. slightly rounded or emarginate, with angles generally broadly rounded, rarely angular (but when angular each lobe is several times broader than long). Dorsal surface of the hind pair of legs usually furnished with numerous sete. Cerci simple, that is, without striped terminal area or transverse LiMesiaitLa perce pasion yeriaels Ait tcaiae tee. Subfamily ScuriGERELLINA, mihi. . Species smaller and more slender, with the legs of the first pair rarely more than one-half the length of those of the following pair (S. notacantha is the only exception), and more usually vestigial; none of the exopods well developed. Posterior margins of all the dorsal scuta but the last one produced into a pair of triangular plates. Dorsal surface of the hind pair of legs furnished with very few sete. Cerci usually with a striped terminal area, and often, in addition, with raised transverse lines on the most distal part outside the area. Subfamily ScoropENDRELLINZ®, mihi. i) Subfamily ScuTiGERELLIN#&, mihi. 1. Last dorsal scutum with a very deep and somewhat large cavity overlapped anteriorly and situated in the middle of the posterior margin. No long outstanding sete on lateral margins of scuta...... Genus ScuTIGERELLA, Ryder. Last dorsal scutum without such median cavity................0.....0005 2. 2, All setze on scuta, excepting an antero-marginal pair on the first scutum, shorts blumt,ram di tuisiiornal irate eee ite Genus NEOSCUTIGERELLA, noy. All set normal. The second scutum (and certain others) furnished with at least one pair of longer, forwardly or laterally directed, latero-marginal ECE Sannin NAS A aM SED a MR oT RCNA Gk “oe SUAS Genus HANSENIELLA, nov. a. The last scutum slightly depressed posteriorly along the middle. The exopods of posterior legs well developed. The sete on the inner side of the proximal antennal joints directed obliquely forwards and, at most, about one and one-half times as lone as the sets on the OULER SIMS secaeyice suse slanes seenep ORM Sete er Aleta Subgenus HANSENIELLA, s. str. b. The last scutum with a deep postero-median depression. The exopods of posterior legs short, at most much shorter than the depth of tarsus. Some sete on the inner side of the proximal antennal joints nearly vertical to the longitudinal axis of the antenne and unusually long, the longest at least two and one-half times as long as the sete onthe outer side) jie. auseeaeesesel Subgenus SCOLOPENDRELLOIDES, nov. ILS 198 MR. R. S. BAGNALL ON THE Subfamily ScoLoPENDRELLIN#, mihi. 1. First pair of legs well-developed, of normal shape and more than two-thirds the length of the following pair. Hind margin of each scutum with a distinct longitudinally striate belt between the pair of triangular processes. Cerci without the raised transverse lines at the most distal part. Central cephalic rod interrupted before the middle and there branching shortly toreither side) |. 25 e eee eee errr Genus SCOLOPENDRELLA, Gervais. First pair of legs reduced in size or (more usually) obsolete. Hind margins of scuta without striate belts. Cerci with raised transverse lines at the most distal part opposite to the terminal area. Central cephalic rod interrupted before the middle, but not branched laterally ................ bo 2. First pair of legs present, not more than one-half the length of the following AAT ys ciete\-tejei cya ee See ee) Pee iclogel Genus SCOLOPENDRELLOPSIS, nov. First pair of legs obsolete, represented by a pair of rudimentary wart-like protuberances, without claws even............--005 » Genus SYMPHYLELLA, Silv. Species of the Order SYMPHYLA. Subfamily ScuricERELtin#, Bagnall. Genus SCUTIGERELLA, Ryder. Species immacutata (Newp.), armata, Hansen, spinipes, Bagn., and liscutata, Bagnall. Genus NEOSCUTIGERELLA, Bagnall. Species Hansent (Bagn.). Genus HANSENIELLA, Bagnall. Subgenus HANSENIELLA, s. str. Species wngutculata (Hansen) *, subunguiculata (Imms) }, caldaria (Hansen), orientalis (Hansen), plebeia (Hansen), ruwenzorin (Silvestri) ft, NIvEA (Scop.), chilensis (Hansen), capensis (Hansen), and angulosa (Hansen). Subgenus SCOLOPENDRELLOIDES, Bagnall. Species CRASSICORNIS (Hansen), and pauperata (Hansen). * Gravely names a subspecies indica, of which I shall have something to say later. + Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. xxx., 1909. t Torino Boll. Mus. Zool. ed. Anat. vol. xxii., 1907. I have not yet seen the description. CLASSIFICATION OF THE ORDER SYMPiIYLA. 199 Subfamily ScoLOPENDRELLIN®, Bagnall. Genus SCOLOPENDRELLA, Gervais. Species NOTACANTHA, Gervais. Genus SCOLOPENDRELLOPSIS, Bagnall. Species microcotpa (Muhr), pygmea (Silv.), su’nuda (Hansen), and silvestri2 (Hansen). Genus SYMPHYLELLA, Silvestri. Species ISABELLA (Grassi), dunelmensis (Bagn.), jacksoni (Bagn.), tewana (Hansen), vulgaris (Hansen), horrida (Bagn.), neotropica (Hansen), simpler (Hansen), delicatula (Bagn.), minutissima (Bagn.), pusilla (Hansen), brevipes (Hansen), and antennata (Hansen). * Perhaps synonymous with pygmea. [Norr.—I have not seen Graf Attems’ description of his Scutgerella indecisa from South-West Australia, and have therefore been unable to include it in the above list —R.S. B., 25rd July, 1913. ] Pie v. U ne, peecie hee aise Patterat ks ke pa oe: MR. G. H. WAILES ON FRESHWATER RHIZOPODA. 201 Freshwater Rhizopoda from North and South America. By G. H. Waites, F.L.S. (PiatE 15.) [Read 19th June, 1915. } UNITED STATES. DurinG the year 1912 I was able to augment the records of Rhizopoda from the Eastern United States, described in a paper read before this Society in April 1912 *, by collections from the following localities :— New Jersey.—The Palisades on the west bank of the Hudson River from opposite Yonkers for about 5 miles southward ; gatherings from pools, moss, and sphagnum. ‘This district dries up almost completely during the summer, but 99 species and varieties were recorded, including Diflugia oviformis, D. rubescens, Nebela caudata, N. tenella, Euglypha crenulata, E. alveolata var. cirrata, and Cryptodiffiugia eboracensis, besides others noticed at greater length below. Hnglewood and Leonia; g swamp forming part of the Hackensack Meadows: from this district atherings from pools, ditches, etc., and a large Al species were obtained, including Nebela dentistoma var. lacustris, Huglypha alveolata var. cirrata, and Pseudodifflugia fulva. Princeton ; squeezings from water-plants and sediment from Carnegie Lake, sphagnum from a marsh about one mile north of the lake, and gatherings from a pond near Rahway : 57 species were obtained, including Difflugia oblonga var. cornuta, D. oviformis, D. rubescens, D. urceolata, Nebela scutellata, Huglypha alveolata var. cirrata, and Pseudodifflugia gracilis. New Yor« Stare.— West Point on the Hudson; gatherings from a lake and small marsh, from which 28 species were obtained, including Bullinula indica, Huglypha rotunda, and Pseudodifflugia fulva. Baldwin, Long Island ; gatherings from a large pond having sphagnum and Drosera rotundifolia growing on the margin : 39 species were recorded, including Pseudodifflugia Archert and P. gracilis ; Difflugia rubescens and Cyphoderia trochus var. amphoralis were particularly numerous. Virem1a.—Ocean View near Norfolk; two gatherings of water-plants and some sediment collected by E. Solomonsky: from these 44 species were * Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xxxii. (1912) pp. 121-161. 202 MR. G. H. WAILES ON FRESHWATER obtained, including Diffugia oviformis, D. tuberculata and var. minor, only one species of Nebela—. barbata, Euglypha alveolata var. cirrata, E. armata,. FE. crenulata, EL. rotunda, and Pseudodiffiugia gracilis. Hspecially numerous was a handsome form of Centropyais aculeata var. discoides, about 200 w in diameter, having a brown test with usually three spines. The above localities and a further examination of previous collections added 24 species and varieties to the 161 previously recorded, including three new species and one new variety. Short notes on these additional records are- added. Sub-Class RHIZOPODA. Order AM(EBINA. Family Loposa. AM@BA PILOSA, Cash. Linn. Soc. Journ., Zool. xxix. (1904) p. 219. pl. 26. fig. 8. Cash & Hopkinson, Brit. Freshw. Rhiz., Rey Soc., 1. (1905) p. 62, pl. 4. figs. 1-6. Two individuals of this species were obtained in Van Cortlandt Park, N.Y.; when inactive they were about 50 in diameter and covered with fine cils 6 » in length; the endoplasm was loaded with various kinds of granules, including green and yellow bodies ; two rather small contractile vacuoles were visible near the periphery, but the nucleus could not be distinguished. When in movement the ectoplasm flowed in short lobular expansions, the surfaces of which became immediately covered with the fine cils. Whilst under observation one individual rejected all the granular inclusions, leaving a finely granular grey plasma which completely dispersed immediately on becoming dry. AMEBA PROTEUS var. GRANULOSA, Cash. Cash & Hopkinson, Brit. Freshw. Rhiz., Ray Soc., i. (1905) p. 48, pl. 1. fig. 3; pl. 3. fig. 2. Ameb«a proteus pars, Leidy (6), p. 30, pl. 1. fig. 4. Occurs on the Palisades, N.J. One individual measured 600 p in length: and about 90 u in breadth, when active. AM@BA VILLOSA, Wallich. Leidy (6), p. 62, pl. 2. figs. 14-16; pl. 8. figs. 1-16. Not uncommon on the Palisades. Albany, N.Y. (De Tarr). RHIZOPODA FROM NORTH AND SOUTH AMERICA. 203. Family VAMPYRELLIDA. VAMPYRELLA LATERITIA (Lresen.), Leidy. Leidy (6), p. 253, pl. 45. figs. 10-16. Vampyrella spirogyre, Cienk. in Arch. mikr. Anat. i. (1865) p. 218, pls. 12, 15. figs, 44-65.. At West Point, N.Y.,and in a pool on the Palisades, N.J., opposite Harlem, this species occurs numerously. Individuals kept under observation fed freely on filaments of Spirogyra (cells 30 w diam. and 70-80 w in length); the contents were abstracted by the animal apparently dissolving an oval aperture, 10-12 w in length, in the cell-wall; through this, pseudopodia were thrust and the cell-contents absorbed, then the transverse cell-walls were attacked, and a very small hole, about 2 ~ in diameter, was made in each by the extremity of a pseudopodium which was then used to abstract such of the contents as were within its reach, a portion usually being left. After three adjoining cells. had thus been more or less completely emptied, the Vampyrella moved along the filament for a distance of 3 or 4 cell-lengths and repeated the process. Whilst feeding, the animals did not increase noticeably in size but became green ; this colour, however, soon disappeared, and the normal brick-red colour was resumed. Frequently accompanying the Vampyrelle were a number, 4 to 8, of small amoeboid sporozoa, 6 to 8 in diameter; they appeared to search the Spiro- gyra filament for the large openings made by the Vampyrella, through these they entered the empty cells and then searched the end walls for the small perforations that had been made, squeezed themselves through, and fed on such portions of the contents of the cells as had been beyond the reach of the Vampyrella. These sporozoa had a well-defined nucleus and small vacuole, whilst within the cells they displayed two or three sharply pointed pseudo- podia ; they became green and larger after feeding, and frequently some were unable to emerge through the small perforation until the process of digestion had reduced them in size. Order CONCHULINA. Family ARCELLIDA. ARCELLA CURVATA, sp. nov. (PI. 16. figs. 3 & 4.) Arcella discoides pars, Leidy (6), p. 173, pl. 28. figs. 32-36. Test of medium size, light brown in colour, circular, the ventral face: curved so as to form a portion of a cylindrical surface subtending an angle of 80°-100°, the dorsal face forming a dome of moderate height; aperture large, circular, invaginated, bordered by numerous small pores ; plasma greyish, granular, usually including many’ food-particles ; the nuclei not 204 MR. G. H. WAILES ON FRESHWATER large, about four or five in number ; two or more contractile vesicles usually present ; pseudopodia not observed. Diameter 120-135 w ; aperture 48-55 w; thickness about one quarter ot the diameter. Distribution.—Norfolk, Virginia ; Jacksonville, Florida (Leidy) ; Switzer- land (Penard). In the material from Norfolk the curved tests at once attracted attention, and that this is not merely an accidental condition is evidenced by the constant curvature and the absence of any similar tests not curved. The number of the nuclei also distinguishes it from other Arcelle, a subject which is entered upon at greater length in the note on the following species. No active and only a few living individuais were observed, and further observations as to the number of nuclei and the plasma, etc., are desirable. Penard has observed this species in two localities near Geneva ; at Norfolk it occurs numerously but is perhaps of very local occurrence. ARCELLA MEGASTOMA, Penard, sp. nov. (PI. 15. figs. 1 & 2.) A. polypora pars, Penard (8), p. 408. A, polypora pars, Wailes (16), p. 150. A, discoides, Ehrenb. pars, Leidy (6), p. 178, pl. 28. fig. 22. Test large, circular, compressed, thickness about one quarter to one third of the diameter ; aperture large, circular, invaginated, surrounded by numerous small pores, from 0:4 to more than 0°5 of the diameter of the test in width ; plasma greyish in colour, granular, attached to the test by numerous epodes and containing many food-particles ; nuclei small, numerous, from 40 to 200 in number ; several contractile vesicles usually present ; pseudopodia digitate. Diameter 190-365 ~; aperture 100-190 p. Distribution—Van Cortlandt Park, N.Y.; Split Rock, Lake Boonton, N.J.; Wyoming (Leidy); Chili; Switzerland (Penard). Having received slides containing specimens found near Geneva, kindly sent to me, for comparison with American specimens, by Dr. Penard, he suggested that I should give a description of this species, which he had named provisionally A. megastoma ; it is, however, to be hoped that he will sup- plement it by the results of observations extending over a considerable period. All species of Arcelle have normally two nuclei only, except A. polypora, A. megastoma, and A. curvata ; the first two belong to what may be called the A. discoides group, having tests more or less similar to that species but possessing more than two nuclei: 4. discoides, however, has been recorded by several observers with more than two nuclei (8. p. 408), for example Leidy (6), P]. 28. fig. 28, shows a test 180 w in diameter with three nuclei, but others may have escaped observation, and in other respects it conforms to A. polypora ; RHIZOPODA FROM NORTH AND SOUTH AMERICA. 205 but until a sufficient number of observations have been recorded to clear up this question it would perhaps be advisable to regard A. polypora, Penard, as a variety of A. discoides, Bhrenberg. The following table shows the relation- ship of these species with approaimate limits of size :— Diameter. | Aperture. | Height. No. of nuclei. Arcella discoides, Ehrenberg ...... 80-150 | -‘Sdia. |1/5to1/sdia. 2 normally o eolaynorra, ewe o6 50008 100-200 p | 3-4 dia. | 1/4 to 1/3 ,, 8-20 » megastoma, Penard, sp. nov.| 190-365 yx | 455 dia. | 1/4 to 1/3 ,, 40-200 . CUPHGTGL, Ss WOVo0 ss yeoo 509 120-135 p “4 dia, 1/4 dia. 4 or 5 Information is required regarding the development of the young of the above species and the number of nuclei present at various stages of their growth. It is possible that the nuclei increase in number by division during the development of an individual. The structure of the tests and the pores around the apertures appear to vary in the A. discoides group within a wide range, the limits of which cannot at present be accurately defined. ARCELLA VULGARIS, Ehrenberg. (PI. 15. fig. 5.) An unusual form of this species was found which has acute basal angies, as shown in fig. 5. Diameter 100-136 w; height 4 to $ the diameter. Distribution.—Princeton, N.J.; Norfolk, Va. Family DIFFLUGINA. DIFFLUGIA BICORNIS, Penard, in Mem. Soc. Geneve, xxxi. 1890, no. 2, p. 141, pl. 4. figs, 12-14. (PI. 15. figs. 10 & 11.) D. bicuspidata, Rhumbler, Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. li. (1891) p. 546, pl. 32. fig. 60. D. elegans pars, Penard (8), p. 237, fig, 10. ? D. acuminata pars, Leidy (6), p. 109, pl. 12. figs. 24-27. The majority of the tests observed were furnished with two horns, but three- and rarely four-horned tests also occur ; the two- and three-horned forms are symmetrical, but the fourth horn appears as if interpolated on the latter form (fig. 11). Length, without horns, 70-80 uw ; breadth of test 60-65 w; horns 20-30 wu in length. Diistribution—Good Ground, Long Island; Palisades and Princeton, N.J.; Asbury Park, N.J. 206 MR. G. H. WAILES ON FRESHWATER The tests figured by Leidy (figs. 24-27) have smaller and less divergent horns than those seen by me but are of about the same size, his figs. 28 and 29 are much larger (about 200 pw in length). This species is much smaller than either D. corona or 1. urceolata, has. fewer horns, and the circular aperture is devoid of any lip. The plasma often contains zoochlorella cells. DIFFLUGIA LANCEOLATA, Penard. D. pyriformis pars, Leidy (6), p. 98, pl. 10. fig. 17. Occurs on the Palisades, N.J., about 140 w in length. DirFLueia OLLIFORMIS, Lagerhem. (PI. 15. fig. 12.) In Forh. Geol. Foren. Stockholm, xxiii. (1901) p. 512, figs. 1-5. The test of this Dijlugia resembles that of D. subequalis, Penard (Revue Suisse), but is rarely so large, is less truncate and much more variable in size. The colour of the test is brown, with an aperture bordered by a collar usually smooth but occasionally composed of small grains loosely aggregated. Length 80-87 w ; diameter 70-78 pw ; collar 36-42 p. Distribution.—Carnegie Lake, Princeton, N.J. Tn the ‘Scottish Naturalist,’ March 1912, p. 63, this species was recorded doubtfully by meas D. subequalis. The limits of size in Great Britain are:— length 50-84 p, diameter 45-80 p, collar 30-60. A small variety about 30 » in length also occurs in Yorkshire (Lagerheim, figs. 4 & 5). DIFFLUGIA URCHOLATA var. AMPHORA, Leidy. Leidy (6), pl. 14. figs. 3, 4, 8; pl. 16. fig. 34. D. amphora, Leidy, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1874, p. 79. This variety is distinct from J). amphora, Penard (Faune Rhiz. Léman, 1902), which is distinguished by a recess around the base of the neck, and the collar having in side view a wavy outline, and by the expression of the polygonal aperture. ). amphoralis, Hopkinson, is a much smaller species. Length 190-200 uw (Leidy 200-600 ) ; diameter 125-128 w ; aperture d5— 60 w. Similar to Leidy’s fig. 8, pl. 14. Distribution.—Van Cortlandt Park, N.Y. Family NEBELINA. NEBEIA SACCIFERA, sp. nov. (PI. 15. figs. 7, 8, 9.) Difflugia equicalceus pars, Leidy, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1874, p. 156. Nebela equicalceus pars, Leidy, zbzd. 1876, p. 118, fie. 15. Nebela equicalceus, Wailes (16), p. 137. Nebela hippocrepis pars, Leidy (6), p. 156, pl. 24. fig. 18. . Test of large size, pyriform, compressed, colourless, formed of circular discs usually imbricated ; provided with two hollow curved horns, projecting - RHIZOPODA FROM NORTH AND SOUTH AMERICA. £07 internally, arising at each side of the test above the widest part, and communi- cating at the base with the exterior by a small slit-like orifice ; test in lateral view narrowly pyriform ; transverse section elliptical, prolonged at each end into a shallow keel ; aperture elliptical ; nucleus large, placed posteriorly, containing several nucleoles ; plasma normal. Length 203-240 w; breadth 126-145; aperture 38-45 w by 20-23 »; thickness one half to two thirds of the breadth; length of horns 35-60 p. Habitat. Sphagnum. : Distribution.—Lakehurst ; Absecom (Leidy), N.J.; Good Ground, Long Island (16). Leidy found only two empty tests of this species, and he realised that although related to, they were distinct from Nebela equicalceus ; from which species it is distinguished by the absence of the horseshoe-shaped keel around the fundus, by the horns not being solid, and the smaller size of the test with a shorter neck. The small openings at the base of the horns are very narrow slits usually indistinguishable but readily detected if a test be removed from water into oil of cloves, when the oil can be seen entering through them : although not uncommon in several gatherings and many living individuals were seen, none were active. No specimens of NV. equicalceus were found. It may perhaps be more than a coincidence that if the space eceupied by the horns were vacant the test would then be similar to that of NV. ansata, and the small discs often attached to the horns of that species (Leidy, Pl. 25. fig. 1) may represent the discarded material. CocHLIopopiuM ECHINATUM, Korotneff. In Arch. Zool. expér. viii. (1879) p. 480, pl. 25. fig. 9. C. vestitum pars, Leidy (6), p. 188, pl. 32. figs. 27, 28. A form occurs at Good Ground, Long Island, similar to Leidy’s figs. 27 & 28, which Cash & Hopkinson (Ray Soe. 1908) consider to represent this species ; this form possesses spines intermediate in length between those of this species and C. vestitum. The aperture varied from being about two- thirds the diameter of the test to a narrow slit, according to the movements of the animal. The pseudopodia, nucleus, etc., are accurately represented by Leidy. Diameter 32-35 w ; nucleus 6 w dia. with a well-defined central nucleole ; spines about 8-10 yw in length. Distribution—Trout Pond, Good Ground, Long Island. Family HUGLYPHINA. HUGLYPHA DENTICULATA, Brown. In Scott. Nat. 1912, p. 111, pl. 5. figs. 5-11. This recently described species bears a close resemblance to a colourless 208 MR. G. H. WAILES ON FRESHWATER form of Assulina muscorum devoid of the membrane bordering the aperture ; the plasma, nucleus, and pseudopodia are also similar ; itis widely distributed but not very numerous, and seems always to occur in association with A. muscorum. Length 42-52 w; breadth 23-30 p. Distribution— West Point, N.Y.; South America ; Java ; Great Britain. BUGLYPHA FILIFERA var. PYRIFORMIS, var. nov. (PI. 15. fig. 6.) E. ciliata pars, Leidy (6), p. 214, pl. 36, fig. 14. E. filifera, form ‘“c,” Wailes (16), p. 148. Test usually smaller than the type, pyriform with elongated neck, the lateral margins furnished with 5-7 long spines arranged in a single row ; transverse section elliptical ; aperture circular bordered by 8 denticulated scales ; plasma and pseudopodia as in the type. Length 48-60 w; breadth 24-30 w~; aperture 6-10; thickness 17— 23 w 3 spines 18-26 yw in length. Distribution.— Good Ground, Long Island ; Pennsylvania (Leidy). This variety is referred to as form ¢ on p. 148, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxxil. (1912), but specimens submitted to Dr. Penard were declared by him not to be LH. jilifera, Penard. j The tests of this variety are usually somewhat more compressed than in the type, the thickness varying from two-thirds to three-quarters of the breadth. It is not of common occurrence. WUGLYPHA STRIGOSA var. MuscoRUM, Wailes (17), p. 42. Forma HETEROSPINA, f. nov. This form was recorded with the test thickly covered with spines of various lengths. Length 65-70 w; breadth 55-58; aperture 16-17; spines 6-26 pw in length. Distribution.—Palisades, N.J. ASSULINA SEMINULUM var. SCANDINAVICA, Penard (8), p. 519. A. scandinavica, Penard in Mém. Soc. Genéve, xxxi. (1890) no. 2, p. 176, pl. 9. figs. 1-15. Only one or two individuals were seen and these very small; it is usually found in elevated situations. Length 77; breadth 73; aperture 24; nucleus 22 in diameter, containing nucleoles 6 x4 ; scales 10 w in length. Distribution.—Palisades, N.J. TRINEMA ENCHELYS var. GALEATA, Penard in Mém, Soc. Geneve, xxxi. (1890) no. 2, p. 186. This variety, approaching 7. complanatum in appearance, is widely dis- tributed and was occasionally seen in an active state. Distribution—Van Cortlandt Park, West Point, Long Island, N.Y. ; Palisades, N.J.} RHIZOPODA FROM NORTH AND SOUTH AMERICA. 2093: Family GROMIINA. PAMPHAGUS MUTABILIS, Bailey. In Amer. Journ. Sci. & Arts, vol. xv. (18538) p. 341. Leidy (6), p. 191, pl. 33. figs. 1-9. In a pool on the Palisades this species occurs numerously ; many were seen in an active state. Length 45-60 « ; breadth about half the length. Distribution—New Jersey! (6); West Point, N.Y. (Bailey); Pennsyl- vania (6); Wyoming (6); Lowa (Edmondson). PSEUDODIFFLUGIA FASICULARIS, Penard (8), p. 403. Unusually scarce, being found in only one gathering, where it occurred in association with P. gracilis. The majority of individuals had smoother tests than is usual and one empty test was perfectly smooth with a sharply defined narrow collar around the aperture. Length 26-30 w; diameter 18-20 ; aperture 10 p. Distribution.—Palisades, N.J. DIAPHOROPODON MOBILE, Archer. In Quart. Journ. Micros. Sci. n. s, ix. (1869) p. 394, pl. 20. fig. 6. Tn one gathering of sphagnum this species was numerous, but in no instance were the pseudopodia fully displayed. The test is thick but smooth and pliable ; its shape is very variable, ovoid, pyriform, or even sometimes con- stricted in the middle, but it is not usually compressed ; the fine cils with which it is thickly covered are colourless, and under a low power appear like a hyaline investment ; they are from 8-10 in length and become invisible in Canada balsam, oil of cloves, and glycerine; they are insoluble in cold sulphurie acid. Length 70-115 4; breadth 50-65; aperture variable ; nucleus about 20 w in diameter. Distribution —In sphagnum from Trout Pond, Good Ground, Long Island. Family AMPHISTOMINA. Diptopurys ArcueEri, Barker. In Quart. Journ. Micros. Sci. n. s. vill. (1868) p. 123. On some water-plants a young colony of embryos of this species was seen in an amoeboid state ; the individuals were 4 u in diameter, and the colony, about 50 w in length, displayed numerous pseudopodia about 30-40 wu in length. 210 MR. G. H. WAILES ON FRESHWATER Leidy, 1879, Pl. 45. figs. 7, 9, shows such a colony which he doubtfully ascribes to this species, but in reality it belongs to the Heliozoon Hl@orhanis cincta, Greeff, whose embryos contain reddish globules, whereas the globules in JD. Archeri are usually yellow but sometimes of a pale blue colour (v. Penard, ‘ Les Héliozoaires,’ 1904, p. 228). Distribution. —Palisades, N.J. Sub-Class HELIOZOA. Family ACTINOPHRYIDA. AcrinosPH&RIuM EicHHorni, Hhrenb. Leidy (6), p. 259, pl. 46. figs. 1-11. This species occurs numerously in several localities ; many small ones (Leidy, figs. 3&5) were seen, the result of the division of mature individuals. Distribution.—Palisades ; Englewood ; West Point, N.J. SOUTH AMERICA, During the years 1911 and 1912 moss and squeezings were received that thad been collected by James. Murray in South America, for examination for Rhizopoda ; the gatherings from Bolivia and Peru are described in his “Notes on the Natural History of Bolivia’ (1913) ; the others are kere described. List of gatherings :-— (1) Antofagasta, Chili; one gathering from a pond: 6 species. (2) Valparaiso, Chili; one gathering from a pond : 7 species. (3) Puntas Arenas, Straits of Magellan, Chili; gatherings from sphagnum, ponds, and stream : 29 species. (4) Rio Janeiro, Brazil ; gatherings from moss (shore and inland), ponds, and sphagnum collected on the slopes and near the summits of Mt. Papagaio (4000-5000 ft.) and Mt. Corcovada (2200 ft.) : 55 species. (5) Buenos Ayres, Argentina ; moss from trees: 3 species. (6) Panama, Central America ; a sample of dry sandy moss: 8 species. Little is known of the distribution of the Rhizopoda in South America. Ehrenberg (1841) records Arcella pileus and two other species, and in 1871 RHIZOPODA FROM NORTH AND SOUTH AMERICA. alot (Abh. Kgl. Akad. Wiss. Berlin) he records from Venezuela six species of which Trinema enchelys (Arcella caudicola, pl. 2. f. 31) is the only one that can be identified with certainty ; of the remaining five Difflugie, four are species of Nebela and one is a species of Huglypha; from Cape Horn he records three species, viz.: Difilugia phiala (£. 9), which resembles Nebela Murrayi in outline, but the absence of all detail prevents its identification, D. hermitana (f. 10), which has an outline resembling Nebela Certesi, and D. antarctica, which is some species of Huglypha. Certes (8) records 28 species and varieties from Cape Horn including four new species *. From Paraguay, Daday (4) records 34 species including five interesting and curious new ones. Dr. Fuhrman has submitted a collection of material, made during his recent expedition to the Andes of Colombia, to Dr. Penard for examination, but the report is not yet published. The collections made by J. Murray provided a total of 74 species and varieties, three of which are now first described, and one (Arcella megastoma, Pl. 15. figs. 1 & 2) is described above, p. 204. Nearly all the species recorded are ot common occurrence in other parts of the world, but the following may be noted as either rare or seldom recorded previously :— Awerinzewia cyclostoma. Nebela caudata. Bullinula indica. » (Hyalosphenia) cockayni. Corycia aculeata. » scutellata. » flava var. coronata. » tropica. x BOIS Of these, Vebela cockayni has been recorded previously only from Oceania, and WV. vas from localities bordering the Pacific Ocean (8, 11); several species recorded by Certes and Daday were not found. The Nebelz now first described are interesting owing to their affinities and peculiarities ; NV. spicata occurs at Sandia, Peru, but was not found in time to be described in J. Murray’s report. Judging from the materials examined, many places on the coasts of South America, also large tracts of forest, are very deficient as regards the Rhizopod fauna, owing no doubt to unfavourable conditions as to humidity and sunlight; in localities where conditions are more favourable the number of species still appears to be restricted, but individuals are often numerous. Investigations carried on in situ are sure to regult in adding many species to those recorded. Notes on some of the less common species that were found are appended. Trinema constricta, Certes, is Corythion dubiwm, Tarének, and Trinema sauvinett, Certes, is a Rotifer test. LINN. JOURN.——ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXXII. 18 a bo MR. G. H. WAILES ON FRESHWATER Clas SARCODINA. Sub-Class RHIZOPODA. Order AMCHBINA. Family Loposa. Ameeba terricola, Greeff Order CONCHULINA. Family ARCELLIDA. ANSROSIE) CHEETETREY, (Cra? Tae cod cs s600cocnesg00a56 conn. Pom PCISCOLCES CL LTCND. ... ek ARO ee eo nie op | MONSON, JPET Gob coheancanse BOOS a DUnAOOS opt USCA Ra ann pecan aaencadones osG doco - Be Billo NORE (CA 0.)\) WES banononoaosons Pseudochlamys patella, Clap. et ATsiicle a ee ae ae ea Corycia aculeata (Greeff), Awer. ..... Gee Weenie Sis aioe ee », flava (Greeff), Pon, . is, eee eens LGC OLONA bay CLE.) eer Masviaties a epar eto eeeneeet Bullinula indica, Pen Centropyxis aculeata (Zhrenb.), Stein ..........++++++-- PE OGT GISCOleS) HL17. C0 aanEnn ne aA », var. ecornis (Hhrenb.), Leidy .......... - »_ var. hemispherica (Barnard), Wailes (7) 5 ercelloides; 277. |... ano Eee ee eee Plagiopyxis callida, Pen. * labiata, Pen. OEM OOO nO OO ODDO oodoOO 5 Family Dirriueina. Difflugia constricta, Ehrenb. (Leidy) y CoWAUTONS OG! 2 Oa ae PI MRA SIRI e riot SAG cls Soo. 6 " lucid areR er 45.2 a:raplanlayste shah okie: nee CeO Ms oblonga hirenb.e 1.5 eons 2 neces : ‘i =A OP, MEME TRAIN, OLE sa505ces0n06 ; tuberculata var. minor, Pen............. ae Garda Pontigulasia compressa (Car ter), Cash Phryganella hemispherica, Pen. rs OAL CUOUAS WAC TEs exc eee Per ee Trigonopyxis arcula (Leedy), Pen. Lesquereusia spiralis, Biitschli OICIOTOIO 0 O Oc oosnrto DO GUnoOo0 O epfeita) Jelfoilefailsee av bejellelisiivllelle ene oh fa) (o) [olfaivulie Welieicetielcsiie imitate) te] (nllelisiite) talelite Chili. ——— a 3 ee oC co Es es lee: mM D is} Bp S . @i/2is fe i] Stl ee S ns} =] cel | > |} 5 Tea ay | x xX xX x xX xX ue xX xX xX x xX x Elion Oe } Soenall 2S xX Xx | : 5 || x Fatt oe | x | 88 Tio Janeiro, Brazil. AS XXX KKKXKKKKXKXK xX X Buenos Ayres, Argentina. o XK OK KK ORK KOK KK | o | Panama. RHIZOPODA FROM NORTH AND SOUTH AMERICA, 213 Family NEBELINA. Inekyalospltenia; papiliow/icrdy sana (aaa ane e enn subtlava,; Cush. k santegenthe ty eer eene Nebela caudate, eid yp eae ey Leeann ti y cOckay nik (Renta. se cpvaccon nt cat rere eee ee ee eee ° | DRM ETI OCCA d CAaMem nna n Be G5.0.5.0 6 0 da pe kaes | Paes dentistoma, YEA ee PATE TS cece NSD ae la ees - Oi WEVA, WU WOO, osoconcagecons go), QUACILISS FGI5 | cots sex seis seh 8 otra eR RO ee te ae 5 dlegeniformis: Pens 2. cess. acvserem aie ee neni Sid) MM TONTLT CARTS: BOT yc etavaiersh hc) «Seve wean ae cenenay cep atetenceereetaes |, er re sANd OTST ALAN) Oh OKO) ys Reece ah A .a'0S ole G mo 6 do Pee OL MUCH OCS A Saree krakon «5s eyoe ena Ree cee ei wiumeetscubellata, Wales. a4 0... ou). paces Geer Ree an eSpicatasspanovs (Pert) o.<- saa e eens Wa GELOPICH WVGUES. occ w win hc aera ee ee eer eee ieeerrmanetinctax (eva) teArwen. .s.. «cuss eis eee Ee Wiehe WAS) (COLES wa Te oo orb ae all Ay oe a een ee gee Vabree a Bening as a se idove owusthe dee RE ee Quadrula symmetrica, FEL. Schulze Py OHS bu RO oes obs PEleleoperassordidlany erm mant sats at.) Sore ae eee ena ss SVlVatiCas Rei iat): a ni sn ted Ee eee Awerinzewia cyclostoma (Pen.), Schout. .......c...se0ee Cochliopodium bilimbosum (Azerd.), Leidy Ce eT Family KuGLYPHINA. (Larsllyyolae eramaenial, UVGMAS 2 nod cn occas soul dsounc copes a alvecla tan Digs nc Go Ao cide pee oeae ee arenes | a Giliahiah, IHUTAIN, Bomoeaconocgosbounoobo 54506 | a Cristata, Wed yi hci cn asec eee ee Ree eee 3 (GONNA, (CUMEP popaccdacscoacccescgueoodo | is Clem WENA, JEROCHO cagnooccosoncdoccnucacnsd 3 HlTPe TA THe Nits vac cyshseutcy atone a ee ee se Toswisy, Perey cx. 5 3 Geen sie at ee OLS | a Strigiosal (HAZEN. Leta lane eee ere +5 hi) Ho IBIS, ‘ce scoaccoanso000cesuuercod i yn Leheberospinaiisn./ ere ee eens OUP UNE KOM, [VOUS »o000800050800 Assulina IMUSCOKUMy Gee ian aaa ey tac eee ee Cyphoderia ampulla (Ehrenb.), Lewdy -Trinema enchelys (Ehrenb.), Leidy a se CUR AMONG SED 655400000 cs vecdsoeod A COMMON coho bcos tomo olevossacoe ope MIM Gare, Pens Soka sino ace eee eee ete. | ComndanosnGlrlonuminy HORT scoacsgoentuacccouocaneons PS pDhienOderiashissInostnis;e/c/ ase .aete ee eae iene Family Gromiina. IeeVemAR AMS HNO MUS JAOUE co soococesoanecoceancoe | | Pseudodifflugia fasciculaniss Pensions tn yes rN nn: er PREISMIE SGMMGON, Sonne cuocaggossaneece 3 4 6 00 x x D0 x x XS || XX || 3X Xx || &X o x x | xX O° Xx x | X 06 x x | X x 00 x x | XX x x x x oo x x Bao x XS || 3X x o x x ote x x | XX x x || x x || XX x 2x i OX x oo || X x 2h || 2X x X || 06 x x aa x x || XX x || Xs x x oo || aX x ST 214 MR. G. H. WAILES ON FRESHWATER Order AMCIBINA. AMG@BA TERRICOLA, Greeff, in Arch. f. mikr. Anat. 1. (1866) p. 300, pl. 17. moe, Ill A, verrucosa, Khrenb. Infus. 1838, p. 126, pl. 8. fig. 11. A. papyracea, Penard (10), Bd. 6, 1905, p. 201. Owing to the possession of a comparatively firm pellicle this species is able to withstand desiccation for quite lengthy periods, and often to be identified in preserved gatherings. A study of this species and its allies by Penard has recently appeared (Archiv f. Protist. 1912). Order CONCHULINA. BULLINULA INDICA, Penard (11), p. 225, pl. 22. fig. 1. Bulinella indica, Penard (12), p. 274, pl. 14. figs. 1-4. Occurs in sphagnum on Mt. Papagaio, Rio Janeiro. Length about 200 ; breadth about 180 p. Distribution—Peru (7); United States (16) ; Canada (11) ; Europe (17, 9, 1912) ; Australasia (11) ; India (12) ; Seychelles (16). CoRYCIA ACULEATA (Greeff), Awerinzew (1), p. 142. Pseudochlamys aculeata, Greeff (5), p. 104. Corycia coronata, Penard (8), p. 178. This rare species occurs in moss on the shore near Rio Janeiro ; the spines, usually numerous (8-12), are well developed but never long. ‘The tests were of medium size. Diameter 90-100 pu. CorYcIA FLAVA (Greef), Penard (8), p. 173. Amphizonella flava, Greeff, in Arch. f. mikr. Anat. ii. (1866) p. 329, pl. 18. fig. 19. In addition to tests of typical size, 80-100 wu in diameter, several large tests were seen, similar to those which occur in Bolivia (7) measuring from 120-165 pw in diameter ; some of these were circular, others folded up ; they may perhaps be Parmulina brucez, Penard (18), but the facets present on the tests of that species were never distinguishable ; it is to be hoped that specimens will be found in the materials collected by the Fuhrman expedition that will enable Penard to complete his description of that species and render its identification more certain. C. FLAVA var. CORONATA (Penard). Coryeia coronata var. simplex, Penard (8), p. 179. Corycia penardi, Awerlnzew (1), p. 143; Schouteden (15), p. 332. A few tests that belonged to this variety were found in moss; the projecting ring around the crown of the test is often only rudimentary and RHIZOPODA FROM NORTH AND SOUTH AMERICA. 215 the animal is scarcely distinguishable from C. flava ; for this reason Dr. Penard is now of opinion (private letter) that it should be regarded as a variety of that species. — Diameter 93-100 p. Iistribution.—Rio Janeiro, Brazil. NEBELA CAUDATA, Leidy (6), p. 160, pl. 26. figs. 21-24. (Pl. 15. fig. 17.) Although never numerous this species is widely distributed throughout the world. In order that a comparison can be made with JV. spicata, sp. nov., a drawing is given of an individual from near the summit of Corcovada Mt. Length, without spines, 80-90 mw; breadth 65-75 w; aperture 20-20 p: spines 3 or 4 in number. Dnistribution.—Brazil, Bolivia, and Peru (7); Gough Island (13) ; United States (6, 16) ; Canada (11). NEBELA COCKAYNI (Penard). Hyalosphenia cockayni, Penard (11), p. 238, pl. 22. fig. 5. The individuals found by Penard in Oceania possessed transparent tests with very faint indications of the plates or scales ; those at Puntas Arenas are distinctly marked, having typical NVebela-like tests composed of small oval plates closely cemented together ; they are considerably larger than any previously recorded, also less compressed, the thickness being about 0:6 of the breadth ; the aperture in one case was 28x10 p, in another 25x 14 p, being narrowly elliptical. There are, as shown by Penard, two small pores in the sides of the neck and no other openings in the body of the test. Only empty tests were found. Length 120-126 w ; breadth 74-75 w; aperture 25-28 w; thickness 42 p. Listribution.—Puntas Arenas ; Australasia (11) ; Auckland Islands (1. 89- 100 w) ; Sydney (1. 100 w); Mt. Cook, New Zealard (1.115 ,). NEBELA DENTISTOMA var. HESPERIA, var. nov. (PI. 15. fig. 13.) In addition to a few individuals of the typical N. dentistoma, Penard, a form with a much larger test was found numerously in some gatherings, which is here recorded, at least for tne present, as a variety of that species ; a future examination of living individuals may perhaps result in it being regarded as an autonomous species. The following is a description of the tests, no information as to the plasma, ete., being available. Test large, pyriform, compressed, composed of oval, round, or square plates in varying proportions with an occasional admixture of diatom frustules and Euglypha scales; transverse section elliptical ; aperture elliptical, its border not thickened, slightly undulate and usually formed of oval scales; in narrow side-view, the fundus rounded, and the sides tapering in convex lines to the aperture. 216 MR. G. H. WAILES ON FRESHWATER Length 155-190 w; breadth 100-142 mw; aperture 32-50 w; thickness 0:5 to 0°6 of the breadth. The proportions of the test vary considerably, the breadth ranging from 0°6 to 0°8 of the length, the narrow tests having an ovoid outline. The average of 13 tests gave: length 175 yw, breadth 128 mw, aperture 38 pw; two tests each 170 mw in length measured 100 mw and 140 mw in breadth respectively. This variety is distinguished from JV. dentistoma var. lacustris, Wailes (16), by the absence of any definite neck and by the structure of the test, which consists of small plates with regular outlines. Distribution.—Puntas Arenas ; Mt. Corcovada, Rio Janeiro (sphagnum). NeseLa Mourrayi, sp.nov. (PI. 15. figs. 18, 19.) Test of medium size, broadly pyriform, compressed, nearly colourless, usually formed of oval or circular plates ; in broad view nearly circular, with a short, wide, parallel neck ; furnished with two orifices on each side situated in depressions at the base of the neck, each pair of orifices contracted by an internal tube ; the neck bearing a variable number of small circular granules ; the test in narrow side-view having a slightly protuberant apex, widening to the centre of the body thence tapering gradually to the neck ; transverse section elliptical ; aperture elliptical with thickened lip ; plasma grey, granular, containing numerous food-particles; nucleus moderately large with several nucleoles ; pseudopodia not observed. Length 120-136 mw; breadth 95-100 mw; aperture 80-35 w; thickness about half the breadth. Distribution. Puntas Arenas ; Mt. Papagaio, Rio Janeiro. _ This species belongs to a group of Nebelee in which the curious lateral pores are characteristic ; the other members are JV. bigibbosa, Penard, VV. martiali, Certes, WV. Certesi (Certes), Penard, but none of these were found in the gatherings under examination. So far asis known at present JV. bigibbosa is peculiar to the Northern Hemisphere, and NV. Certesi to the Southern ; the latter and WV. martiali are also distinguished by the presence of the small nodules on the neck. V. Certesi has in addition tubular channels running up the neck from the aperture, and the lateral internal tubes are sometimes only rudimentary. NEBELA SPICATA, sp. nov. (PI. 15. figs. 14, 15, 16.) Test of medium size, of a grey colon ovoid, moderately compressed, formed of various-sized ul or irregularly shaped scales; the crown circular, furnished with a single row of 6-8 hollow spines ; test in narrow side-view pyriform ; transverse section elliptical, ratio of axes about 5:33; aperture broadly elliptical with undulate margin bordered by a row of oval scales ; plasma normal ; pseudopodia not observed. Wailes. | | Journ.Linn.Soc. Zoou.Von. XXXILP1.15. 19. G.H.Wailes del. ~ West,Newman lith. RHIZOPODA FROM NORTH & SOUTH AMERICA. RHIZOPODA FKOM NORTH AND SOUTH AMERICA. ALT Length (without horns) 120-140 »; breadth 100-125 wu; aperture 32-40 w; thickness 0°5 to 0:6 of the breadth ; length of horns 20-30 p. Habitat. Sphagnum. | Distribution.—Sandia, Pern. Tn the small quantity of material available some ten individuals were found, but owing to the fragile nature of the horns many of these were imperfect. The test is opaque, strongly constructed, and of a robust form, the outlines follow regular curves, being free from excrescences ; the crenulations around the aperture are often pronounced, resembling those of Nebela dentistoma, a species to which it bears a close likeness when deprived of the spines. It is distinguished from Nebela caudata (fig. 17), a species found in association with it, by its much larger size and robust form, its more regular outlines and greater number of spines. Encysted individuals contained plasma of normal appearance. NEBELA SCUTELLATA, Wailes (46), p. 139, pl. 12. figs. 11, 12. Not uncommon and quite typical. Distribution—Puntas Arenas (sphagnum) ; Mt. Corcovada (sphagnum) and Rio Janeiro (shore moss) ; United States (16) ; Seychelles (16). NEBELA TROPICA, Wales (16), p. 140, pl. 12. figs. 13, 14. Found in association with the preceding. Distribution —Puntas Arenas; Rio Janeiro; Peru (7); Borneo (16) ; Seychelles (16). NEBELA VAS, Certes (8), p. 15, pl. 1. figs. 4 & 5. Not uncommon in some of the gatherings of sphagnum, and of moderate size. A certain amount of variation was observable in the neck, the base varying considerably not only in width but in the depth of the depression or groove at the point where the neck is attached to the body of the test ; some individuals in broad view closely approached J. lageniformis in appearance, but in side view the difference was pronounced. Length 130-155 w; breadth 85-103 w; aperture 26-32 p. Distribution—Puntas Arenas; Rio Janeiro ; Cape Horn (length 140- 170 pw, Certes) ; Antarctic, Australasia, Fiji, Hawaii, and British Columbia (Penard). Penard found the usual size to be 160-165 mw in length, but in New ealand a small form occurs 95 mw in length (11). 218 MR. G. H. WAILES ON FRESHWATER RHIZOPODA., LITERATURE. 1. AWERINZEW, in Trudui 8. Petersburg Obshch. xxxvi. (1906). 2. Brown, J. M., in Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxx. (1910) & xxx. (1911). 3. CerrEs, A.—‘ Mission scientifique du Cap Horn,’ vi. Zool. (1889). 4, Danpay, E. von, in ‘ Zoologica,’ Stuttgart, Bd. xviti. Hft. 44 (1905). 5, Greer, R., in Sitzung. der Gesell. Befor. ges. Natur. Marburg, 1888. 6. Lreipy, J.—‘ Freshwater Rhizopods of North America,’ U.S.A. Geol. Surv. xii. (1879). 7. Murray, J.—‘Notes on the Natural History of Bolivia,’ including a report on the Rhizopoda by G. H. Wailes, 1912-13. 8. Penarp, E-—‘Faune Rhizopodique du Bassin du Léman,’ 1902. 9. —— in Reyue Suisse de Zoologie, 1899-1912. 10. —— in Archiv fiir Protistenkunde, 1905 -1912. 11. —— British Antarctic Exped. Reports, Biol. vol. 1. pt. vi. (1911). 12, —— “Rhizopoda from the Sikkim Himalaya” in Journ. Roy. Micro. Soc., 1907. 13. —— “Rhizopoda from Gough Island,” in Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edinb., 1912. 14, ScHEw1AKorr, W., in Mém.-Acad. Sci. S. Pétersbourg, 7 ser. vol. xli. no. 5. 15. ScHouTEepsy, H., in Ann. Biol. lacustre, i. 111. 1906. 16. Wares, G. H., in Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxxii. (1912). 17, WaILks and PeNnarD, Clare Island Survey, pt. 65; in Proc. Roy. Irish. Acad. xxx1. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 15. Figs. 1,2. ARCELLA MEGASTOMA, sp. noy., Penard. Dorsal and side views, x 150. New Jersey. 3,4. ARCELLA CURVATA, sp. noy. Dorsal and side views, x 300. Norfoll:, Virginia, 5. ARCELLA VULGARIS, forma. Side view, x 300. Norfolk, Virginia. 6. EvUGLYPHA FILIFERA var. PYRIFORMIS, var. nov. Side view of active individual, x 500. Long Island, U.S.A. 7-9. NEBELA SACCIFERA, sp. nov. Broad, narrow, and oral views of test, x 200. Long Island, U.S.A. : 10,11. Dirrivera Brcornis, Penard. Three-horned form; side and dorsal views,. x 800. New Jersey. 12. Dirriueia o1tirorMis, Lagerheim. Side view of active individual, x 500. New Jersey. 13. NEBELA DENTISTOMA var, HESPERIA, var. noy. Broad view of test, x 300. ti0 Janeiro, Brazil. 14-16. NeEBELA spicata, sp.nov. Broad, narrow, and oral views, x 300. Sandia, Peru. 17. Neprta caupata, Leidy. Broad view, x 800. Sandia, Peru. 18,19. Nesrta Murray, sp. nov. Broad and narrow views, xX 300. Puntas. Arenas, Chili. DR. W. T. CALMAN ON A GENUS OF THE SERGESTIDA. 21% On Aphareocaris, nom. nov. (Aphareus, Paulson), a Genus of the Crustacean Family Sergestide. By W.T. Caiman, D.Sc., F.L.S.* (PLATE 16.) [Read 19th June, 1913. ] THE genus Aphareus was established by Paulson in 1875, for a species which he described from a single specimen taken in the Red Sea. He placed it in the family Penzeidee, but did not further discuss its affinities. No further specimens appear to have been recorded, and, so far as I am aware, the genus has only been mentioned twice by later writers. Mr. Stebbing, in 1893, gave a definition of the genus, derived from Paulson’s account, but transferred it to the tribe Stenopidea; Nobili, in 1906, gave a translation of Paulson’s description, reproduced some of his figures, and suggested that the proper place of the genus was in the family Sergestidee. Among a small collection of Crustacea from Thursday Island, Torres Straits, recently presented to the British Museum by Dr. J. R. Tosh, is a specimen of what I regard as a second species of the genus. It is a male, adult or nearly so, and was quite perfect ; in view of the divergent opinions expressed as to the affinities of the genus, it seems worth while to give u somewhat detailed account of it. Unfortunately, the name Aphareus is preoccupied for a genus of fishes, and it is therefore necessary to propose a new name for the Crustacean genus. Genus APHAREOCARIS, nom. nov. Aphareus, Paulson, Izslyedovaniya Rakoobraznuikh Krasnagho Morya. Chast I. Kiev, 1875, p. 117 ; Stebbing, History of Crustacea (Internat. Sci. Ser.), 1893, p. 212 ;.Nobili, Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 9, Zool. iv. 1906, p- 21; nee Aphareus, Cuvier et Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poissons, vi. 1830, p. 485. Genotype.—Aphareus inermis, Paulson, op. cit. p. 117, pl. xviii. figs. 3-3 n. APHAREOCARIS ELEGANS, sp. nov. Description of male-—Total length 20 mm. (PI. 16. figs. 1-16.) Body slender and compressed. Carapace just over one-fourth of total length, with a very skort acute rostrum continned backwards as a short dorsal crest cut into two teeth ; with a supra-orbital and a hepatic spine, the * Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum. + I am much indebted to Dr. K. Andersen for a fresh translation of the passages in Paulson’s Russian memoir. The additions to Nobili’s version are, however, unimportant, and no light is thrown on the obscurities to which he calls attention. 220 DR. W. T. CALMAN ON APHAREOCARIS, latter placed at about one-fourth of the length of the carapace from the front margin ; the antero-lateral margin sone: backwards from the base of the antennules to a very minute pterygostomial tooth ; inter-regional grooves on surface of carapace very indistinct. Anterior abdominal somites rounded dorsally, fifth and sixth obscurely earinate ; pleural plates of first somite bilobed ; sixth somite twice as long as fifth, measured along dorsal edge. Telson (PI. 16. fig. 3) four-fifths of lent of sixth somite, none pointed, with a lometindbael median dorsal groove, and with five pairs of small marginal spinules. Ocular peduncle (fig. 2) about one-third of length of carapace, not reaching end of first segment of antennular peduncle, a ening distally ; corneal area occupying fees than one-fourth of length of second segment, little wider than adjacent part of peduncle, dark brown with lighter periphery. Antennular peduncle (fig. 2) about four-fifths of length of carapace, the first segment, measured along outer edge, about three times as long as second and four times as long as third; tooth of outer margin (stylocerite) rather behind the middle of its length, and a second tooth, or vertically compressed lobe, rising from the upper surface just in front of the statocyst and behind the Stllooentts ; second and third segments successively narrower. Inner flagellum shorter than peduncle ; outer flagellum about 34 times as long as peduncle, thickened at base, where it carries a brush of sensor Vv filament no trace of clasping organ. Flagellum of antenna (fig. 1) more than twice as long as the body, with an abrupt double bend at about three-sevenths of its length from the base ; marginal setee longer and more conspicuous distal to this bend. Antennal scale about two-thirds as long as carapace and three times as long as wide ; outer margin nearly straight, its terminal tooth considerably surpassed by the rounded distal margin. Mandibular palp (fig. 4) composed of three segments *, the first very small, the second large and flattened, trapezoidal in outline, about three times as long, and, at its greatest width, three times as broad as the third seoment. Mavxillula (fig. 5) resembling that of Sergestes. Mailla (fig. 6) remarkable for the reduction of the endites ; only two are present and fees are very small, with one or two minute apie cal sete on each. * It is sometimes given as a general character of the tribe Penzidea that the mandibular palp is composed of only two segments (Spence Bate, Rep. ‘ Chalienger’ Macrura, pp. xxxiv & 226, 1888; Bouvier, Res. Camp. Sci. Monaco, xxxiii. Crust. Décap. (Pénéidés) p. 9, 1908). Kee er, however, attributes three seeoments to the palp of Sergestes (Kel. Dane Vid. Selsk. Skr. (5) iv. p. 225, 1856), while Boas describes it as three- segmented in Sicyonia and Sergestes, and as having the first segment obscurely or not at all defined from the second in Peneus (Kel. Danske Vid. Selsk. Sky. (6) 1. pp. 31, 34, 36, 1880). I find the small proximal segment quite distinct in Ser gestes robustus, Acetes indicus, Benthesicymus in- vestigatoris, and Stcyonta carinata, as in. the species here described ; on the other hand, only two segments can be detected in the palp of several large species or Peneus. A GENOS OF THE FAMILY SERGESTIDZ. Wypait First maailliped (Pl. 16. fig. 7) resembling that of Sergestes, especially in the large size of the distal endite, which, however, does not extend so far as the tip of the exopod ; the endopod is composed of four distinct segments. Second maxilliped (fig. 8) distinetly of the Sergestid type, in the absence of exopod and the lengthening of the distal segments. Third maailliped (fig. 9) also of Sergestid type in its great size—it is longer by about two-thirds than the carapace, and extends well beyond the antennular peduncle—the absence of exopod, and: the subdivision of the two distal segments, the terminal into four and the penultimate into three segments; it is strongly spinose. First three pairs of legs (figs. 10-12) inereasing successively in length and slendernegs, all with well-developed chelee. On the under side of the propodus of the first pair is a group of pectinate spines opposed to a similar group on the carpus*; a trace of a’similar arrangement is observable in the second pair. Propodus of third pair at least ten times as long as wide and nearly three- fourths as long as carpus. Last two pairs of legs (figs. 13 & 14) each with the normal number of seven segments, the dactylus being short and slightly curved ; the other segments are flattened, the ischium and merus fringed with very long setee on both margins, the carpus and propodus only on the inner margin. The pleopods of the first pair carry a petasma (figs. 15 & 16), the middle lobe of which has the terminal area beset with numerous invaginated hooks like those figured by 8. I. Smith in Sergestes robustus. The remaining pleopods are biramous ; those of the second pair have a spinose appendix masculina. The uropods have the exopod longer than the endopod, which, again, longer than the telson ; the marginal tooth of the exopod is about one-sixth of the total length from the tip. The branchial system is much reduced. Unfortunately, the method of preservation (formalin followed by spirit) has left the branchiz very trans- parent and difficult to see. It is possible, therefore, that one or two of the vestigial branchiz may have been overlooked, but, with this reservation, the formula may be given as follows :— mxp. 1. | mxp.2. | mxp.3.|pe, 1. per. 2. per. 3. | per. 4. | per. 5. "=. | | Pleurobranchiz........ Poe P ete) sear | ere | ite 2 === | | | | Arthrobranchie........ —— = = - eee | | | | | Podobranchie ....... | ep. | l-+ep. | | * Coutiére has called attention to a similar apparatus in various Caridea and Penzide (C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris, exli. p. 220, 1905). It has not been observed in Sergestide. 222 DR. W. T. CALMAN ON APHAREOCARIS, This is practically the formula given by 8.1. Smith for Sergestes japonicus, Sp. Bate (S. mollis, Smith), but the branchiz, and especially those of the penultimate somite, are much larger than in that species and, of the vestigial branchize, the posterior two at any rate show a certain amount of lobulation. Affinities —The genus Aphareocaris resembles Sergestes in the following, among other less important characters :— (1) The reduction of the branchial system, and the insertion on the body- wall of those branchize which correspond to the arthrobranchiz of the Penzeide. (2) The absence of exopodites from all the thoracic limbs except the first maxillipeds. (3) The form of the second and third maxillipeds and particularly the subdivision of the two distal segments of the latter. (4) The flattened form and long marginal sete of the last two pairs of legs. It differs from Sergestes and the other Sergestidee, and resembles the Penzeidee, in the following points :-— (1) The first three pairs of legs are chelate and none of their segments are subdivided. (2) The last two pairs of legs possess the full number of seven segments. (3) The antennule of the male is without a prehensile apparatus. These resemblances to the Penzeidz are all of a general character, serving to indicate the primitive position of Aphareocaris with respect to the more specialized genera of Sergestide, but not in any way counterbalancing the important and positive characters by which it is linked to that family. It seems, therefore, that Nobili was justified in his suggestion that the genus should be placed among the Sergestidse. Of an affinity with the Stenopidea, as suggested by Mr. Stebbing, I can find no evidence. Specific characters—Paulson’s specimen may be presumed to have been a female, since he makes no mention of a petasma. It is, therefore, a matter of analogy and conjecture whether the differences from the specimen now described are individual, sexual, or specific. There seems a reasonable probability, however, that some at least of the following belong to the last category. Rostral crest with one tooth. Penultimate segment of third maxilliped divided into four parts. Chela of third leg not more slender than that of second, about six times as long as wide, and less than two-thirds as long as carpus. A. inermis (Paulson), Red Sea.. Rostral crest with two teeth. Penultimate segment of third maxilliped divided into three parts. Chela of third leg much more slender than that of second, at least ten times as long as wide, and nearly three-fourths as long as carpus. A. elegans, sp.n., Torres Straits. CALMAN. JOURN, LINN. SOC., ZOOL. VOL. XXXII. PL. 16. 7 TT] e4, Oe > t W. C.del. APHAREOCARIS. wt et ee Oa way aee age =O ” ‘ Fie. A GENUS OF THE FAMILY SERGESTIDA. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 16. Male (holotype) from side. X 5. Anterior part of body from above. X 10. Telson and uropod. x 10. Right mandible. x 14. Maxillula. x 14. Maxilla. x 14. First maxilliped. x 14. Second maxilliped. x 15. Third maxilliped. x 15. First leg. x 16. Second leg. x 18. Third leg. x 15. Fourth leg. x 16. Fifth leg. x 16. Peduncle of first pleopod with petasma. x 20. Petasma with the lobes drawn apart. X 20. LUST CS RE O98 RS + > 4) DE) Mp RE eI Sisert et ne lett afolt ; ife ny tong bv. Ha Runiecar tat MILL By. os Vigueatea “\ ae ie oy ) oe : rite ban teal? ‘4 Aihgare Jase oy, all bade Aaa A FREE-SWIMMING NAUPLIOID STAGE IN PALINURUS. 225 A Free-swimming Nauplioid Stage in Palinurus. By J. D. F. Gicurisr, M.A., D.Sc., Ph.D., F.L.8. (With 1 Text-figure.) {Read 35rd April, 1915.] THE larva of Palinurus, Scyllarus, and the Loricata generally has hitherto been supposed to hatch out from the egg in the form of a “ phyllosoma,’ characterised by a flattened transparent body and the presence of swimming- organs, in the form of the exopodites of some of the thoracic appendages. A number of observations, which I have made on the early stages of Palinurus (JSasus) lalandi, seems to indicate that this is not so in the case of this South African Crawfish. The observations were made on a number of specimens of this crustacean kept alive in tanks at the Marine Laboratory at St. James, near Cape Town. They are hardy animals, and can be kept in good condition for a considerable length of time without much trouble. On hatching, the larve are given off in large numbers, and are readily seen by the naked eye in the typical phyllosoma stage. Among these slowly-moving larve was observed a number of nauplius-like forms, with large biramose antenne, by means of which they rose to the surface in a series of rapid dancing movements. These larvee on closer examination proved to be, not nauplii, but the earliest free stage, differing considerably from a phyllosoma. The duration of this stage is very brief (4-6 hours), and is readily overlooked, especially if iiching takes place during the night. In the advanced egg, high measures about 0:7 mm. in breadth and slightly more in length, the embryo is seen to have the body so bent on itself that the thoracic appendages are compactly folded up over the ventral aspect of the body, passing between the eyes, and extend to some considerable distance over the back of the cephalic region. The antennze are well developed, are longer than the antennules, and biramose ; they are folded over the back of the embryo, and their long feathery swimming-sete overlap each otker in this region. On hatching, the embryo leaves the egg, and, at the same time, throws off the old cuticle, which may sometimes be seen lying alongside of or near the ruptured egg. The antenne and antennules immediately expand, while the other appendages still retain their folded position. Thus the larva at this stage appears to have a rounded or ovoid body, consisting of cephalic and thoracic regions bent over on each other, the short abdomen and long appendages being folded up ventrally. A little later in this stage, the appendages become somewhat unfolded, and the angle of flexure between the a ne “mamropqe “np ‘SQ MUI] OLavIOY} yp eumayme ay} JO 9y1podopma “wa ‘aytpodoxa hava -anruaque “Vo ‘sepauueyue Sy ‘pogradear Ayy.sry Goodse peapuaa “apunny (snsup) snimurng JO BAIry , vutosordney ,, DR. J. D. F. GILCHRIST ON A FREE-SWIMMING io) N N NAUPLIOID STAGE IN PALINURUS. hs ~) “1 cephalic and thoracic regions becomes less acute, so as to give the whole body a more elongate appearance. This unfolding also occurs in specimens placed in preser shige Aleta at this stage. The smpontenall resemblance to a nauplius at this stage is striking, especially in the large biramose swimming-antenne and apparently ovate body, but a closer examination of the body and appendages indicates that the larva is much more advanced in organization than a nauplins, this latter stage having presumably been passed through much earlier in the development of the egg. For convenience the larva may be called a naupliosoma or described as being in a naupliosoma stage. The cephalic region is broad (0-72 mm.), and is almost circular in outline, the length, from the anterior to the posterior margin of the cephalic shield, being about equal to its breadth. This region is not flat and transparent, as in the succeeding phyllosoma stages, its depth (from the centre of the back to the mouth-appendages) being about four-fifths of its breadth, nor is it transparent, being as yet filled with a considerable amount of yellow yolk- granules. The antennal glands, which appear distinctly in the next stage, were seen in some, and also three large hepatic diverticula on each side. Two powerful muscles, which degenerate at a later stage, were observed attached to the base of each of the antennee. ‘The cephalic shield is rounded dorsally, and extends backwards over the thoracic region to about the anterior margin of the base of the second maxillipeds (in some cases only to the first maxilliped). The thoracic region is bent forward and under the cephalic region, there being, especially at first, a somewhat abrupt flexure of the body at the junction between the two. This region is characterised also by the presence of a well-marked segment—that to which the first maxilliped belongs— which appendage, it is to be noted, is a mere rudiment. The thoracic region is narrow, resembling the body of a pyenogonid, and, except the part mentioned, shows no distinct traces of segmentation. It is transparent except for the presence of a thin yellow streak-—the remains of the yolk in the intestine. The abdominal region or tail is short, and, like the thoracic region, is flexed ventrally. In its anterior two-thirds four distinct segments can be dis- tinguished. It is also narrow, scarcely exceeding the breadth of the first joint of the last appendage (the sixth thoracic). It ends in a pair of furcal processes, provided with sete, which are not yet free, but covered over by cuticle. The pigmentation of the body is striking; the cephalic region and the intestine are of a faint yellow colour from the presence of the yolk, while on the body and limbs are bright blood-red patches of pigment, usually of a stellate structure in the living animal. ‘These are disposed as follows: LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL, XXXII. 19 928 DR. J. D. F. GILCHRIST ON A FREE-SWIMMING at the tips of the antennules (sometimes absent), at the inner side of their bases, on the lower lips (well marked), at the bases of the third maxilliped, the first, second, and third walking-legs, and at the joints and tips of the walking-legs with the exception of their exopodites which are unpigmented. The paired eyes are well developed, and are situated near the anterior margin of the cephalic shield, to which they are attached by short stout stalks. There is a median eye-spot. The antennules project forward between the eyes. They show no traces of segmentation, and the spines, which appear in the next stage, are still covered by cuticle, though a few short terminal ones and a minute one at a little distance from the free extremity can be made out. ‘The bases of the antennules are visible from the ventral side, and are situated shghtly posterior to the bases of the eye-stalks. In length the antennules are about three- fourths of the length of the antenne. The antenne are the most conspicuous organs, and are in length about four-fifths of the breadth of the cephalic region. Each consists of a rather long and stout protopodite, the main axis of which is continued into a shorter, but also stout, exopodite, while the smaller endopodite appears as a branch to this main stem, though a little later on (at the third moult) it already exceeds the exopodite in length, and, ultimately, alone survives as the main portion of the antenna. Near the base of the protopodite is a papilla- like projection, apparently a masticatory process. From the posterior border of the exopodite arises a series of long cuticular projections, each resting on a ledge-like indentation of the exopodite. They form broad flat swimming- blades, nearly touching each other at their origin, and bent dorsally at their tips. They are provided with a single series of fine setee on each side. There are five of them arising from the posterior margin of the exopodite and_ two from its extremity. In length the inner is a little over three times the length of the exopodite, the terminal one being very much smaller. Into this last and the one next it project two spines which become free at the next stage. The endopodite is also provided with long flat cuticular processes, similar to those of the exopodite, but only two in number. The first, or inner, is shorter than the second. They arise from a common base, and into each projects a spine from the tip of the endopodite. The upper lip is well developed and shows active movement in the living state. The mandibles are short stout organs, with a broad base, and terminate in a short thick spine with about three denticulations. No trace ot segmenta- tion nor a biramose condition was seen. Their inner extremities are over- lapped by the upper lp. The lower lip consists of two well-marked leaf-like lobes, which also overlap the tips of the mandibles from below, and even the margin of the upper lip to a slight extent. NAUPLIOID STAGE IN PALINURUS. 229 The first mavilla is well developed and shows active movement. It is unsegmented, but biramose, each of the short stout branches being turned inwards and terminated by two or three long sharp spines as yet covered by cuticle and apparently not functional. The second mavillw lie at some distance from the first maxillee and other mouth-parts. They are comparatively well developed, but unsegmented, being long blade-like organs projecting forward from their points of attach- ment on the body. Their outer margins are straight, while their inner is convex, and shows no lobes, though provided with a spine. Their greatest breadth is about one-third of their length. At the free extremity of this appendage are three long spines, not easily made out as they are still covered by cuticle. The first mavilliped appears as a minute knob or projection of the body, about one-quarter of the breadth of the first joint of the succeeding appendage in breadth, and not much over this in length. It is terminated by a sharp spine about its own length. It is situated about midway between the neighbouring appendages and towards the middle line of the body, so that its free end scarcely reaches the margin of the body. It is thus a mere rudiment. The second mawilliped is much longer, and extends forward in a curve to about the middle of the cephaiic region. It consists of five distinct segments terminated by spines still in cuticle. It is not provided with an exopodite. The third mawilliped is similar to the second, but is longer. Both are, at this stage, folded inwards under the three succeeding walking-legs. There is no exopodite. . | The first and second walking-legs are much stouter, being about twice the breadth of the preceding appendage at their bases. They are much shorter than in the next stage, being compressed within the cuticle so that they appear twisted or folded on themselves, a condition specially marked in the third joint of the endopodite. The exopodite is not folded and is not as yet provided with the swimming-sete so characteristic of their condition in the next stage, though these may be seen indistinctly under the cuticle as well as the segmentation of this appendage. The two powerful muscles with which it is provided for swimming purposes at the next stage are distinctly visible. The third walking-leg differs from the first and second, and though long and folded on itself like them, has only the rudiment of an exopodite. The fourth walking-leg is scarcely to be distinguished as a small swelling, while the fifth is not present even in rudiment. In comparing this larva with that of other known larve of the Loricata we notice some striking differences. The European Palinurus and Seyllarus have been investigated by Dohrn (1), Claus (2), and Richters (3), and their 230 DR. J. D. F. GILCHRIST ON A FREE-SWIMMING development and transition ania the phyllostoma stage described. In both cases the form which emerges from the egg is a typical phyllosoma, the body is clear and transparent, the limbs are fully expanded, the various spines and swimming-seteze are fully developed. In the newly-hatched larva of Palinurus (Jasus) lalandii, on the other hand, it is not till the next moult that the typical phyllosoma-form 1s assumed and in the first free larva the cephalic region is still opaque owing to the presence of yolk, the thoracic limbs with their spines and swimming-setze are not fully developed. In regard to these ee therefore, the Sreaposoore larva corresponds to a stage passed in the egg in the case of Seyllarus and the northern Palinurus. Again, in ne quadricornis and Seyllarus the second antenne at the time of hatching are shorter than the first, whereas in the form under consideration the first are markedly the shorter, being only about three- fourths of the length of the second antenne. This new form further differs from the young P. quadricornis in having well-marked biramose antenne, in this respect resembling Seyllarus. The presence or absence of marked biramose antennee cannot therefore be taken as a means of distinguishing the larval forms of the Palinuridee from other similar forms. This biramose con- dition persists in the succeeding phyllosoma stages of the Cape Palinurus, and is marked in the oldest undoubted phyllosoma belonging to it which I have yet found (4°4 mm. in length). The hepatic diverticula of the naupliosoma have a much greater resem- blance to those of the phyllosoma of Scyllarus than to that of P. quadricornis, there being three pairs in the first two, while, in the last, they are numerous from the very beginning. An agreement between the first two is also seen in the absence of an exopodite in the third maxilliped, while it is present in the youngest phyllosoma of the last (taken from the egg just before hatching). In the newly hatched larva of ae us the 4th and 5th ambulatory legs are scarcely to be seen, while in that of P. guadricorns they occur as minute buds. In the naupliosoma there is only a slight trace of the 4th, in the form of a minute bud, while no traces at all of the 5th were observed, though they _ both appear in the stage of 4-4 mm. Neither in Seyllarus nor in P. quadricornis are the antenne at any stage provided with long setose swimming-processes as in the naupiiosoma. It is presumed thas, at one stage in its one logeny, Palinurus had a free nauplius stage, whose chief organs of locomotion were the biramose antennze and their swimming cuticular processes. The appearance of such organs at this late stage in the Cape Palinurus may be a new acquisition or a belated appearance of an old. The significance of this stage of so short “eens in the life-history of the Crawfish appears to be that it scnnbles the young to ascend more rapidly, and with more certainty, to the surface than in the case with the slowly moving NAUPLIOID STAGE IN PALINURUS. 231 phylloscma, which is more adapted to a horizontal mode of progression. The biting and grasping setze of the mouth-parts and other appendages are not yet developed, and the larva does not appear to feed during this stage. The Cape Crawfish occurs in great abundance on the West Coast of South Africa in marked contrast to the comparative scarcity of the European Palinwrus. Is it possible that the occurrence of this short stage, which appears to be of a _ little assistance in the life-history of the animal, may have something to do with this relative abundance ? If so, the Cape Crawfish might with profit be introduced into the fisheries of Hurope, an undertaking which would be comparatively easy, owing to the hardy nature of this animal. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 1 Donry, A.—Untersuchungen, &e. 6. Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der Panzerkrebse (Decapoda Loricata). Zeitschr. £. Wiss. Zool. Bd. xx., 1870. 2. Craus, C.—Untersuchungen zur Enforschung der genealogischen Grund- lage des Crustaceen-Systems. Wien, 1876. Ueber einige Schizopoden und niedere Malakostraken. Zeit. f. Wiss. Zool. Bd. xiii., 1863. 3 RuicutTErs, F.—Die Phyllosomen. Hin Beitrag zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der Loricaten. Zeit. £. Wiss. Zool. Bd. xxii., 1873. LINN. JOURN. —ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXXH, 20 py Bie Paris AeA , 4 FS eid Sane x oh Rie ty LG. Bats Ct ty an ei gag } if ba aes Ea eh aa : nig Oa aed rt ” SERN, Sagi . at SUN aar 1 CURIE AAD SRO Ga a oes aad % 1 ahy a Pt tyr ag TO aon we eke oe hay WT EE nae - at 7 vibe 7 £ a re : Aa) ’ ep UEbnewy R i : nie Sly fe ine vi “a rH hiv ara | es) : re inst y ; ‘ . wy ’ by jakshs Prdiis ie Loe, uhh es be Tee arene ; ae ets . f ae ‘ y 1% ‘ A a) ee eves a Cit Lie , >) : / rere ti 2 oa 414 es “0 tay ee ee ‘ ery ys hy i) OPED AEST bac an : Le , ORD iS, BIG ~i <' p ine ' ‘ roe) aa at hGi Ne page 2 ‘ HOS is t rt Aliyah 3)9) caxeyt 5 pephid ES v ele pe shit; : q =a . ee tal iN J wi) LS } ‘ sed i. t ; 7, : i 4 5. i mi ‘ . oa i, 5 y , ' Tr . Aue sas Pan ‘ sr bp can & 7 x a rom | if ‘ ay tet BS eat ae sy ; f if mie 20 al ry ; ie - rk ey i ] RULES FOR BORROWING BOOKS FROM THE LIBRARY. 1. No more than Six volumes shall be lent to one person at the same time without the special leave of the Council or one of the Secretaries. 2. All books shall be returned before the expiration of Six weeks from the time of their being taken out, but if not required by any other Fellow, they may, on application, be kept for a further period of Six weeks. 3, All books lent shall be regularly entered by the Librarian in a book appropriated for that purpose. 4. No work forming part of Linnzus’s own Library shall be lent out of the Library under any circumstances. Nors.—Certain other works are included in this prohibition, such as costly illustrated works, and volumes belonging to sets which could not be replaced if lost. A GENERAL INDEX to the first twenty Volumes of the Journal (Zoology) may be had on application, either in cloth or in sheets for binding. Price to Fellows, 15s.; to the Public, 20s. A CATALOGUE of the LIBRARY may be had on application. Price to Fellows, 5s.; to the Public, 10s. NOGDe Es: Tue attention of the Fellows, and of Librarians of other Societies, is requested to the fact that TWO volumes of the Journal (Zoology) are in course of simultaneous issue, as follows :— Vo. 31. Nos. 203-208. Nos. 209 and 210 of this volume are reserved for reports on collections from the Sudanese Red Sea, Vou. 32. Nos. 211-216, including the present number. Authors are entitled to 50 copies of their communications gratuitously, and may obtain another 50 by payment, as shown on the printed slip which accompanies the proof. If more than 100 copies are wanted, application must be made to the Council. Abstracts of the proceedings at each General Meeting and Agenda for the next are supplied to all Fellows. B. DAYDON JACKSON, General Secretary. JUNE 30, ; Price 10s. THE JOURNAL OF; THE LINNEA N SOc rr Ty. Vou: SOX ZOOLOGY. No. 217. CONTENTS. Page I. Mollusca from the Southern Sudan. By Jane Lonestarr, F.L.S., with description of New Species by Huca B. Prusroy, F.Z.8. (Plates 7, 185 and arlext-tieures. 2 oc cee es ee nek Wesel ons 233 II. Sporiza Runtana.—Il. Funiculina quadrangularis (Pallas), Diazona violucea, Sav., Forbesella tessellata (Forbes). Variations in Ascidians and records of various rare Invertebrata. By W. A. Herpmay, F.R.S., F.L.S., Professor of Zoology in the University oF aver pools (Ce late ye se is ai Mace Naucn Oacsoiecs ar nS tea 269 III. On the Range of Variation of the Oral Appendages in some Terrestrial Isopods. By Waurer HE. Couuines, M.Sce., F.L.S., HISHIES ae (CE labs Opa lala meee eee eer As wc atts Ging Ge Mess pov ae 287 IV. Some Observations on the Tentacles of Blennius gattorugine. By H. A. Bayuts, of Jesus College, Oxford. (Communicated by Prof. G. C. Bourne, F.R.S., Sec.L.S.) (Plates 22, 23, and 1 Pex tsiiorar eh yaa oe cee en eh nia OCR UAE Ces i oc laws wie 295 LON ON’: SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE. PICCADILLY, W., AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., AND WILLIAMS AND NORGATE. 1914. LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDOM toss LIST OF THE OFFICERS AND COUNCIL. Elected 25th May, 1914. PRESIDENT. Prof. E. B. Poulton, M.A., D.Sc., F.B.S. VICE-PRESIDENTS. Prof. W. A. Herdman, F.R.S. Horace W. Monckton, F.G.S. Prof. E. A. Minchin, F.R.S. H.N. Ridley, Esq., F.R.S. TREASURER. Horace W. Monckton, F.G.S. SECRETARIES. Dr. Otto Stapf, F.R.S. | Prof. G. C. Bourne, F.R.S. GENERAL SECRETARY. Dr, B. Daydon Jackson. COUNCIL. LichardgA ssheton, F.R.S, co Dri Ch oR: Moss: Prof. G. C. Bourne, F.R.S. Prof. E. B. Poulton, F.R.S. Dr. W. T. Calman. Dr. A. B. Rendle, F.R.S. A. D. Cotton, Esq. H. N. Ridley, F.R.S. Sir Frank Crisp, Bart. Miss Hdith R. Saunders. James Groves, Esq. Prof. A. C. Seward, F.R.S. Prof. W. A. Herdman, F.R.S. Dr. Otto Stapf, F.R.S. Dr. B. Daydon Jackson. Miss Ethel N. Thomas, B.Se. Prof. E. A. Minchin, F.R.S. Comr. J. J. Walker, R.N. Horace W. Monckton, F.G.8. Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S. ° LIBRARIAN. | CLERK. - ASSISTANT. A. W. Kappel. | S. Savage. E. E. Riseley. LIBRARY COMMITTEE. The Officers ex officio, with the following in addition :— Dr. W. T. Calman. | Henry N. Ridley, F.R.S. John Hopkinson, F.G.S. Miss Ethel Sargant. Prof. E. A, Minchin, F.R.S. Miss E. N. Thomas, B.Sc. John Ramsbottom, M.A. Dr. A. Smith Woodward, F.R.S. Dr. W. G. Ridewood. Dees) ON NON-MARINE MOLLUSCA FROM THE SOUTHERN SUDAN. Dao On a Collection of Non-Marine Mollusca from the Southern Sudan. By Janu Lonestar, F.L.8. With Descriptions of Three New Species, by H. B. Prusroy, F.Z.8.; and Notes on Veronicella nilotica, by G. C. Rosgson, B.A. (PLATES 17, 18.) Cs | Read 4th December, 1913. ] aoe SINCE many travellers in the region of the Upper Nile have collected mollusca, which have been recorded either by themselves or others, it might seem almost superfluous to write further on the subject. Unfortunately, however, some authors have not been careful to give exact localities, while others have founded new species on one or two specimens, or even on immature ones. It may, therefore, not be devoid of interest to have an account of a collection from the Sudan detailed both with regard to localities and numbers. This collection was made almost entirely on the White Nile, in the years 1909 and 1912. A visit each year to the mouth of the river near Mogran was very fruitful, but still more so were two trips up the river in comfortably equipped Government steamers. The first time we went, between the 16th and 21st of February, we did not get further than Gebel En on the right bank (lat. 12° 37’ N.). The second journey took place between February 1st and 23rd, and extended to Gondokoro in Uganda on the same bank (lat. 4° 54’ N.), and also about eight miles beyond to Rejaf on the opposite bank (lat. 4° 45’ N.), in the Lad6é Enclave, now forming part of the Anglo- Heyptian Sudan. The distance traversed in steaming up the White Nile from Kharttim (lat. 15° 37’ N.) was 1128 miles. North of Lake No (lat. 9° 30' N.) the river is called Bahr al-Abyad ; it is fairly wide and the shores are more or less shelving. South of Lake No, where the river is called Bahr el-Gebel, we passed for many hours through the Sadd, which is composed of masses of vegetation, much of it floating ; still further south the shores were usually steeper, occasionally forming cliffs, while sometimes rocks cropped out in the bed of the river. We went a little way up the tributaries Sobat and Bahr el-Zar&fa; the latter runs almost parallel with the Bahr el-Gebel, leaving it in lat. 7° 0' N., and entering the Bahr al-Abyad in lat. 9° 25’ N.. In addition to collecting on the White Nile I had the opportunity of spending a few hours at Soba, about fifteen miles up the Blue Nile, in lat. 15° 32' N., and also a short time at Khor Surkab, near Kerreri, on the united rivers below Khartiim, in lat. 15° 46’ N. While ascending the White Nile numerous stoppages were made, and I LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXXII. OT 234 MRS. JANE LONGSTAFF ON NON-MARINE obtained specimens at thirty places, some of which were visited twice. Though the managers of the steamers were most obliging in trying to suit the tastes of all the passengers, these halts were only too few and too short to satisfy collectors, while sometimes the best hunting ground was just dis- covered as the steamer had to. start again. A collection made under such circumstances cannot be exhaustive, and indeed must be regarded only as a contribution towards our knowledge of the Molluscan fauna of the region. The shells were all taken in the river or within one, or at most two, miles from its margin. Many were obtained either by means of a long handled scoop, by boys wading, or in the case of the larger ones, such as Aitheria, through native fishermen, who caught them in their nets. Others, again, were stranded by the subsiding water of the river, when they often contained the animal alive or but recently dead. Small gasteropods as well as the large Ampullaria were found on marshy ground close by, and the former also on water-plants in the river. With regard to distribution it is unnecessary to say mucl here, as it is given in the notes on each species. It may, however, be pointed out that the range is interesting in a twofold way. First, the geographical position of the Nile causes it to carry the drainage of the region of the Great Lakes down to the Mediterranean, giving rise to a commingling of Ethiopian and Palzearctic forms. As might be expected, the freshwater molluscan fauna presents, with few exceptions, the same character throughout. But it is otherwise with the land-shells, for Heliz desertorum is left behind and distinctly tropical forms take its place. Secondly, there is the fact of species extending far beyond the Nile Region over the continent of Africa. Among the bivalves, Spatha rubens, for instance, ranges from Lower Egypt to Uganda, and also to Senegal and the Congo; S. wahlbergi occurs near Kharttim and extends thence south- wards to the Transvaal, as well as westwards across to the Ngadda River in Nigeria. And the large gasteropod Burtoa nilotica extends trom the Bahr el-Gebel to Matabele Land in the south, to Lake Tchad in the west, and to the Juba River in the east. If we consider merely the district of which I have had a more or less limited experience, we must observe that Cleopatra bulimoides is by far the most frequent and abundant freshwater gasteropod. It occurs in both Pale- arctic and Ethiopian regions, and though so common, is interesting as exhibiting a considerable amount of variation. Ampullaria wernei, a dis- tinctly Ethiopian species, is not only numerous but, on account of its great size, it is also conspicuous. As it was the dry season terrestrial gasteropods were scarce, and they were more especially so in 1912, because there had been less rainfall than usual MOLLUSCA FROM THE SOUTHERN SUDAN. 235 during the previous rainy season. Those collected were all dead except a single specimen of Veronicella nilotica, Cock., found at Hillet al-Nawér, a small islet in the Sadd, and only one example of Limicolaria, which was taken at Kaka, contained even a dead animal. No land-shells were seen north of Abba Island (lat. 13° 22' N.), where we met with the first specimens of Limicolaria, of which genus the individuals became more numerous further south. Sheik Tombé, on the Bahr el-Gebel, was the best place we stopped at for land mollusca, but unfortunately, after a violent thunderstorm there were such torrents of rain that I was unable to go ashore. I was therefore indebted to my husband and fellow-passengers for the specimens obtained. The practice of setting fire to the vegetation in the southern districts was most detrimental to the gasteropoda, and many were more or less calcined. No Lamellibranchiata were met with south of Lake ShAmbé with the exception of immature specimens of Corbicula and Spherium at Gondokoro. Possibly the steep character of the shores as well as my not having facilities for deep-water dredging is answerable for this, since I always found bivalves most numerous where the margin of the river was shelving. They were especially abundant on the flat lower reaches of the Bahr al-Abyad, where wading and other birds also abounded, and probably they afforded food for the latter, for several shells taken had angular breakages as if made by birds. On the muddy flats near.Mogran specimens of Mutela and Nodularia were very numerous. Quite the rarest species met with was Pseudomutela plicata, von Marts., of which I only obtained one example at Gebel Ahmad Agha. During the present century four collections from the Upper Nile have been described, and in most cases accurate localities have been given. The first was made by Capt. Flower, F.L.S., and recorded in the Proc. Zool. Soc. 1900, p. 970. He obtained eleven species in the Bahr al-Abyad and Bahr el-Zarata, none of which was new to science. The second was the result of the Swedish Zoological Expedition to the district between Shendi, lat. 16° 42’ N., and Fashéda (K6dék), lat. 9° 54! N., during the period from February until May in 1901. Twenty species and four varieties were taken, and afterwards recorded by Herr Richard Higg (1904). One of the latter, a variety of Limicolaria sennaariensis, Shutt. (flammata, Caill.), he regarded as new. The third collection was made by Dr. Innes Bey on the White Nile, and described by M. Pallary (Bull. Inst. Egypt. ser. 4, no. 3, March 1902). Few of the localities visited are given, and the date is not stated. Twenty - four species are enumerated; two gasteropods are not specifically denoted ; three lamellibranchs are new, and two others, Unio euryssellinus, Letourn., and LU’. mysticus, Bourg., have since been regarded by M. Pallary as varieties of Nodularia nilotica, Caill. alles 236 MRS. JANE LONGSTAFF ON NON-MARINE The fourth collection was made by Dr. Otto le Roi, of Bonn, and described by Dr. C. B. Boettger and Dr. F. Haas in Proc. Malac. Soc., Sept. 1913. Twenty-four species are recorded ; as five of these occurred in the Bahr el- Ghazal exclusively, and two in the Nile further north, we are only con- cerned with seventeen. Of these one form, Limicolaria koenigi, is regarded as a new species. Of course these collections have many species in common ; allowing for this we have a total of forty-four in all. I obtained fifty-three species, as well as several varieties, on the White Nile—thirty-four species of Gasteropoda, and nineteen of Lamellibranchiata. Two are new, both Gasteropods, which occurred in the Bahr el-Gebel; one is a species of Streptaxis,, the other of Segmentina. In the Blue Nile, in addition to several common molluscs, I found a new species of Nodularia. Tour species of Gasteropoda from the Bahr el-Gebel are too imperfect to name. Six or seven other species appear to be new records for the White Nile, viz. :—Limicolaria turriformis, v. Marts., L. smith, Preston, Limnea cailliaudi, Bourg., Isidora dybowsku, Fischer, Spherium teilhardi, Pallary, Eupera letourneusi, Bourg., and perhaps Veronicella nilotica, Cock. It is not clear whether the last-named species occurred on the White Nile previously or not. The only record of the habitat of the holotype is “by the Nile above Khartim.” By Nile is probably meant Bahr al-Abyad, and the mollusc may well have been brought down from above by floating Sadd. I have in addition six or seven species which have been previously recorded by earlier collectors, as well as thirty-three of the same species as those in the four recent collections just quoted. These contain also twelve species * which I did not meet with, making a grand total of sixty-five species for the White Nile exclusive of the region to the west of Lake No and south of Rejaf. Since authorities differ in opinion as to what should be regarded as a species, any numerical statement must be regarded as approximate only. . On our voyages up the White Nile our fellow-passengers were most kind in bringing me all the land-shells they found, and I must especially mention Messrs. Backhouse, Gwynne, and Wallace. I am greatly indebted to M. Pallary for naming specimens, and to Mr. HE. A. Smith and Mr. Robson for their courtesy in affording me facilities for studying in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.), and to Mr. Preston for valuable assistance in many ways. * These are Cleopatra verreauxiana, Bourg. (Hage), Bithynia botssiert, Charp. (Hage>, Lanistes ovum, Peters (Boettger), Hydrobia schwemnfurthi, Jickeli (Hage), Planorbis peteli, Jickeli (Pallary), Iscdora sericina, Jickeli (Hage), Physa subopaca, Lam. (Pall.j, Physopsis sp. ? (Pall.), Succinea rugulosa, Morelet (Higg), Limicolaria kordofana, Shutt. (Pall.), and LL. connectens, von Marts. (Boettger). I have not counted Corbicula radiata, Parr. and C. pusilla, Parr., as Pallary considers them merely immature forms. MOLLUSCA FROM THE SOUTHERN SUDAN. Dave In order to save space I have only given sufficient references to identify each species. Also, with a few exceptions, only the names of works on the subject published since 1908, as Herr Higg and M. Pallary have compiled complete lists of those prior to that date. Class GASTEROPODA. Order PROSOBRANCHIATA. Suborder MONOTOCARDIA. Section Tenioglossa. Family Hy DROBIID x. Subgenus GaspBia, Zryon. GABBIA SENNAARICA, Adister. Paludina sennaarica, Parreyss in Kiister, 1853, ‘ Syst. Conchyl.-Cab.’ p. 44, pl. 9. fig. 10. Gebel En (two), Bahr el-Zarafa (five), small living specimens numerous amongst weeds in Lake Shambé, and Kanisa (one). Confirmed by M. Pallary. He states that the species occurs ‘‘ Tout le cours du Nil et de ses affluents.”’ Bourguignat records it from Abyssinia and the Blue Nile. The largest example was found at Gebel En; it measures, alt. 5°75, diam. 4 mm. Another from Babr el-Zarafa is nears as big g, mea surInNg alt. 5°5, diam. 4 mm. The specimens from these two localities have the spire slightly higher than some I got in ponds near the Pyramids of Gizeh, “siti M. Paley considered typical. Family VIVIPARID 4. Genus VIvIPARA, Lamarck. VIVIPARA UNICOLOR, Oliv. Cyclostoma unicolor, Olivier, 1804, 1812, ‘Voy. Emp. Ottoman,’ vol. 11. p. 39, vol. il. p. 68, Atlas i. pl. 381. fig. 9. Thirty-five specimens were taken at the following localities:—near Mogran (six), Abba Island (six), Ad-Duwém (one), Hillet Ay ds (five), Masran Island (two), Gebel En (three), Kéddk (one), Waw (one), Hillet al-Naiwér (two), and in Lake Shambé (eight). 238 MRS. JANE LONGSTAFF ON NON-MARINE The shells trom Mogran and Ad-Duwém have smooth, convex whorls with occasional vestiges of spiral lines, or of an angle on the upper whorls, or subangularity on the body-whorl. Nearly all the rest are distinctly bi- angular (var. biangulata, Kiist.) with intermediate moniliform lines. In several of the specimens from Abba Island, Hillet Abbas, Gebel En, Kodok, and Lake Shimbé, hairs are attached to the “beads.” On a shell from K6dok the hairs are remarkably long, some measuring 1°25 mm. in length. These hairy individuals are like those named by Frauenfeld, V. capillata, but since they do not differ in other respects from V. wnicolor they can hardly be considered more than a variety. The specimens of this species I found in ponds near the Pyramids of Gizeh nearly all show traces more or less defined of moniliform spiral lines, but I did not observe hairs on any of them ; of course this might arise from carelessness in cleaning them, for the hairs would be easily rubbed off. The largest shellis from Hillet Abbas ; it measures alt. 20°5, diam. 17°5 mm. Some of the others are nearly as big. V. unicolor is reported throughout Egypt and the whole basin of the Nile from the Victoria Nyanza, Albert Nyanza, Lake Dembea, Hast Africa, Lake Tchad, and Senegal. Also sub-fossil in the Fayim. Subgenus CLEopaTRA, Jroschel. (QLEOPATRA BULIMOIDES, Oliv. Cyclostoma bulimoides, Olivier, 1804, 1812, ‘ Voy. Emp. Ottoman,’ vol. ii. p. 39, vol. iii. p- 68, Atlas il. pl. 31. fig. 6. This species was taken at intervals along the whole length of the White Nile between the mouth near Mogran and Gondokoro. A certain amount of variation was observed, some having smooth convex whorls and others varinated ones, the spiral angle differed somewhat; also the colour varied from light horn to almost black, or there were dark stripes on a paler ground. None of these characters are of sufficient note to be deemed worthy of specific significance, but it may be of interest to record the extent of their occurrence at different localities. It will be observed that striped and keeled shells were more numerous than unicolorous smooth ones in comparison with the number taken, higher up the river than at the mouth. Near Mogran were found one hundred and seventy-five examples ; twenty- four. have keels, but on only one is the keel continued to the body-whorl. Highteen are striped, the rest unicolorous. The largest consists of six whorls, it measures alt. 16, diam. 10 mm. A more slender form has five and a half whorls which measure, alt. 12, diam. 7 mm. Ad-Duwém : six, only one striped. MOLLUSCA FROM THE SOUTHERN SUDAN. 239 Tawila: eleven all dead, only six in tolerable condition, they are striped and three are bicarinate. Hillet Abbas: ten, all decollated, five striped, four bicarinate. Masran Island: four, decollated and striped. Gebel En: seventy-eight, mostly decollated, thirty-seven with both keels and stripes, eleven unicolorous with keels, generally uncarinate, but a few bicarinate. Twenty-three simply striped. Gebel Ahmad Agha: two dead, decollated and striped. Kaka: nineteen decollated and some much eroded, all striped and six bicarinate. S. of Meltit: two dead, striped. Lake Shambé : ten, all striped and keeled, the greater number bicarinate. Colour so dark that the stripes hardly show. Gondokoro: one alive, more elongated than usual as the whorls are more exsert ; it is decollated, striped, and bicarinate. Alt. 14, diam. 7°5 mm. Whorls five. If this shell were compared with one of the broader forms from Mogran without the intervening links, each would probably be con- sidered a distinct species. Reported from Lower and Upper Egypt, the whole basin of the White Nile up to the Victoria Nyanza; Abyssinia, Lake Rudolf, Mombassa, Zanzibar, Angola, and Senegal. Family AMPULLARIID A. Genus AMPULLARIA. AMPULLARIA KORDOFANA, Phil. . Ampullaria kordofana, Philippi, 1851, ‘Conchyl.-Cab.’ ed. 2: Genus Ampullaria, p- 44, pl. 18. fig. 1. About thirty specimens were taken, many of which are immature, and in that state they are difficult to distinguish from diam. min. 97> mm. Aperture’: saline diam. 5°5 mm. Hab. Sheik Tombé; one young and two adult specimens (M/s. G. B. Longstaf,). Nopunaria (C&LATURA) SOBAENSIS, sp. nov. (PI. 18. figs. 1-3.) Shell rather small, ovate, covered with a somewhat thin, brownish-olive periostracum which becomes scabrous posteriorly, painted (with the exception of the extreme anterior and posterior sides) with fine, radiate, greenish, transverse bands; both valves marked with concentric lines of growth, considerably wrinkled and coarsely nodulated towards the umbonal regions ; dorsal margin sloping upwards in a straight lime from the anterior to the posterior side; ventral margin gently rounded; anterior side somewhat angularly rounded ; posterior side broad, obtuse, rounded below ; right valve bearing a somewhat elongate, erect cardinal, a very fine and rather short anterior, and an elongate, slightly curved posterior lateral ; left valve bearing a weak, rather minutely nodulous cardinal, and two elongate, curved, posterior laterals ; both anterior and posterior muscular scars well impressed, the anterior especially so ; pallial line well marked and continuous in both valves ; interior of shell pale pinkish. Long. 19, lat. 31, diam. 12 mm. Hab. Soba, Blue Nile; five specimens (M/s. G. B. Longstaff). The specimens from which the present species is described have been submitted to M. Paul Pallary, who is also of opinion that they cannot be referred to any hitherto known form. INA WN IDIO JUL The Dentition Sc. of Veronicella nilotica, Cockerell. (Text-figs. 1 & 2.) By G. C. Rogson, B.A. (By permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) A single example of this species was obtained by Mrs. G. B. Longstaff at Hillet al-Nuiweér, an islet on the Bahr el-Gebel. It was found among papyrus on the river bank ; and although smaller than the type, it corresponds very closely to the description given by Prot. Cockerell (‘ Nautilus, xx1ii. p- 108). The author did not give any account of the raduia or jaw in this MOLLUSCA FROM THE SOUTHERN SUDAN. 267 description, nor has any been subsequently published. In addition, Prof. Cockerell apparently was not in possession of any information as to the actual colour of the species, his account being based on the colour of a specimen preserved in alcohol. Thanks to the careful notes of the colour made by Mrs. Longstaff, and to the kindness of Dr. H. M. Gwatkin, who lent the author the radula of the type specimen for purposes of comparison with that of Mrs. Longstafi’s example, it is now possible to give a fuller account of this interesting species which, as Prof. Cockerell says, extends the range of the genus fifteen degrees further north in H. Africa. VERONICELLA NILOTICA, Cockerell. External appearance and remarks on general disposition of some of the internal organs, see ‘ Nautilus,’ xxiii. p. 108. AY OS | 2 3 4 5 25 2 30 SI 32 3 .4 as Veronicella nilotica, Cockerell.—Radula. Holotype in possession of the Rey. Dr. Gwatkin. By Nile above Kharttm. Figured under 4 oc. x 6 obj., Reichert. Radula.—The exact number of teeth in a row is not quite certain but is probably not more than 00; 48 may possibly be the average number in a row. The sinuosity indicated on the base of the teeth numbered 29-33 in the figure is frequently, though not always, emphasized so as to form a Fig. 2. Veronicella nilotica, Cuckerell—Jaw. Holotype in Zoological Dept. British Museum. Hillet al-Naiwér, Bahr el-Gebel. Figured under 4 oc. X 3 obj., Reichert. marked notch or indentation, Somewhere about the twenty-ninth or thirtieth tooth in each row, a marked transition is effected toward the oe 268 NON-MARINE MOLLUSCA FROM THE SOUTHERN SUDAN. square marginal type, though a modification of the lateral is appreciable earlier in the series. Jaw.—Only one side of the jaw is figured. The complete jaw is composed of a total of 19 rather narrow plates set close together. The width of these plates varies but their disposition is not bilaterally symmetrical, there being one broad plate on one side and three on the other. Colour.—Dorsum very dark grey, hyponotum dirty yellow turning to. deeper yellow anteriorly. Covered generally with small black spots. Foot sole orange. ‘Tentacles dark grey. [The Collection has been presented to the British Museum (Natural History). ] EXPLANATION OF PLATES 17 & 18, PLATE 17, Map showing localities of Mollusca. PLATE 18. Fig. 1. Nodularia (Celatura) sabaénsis, Preston, sp. nov. External aspect of right valve. 2. 59 51 Internal aspect, showing hinge. 3. n * i Dorsal aspect. Nat. size.—Soba, Blue Nie. 4. vs Ms egyptiaca, Caill., var. shambiensis, Longstatl, var, nov, Ex- ternal aspect of right valve. 5. 53 = Fe Internal aspect of thin shell showing hinge, 6 ‘ PS ‘ Internal aspect of thick shell showing strong teeth, ke *) 5p a Dorsal aspect. Nat. size—Lake Shimbé, Bahr el-Gebel. 8. Ke a parreysst, Phil. Internal aspect of shell similar to Philippi’s. figure of type showing hinge.—Ad Duwém, 9. x 5 ce yar. elongata, Longstatt, var, nov. ixternal aspect of right valve, 10. ‘s Hs var. elongata, Longstaff, var. nov, Dorsal aspect.. Nat. size. —Gebel Ahmad Agha, Le $5 x var. obliqua, Longstafl, var. nov, External aspect. of right valve. Nat. size.—S. of Melat. 12. Nodularia (Lanceolaria) teretiuscula, Phil., var. pallaryi, Longstaff, var. noy. Ex- ternal aspect of right valve, lee 5 Ps », Internal aspect showing hinge. 14. s . ., Dorsal aspect. Nat. size—Near Mogran, 15. Streptacis sudanica, Preston, sp. nov, Front aspect. 16. a us Dorsal aspect. Nat. size—Sheik Tombé. 17. Segmentina kanisaénsis, Preston, sp. noy, Front aspect. i8. ¥ Bs Spiral aspect. 19. a . Basal aspect.—Kanisa. Lonégstaff. Journ Linw. Soc. Zoon. Vou.XXXI. Pl. 17. PortStidan Suakin tL WHITE NILE DISTRICT KO n Ry DO) isan Kerrert,) Opp ¢, KHARTUM (© CSoba 4 a Zn = is) S. FEARS Abba 14 (law Rosti? ee es posbet En j pent { re Md 2 po NARS | BLUNT Cy j if. 9 Melat RR . q arate aap CHE shambee fe a “ PGONDOK a ie eas ae D Pe ~ Stantords Géeagt Estab’ London IEMs SislO WAIN: OIC MLE S! Ola) IMO Mi IEURS CU , ¥ « a et “ieteaanel on pi a LOoNGSTAFF. JOURN. LINN. SOc. ZOOL. VOL. XXXII. PL. 18. Grout sc. & imp. MOLLUSCA FROM WHITE NILE. ON NEW RECORDS OF RARE INVERTEBRATA. 269 Sporra Runiana.—Il. Puniculina quadrangularis (Pallas); Diazona violacea, Sav.; Forbesella tessellata (Forbes) ; variation in Ascidia; and records of various rare Invertebrata. By W. A. Hurpman, F.RS., F.LS., Professor of Zoology in the University of Liverpool. (PLATE 19.) [Read 6th November, 1918. ] Tx Part I. of ‘“ Spolia Runiana,” last year *, I dealt mainly with Hebridean specimens of the giant Pennatulid, Puniculina quadrangularis, and of the Compound Ascidian Diazona violacea. During the cruise of the yacht « Runa’ in the present summer (July and August 1913), we were fortunate enough to capture many additional specimens of both these comparatively rare animals, and this wealth of material has enabled me to add some further particulars to what was previously recorded. During the cruise I paid particular attention to the Tunicata, and preserved large numbers of several common species with a view to studying individual variations and their bearing on specific characteristics. We obtained also some specimens of the less common Cynthiid Forbesella tessellata (Forb.), and the examination of these has enabled me to offer some remarks upon the position of this isolated species in the “system ” of classification. The occurrence of a few other rare forms seems worth putting on record :— T. New or INTERESTING RECORDS. (1) The Starfish Pteraster (militaris (O. F. Miill.) was dredged in the Inner Sound, between the Island of Raasay and the mouth of the Gair Loch (Ross-shire), from a depth of 20 fathoms, on August 18th. Thisis a northern species, found on the coast of Norway, and not previously known, I believe, from the British seas—the nearest locality being the Farée Channel, ‘Porcupine’ expedition, from over 400 fathoms; and, again, the ‘ Triton’ expedition, 530 fathoms. Prof. Jeffrey Bell in a letter (Oct. 22nd) remarks : “I do not suppose it occurs in strictly British waters.” Consequently the present record makes an addition to the known British Fauna. Our Scottish specimen measures as follows :— i — 22) i Onan. Greatest height=8 mm. Breadth of arm at base=10 mm. A red eye-spot is conspicuous at the extremity of each arm. * Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxxil. p. 163, May 1913. 270 PROF. W. A. HERDMAN ON NEW (2) The Hehinid Echinus acutus, Lamk., was dredged in the Sound of Mull, north of the Green Islands, from a depth of 20-30 fathoms on July 16th, 1913. This is a southern form which occurs in the Atlantic to the west and south of Ireland, and has apparently not been recorded previously from Hebridean waters. The dimensions of our specimen are :— Diameter of test=54 mm. Height=36'5 mm. Diameter of peristome=17°5 mm. Diameter of periproct=6°5 mm. Largest spine=26 mm. The bases of the spines are of a greenish colour. The conspicuous characters of this Hchinid when alive—which at once attracted my attention to it in the dredge—were the comparatively few but very long spines, and the general white coloration. (3) Amongst other more noteworthy Echinoderms obtained were :-— Antedon tenella (Retzius), as well as A. phalangium (G. Miill.) and A. bifida (Penn.). Asterias muelleri (Sars), as well as A. rubens. Ophiocnida brachiata (Mont.), with other commoner Ophiuroids. Phyllophorus pellucidus (Diib. & Kor.). Mr. H. ©. Chadwick, who has examined these Hchinodermata for me, throws doubt upon the distinctness of the last species from P. drummondz 5 and he is inclined not to recognise the validity of the characters drawn from the spicules known as “tables” in the integument of P. pellucidus and of P. drummondi. : (4) Several boulders brought up (with much labour, and risk to the dredging-gear) from some of our deeper hauls, on rough bottoms, yielded a few examples of the rare solitary corals :— (?) Paracyathus tavxilianus, Gosse ; the Minch, 30 fathoms species. Caryophyllia smith, Stokes ; off Ardnamurchan, 22 fathoms; and south of the Island of Higg, 30 fathoms. We also got the following other noteworthy Actinozoa :— Epizoanthus incrustans (Diib. & Kor.), off Vaternish Pt., Skye, 50 fathoms ; and E. couchw (Johnst.), Loch Hourn, 35 fathoms. Sarcodictyon catenata, Forbes, at many localities, and of three quite distinct colours, viz.:—(1) the usual deep red, (2) pale yellow or creamy white, and (3} a bright cinnamon tint, exactly as figured by Forbes and Goodsir * to) in 1851 from the specimen dredged off the Croulin Islands, and which they a doubtful * Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin. vol. xx. p. 807. RECORDS OF RARE INVERTEBRATA. 271 described as a new species under the name S. agglomerata. We dredged some specimens of the last from the original locality, but I have no doubt they are simply a colour variety ot S. catenata. e (5) Professor Dendy, who has kindly looked over the sponges of the ‘Runa’ collection, notes the following as the more interesting forms, all from the Shiant Hast Bank and neighbouring parts of the Minch :— Tethya lyncurium, Ficulina ficus, Suberites carnosus, Lrctyocylindrus stuposus, Phakellia ventilabrum, Ph. (Isodictya) infundibuliformis, and a series of Quasillina (Polymastia) brevis and Polymastia mammillaris, which Prof. Dendy says “seems to indicate that Bowerbank was right in assigning the species, Q. brevis, to the genus Polymastia ; but the question wants working out with specially preserved material.” Amongst the other, commoner, sponges obtained were many specimens of the large white Msperella lingua, and every specimen examined had embedded deeply in its interior some examples of the eggs or embryos of the cuttle- fish, Rossia macrosoma. I had found these in the same position under the same circumstances the previous summer, and, now again in 1913, 1 found some- times quite young eges and sometimes far advanced embryos, with the eyes and the arms and other parts of the cuttle-fish distinctly visible on removing the opaque egg-shell. This year, however, on opening some of these eggs, I found no cuttle-fish embryo, but the whole of the interior of what had evidently been the covering of the cuttle-fish egg filled up with sponge-tissue like that outside. The only explanation I can suggest is that some of the eges or embryos die, or are unable to break out through the sponge to the exterior, and that in these cases the neighbouring tissue grows into the capsule and replaces the normal contents. (6) Mr. A. O. Walker, who was with us on the ‘ Runa’ for a few days in the earlier part of the cruise collecting Amphipods, and who has kindly examined all the higher Crustacea obtained, reports as follows :—‘‘ The total number of species of Malacostraca taken is 108, made up as follows :— Decapoda 23, Cumacea 2, Euphausiacea 2, Isopoda 5, Amphipoda 76. “Of these, the following do not appear in Canon A. M. Norman’s list of Crustacea collected in the Shetland Seas in 1861-7 (Report, British Association, 1868) :— Nephrops norvegicus (Linn.), Philocheras sculptus (Bell), Hudorella emarginata (Kr.), Campylaspis glabra, G. O. Sars, Coni- lera cylindracea (Mont.), Lysianassa ceratina, A. O. Walker, Tryphosa Héringui, Boeck, Socarnes erythrophthalmus, Robertson, Hippomedon denti- culatus (Bate), Metaphowus fultoni (Scott), Neopleustes assimilis (G. O. Sars), Maera tenvimana (Bate), Gammarus duebeni, Lillj., Jassa pusilla (G. O. Sars), and Corophium bonellii, M. Hdw.” A specimen of Munda bamffica, dredged in the Minch, showed on one side the swollen carapace indicative of a Bopyrid parasite. Mr.T. R. R. Stebbing has kindly examined ihe specimen for me, and finds that the cavity contains Zhe PROF. W. A. HERDMAN ON NEW only the small male of a species of Pseudione. The Munida, we find, is also infested by a Rhizocephalan parasite, the Triangulus munide of Geoftrey Smith *—probably a new record for the British fauna. (7) Miss L. R. Thornely, who has examined and identified the Polya collected on the cruise, reports to me a list of 52 species, some of which are of considerable interest— one (Mucronella abyssicola) having been previously recorded from the Shetland Seas only. Our specimen was obtained from the Minch, off the west coast of Skye. Lepralia polita and Idmonea atlantica are also worthy of note. (8) Knowing that Mr. EH. Heron-Allen and Mr. A. Harland were engaged on a ‘Monograph of the British Foraminifera, it occurred to me when arranging the work of this cruise, that samples of our dredged deposits might possibly fill some gaps in their list of localities. Mr. Heron-Allen supplied us with two dozen canvas bags which were duly filled with fair samples of the unwashed mud, sand, or other material as it was emptied from the dredge on to the deck. These samples are now being examined, and Messrs. Heron-Allen and Harland report as follows in regard to them :— “It has been a matter of great satisfaction to us that we have been entrusted with this series of samples. Apart from any intrinsic merit or interest which they possess in themselves, they greatly enrich, and fill gaps in, the collection of material already at our disposal from ieee seas, linking up as they do the ‘Goldseeker’ dredgings with the work of Messrs. Balkwill and Millett in the Galway District, our own in the Clare Island District, and that of Mr. G. Wright on the ‘ Helga’ and other dredgings off the west and south-west of Ireland. “So far, four bags of material have been examined, with results at once _ satisfactory and surprising. Indeed, whether the material is ashore-sand or a dredged mud, Miss Catherine Herdman, to whom we understand we owe the collection of the samples, seems to have displayed an unerring instinct for those muds and sands which were exceptionally rich in quantity of specimens and quality of species. “In Sample No. 1 (At anchor, Lowlandman’s Bay, Jura, 5 fms.), in addition to a series of 20 species of the genus Lagena, we have found the family of the Textularidz very finely represented, the otherwise dominant form being a robust and highly papillate Rotalia of the beccarii type, attaining remarkable dimensionsin enormous quantities. The Station yielded 89 species. ‘““Sample No. 2 (Dredging, Sound of Mull, 20 fms.), which reached us asa cake of hard black mud, 254 ¢.c. in bulk, became on the sieve 5 c.c. of fine material, which yielded 107 species. The dominant feature of the dredging * This specimen has since been examined by Mr. Geoffrey Smith, who finds that this fresh material enables him to correct the description in his Naples Monograph and to show that these parasites of Munida should be included in the genus Lerncodiscus, the other members of which are also parasitic on the Galatheide. RECORDS OF RARE INVERTEBRATA. 213 was the presence of many hundreds of the rare species Ammodiscus charoides, Jones & Parker sp. Among the 39 species of Lagenidee, were fine speci- mens of Nodosaria filiformis, @Orbigny, N. vertebralis, Batsch sp., and LV. roemeriana, Neugeborer, and Sagrina nodosa, Parker & Jones. “Sample No. 3 (Dredging, Shell Bank, off Ardnamurchan, 20 fms.), was a large bag (2335 ¢.c.) of fine and coarse clean brown sheli debris which yielded 128 species, many being represented by relatively gigantic specimens, e. g., Vaginulina legumen, Linné sp., Polymorphina gibba, V@Orbigny, and P. sororia, Reuss (both highly fistulose), and Puleinulina repanda, Fichtel & Moll sp. attaining sizes of 1-3 mm. The sample yielded also Crithionina mamilla, Goeés, Reophax jindens, Parker sp., and &. moniliforme, Siddall, Lagena ornata, Williamson, L. spumosa, Millett, and remarkable specimens of Li. marginata, Walker & Boys sp., Gypsina vesicularis, Parker & Jones sp., and many other rare species. “Sample No. 4 (Dredging, Loch Sunart, 20 fms.), is not yet completely worked out, but has already yielded 140 species, including Frondicularia spathulata, Brady, and Bulimina subteres, Brady, from a block of harsh grey mud of 1000 ¢.c. bulk. The dominant forms are Nodosaria scalaris, Batsch, and Nonionina umbilicatula, Montagu sp., with a very complete series of Bulimine, showing every gradation from B. elegans, @Orbigny, through B. pupoides, VOrb., and B. marginata, d@’Orb., to B. aculeata, V Orb. “So far as we have been able to clean the material, the shore-sands promise to give results not less rich than the dredgings we have already examined, and we hope, in the near future, to contribute to Prof. Herdman’s series of ‘Spolia Runiana’ a paper on this very remarkable series of gatherings.” Mr. Heron-Allen has very kindly sent me a list of the 259 species of Foraminifera which he and Mr. Harland have found in the four samples which they have up to now examined. But I do not include the list here, as it is probable that the remaining 20 bags will add materially to the record which I hope they will publish in full when the work is completed. I. FuNIcULINA QUADRANGULARIS (Pallas). At the end of the statement which I made last year in regard to the limited distribution of this magnificent Pennatulid, I ventured to add: “I do not doubt that other localities will yet be discovered on the West Coast of Scotland containing virgin forests of this largest and stateliest of the British Coelen- terata.” In this year’s work we have added four localities to those previously known, viz.: (1) Loch Sunart, near the mouth, opposite Tobermory, 22 fathoms ; (2) Loch Nevis, to the east of Tarbet Bay, 30, to 40 fathoms ; (3) Loch Hourn, off Piper Island, 20 fathoms, and also further up near the “narrows”; (4) Loch Shell, in Harris, 25 to 30 fathoms—in all cases from a muddy bottom. The original locality, near Oban, between the islands of 274 PROF. W. A. HERDMAN ON, Kerrera and Lismore, in the Firth of Lorn, is, however, the spot where this giant ‘‘sea-pen” seems to live in greatest abundance and to attain to the largest size (62 inches is still my greatest recorded length of colony). It is pretty clear now that Funiculina quadrangularis is widely distributed in the more sheltered sea-lochs of Scotland, at depths of about 20 fathoms and upwards *, and always embedded in a bottom of stiff mud. The abundance of Funiculina material we obtained in the Firth of Lorn this year, enabled us to keep some alive, under observation, in baths and basins on deck, and to record the colours in the living expanded condition and also the phenomena of its ‘‘ phosphorescence.” Professor Newstead photo- graphed for me some colonies, living in a long tube of sea-water, where the polypes had expanded to a length of nearly an inch (see Pl. 19. fig. 1). In regard to the ‘“ phosphorescence” or luminosity, we were able to watch the colour and distribution of the light emitted both (1) when observed freshly dredged (a very few minutes after being taken from the sea) in an excellent make-shift dark-room—the lazarette of the yacht ; and also (2) some hours afterwards, lying in their basins of sea-water on the deck at midnight. In the two cases the phenomena were the same, and it was noticed that the distribution of the light is quite different from that in the better-known Pennatula phosphorea. In the latter form the light appears to be restricted to the polypes. Ihave not been able to excite any luminosity in the stem portion of the Pennatula colony, but illumination of the polypes is very general and beautiful—more general and more lasting than the luminosity of that part of the colony in Funiculina. In Funiculina quadrangularis, however, while there are many distinct sparkles scattered over the polype-bearing part of the colony (corresponding, no doubt, to the individual polypes), the long, bare lower part of the stem, 9 inches to a foot in leneth, when gently stroked in the dark glows witha continuous sheet of light of (it seemed to me) a pale green f colour which flickers or pulsates like a lambent flame. The light on this bare part of the colony is certainly more intense than that of the polypes, and is, I think, the most brilliant “ phosphorescence” I have seen in any marine animal. During the cruise a letter was received from Professor Hickson asking me if I found the allied smaller sea-pen, Virgularia mirabilis, to determine, if possible, whether that form was phosphorescent and could sting. As both of the other British Pennatulids, Funiculina and Pennatula, had been exhibiting a brilliant display of light, I fully expected to find the Virgularia was also luminous; and was therefore rather astonished, when we did dredge a couple of colonies of V. mirabilis in Loch Nevis, to notice that, although stimulated in various ways in the dark, not the slightest trace of * Sir Wyyille Thomson records having dredged it in aburdance in the Sound of Raasay from a depth of 100 fathoms, on the ‘ Porcupine ’ Expedition. + Wyville Thomson in ‘Depths of the Sea’ refers to the “lilac phosphorescence ”’ of Funiculina, FUNICULINA QUADRANGULARIS (PALLAS). 275 light was visible ; while small Puniculina colonies, dredged at the same time and treated in the same way, were phosphorescing freely. I did not notice any stinging or numbing effect in handling any of the above-mentioned three species of Pennatulids. The colour notes which I made from the living Funiculina are as follows :—The stem of the colony is pale yellow to ivory-white in tint, quite opaque in the centre and translucent along the eages. In an expanded polype, measuring about three-quarters of an inch in its free part, the lower half inch or so is translucent and of a greyish colour. The upper, or distal, quarter inch, where the stomodseum and the mesenterial filaments show through, varies from an opaque yellow to an orange-red—the stomodeum being the yellower part and the mesenterial filaments the redder. The expanded tentacles are of a delicate pinkish white, and the edge of the mouth is marked by a narrow line of opaque yellow. The blending of these colours, when seen ata little distance, gives the general orange-pink effect which is characteristic of the expanded polype fresh from the sea. In a colony a little over three feet in length (say one metre) the largest polypes, when fully expanded, measured about 3 of an inch in the length of their free part projecting above the stem (see Plate 19. fig. 1). The spiral arrangement of the polypes upon the stem is very evident in the living colony. This abundant fresh /wniculina material has enabled us to filla gap in the knowledge of its minute structure. The Marshalls, in 1882, were unable to find in their Oban specimens any trace of the male gonads, and the male Fwniculina has remained undescribed to the present day. Miss H. Muriel Duvall, B.Sc., a post-graduate worker in my laboratory, has been examining with me some of the fresh /uniculina material plunged living into 10 per cent. solution of formalin in sea-water, and we have been fortunate enough, after some searching, to find the missing male gonads. They were found first in a moderate-sized colony of a much paler colour (in formol solution) than the pinker ones in which we were finding the mature female gonads. The male gonads of Funiculina are of much the same appearance and structure as those of Pennatula. They are globular masses (spermospheres) of rather smaller size than the mature ova, and consist of an external cellular capsule, a distinct structureless membrane (mesogloea), and a central mass of small nucleated cells which evidently, as the gonads mature, increase greatly in number and become radially fusiform, and are then packed together in masses running inwards from the wall towards a central space. Out of seven colonies we have now examined, three were male and four female, the males being rather the smaller and so distinctly paler in colour that, after seeing the first one, Miss Duvall successfully predicted which of the remaining colonies would prove to be male. bd ~j (op) PROF. W. A. HERDMAN ON III. Diazona vIoLacea, Savigny. I have this year been extraordinarily fortunate in obtaining abundance of material of this remarkable species. Previous to my record of last year, I believe only two specimens were known from Hebridean Seas—-the one described by Forbes and Goodsir in 1851 as “ Syntethys hebridicus” and the colony which I noted in 1891 * as having been dredged by the late Duke of Argyll, north of Mull, in 1885. Last year I found one good colony off Barra Head in the Outer Hebrides, and a few small fragments from the Hast Shiant Bank in the North Minch. This year I dredged over 30 colonies —most of them from a bank in the Inner Sound, north of the Croulin Islands f, at a depth of about 30 fathoms, but some off the West coast of Skye across the mouth of Loch Snizzort, outside the Asecrib Islands, from. 30 to 40 fathoms. At the Meeting of the British Association at Birmingham last September, T exhibited to the Section of Zoology two large museum jars, the one con- taining several bright violet colonies of Diazona preserved in alcohol, while the other had an equal number of colonies preserved in a solution of formol and still showing distinctly the green colour of the living animal. The contrast in appearance between the two jars was most marked, and was due merely to the method of preservation, all the colonies having been equally green when placed alive in their respective fluids. In the discussion, I was then asked the question—What will be the result if you now put one of the green formol-preserved specimens into alcohol ? I am now able to answer that question as follows :— On September 24th I washed one of the colonies from the green jar in running fresh water for a couple of hours, to remove the formol from the surface, and placed it in absolute alcohol at 5.40 p.m, Up to 6.0 p.m. no change was visible. September 25th, 9.30 s.m., the alcohol was tinged with green and the colony looked paler. September 26th—the alcohol was much greener. October 2nd-—handed the green alcohol over to Dr. A. Holt for chemical examination, and transferred the colony, now of a pale green colour, nearly colourless in places, and of crystalline appearance on the surface, to a jar of new colourless alcohol. Octeber 3rd—the alcohol beginning to be green. October 4th——fluid still greener ; colony seems colourless on surface. November 4th—there has been no further change for some weeks. The * Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. for August 1891 (ser. 8, vol. vi.), p. 165. + This is probably the same spot from which Forbes and Goodsir, when on Mr. R. McAndrew’s yacht in 1851, dredged the first-described specimen of “ Syntethys.” DIAZONA VIOLACEA, SAVIGNY. ATIC fluid is distinctly yellow-green. The colony when taken out of the alcohol is now of alight yellowish-grey tint, but has very little colour. No violet has appeared in any part. It seems, then, that the change from green to violet, as the result of preservation in alcohol, can only be effected in the case of the living, or at least unfixed, animal ; and that the specimen which has been preserved in formol, although it will still give out a green celour when treated with alcohol, does not become violet. A further new point I have now to state, in connection with the colour- changes of this Ascidian, is that even the living colony exposed in a vessel of sea-water to bright sunlight for a few days changes its colour to a notable degree, and may even develop a certain amount of violet or blue coloration on the surface of the colony. The abundance of material obtained off the Croulin Islands enabled me, after preserving some specimens in a tank of spirit (these became violet at once), and others in a jar of 10 per cent. formol (these remained green), to allow others to remain alive in basins of sea-water on deck under observation. The first change noted was that the green Hebridean Diazona becomes distinctly greener during the first hour or so of exposure to sunlight. When brought up fresh from a depth of 20 or 30 fathoms the colony is of delicate grey-green colour and has a gelatinous translucent appearance. But the green soon becomes more vivid and opaque, and the colony is then more solid in appearance. The green, after the lapse of some hours, then changes gradually from a yellow-green to a still more opaque and darker green, and then to a blue-green. After two or three days’ exposure to light (the sea-water in the basins was frequently renewed during these obser- vations) the colour of the colony round its margins, and especially in the upper parts of the test occupied by the ascidiozooids, became distinctly bluish, bluish violet, or slate-blue, usually very much of the tint of freshly spilt “‘Stephens’s blue-black ” and in this condition it remained. Some of the colonies after a few days further captivity, were evidently dead or moribund; the others we preserved in the tank of spirit, and they are now all violet in colour like the rest. Up to the last, however, the change in colour is only superficial, affecting at the most the outer quarter to half inch in thickness of the test. Similarly, the change to violet in the case of specimens preserved in alcohol, deep and opaque though the colour may seem, affects only the surface-layer of the test. Even now, after some months preservation in several changes of spirit, if a colony be cut open the centre is found to be of a vivid green colour ; and it is interesting to notice that that green is now permanent, even when exposed to clean alcohol. Apparently the change to violet only takes place in the case of the fresh specimen taken from sea-water and placed in spirit. ink 278 PROF. W. A. HERDMAN ON As specimen after specimen of the living ascidian went through the same series of colour-changes before our eyes this summer, it is probable that we have seen all that can be determined from observation of the living animal, and that any further investigation of the pigmentation must be undertaken by the chemist in the laboratory. Dr. Alfred Holt, of the Physical Chemistry department of the University of Liverpool, has kindly undertaken to investigate the pigment or pigments of these Hebridean colonies of Diazona from the chemical point of view. He reports to me as follows on his investigation so far :— “Animal investigated was purple outside, but yellow-green inside. The purple and yellow-green portions were investigated separately, (1) Purple part.--Cut up into small fragments or ground with sand and then extracted in a Soxhlet with absolute alcohol, the colour gradually passed into solution, The solution thus obtained was bluish green in colour, quite distinct from the colour of the inner part of the animal or from the aleoholic solution obtained from the fresh animal on capture. This blue- green solution on evaporation at a low temperature (below 100°C.) gave a small residue which by transmitted lght had no decided colour, but by reflected light was purple, identical in colour with that of the animal. The colour was soluble again in alcohol or zylene, solution taking a long time. The zylene extract had a more pronounced blue tint than that in alcohol. “The addition of alkali to the blue-green solution changed the colour to a greenish yellow. “(2) Green part.—The colouring matter of the inner green part was very easily soluble in alcohol to a green solution, the colour of which was, however, far more yellow than that of the purple part. On evaporation at low temperature this yellow-green solution yielded a green residue, not purple, and was again easily soluble in alcohol, The addition of alkali did- not materially change its colour. “The green parts of the animal did not go purple in alcohol. The fresh: animal preserved in formaldehyde maintained its green colour, and this was readily and completely soluble in alcohol. “ Acid had no marked effect, nor acid nor alkaline hydrogen peroxide in dilute solution. “From the absorption spectrum and general characters it would seem that the pigment in the purple portion is very similar to that obtained by Friediiinder from Murex brandaris, and which was subsequently shown by Imm to be an indigo derivative, If this be so, then the yellow-green colour of the alcoholic soiution from the inner (not purple) portion of the animal can scarcely be due to this pigment. Microscopic examination of this part shows numerous globules containing what looks like a yellow oil, and it is probably the solution of this oil that gives the yellow-green colour to the alcohol. The particular shade of tint may vary, depending on the DIAZONA. VIOLACEA, SAVIGNY. 279 amount of the blue purple (indigo ?) dissolved in the yellow oil, and so producing a greenish shade. Attempts are at present being made to extract the colouring matter by Friedlinder’s method and so prove its chemical nature.” . Dr. Holt proposes to publish a paper later on his chemical investigation of these pigment changes. The fresh material has enabled me to make some further observations on the arrangement of the ascidiozooids as seen in the living and expanded colony. It is clear that, in some colonies at least, the ascidiozooids are not placed evenly over the whole of the upper surface, nor are they scattered irregularly, but are arranged in definite rows or groups with meandering branching paths of smooth depressed test between. So that, looking at the top of the expanded colony from above, one sees certain bare areas of test, as shown in Plate 19. fig. 2. In all probability this grouping of the ascidio- zooids is the result of lines of budding in the growth of the young colony. In Alder and Hancock’s ‘ British Tunicata’?* the arrangement of the ascidiozooids is described as “forming a single, irregular, or very indis- tinctly concentric system” ; but there is no reasen to regard this as forming a single “svstem,” and the arrangement is certainly not conceniric. In fig. 3, I show the arrangement of the “ ocelli” or pigment spots in relation to the branchial and atrial siphons and also the lines of snow-white pigmentation on the thorax, as these structures are not represented correctly in Forbes and Goodsir’s figures. There are six ocelli at the atrial aperture and none at the branchial, but a circle of white pigment spots surrounds the base of the branchial siphon, a short row of dots runs from this in the medio- dorsal line to the nerve ganglion, a double line of white pigment bounds the endostyle along the ventral margin of the branchial sac, and two parallel white bands run along the dorsal edge of the thorax, terminating anteriorly in a single row of white dots facing that of the ganglion on the opposite side of the atrial siphon (see fig. 3), Each siphon terminates in six lobes. IV. Tue Systematic Position or Korsesnrza resserzara (Forbes). This West Coast species was first described by Forbes in 1848 t as Cyntiza tessellata. Forbes’s specimens were dredged by McAndrew in Mounts Bay, Cornwall, from 25 fathoms, and the species has since been found in deep water at several lecalities round the South and West coasts. In 1891, from the examination of some specimens dredged off the west of the Isle of Man, I drew attention to the fact that this species seemed to occupy an intermediate position between the subfamilies Cynthiinee and Styelinee, agreeing with the former in the compound tentacles and with the latter in having only four * Wdited by Hopkinson, Ray Soe., yol. ii. 1907, p. 149. + British Mollusca, vol. i. p. 38. 280 PROF. W. A. HERDMAN ON THE folds on each side of the branchial sac. In my ‘ Revised Classification of the Tunicata,” read before this Society in February 1891 *, I therefore placed the species in a separate genus, Morbesella ; and in 1893 + I redescribed and figured it in more detail. In 1892 Lacaze-Duthiers and Delage t, from the examination of specimens found off the coast of Brittany, quite independently came to the same conclusions as my own, and had proposed to form for the reception of this species anew genus “/orbesia”’ ; but on receiving my paper of 1891 they accepted the generic name Forbesella there-in defined. More recently Hartmeyer, in the new edition of Bronn’s “ Tier-Reichs,” 1909, p. 1335, places both Forbesella and Forbesia as synonyms of his genus Pyura, the modern equivalent of Cynthia. His defence for so doing is that what seem the two most notable characteristics of Forbesella tessellata, namely, the tessellated or plate-like condition of the test and the small number of folds in the branchial sac, are both characters that are found in other species which he brings under his comprehensive genus Pyura. It may be remarked, however, that even on his own showing the combination of these two characters is not found in any other species ; but, apart from that, it is quite questionable whether species showing such a small number of folds in the branchial sac ought to be placed in Pyura (= Cynthia). In his discussion of the matter Hartmeyer states that two or possibly three species show five folds on each side, and that one (Pyura stubenrauchi, Meichaelsen) has on each side only four folds. The species that have five folds on each side I would regard as undoubtedly members of the genus Pyura or Cynthia, but the species with only four folds, if the existence of that character as a normal condition is established, I would unite with the species tessel/ata in the genus Forbesella. The species Cynthia stubenrauchi of Michaelsen § was described from a single preserved specimen brought home from the Straits of Magellan. In such a case it is of course quite possible that the single specimen examined was an abnormal individual, and I doubt whether on such evidence we are justified in making the proposed change in our classification. I make a considerable distinction between the presence of eight folds and of ten. Four folds on each side is a well-marked character of the subfamily Styelinze (according to some authors the family Styelidee), while the Cynthias have a variable number of folds, from five on each side upwards. In dis- cussing such matters of classification one must leok at the problem from the standpoint of phylogeny. The ancestral Styelinze and Cynthiine diverged presumably when their common ancestors had four folds on each side of the branchial sac, and thereafter the Styelas seem to have fixed the character of * Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxiii. p. 558. + Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxiv. p. 451. t Mém. Acad. Sci. Inst. France, t. xlv. No. 1, p. 187. § Zoologica, Bd. xxxi. p. 102: Stuttgart, 1900. SYSTEMATIC POSITION OF FORBESELLA THSSELLATA. 281 four folds in their line of descent, whereas the Cynthias acquired a greater number. In addition there is the further characteristic derived from the condition of the tentacles, which remained simple in Styelids and became compound in the Cynthiide. In my opinion, then, we are justified in con- sidering that a species which presents us with only four folds on each side must be excluded from the genus Cynthia or Pyura ; but as it has compound tentacles it must equally be excluded from the genus Styela. Therefore I would place both Forbes’s tessellata and Michaelsen’s stubenrauchi, if the latter has undoubtedly not more than eight folds, together in the genus Forbesella, occupying an intermediate position between Styela and Cynthia, and repre- senting an early offshoot from the ancestral Cynthiids after they had attained compound tentacles, but before the number of folds in the branchial sac had increased beyond a total of eight. | I have now before me a series of specimens of Forbesella tessellata, obtained during the cruise of the ‘ Runa,’ from five localities on the west of Scotland, Viz. :— (1) Loch Sunart, 20 fathoms. (2) Off Island of Canna, 60 fathoms. (3) South of Neist Point, Skye, 42 fathoms. (4) Off the Croulin Islands, 30 fathoms. (5) Inner Sound north of Croulins, 50 fathoms. This series demonstrates clearly the very definite nature of the flat plates or scales into which the test is modified, and which are much more perfect and regular than the rough tubercles or surface elevations found in some species of Cynthia. I give (PI. 19. fig. 4) a tracing with the “Hidinger” drawing-apparatus to show the very definite polygonal shapes and arrange- ment of these plates from one of my Hebridean specimens. The internal structure of these northern individuals agrees, so far as I have examined it, very closely with tnat of specimens from the Isle of Man. The branchial sae again, as in the former specimens, shows some variations ; but in all cases the folds never exceed four on each side, which, taken along with the compound tentacles, in my opinion places this curious little form in an intermediate position between Cynthia and Styela and entitles it to rank as a distinct genus, Porbesella, in the subfamily Cynthiine. V. VARIATION IN Ascrpza. The large specimens of Ascidia mentula, Mill., and Ascidia venosa, Mill., which came up in the dredge on various occasions suggested to me that it might be useful to examine the individual variation in some of the internal organs which are usually described among the specific characters of these two well-marked species. LINN. JOURN.—-ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXXII. 24 282 PROF. W. A. HERDMAN ON Ascidia mentula and A. venosa* are easily distinguished by their external appearance. Amongst more than a hundred specimens collected and pre- served there was not a single doubtful case. Although individuals vary to some extent, especially in A. mentula, still every specimen can at a glance be referred to one or the other species. I had removed a number of the freshly-dredged specimens vf both species from their tests, thinking that this would ensure better preservation ; but examination of the material now shows that this was a mistake, as these ‘‘skinned’”? specimens are so contracted and distorted as to be much less suitable for investigation than those specimens where the test was left as a support to the more delicate tissues within. Wef picked out ten well-preserved specimens of each species and made microscope preparations of the wall of the branchial sac, of the entire series of branchial tentacles, and of the dorsal tubercles, with the following results :—The specimens of Ascidia mentula ranged in length (antero- posterior) from 12 to 16cm. The tentacles were found to vary in number from 39 to 103, and the number seems to bear no relation to the size of the body, since the individual with only 39 was actually larger than the one with 103 tentacles. The most usual number for the tentacles is from 60 to 90 f. The tentacles are always of more than one size §, and usually three distinet sizes or orders are present. The proportion of those of the first (largest) order to the rest varies from one-ninth to one-half—one-third || being the proportion most frequently found. As Ascidia mentula usually lies attached with the left side downwards, it would not be surprising to find that some of the apparent irregularities im size and position of the tentacles bore some definite relation to the two sides of the body, but no such relation exists. In some specimens it is the right and in others it is the left side that has the largest or the greatest number of tentacles. One individual examined had 4 tentacles of the first order on the right side and 3 on the left, while another with 4 tentacles on the right side had no less than 11 on the left. There is a considerable range of individual variation in the spacing of the tentacles, which may be densely crowded (PI. 19. fig. 7) or sparsely scattered (fig. 5), or show intermediate gradations. Figures 9 and 6 show the * Weare not at the moment concerned with the question whether or not it is convenient to separate venosa in an independent genus Ascrdiella. + Miss H. M. Duvall, B.Sc., a post-graduate worker in my laboratory, has kindly assisted me in this investigation. { In the L. M. B. C. Memoir on “ Ascidia” I find that, as the result of a number of specimens examined, I then gave the number characteristic of the species as being from 70 to 100. § In Alder and Hancock’s ‘ British Tunicata,’ vol. i. (1905), under Ascidia mentula, we are told on p. 76 that the “ tentacular filaments” are of “ equal length,” while on p. 79 they are said to “vary considerably in size.” The latter is the more correct statement. | This agrees with what is stated in the L. M. B. C. Memoir. VARIATION IN ASCIDIA. 283 extremes found in one and the same individual: in these examples the tentacles are in the proportion of 4 to 9 in a given space. We are of opinion, however, that the unequal crowding of the tentacles in places is due in part to unequal contraction of the sphincter muscles. Consequently, individuals probably do not differ so much from one another as might be supposed, and authors in describing the condition of the tentacles would do well to take the state of contraction of the sphincters into consideration. The apparent crowding on the dorsal and ventral edges which is sometimes seen 1s mainiy due to muscular contraction. Calling the tentacles of the first, second, and third orders 1, 2, and 3, the normal scheme of arrangement in Ascidia mentula is :—1, 3, 2, 3, 1 (see fig. 8); but there is much individual variation: the third order of tentacles is especially variable, and in places where they are crowded those of the third order are liable to be squeezed out and the remaining tentacles then appear more equal in size. The specimens of Ascidia venosa examined ranged from 7 to 11 em., and the tentacles varied in number from 38 to 74—the most usual number being from 40 to 50. In this species also there seems to be no correlation between the number of tentacles and the size (probably =age) of the individual. The average proportion of the largest tentacles to the rest is one-half. Here, again, as in A. mentula, there is no correlation between the arrangement of the tentacles and the right and left sides of the body. In making a comparison between A. venosa (fig. 9) and A. mentula (figs. 5 to 8), we find that the tentacles in the former are more slender, have a smaller range in number, and show less variation in size and arrangement and spacing, and any crowding noticed seems to be due to muscular contraction. Turning now to the Dorsal Tubercle in the same specimens of these two species, we find that it is distinctly smaller in A. venosa than in A. mentula. The typical form in A. mentula is a horseshoe shape with the two free ends, or “horns,” turned in the same direction, say to the right side, so that the right- hand horn turns outwards and the left inwards. The commoner variations are that both horns may turn to the left side, or both turn inwards, or one turn inwards and the other remain straight or nearly so. Out of the ten dorsal tubercles examined, six have at least one horn turned to the right. In Ascidia venosa the typical form is a deep U-shape. Out of the ten specimens examined eight are simply U-shaped, and two have one horn turned inwards. Finally, we examined the condition of the branchial sac in the same two series of individuals. In comparing branchial sacs it is desirable to examine pieces taken from corresponding parts of the wall ; and, in fact, the samples we have made use of were all cut out from the centre of the right-hand wall about the middle of its length. 24% 284 PROF. W. A. HERDMAN ON In A. mentula the usual characters of the branchial sac seem to be as follows :—There is well-marked “ plication ” of the wall, intermediate papillee are always present on the internal bars halfway between the transverse vessels, the stigmata are wide and short and vary from 5 to 16 in a mesh— the usual numbers being from 9 to 12. In A. venosa the plication of the wall is much less marked, there are no intermediate papillae (except occasionally where a range of stigmata is in process of dividing into two—and in that case the papille are not really “intermediate ” as they will eventually be at the angles of meshes), the stigmata are longer and narrower and more regular, and vary in number from 7 to 15 ina mesh, the usual numbers being from 8 to 12. If we now attempt to draw some conclusions from these studies of the variation of the internal organs which are considered of most importance in defining the species, they must be to this effect :— BSc \y bb meinen 8 4 1 0 20) |Meat vario- | | | | darzus. J | | |) Enters Wy 2 27 18 2 5 16 97 mediates. | No spot | | like 25 15 13 5) 1 1 | 14 74 servus. | ( Of these seven pairs of F, hybrids only the 5th pair shows a simple Mende- lian ratio (1 like variolarius, 2 intermediate, and 1 like servus), a ratio which evidently would not have been maintained if a large number of offspring had been secured, for no such ratio is shown by the IF, hybrids from any of the remaining six pairs, all of which have a larger number of offspring. If one is willing to readjust these ratios by filling the gaps with the nymphs that died and those that failed to hatch, it would be possible of course to create any ratio required, but the assumptions cannot be the same for the seven pairs, and this fact would weaken the value of such an adjustment. We may further search for a Mendelian ratio (half pure and half hetero- zygous) in the cross between the I’; hybrid 2 and the pure variolarius 8. From this cross we raised 18 males (photos 62-66). 12 of these 18 males 360 MISSES K. FOOT AND E. CG. STROBELL: RESULTS OF have the spot as strong as variolarius, 3 have a spot so small and faint that it is scarcely perceptible (the lower two specimens of photo 62, and the lowest specimen of photo 66), and 3 are quite typical intermediates (the 3rd and 5th specimens of photo 64 , and the second specimen of photo 66). Thus 12 of these males have the variolarius spot, 3 are intermediates, and 3 are almost without a spot. It therefore seems obvious that a Mendelian ratio is not shown in any of the experiments, it does not appear in the F, hybrid generation, in the F, hybrid generation, nor in this generation from an F, hybrid ? by pure variolarius ¢. The above-mentioned cross (I, hybrid 2? xX pure variolarius 8) is im- portant because it shows that the genital spot is not a sex-linked character, The test of whether a character is linked to a factor that determines sex is usually made by the “ reciprocal cross,” which in this case would be pure servus 2 X pure variolarius ¢. It is assumed that the parent that is hetero- zy gous for sex can transmit a sex-linked character only to the opposite sex, and therefore none of the males from such a cross should inherit the spot. We were unable to attempt this cross, but the above-mentioned experiment (F, hybrid ¢ x pure variolarius @) shows quite as conclusively as a “ reci- procal cross”? whether the genital spot behaves as a sex-linked character. This cross demonstrates that the genital spot does not behave as a sex-linked character, for it shows that the male variolarius can directly transmit the spot to his male offspring, for these offspring show the greatly increased strength of its inheritance from the pure male as compared with its inheritance from the F, males. We cannot explain this exclusively male character by simply assuming that the constitution of the eggs inhibits the expression of the spot in the female, for this leaves unexplained the fact that the spot is partly or wholly inhibited in the F, males. We have been unable to harmonize our results either with the Mendelian or non-Mendelian (blend) type of inheritance—the great variability of the F, hybrids being the most obvious difficulty. The assumption of multiple factors may be satisfactory as an explanation of the variability of the F, intermediates; but it does not explain the variability of the F, hybrids. On the assumption of multiple factors the F, hybrids should be alike— subject only to minor variations (fluctuations). This, however, is not the case —2 have no spot and 9 are variable intermediates. Castle’s assumption of change in potency of a given factor or factors seems more in harmony with the facts, for this offers not only an explana- tion of the variability of the F, intermediates, but admits any degree of variability in the F, hybrids——even to the extent of reversing dominance, CROSSING EUSCHISTUS VARIOLARIUS AND EUSCHISTUS SERVUS. 361 We cannot logically explain the facts on the assumption of variation in potency of a single spot factor, for on this assumption the spot of pure vartolarius should show the same relative amount of variation, which is not the case. But if we assume that servus has an inhibitor which also varies in potency, then the F, spot, besides being more or less reduced by a single dose of spot factor which varies in potency, can be further reduced or wholly cancelled by the servus inhibitor, according to the degree of its potency. The hypothesis of varying potency of unit factors demands the presence of at least a perceptible variation in the spot of pure variolarius, and such a variability does, in fact, occur. This irregularity can be best appreciated by comparing the male offspring from the same parents. Castle (1912) says: “In my experience every unit character is subject to quantitative variation, that is, its expression in the body varies.” The funda- mental explanation of his striking results in selection is the assumption that these variations have a germinal basis and are inherited. It seems to us that our results are more in harmony with Castle’s assump- tion of the varying potency of unit factors ; but if they do in fact admit of a pure Mendelian interpretation, this must be left to the specialist in genetics. APPENDIX I. Since this paper was finished, striking corroborative support has been given to the results of our experiments. In expressing to Professor Poulton our desire to find an experienced Ento- mologist who would look over the parent species of our hybrids for some distinguishing character (other than the genital spot) that might give additional evidence in support of our experiments, Professor Poulton kindly suggested Dr. Harry Eltringham, of New College, Oxford. We feel very grateful to Professor Poulton for his interest and courtesy in this matter, and we are deeply indebted to Dr. Eltringham for his very valuable discovery of the marked difference in the length of the intromittent organ of /. vario- larius and EF. servus. Asa result of his observation, we have been able to follow out the inheritance of this second exclusively male character in the hybrids from this cross, as well as from the cross between E. variolarius and FH. ictericus. 362 MISSES K. FOOT AND BE. C. STROBELL: RESULTS OF APPENDIX II. Recorps oF HELEvEN Patrs or BuGs THAT WERE ISOLATED THROUGH THEIR BREEDING PERIOD. As details of breeding experiments can be of value or interest only to those who may care to repeat such experiments with the same or allied species, we have not published the following details in the text, but have added them here in a convenient form for reference. The following records are extracts from our notes. We have selected only the main points essential for comparison, omitting such details as the dates of hatching, the dates of the five moults, and the number of nymphs that survived each moult, &., &e. The length of time given for each mating is the minimum, as it is estimated from the time the pair was found mating until the last record before they were found apart. The bugs were closely watched during the day, and observations made two or three times during the night. The number of eggs that hatched is also the minimum, for in some cases we counted only those nymphs that survived the first moult. Before the first moult these small bugs generally keep closely segregated in a compact mass, and it is impossible to count them accurately when a large number is hatched. Recorp I. Cacr 2.—1911. One Pair of #. variolarius. (Collected April 16th, at White Plains, New York, by J. R. de la torre Bueno.) APRIL 20th. 6.30 A.M, mating: continued to mate 9% hours. 28th. 5.00 p.m. ditto ditto 19 hours. May 2nd. 1.80P.m. ditto ditto 173 hours. ° 7th. 600 a.m. ditto ditto 9 hours. 10th. 6.00 4.m. ditto ditto 15 hours, 22nd. 4 eggs, all hatched: 5 reared to winged stage—(2 gd & | Q). JUNE 9th. 29 eggs, 20 hatched. (Found the ¢ sucking these eggs: had sucked the entire contents from two.) 16 reared to winged stage—(7 ¢ & 9 Q). 26th. 6.30 A.M. mating: continued to mate 32 hours. JULY Ist. 28 eggs, all hatched: 15 reared to winged stage—(9 ¢ & 6 Q). 7th. 28 eggs, all hatched. LKilled all after 3rd moult to preserve as nymphs. 13th. 5.30 a.M. mating: continued to mate 63 hours. 14th, 530... ditto ditto 4+ hours. CROSSING EUSCHISTUS VARIOLARIUS AND EUSCHISTUS SERVUS. 363 JULY 20th. 20th. 23rd. 25th. AUGUST 5th. 6th. 10th. 19th. 23rd 25th. olst. 5.00 a.m, 28 eggs, all hatched. Killed all after Ist moult to preserve as nymphs. 5,00 a.M. mating: continued to mate 3 hours. 5.30 A.M. ditto ditto 5+ hours. 12 eggs, all hatched. Did not keep these nymphs beyond the 2nd moult. 42 eves, in 3 groups. These eggs not kept. 5.00 a.m. mating :-continued to mate 4 hours. ll eggs. These eggs not kept. 5.30 A.M. mating: continued to mate 27 hours. 5.80 A.M. ditto ditto 6} hours. 28 egys. These eggs not kept. The female died. Killed the male and preserved the pair in aicohol. Recorp II. Cace 10.—1911. One Pair of EZ. variolarius. (Coliected April 16th, at White Plains, New York, by J. R. de la torre Bueno.) APRIL 18th. 22nd. 25th. 28th. May Ist. 10th. 2ord. JUNE 6th. 17th. JULY 2nd. ord. 5th. 7th. 10th. 12th. 16th. 20th. 26th. 26th. 7.00 A.M. mating: continued to mate 6 hours. 7.30 AM. ditto ditto 81 hours. 1.00 P.M. ditto ditto 5+ hours. 6.30 A.M. ditto ditto 4? hours. 6.30 a.m. ditto ditto 6% hours. 6.00 a.m. ditto ditto 273 hours. 6.00 a.m. ditto ditto 32 hours. 6.00 am. ditto ditto 14 hours. 0.30 A.M. ditto ditto 14 hours. 28 eggs (watched the 9 depositing some of these eggs): 27 hatched. Nymphs not kept after 3rd moult. 0.30 A.M. mating : continued to mate 36 hours. 14 eggs, 12 hatched. Killed after 2nd moult to preserve as nymphs. 13 eggs, all hatched. Nymphs not kept after 2nd moult. 8 eggs, all hatched. Nymphs not kept after 1st moult. 5.30 A.M. mating: continued to mate 29 hours. 3.30 P.M. ditto ditto 193 hours. 10 eggs. These eggs not kept. d eggs. ditto. Killed both the ¢ & 2 and preserved. We were forced to kill this pair as at this period we had as much living material in our laboratory as we could properly care for. 364 May ord. 23rd. 27th. 28th. 29th. 29th. JUNE 2nd. Sth. 11th. 11th. 14th. 18th. Salists 25th. 30th. JULY 9th. 16th. JULY 19th. 28th. AUGUST 2nd. ord. Ath. 7th. 9th. 12th. MISSES K. FOOT AND E. C. STROBELL: RESULTS OF Recorp III. Cage 2.—1912. E. variolarius 9? x E. servus 6. 3.00 P.M. mating: continued to mate 7 hours. 1 ege, unfertilized (did not show the initial stages of development). 7 eggs, ditto ditto 6 eggs: one developed and hatched. 5.00 a.m. mating: continued to mate 15 minutes. 1.15 pm. ditto ditto 18 hours. gos: 3 apparently unfertilized, 14 hatched. ‘s: 3 apparently unfertilized, 2 hatched. gos, in 3 groups: 12 apparently unfertilized, 6 hatched. 3.50 P.M. mating: continued to mate 51 hours. 13 eggs, in 2 groups: 4 apparently unfertilized, 9 fertilized, 8 of which hatched. os: 7 apparently unfertilized; 1 fertilized, but did not hatch. (Watched the female depositing some of these eggs.) 10 eggs: 9 apparently unfertilized ; 1 fertilized, but did not hatch. (Watched the female depositing some of these eggs.) 10 eges, in 2 groups: 8 apparently unfertilized, 2 hatched. (Watched the female depositing some of these eggs.) 16 eggs, in 3 separate groups: 15 apparently unfertilized, 1 hatched. 2) iu 8 eg 9 egos, in 3 groups: all apparently unfertilized. The female died. Total number of eggs deposited............ 120 5 » apparently not fertilized...... 85 $5 - fertilized but failed to hatch.. 5 A ue pebchedes Rrreysrn teri cme 32 Recorp IV. Cage 38.—1912. First Pair of F, Hybrids. 6.00 P.M. mating: continued to mate 15 hours. 0.00 a.M. ditto ditto 28 hours. 31 eggs *, 80 hatched: 14 reared to the winged stage—(9 ¢ & 5 Q). 5.00 A.M. mating: continued to mate 16 hours. 17 eggs, all hatched: 13 reared to the winged stage—(5 ¢ & 8 Q). 5.30 P.M. mating: continued to mate 153 hours 22 eggs, all hatched: 18 reared to the winged stage—(6 ¢ & 7 @Q). 28 eggs: 26 survived 1st moult: 18 reared to the winged stage—(9gd & 99). * Unless stated to the contrary, the eggs were deposited in one symmetrical group, which is typical of both vartolarius and servus. CROSSING EUSCHISTUS VARIOLARIUS AND EUSCHISTUS SERVUS. 365 AUGUST 13th. 17th. 19th. 19th. 21st. 22nd, 24th. 25th. 26th. 27th. 27th. 28th. JULY 30th. 3lst. SEPTEMBER killed the Q and preserved in glycerine. This female would undoubtedly have ord. JULY 19th. 80th. AUGUST Ist. oth. 6th. 12th. 12th. 13th. 15th. 16th. 5.00 A.M. mating : continued to mate 26 hours. 9.00 p.m. ditto ditto 14 hours. 30 eggs (one group of 8 & one group of 22 eggs): killed 6 for cytological study. 14 reared to winged stage—(9 ¢ & 5 Q). 6.00 p.m. mating : continued to mate 26 hours. 7.30 P.M. ditto ditto 2 hours. 3.00 P.M. ditto ditto 5 hours. 0.45 P.M. ditto ditto 5 hours. 6.30 p.m. ditto ditto 4 hours. 5.30 P.M. ditto ditto 43 hours. 21 eggs (at 10 a.m.): 18 survived Ist mouit, 12 reared to winged stage— (Bd &9 9). 5.30 P.M. mating: continued to mate 3 hours. 4.00 p.m, ditto ditto 34 hours. The male died and was preserved in glycerine (tube 34). 20 eggs (deposited on wire top of cage): 19 hatched, 12 reared to winged stage—(5 ¢ &7 QO). deposited more fertilized eggs, but at this period we had as many nymphs developing from all the hybrid pairs as we could properly care for, and were forced to be satisfied with the number of offspring already secured from this pair. The male was photographed, and is shown on Plate 28, photo 9. RECORD View CAGE ao: ——19i2: Second Pair of F, Hybrids. 9.00 P.M. mating: continued to mate 15 hours. 5.00 p.m. ditto ditto 164 hours. 28 egos. Discovered the 9 sucking these eges; she had taken the entire contents from 7 and probably more were injured, as only 11 hatched. 8 reared to winged stage—(5 ¢ & 3 Q). 28 eges, 17 hatched (6 survived 2nd moult). ‘These were later caged wit nymphs from eggs deposited August 12th. 6.00 p.M. mating: continued to mate 57 hours. 11 eggs, 3 hatched. These were later caged with nymphs from eggs deposited August 5th. 8 reared to winged stage—(4 g & 4 Q). 7.30 P.M. mating: continued to mate 123 hours. 30 eggs, 24 hatched: 13 reared to winged stage—(5 gd & 8 Q). 3.30 P.M. mating: continued to mate 15% hours. 15 eggs, 12 hatched: 6 reared to winged stage—(4 g & 2 2), 366 AUGUST. 16th. 19th. 20th. 22nd. 24th, 24th. 25th. 26th. 27th. 28th. 30th. 30th. dlst. SEPTEMBER Ist. Ist. 2nd. 3rd. ord. ord. Ath. 5th. 8th. 9th. 11th. 12th. 16th. 21st. JULY QAth. 30th. 31st. AUGUST Ist. ord. 6th. 11th. 16th. MISSES K. FOOT AND E. C. STROBRLL: RESULTS OF 6.00 p.m. mating: continued to mate 93 hours. 6.00 p.m. ditto ditto 15 hours. 19 egos, 15 hatched: 7 reared to winged stage—(6 g & 1 Q). 7.30 P.M. mating: continued to mate 183 hours. 23 egos, 15 hatched: 5 reared to winged stage—(3 ¢ & 2 Q). 5.45 P.M. mating: continued to mate 9$ hours. 2.00 p.m. ditto ditto 83 hours. 5.380 P.M. ditto ditto 4: hours. 5.30 P.M. ditto ditto 5 hours. 7.30 P.M. ditto ditto 62 hours. 8 egos: 6 hatched (2 survived 2nd moult). These were later caged with nymphs from eggs deposited September 3rd and September 11th. 4,30 P.M. mating : Goutnted to mate 44 hours. 3.45 P.M. ditto ditto 5¢ hours. 6.15 a.m. ditto ditto 2+ hours. 9,00 p.m. ditto ditto 21 + hours. 4.45 P.M. ditto ditto 73 hours. 7 egos (4 survived Ist moult). These were later caged with nymphs from egos deposited August 30th and September 11th. Noon, mating: continued to mate 33 hours. 4,30 P.M. mating: continued to mate 53 hours. 3.00 P.M. ditto ditto 9 hours. 6.15 p.m. ditto ditto 2+ hours. 7.30 P.M. ditto ditto 42 hours. 5.15 p.m. ditto ditto 1} hours. 15 eggs, 12 hatched (S survived 2nd moult) : added these to nymphs from eggs deposited Aug. 30th & Sept. 3rd. 10 reared to winged stage—(4g & GEO): 6.00 P.M. mating: continued to mate 11 hours. The ¢ died: preserved in glycerine (tube 44). This male was photographed, and is shown on Plate 28, photo 14. ; Killed the 9. Preserved in glycerine (tube 44). Recorp VI. Cage 40.—1912. Third pair of F, Hybrids. 5.00 a.M. mating: continued to mate 64 hours. 28 eggs, all hatched: 15 reared to the winged stage--(5 ¢ & 10 9). 5.00 4.M, mating: continued to mate 16 hours. 28 egos: 25 survived Ist moult; 18 reared to winged stage—(11 ¢ &7 9). 28 eggs: 20 survived Ist moult; 12 reared to winged stage—(6 ¢ s 6M: 6.00 P.M. mating: continued to anes 17 hours. 7.30 P.M. ditto ditto 2 hours. 0.00 a.m. ditto ditto 2 hours. CROSSING EUSCHISTUS VARIOLARIUS AND BUSCHISTUS SERVUS. 367 AUGUST ; 16th. 10.00 a.m. 28 eges, all hatched: 17 reared to winged stage—Q10 § &7 @). 16th. 9.00 p.m. mating: continued to mate 63 hours. 17th. 3.45pm. ditto . ditto 5% hours. 18th. 2.00 p.m. ditto ditto 7% hours. 19th. 6.00 P.M. ditto ditto 34 hours. 20th. 14 eges. Killed 7 for cytological study; the remaining 7 hatched. Added 6 that survived the 2nd moult to nymphs from eggs deposited Aueust 27th. Reared the 6 to winged stags. 20th. 7.30 P.M. mating: continued to mate 3 houis, 21st. 1.30 pM. ditto ditto 8 hours. 22nd. 3.30 P.M. ditto ditto 8 hours. 24th. 5.45 P.M. ditto ditto 4? hours. 25th. 6.30 P.M. ditto ditto 4 hours. 26th. 17 egos, 16 hatched: 6 reared to winged stage—(4 ¢ & 2 Q). 26th. 5.30 P.M. mating: continued to mate 4 hours.. 27th. 10 eggs, all hatched: 9 reared to winged stage; 15 in this cage including the 6 added from eggs deposited August 20th-—-(8 ¢ & 7 @). 27th. 3.30 P.M. mating: continued to mate 63 hours. 28th. 7.30 P.M. ditto ditto 53 hours. 29th. 5.15 p.m. ditto ditto 4+ hours. 30th. 13 eggs, 12 hatched: 8 that survived were later caged with nymphs from eges deposited September 7th. 30th. 4.00 p.m. mating: continued to mate 7 hours. SEPTEMBER 2nd. 15 eggs, all hatched: 10 reared to winged stage—(6 ¢ & 42). Qnd. 4.45 p.m. mating: continued to mate 3} hours. 3rd. 8.00 P.M. ditto ditto 1 hour. 4th. The male died, and was preserved in glycerine (tube 388). This male is shown on Plate 28, photo 10. 7th. 12 eggs, 11 hatched, and after the 2nd moult 8 nymphs were added from the eggs deposited August 30th. 17 reared to winged stage—(4 g & 18 ¢). 7th. Killed the female and preserved in glycerine (tube 38). We were forced to Jill this female, as at this period we had as many nymphs as we could properly care for. Recorp VII. Caen 41.—1912. Fourth Pair of F,; Hybrids. JULY 28th. 6.00 P.M. mating: continued to mate 12} hours. AUGUST 8th. 20 eggs, 15 hatched: 8 reared to winged stage—(4 ¢ & 4 9). 13th. 5.00 a.m. mating: continued to mate 31 hours. 17th. 25 eggs, 22 hatched: 18 reared to winged stage—(7 ¢ and 6 @). 22nd. 18 eggs, 15 hatched: 5 reared to winged stage—(1 3 be AL QD). 23rd, 3.30 P.m. matine: continued to mate 40 hours. 25th. 6.30 p.m. ditto ditto 17 hours. 27th. 26 eggs, 21 hatched: 9 reared to winged stage—(2 d &7 ONE 27th, 5,30 P.M. mating: continued to mate 134 hours. 368 MISSES K. FOOT AND E. GC. SFROBELL: RESULTS OF AUGUST 28th. 16 eggs, 13 survived lst moult: These were later caged with nymphs from egos deposited September 8th. Zlst. 27 eggs, 23 survived Ist moult: 12 reared to winged stage—(4 5 & 8 2). 3lst. 5.30 P.M. mating: continued to mate 113 hours. SEPTEMBER 5th. 24 eggs, 16 survived Ist moult: 7 reared to winged stage—(4 ¢ & 3 Q). 5th. 6.15 p.m. mating: continued to mate 49 hours. Sth. 14 eggs (7 killed for cytological study): 5 hatched; added these to nymphs from eggs deposited August 28th. (18 in all.) 9 reared to winged stage—(6 d & 3 Q). 8th. 2.80 p.m. mating: continued to mate 113 hours. 9th. 5.15 p.m. ditto : ditto 6 hours. 10th. 7.00 p.m. ditto : ditto 2 hours. llth. Killed both ¢ and 9, and preserved in glycerine (tube 42). The male is shown on Plate 28, photo 12. We were forced to kill this pair, as we had as many nymphs in the laboratory as we could properly care for. Recorp VIII. Cage 44.—1912. Fifth Pair of F, Hybrids. AUGUST 6th. 2.00 P.M. mating: continued to mate 39 hours. Sth. 25 eves, 2 hatched: none reared to winged stage. 9th. 5.00 P.M. mating: continued to mate 4 hours. llth. 5.00 a.m. ditto ditto 1 hour. ldth. 13 eggs (1 group of 10 and | group of 3): 9 hatched, 7 survived 8rd moult. These were caged later with nymphs from eggs deposited August 20th. 15th. 6.00 p.m. mating: contimued to mate 14 hours. 19th. 5.00 a.m. ditto ditto 45 hours, 20th. 13 eggs: 8 survived Ist moult, 4 survived 2nd moult. Added to nymphs from eggs deposited August 14th. 8 reared to winged stace—(1 ¢ & 7 Qyy 23rd. 3.80 P.M. mating: continued to mate 16 hours. 27th. 30 eggs: one hatched. Did not rear. 27th. 7.30 P.M. mating: continued to mate 142 hours. 28th. 7.30 P.M. ditto ditto 9? hours. 29th. 15 eggs: 11 survived Ist moult, 4 survived 3rd moult. These were later caged with nymphs from eggs deposited September 3rd. SEPTEMBER Ist. 9.00 p.m. mating: continued to mate 7 hours. Qnd. 445 Pm. ditto ditto 7% hours. 3rd. 14 eggs, 8 hatched: 5 survived 2nd moult, added these to nymphs from eggs deposited August 29th ; 8 reared to winged staze—(3 5 & 5 2). 3rd. _——‘Killed both the g & Q, and preserved them in glycerine (tube 37). ‘The male is shown on Plate 28, photo 11. We killed this pair because the small percentage of eggs that had hatched indicated that these bugs were not functioning normally. CROSSING EUSCHISTUS VARIOLARIUS AND EUSCHISTUS SERVUS. 369 ~ Recorp IX. Cage 46.—1912. Sixth Pair of F, Hybrids. (This 9 and the Q of Cage 48 were fertilized by the same ¢.) AUGUST 15th. 3.30 p.m. mating: continued to mate 155 hours. 92nd. 21 eggs, 6 hatched (only 2 survived the Ist moult): later added these to nymphs from eggs deposited August 27th. - 27th. 9 eggs, all hatched: added these to nymphs from eggs deposited August 22nd. 5 reared to winged stage—(2 ¢ & 3 Q). o7th. 7.30 P.M. mating: continued to mate 3 hours. 29th. 14 eggs, 1 hatched and died after Ist moult. 29th. 5.15 P.M. mating: continued to mate 47 hours. SEPTEMBER 3rd. 14 eggs. All fertilized, but none hatched. Syd, 2.30 P.M. mating: continued to mate 73 hours. 4th. 12 eggs: 7 fertilized, but none hatched. 4th. 3.00 p.m. mating: continued to mate 6 hours. 5th. 6.15 P.M. ditto ditto 14 hours. Sth. 19 eggs, 5 hatched. - Later added these to nymphs from eggs deposited Sep- tember 11th and September 14th. llth. 11 eggs, 10 hatched, 8 survived first moult. Added these to nymphs from eggs deposited September 8th and September 14th. llth. 5.45 p.m. mating: continued to mate 5% hours. 12th. 6.00 P.M. ditto ditto 4 hours. 13th. 6.00 P.M. ditto ditto 22 hours. 14th. 14 eggs, nearly all fertilized, 5 hatched. Added these to nymphs from eggs deposited September 8th and September llth. 8 reared to winged stage—(5 gd & 3 Q). ; W7th. 12 eggs: 11 fertilized, but none hatched. 17th. 12.45 p.m. mating: continued to mate 77 hours. 18th. 800P.M. ditto ditto 54 hours. 19th. Seggs: 4 fertilized, none hatched. 19th. Killed the maie and preserved in elycerine (tube 49). This male was photo- graphed, and is shown on Plate 28, photo 15. 91st. Killed the female and preserved in glycerine (tube 49). Recorp X. UaGcr 48.—1912. Seventh Pair of I, Hybrids. (This 2 and the 2 of Cage 46 were fertilized by the same ¢.) AUGUST 16th. 9.00 p.m. mating : continued to mate 8 hours. 19th. 5.00 4.m. ditto ditto 5 hours. 20th. 21 eggs, 20 hatched: 16 reared to winged stage—(6 ¢ & 9 2). 22nd. 16 eggs: 3 survived first moult. 10 reared to winged stage—(4 gd & 6 Q). 370 MISSES K. FOOT AND E. C. STROBELL : RESULTS OF AUGUST 26th. 5.00 a.m., 28 egos (one group of 16 an1 one group of 12): 26 hatched, 14 reared to winged stage—(3 g & 11 Q). 2ith. 45.30 a.m. mating: continued to mate 163 hours. 28th. 14 eggs, 4 hatched. These were caged later with nymphs from eges deposited August 31st. 31st. 14 eggs, 14 hatched. Added these to nymphs from eggs deposited August 28th. 12 reared to winged stage—(10 ¢ & 2 9). 3lst. 3.30 p.m. mating: continued to mate 9? hours. SEPTEMBER Ist. 9.00 p.m. ditto ditto 8 hours. Qnd. 14 eges, 13 hatched. 9 reared to winged stave---(6 ¢ & 3 2). Qnd. 4.45 p.m. mating: continued to mate 3 hours. 5th. 10 eggs, all hatched. These were caged later with nymphs from eges deposited September 8th. 7th. 4.30 p.m. mating: continued to mate 3 hours. 8th. 4 eges, all hatched. Addod these to nymphs from eggs deposited September Sth. 8 reared to winged stage—(5 ¢ & 3 Q). 8th. 7.30 p.m. mating: continued to mate 2 hours, 17th. Killed the female, as she had not mated nor deposited eggs for 9 days: pre- served in glycerine (tube 46). The male is shown on Plate 28, photo 18. Recorp XI. Cage 50.—1912. One Pair F, Hybrid ¢ x Pure variolarius g. AvuGusT 22nd. 7.30 p.m. mating: continued to mate 13 hours. 25th. 9 eggs: 7 developed, but failed to hatch. 27th. 11 eges: all developed, 2 hatched. After second moult, these were caged with nymphs trom eggs deposited September 2nd and September 3rd, 28th. 15 eggs: 13 developed, but none hatched. 30th. 14 eges, 10 hatched. 9 reared to winged stage—(7 ¢ & 2 Q). SEPTEMBER 2nd. 6 eggs, 5 developed, but only 1 hatched. After first moult, this was caged with nymphs from eges deposited August 27th and September 8rd. Srd. 8 eggs, all developed, 3 hatched. Added these, after first moult, to nymphs from eggs deposited August 27th and September 2nd. 4 reared to winged stage—(5 ¢ & 1 @). 4th. 13 eggs, 5 hatched. These were caged later with nymphs from eggs deposited September 16th and September 18th. 8th. 11 eggs, all hatched: 7 reared to winged stage—(3 ¢ & 49). llth. “14 eggs, 13 developed, but none hatched. 13th. 4 eggs, all developed, but none hatched. 16th. 10 eggs, 9 developed, 2 hatched. Added these later to nymphs from eggs deposited September 4th and 18th. 18th. 4eggs, 2 hatched. Added these, after second moult, to nymphs from eggs de- posited September 4th and September 16th. 6 reared to winged stage—(6 gd & 1). Both parents killed and preserved in glycerine (tube 47). The male was photographed, and is shown on Plate 34, photo 58, ‘SGINGAH ¥ SNAYNHS “A ‘SNINVIOINVA SN.LSIHOSNY 0D Sulavisugq o|suy eqous WB jo "BZ ‘Id IIXXX “I0A “1007 ‘00S ‘NNIT ‘NaNo[ “SNAYAS “A ® SQINVIOINVA ‘A Wy SGINGAH 24 OD Suravisugq o|suy 62 ‘Id ‘IIXXX “104 "1007 ‘00S ‘NNIJ “NaNO[ “HPGONS 3 O04 “SNANAS “A B SNINVIOINVA “A WO SGIYHAH ¢H ‘oD Bulavisugq O[suy ‘J2qo4S B 3004 “of ‘Iq TIX XX “IOA 1007 ‘90S ‘NNIT ‘NANO[ JOURN. LINN. SOC. ZOOL. VOL. XXXII. PI. 31. Foot & Strobell. Anglo Engraving Co. F2 HYBRIDS from E. VARIOLARIUS & E. SERVUS. ee il. OY. GUYL, VUL. AAAI, A) So Ss iniN. FOOt W@W otroveil. Anglo Engraving Co. F2 HYBRIDS from E. VARIOLARIUS & E. SERVUS. Se na a oe as “SNAMAS “A BY SNINVIOINVA ‘A Woy SGINGAH 74 ‘OD SulAeIsuq O|3uW ¢ Cole) "Ef ‘Id ‘IIXXX “IOA "1007 00S ‘NNT ‘Nuno[ [1999135 3 JOON © SOINVIOINVA “A X § 1A WOW SA TVIN R'SHIVN SOINVIOINVA “A ‘OD Buravizug ojsuy VE Id IIXXX “104 "1007 ‘0S ‘NNIT ‘NaNOf[ *]]9Q01S 2 JOON eae a a ae: en = SS peSaw ao oa een an eee aa a a mn CROSSING EUSCHISTUS VARIOLARIUS AND EUSCHISTUS SERVUS. oda References. Caste, W. E. 1911. ‘‘ Heredity in Relation to Evolution and Animal Breeding.” D. Appleton & Company. 1912. ‘The Inconstancy of Unit-characters.” Amer. Nat., vol. xlvi. Foot, K., & EH. C. StroBe.t. 1913. “ Preliminary Note on the Results of Crossing two Hemipterous Species with Reference to the Inheritance of an Exclusively Male Character, and its Bearing on Modern Chromosome Theories.’’ Biol. Bull., vol. xxiv. No. 3. Punnett, R. C. 1911. ‘Mendelism.” The Macmillan Company. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. All the photographs are of male specimens. In all cases only the ventral surface of the bugs is shown. The two bugs of photo 1 are dried specimens. Those of photos 2 to 66 are preserved in glycerine*, The specimens are placed serially in a small test-tube which is filled with pure glycerine and hermetically sealed. The genital segment of each bug has been pulled out and cotton inserted behind the segment to hold it in position to show the entire ventral surface. The magnification is about 14 diameters: this varies slightly because the work was done by two photographers, and they did not give exactly the same enlargement. The repro- ductions are bromide prints made directly from large negatives of the original plates; the individual photographs of which these plates were composed being sunprints from the eriginal negatives. PLATE 28. Puoro 1. Male specimens of Euschistus variolarius and Huschistus servus. On the left is E. variolartus, showing the ventral surface and the clearly defined black spot, always present on the genital segment of the males of this species. On the right is 4. servus, showing the ventral surface and the genital segment without any trace of the black spot typical of variolarius. Pxoto 2. Seven male specimens of &. variolarius, showing the typical black spot on the genital segment. ‘These specimens are from the first generation of 1912, The parent bugs were of the first generation of 1911, which were kept in captivity through the winter of 1911-12. Puoto 3. Five male specimens of &. servus received from North Carolina in the fall of 1912. Puoto 4. The wild Z. servus male that fertilized the £. variolarius female. Puoro 5. Three of the five &. servus males that were caged all winter with EZ. variolarius females: see page 342. * We are indebted to Prof. Ralph Tower, of the Museum of Natural History of New York, for suggesting the use of glycerine as a anon LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXXII. al one MISSES K. FOOT AND E. C. STROBELL : RESULTS OF Puoto 6. One of the two male £. variolarius from the same deposition of eggs from which we raised the three females for crossing with Z. servus: see page 342. Puoro 7. ‘wo male specimens of the F, hybrid generation. These bugs were killed August 11th, 1912, and their testes dissected out and mounted for cytological study. PxHoro 8. Two male specimens of the F; hybrid generation. Killed August 28th, 1912. Puoto 9. The male of the first pair of F, hybrids. The F, males from this pair of hybrids are shown on Plate 29, photos 17-25. See Record IV. and page 346. Puoro 10, The male of the third pair of F, hybrids. The F, males from this pair of hybrids are shown on Plate 31, photos 33-41. See Record VI. and page 347. Puoto 11. The male of the fifth pair of F, hybrids. The F, males from this pair of hybrids are shown on Plate 28, photos 15 and 16. See Record VIII. and page 347. Puoto 12. The male of the fourth pair of F; hybrids. The F, males from this pair of hybrids are shown on Plate 32, photos 42-48. See Record V11. and page 347. Puoto 13, The male of the sixth and seventh pairs of F, hybrids. The F, males from the sixth pair are shown on Plate 32, photos 49 & 50, and the F. males from the seventh pair are shown on Plate 33, photos 51-57. See Revords TX. and X. and page 349. Puoro 14. The male of the second pair of F, hybrids. The F, males from this pair are shown on Plate 30, photos 26-52. See Record V, and page 346. Puortos 15-16. Four F, males from the fifth pair of F, hybrids. See photo 11 for the male of this pair of hybrids, Record VIII. and page 347. PLATE 29. Puotos 17-25. Forty-three I, males from the first pair of F, hybrids. See photo 9, Plate 28, for the male of this pair of hybrids, Record 1V. and page 346. PLATE 30. Puoros 26-382. Thirty F, males from the second pair of F, hybrids. See photo 14, Plate 28, for the male of this pair of F; hybrids, Record V. and page 346, PuatTE 31. PxorTos 33-41. Forty-eight F, males from the third pair of F, hybrids. See photo 10, Plate 28, for the male of this pair of hybrids, Record VI. and page 347. PLATE 32. PuHoros 42-48. Twenty-seven F, males from the fourth pair of F, hybrids. See photo 12, Plate 28, for the male of this pair of hybrids, Record VII. and page 347. Poros 49-50. Six F, males from the sixth pair of F, hybrids. Sce photo 13, Plate 28, for the male of this pair of hybrids, Record LX. and page 349. PLATE 33. Protos 51-57. Thirty-two F, males from the seventh pair of F, hybrids. See photo 13, Plate 28, for the male of this pair of hybrids, Record X. and page 349. CROSSING EUSCHISTUS VARIOLARIUS AND EUSCHISTUS SERVUS. 373 PLATE 34. PuHoto 58. The pure male variolarius that was raised in the laboratory in 1912, and the same season fertilized both a pure female vartolarius and the F, hybrid female of Record XL, and pages 345, 353. PHOTOS 59-61. Ten males Aan the above mentioned pair of pure variolarius. See photo 58 for the male of this pair. PHotos 62-66. Eighteen males from the above mentioned F, hybrid female, fertilized by the pure variolarius male of photo 58, Record XI. and pages 345, 352-3. ee AE Se ie aa RAD SD) Nees ORE tae LAND AND FRESHWATER GASTROPODA FROM MADAGASCAR. 375 On a Collection of Land and Freshwater Gastropoda from Madagascar, with Descriptions of new Genera and new Species. By Guy C. Rosson,’ B.A. (Communicated by Prof. G. C. Bournn, F.R.S., Sec.L.8.) . (PLATE 35, and 6 Text-figures.) (Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) [Read 4th June, 1914. | Tux collection described here was formed by the Hon. P. A. Methuen and M. Perrier de la Bathie in Madagascar, and was sent by the first named to Prof. G. C. Bourne, F.R.S., by whom they were handed over to the British Museum for examination. The bulk of the material was collected by Messrs. Methuen and de la Bathie personally during their residence in the island, while a part was obtained from a field-collector, M. Herschell Chauvin Messrs. Methuen and de la Bathie have kindly presented the types of new forms here described and the major part of the rest of the collection to the British Museum. The specimens collected are mainly of conchological interest, and the new genera and new species have been established upon conchological characters ; but it is believed that they are sufficiently clearly marked in each case to warrant such a superficial diagnosis. Hxamples of some of the animals of which the shells have been described here are available, and it is hoped that it will be possible to publish an account of the anatomy. (See Appendix.) Absence of this sort of information must necessarily prevent any positive assertions being made upon the relationships of the molluscan fauna of Madagascar in the light of this collection, conchological resemblances being very inadequate evidence for basing such generalizations upon. Certain of the conclusions, provisional in so far as they depend upon conchological evidence alone, may be however alluded to here. It has long been known that the land and freshwater Mollusca of Mada- gascar exhibit closer affinities with those of the Oriental region than with those of continental Africa. The resemblance may not be very marked. The molluscan fauna of this island is peculiar and individual. But where its affinities are obvious they appear to be as indicated above. Moreover, the converse is true—some very distinctive groups of African mollusca are either absent or only sparsely represented in Madagascar (Cooke, ‘The Concho- logist,’ vol. 11.). Specimens obtained by Messrs. Methuen and de la Bathie lend support to this view, though only, as has been admitted above, of a provisional nature. It may be worth while to point out the interesting forms. The new genus, for which the name Bathia has been proposed, is un- doubtedly the most interesting feature of the collection. In the absence of 376 MR. G. C. ROBSON ON LAND AND anatomical knowledge we have to point out that the characters of the shell approximate it to the very characteristic genus Taphrospira, which is confined to India, Burma, and the Andaman Islands. If the conchological evidence is supported by the anatomical (the animal itself was unfortunately not found), the relationship thus established will be even more satisfactory than the occurrence in Madagascar of the characteristic Kalieila barrak- porensis and K. sigwrensis of India, for in the latter instances it is impossible to assert with any certainty that the two species in question were not intro- duced by human agency. Again, the genus Kalidos recently proposed by Gude (Proc. Malac. Soe. vol. ix. p. 269), and now reinforced by another species here described, appears to constitute a further link with the Hast. The affinities of this genus are doubtful. They may be with the Xesta-forms, which have a wide distribution in the Malay Archipelago and farther east as far as the Solomon and Admiralty Islands. But Col. Godwin-Austen informs the author that he suspects its affinities possibly are with the South Indian Ariophanta. Finally, we may direct attention to a fact that does not appear to have been commented on before. It would appear that it is with the South Indian, Singhalese, and possibly Malaysian forms, rather than with the N orth Indian fauna, that the Malagasy fauna has to be compared. The following is an analysis of the eighteen genera comprised in the collection of Messrs. Methuen and de la Bathie :— A. Peculiar to Madagascar. Melanatria. Helicophanta (with nearest allied Ampelita. genera in the Oriental Region). Clavator. Kalidos (with nearest allied genera in the Oriental Region). Bathia (allied to the Oriental Taphrospira). B. Common to Madagascar and the Oriental Region. Hemiplecta (v. Appendix). Rhysota. C. Common to Madagascar and the Oriental Region and found sparsely in Africa. Paiudomus. D. Common to Madagascar and Africa. Cleopatra. Urocyelus. (Tropidophora). The rest of the enumerated genera are cosmopolitan. FRESHWATER GASTROPODA FROM MADAGASCAR. BLT In the appended details the twenty-five (out of thirty-two) peculiar species are indicated by an asterisk. Note.—Since writing this introduction the author has received an in- teresting communication from Colonel H. H. Godwin-Austen, F.R.S., with reference to the community of species between Madagascar, Mauritius, and India. He draws attention to the fact that an Assamese species of Macro- chlamys has been introduced into Mauritius with dhan, or unhusked rice, exported from Assam, and goes on to say: “I feel quite convinced that India, Madagascar, and the HE. coasts of Africa have been in connection with each other by native craft going back 4000 years or more. The Banana has played its part in the transmission of species.” Such observations show that caution is necessary in dealing with cases of community of species between | the Hast and West coasts of the Indian Ocean. For a more extended survey of this question, ef. Godwin-Austen, Proc. Malac. Soc. 1908, p. 146. The author has to thank Col. Godwin-Austen for valuable assistance and advice in the determination of some of the forms here enumerated. List oF SPECIES. STREPTONEURA. 1. Neririna gacates, Lamk. Lamarck, An. s. Vert., 1822, p. 185. Between Tamatave and Marodasatia (Antongil Bay), H. Madagascar. Representative examples. So far as can be discovered, this is the first notice of the species from Madagascar, though it has been previously recorded from Mauritius and the fo) p) f=) . adjacent islands. 2. Nuritina | CLYPEOLUM] PULLIGHRA, Linn., var. KNorr1, Récluz. Linné, Syst. Nat. ed, xi, p. 1253. Locality. Vide no. 1. A small discoloured example. This variety, according to examples in the British Museum, extends as far east as the Goram Is. (New Guinea), and is also found in Continental Africa. The species is also found in Australia and CU. Polynesia (Pilsbry). 3. ? CLEOPATRA TRABONJIENSIS, 7. A. Smith. | E, A. Smith, P. Z. 8. 1882. Lake Alaotra, N. end. Cleopatra multilirata and Cl. Smith, Ancey (Nautilus, xx. 1906, p. 45) are strikingly like this species, and do not appear to differ specifically. 378 MR. G. C. ROBSON ON LAND AND These two forms are from Vinaninony (Madagascar) and the R. Chozi (B. Central Africa). 4. *PaLUDoMUS GRANDIDIERI, Crosse & Fischer. Crosse & Fischer, Journ. de Conch. 1872, p. 209. Locality ? (Kiister, Conch.-Cab. F. p. 45, gives “streams of HE. Mada- gascar (Grandidier)”’). 5. *PALUDOMUS MADAGASCARIENSIS, Brot. Brot, in Kiister’s Conch.-Cab. 1880, vol. F. Locality. Cf. no. 4 (Brot only gives “* Madagascar ’”’). This species is represented by a single example slightly differing from the typical form in that the shoulders of the apical whorls are ornamented with a rim. It would appear that these two species are the only representatives of the genus, which is otherwise restricted to India, and largely to Ceylon. The allied genera Zanalia, Stomatodon, and Philopotamis are essentially Singhalese. 6. *MELANATRIA FLUMINEA (G'melin). Gmelin, Syst. 3505, Buceinum flumineum. Torrents between Matilasu.and Mangoro (H.), and at source of R. Lhovika (1000 m. alt.). : Lake Alaotra ? Representative examples. 7. *MELANATRIA JoHNSTONI, H. A. Smith. 3 Smith, P. Z. S. 1882. Mahavavy, Bélolondy (100 m. alt.), and Mahavavy-Tandrahu. Representative examples. 8. ? Menanta psorica, Morelet. Morelet, Journ. de Conch. 1864, p. 287. Locality ? Represented by a few weathered and incomplete specimens. Though agreeing in most respects with the figure and description of psorica, these examples, however, exhibit an aperture very effuse towards the base. If more material of good condition were forthcoming, it might lead one to consider this a new species, though in any case it is very near psorica. In general this species appears to be allied to the rudis group (Ceylon- Amboina). FRESHWATER GASTROPODA FROM MADAGASCAR. By) 9. MELANIA AMARULA (Brug.). Bruguiére, Hucycl. Méthod. t. 458, Bulimus amarula. Locality. Cf. no. 1. Ten examples, all juvenile. The spines in all appear to be rather short when compared with examples of the same age from Mauritius. According to von Martens, Moll. Maur. 1880, p. 211, the “ Voluta fluviatilis” of Rumphius from Amboina, compared by Rumphius to Linné’s Hela amarula, is the same as this species. This gives an eastern extension of the species, which is otherwise known from the Comoros, Bourbon, and Mauritius, and the present locality. 10. MeLania TUBERCULATA, Miller. Muller, Verm. no. 378, Melania tuberculata. Locality. Cf. no. 1, Rather smooth examples with little tuberculation and marked spiral sculp- ture, the body-whorl rather ventricose. 11. *TROPIDOPHORA BICARINATA, Sowerby. Sowerby, Thesaurus, vol. i., Cyclostoma, p. 120. Forest of Folohy. Tn woods 300 to 600 m. alt. between Matilavu and Mangoro. Vide under 12.- 12. *TROPIDOPHORA BETSILOENSIS, 7. A. Smith. Smith, P. Z.8. 1882. In wocds 300 to 600 m. alt., between Matilavu and Mangoro, and near Lake Alaotra. This species is very near the preceding, and it is possible that further investigation upon a good supply of material would furnish intervening links. As it is, the two species appear to be divisible upon the nature of the umbilicus alone, which is uncovered in betsiloensis. 13. *TROPIDOPHORA CONGENERA, LH. A. Smuth. Smith, 1. c. Woods, on limestone soil, Ambongo. A single weathered example. This species is, as Smith admits, very closely related to another Malagasy form, C. consanguinewm, Sowerby. 14, ? *TROPIDOPHORA sp. ? One example from woods on limestone soil, Nomoroko, Ambongo. 380 MR. G. C. ROBSON ON LAND AND This example is very weathered, and precise determination is thus pre- cluded. It appears to be near 7. ligatum, Miller, though, as far as can be made out, sufficiently distinct. 15. *TROPIDOPHORA BALTEATUM, Sowerby. Sowerby, P. Z. S. 1873, p. 452. One example from woods on limestone soil, Ambongo. i6. *AMPULLARIA MADAGASCARIENSIS, EL. A. Smith. Lake Alaotra. Ambongo. Ponds and streams in W. Madagascar. EUTHYNEURA. PULMONATA. Suborder Basommatophora. Fam. LIMN Z1D &. 17. *Limn a Hovarum, 7ristram. Tristram, P, Z.S. 1863, p. 61. Lake Alaotra. The examples of this species are all very much eroded, and it is not possible to be quite sure if the sculpture alluded to by Smith (P. Z.8. 1882, p. 385) is present, though traces appear to remain. L. specularis, Morelet MS. (B.M.) is a synonym. Suborder Stylommatophora. Fam. LIMACIDA. 18. *URocycLus PINGUIS, n. sp. (Plate 35. figs. 6, 7.) Locality. Vide no. 1 (v. Appendix). This species and the Veronicella described below have had names proposed for them in spite of the fact that preservation in alcohol has had the result of discolouring them. Reliance has been placed in the other superficial characters for determining them, with the result that it has been impossible to find any described species with which it is possible to identify them. Body swollen and stout, moderately carinate, the posterior part of the body traversed by longitudinal grooves which occasionally are bifurcated, and the interspaces between which are marked by smaller grooves set at right angles to them. FRESHWATER GASTROPODA FROM MADAGASCAR. 381 Shield rather large, rounded posteriorly, wrinkled and granular, with a small dorsal pore. ‘Tail truncate. Foot deeply sulcate transversely and its edge thrown into folds t in the posterior region. Anteriorly smooth and non-plicate. The median third about equals the lateral areas in width. Colour (in alcohol) : very pale dirty yellow, with two lateral bands of faint purplish-brown on the shield. Length 25°5 mm., breadth 9 mm. Breadth of foot 4°5 mm. Holotype in the Zoological Department, British Museum. Fam. ZONITIDA. 19. *RuysoTa AQUIVOCA, n. sp. (Plate 35. figs. 16-18.) Woods, liassic limestone, Ambongo. j The above generic position has been assigned upon the conchological characters specified as generic by Pilsbry (Man. Conch. 2nd series, ii. p. 6), though it is highly probable that more complete anatomical knowledge of the group will lead to a redistribution of the forms assigned to this and the related genera. Shell very depressed ; spire scarcely salient at all, perforate, shouldered at the beginning of the last whorl ; whorls 54, gradually increasing in size, the last increasing rapidly. The sculpture is the same above and below, and consists of closely-set and slightly undulating lines of growth finely decussated to give a close granular texture to the surface. Suture impressed. Aperture irregularly lunate, the inferior edge sloping gently down to an expansion occupying the extreme inferior angle ; external superior angle rounded off; columellar lip slightly expanded over the umbilicus. Peristome a little thickened. Colour very pale dirty yellow, becoming brighter at the peri- stome and paler in the columellar region. Dimensions (max.) 35°5 mm. diam. x 16 mm. alt. Holotype from Ambongo, in the Zoological Department, British Museum. 20. *Katipos Bournsi, n. sp. (Plate 35. figs. 8-10.) Woods, on limestone soil, “Turingy de Namoroko, Ambongo” (P. de ais) This is clearly to be included in the genus proposed by Gude (Proc. Malac. Soc. 1911, p. 273) for Helia ekongoensis, Angas. At first sight it appears to resemble that species ; but while ekongoensis is obviously juvenile, and this species ig adult, the latter is smaller, while, in addition, it lacks the exquisite sculpture of Angas’s species, is flatter in the spire, and exhibits other differences. + It is just possible, but not at all likely, that this plication is due to contraction in spirit. 382 MR. G. C. ROBSON ON LAND AND Shell minutely perforated, depressed, thin ; 54 whorls ; suture impressed ; the part of the body-whorl above the periphery about the same size as that below ; surface smooth, scarcely marked by the lines of growth. The peri- phery rounded. Colour yellowish, becoming lighter underneath ; the body- whorl traversed by two spiral chestnut bands, one on the periphery, the other above it; the latter is continued on to the upper whorls. Aperture flattened, lunate, gently curved without any angulation. Columella very slightly reflected over the umbilicus. Dimensions: 19 mm. (max. diam.) x 11°25 mm. (max. alt.). Holotype in the Zoological Department, British Museum. 21. *HeEMIPLECTA OLEATA, Ancey (v. Appendix). Hemiplecta oleata, Ancey, Nautilus, 16, p. 65. Forest of Folohy. : The examples representing this species agree very closely with the type- description, except that the upper surface can scarcely be regarded as entirely “irregulariter granulata,” the granulations being in most parts regular and formed by the decussation of spiral strize on the lines of growth. 22. *HEMIPLECTA BATHENSIS, n. sp. (Plate 85. figs. 1-3.) Woods, liassic limestone, Ambongo. The author experiences considerable diffidence in placing this in the above genus. It resembles javanica, Lamk., ranked by Pilsbry (Man. Conch. ser. I. 2, p. 80) along with certain other Indian and Malaysian forms as “connecting [Xesta] with Xestina,” and by Gude (Journ. Malacology, x. 1903, p- 54) as a Hemiplecta. Gude’s view appears to be the more correct, though, from consideration of examples in the British Museum, it would_ seem as though javanica is not a true Lemiplecta, but more probably a form intermediate between the latter and Nesta. Shell perforate, subconoid, thin ; whorls 6, periphery rounded. The closely- set lines of growth decussated by spiral strie that are sometimes closely gathered and undulating, sometimes scattered and irregular. Aperture without any angulation, rounded, somewhat effuse. Colour white or yellow, the body-whorl traversed by two bright chestnut bands, one at the periphery, the other above it, the latter continued onto the upper whorls. The columella reflected as a short, rather broad-based callus. Dimensions: 36 mm. (max. diam.) x 22 mm. (max. alt.). Holotype in the Zoological Department, British Museum, from Ambongo. 23. *BATHIA MADAGASCARIENSIS, n. gen., n. sp. (Plate 35. figs. 11-13.) It is only after considerable hesitation that the author has decided to assign a generic position to the single representative specimen. FRESHWATER GASTROPODA FROM MADAGASCAR. 383 It is clearly unlike any species described hitherto either from Madagascar or the adjacent regions, Ethiopian or Oriental. At first sight the author was inclined to consider it a Taphrospira, as its generic affinities clearly lie in that direction; but inasmuch as conchological evidence is alone available, it has seemed better to give it generic rank rather than associate it with a genus of which a clearly-defined conception founded upon anatomy has been formed, - and to which its resemblances are at the best only general. BATHtIA, n. gen. Shell in general form resembling that of Taphrospira, but with the apical whorls flattened down to the level of the hody-whorl, yielding a perfectly horizontal apical region, and the body-whorl quadrate in outline; suture deeply channelled ; minutely perforate. BATHIA MADAGASCARIENSIS, nN. Sp. Shell thin, subpellucid, very pale yellow; whorls 6}, those of the apex depressed and flattened to the level of the body-whorl, the suture deeply and widely channelled ; sculptured with numerous extremely fine spiral striee, intercepted by lines of growth. Aperture lunate, with a depression above corresponding to’ the channelled suture and forming an acute upper angle ; columellar lip very slightly reflected over the umbilicus. When viewed in profile the body-whorl is seen to be very little rounded, horizontal below, and remarkably wide in comparison to its depth. Genotype in the British Museum (Zoological Department). From woods on limestone, Namoroku (Ambongo). Dimensions: alt. 9°75 mm., diam. 19 mm. A knowledge of the anatomy of the forms in question can only yield a satisfactorv answer ; but it may eventually be found that HFérussac’s Helix pretumida (Seychelles and Mauritius) and Morelet’s 1. cyclaria (Mauritius) fall into the group of this genus and Vaphrospira. Fam. VAGINULIDA. 24. *VERONICELLA HOVARUM, n. sp.f (v. Appendix). (Plate 35. figs. 4, .) Locality (see no. 1). Body elongate, oblong, anterior and posterior ends equally rounded off, rather markedly arched, as much distended below the mantle-edge as above it; mantle-edge acute. Foot separated from body by a well-marked groove, plicate transversely and, in addition, subdivided by numerous thin ridges which are often themselves subdivided, and the edges of which are frequently frilled, posteriorly rounded, anteriorly squarely truncate, slightly tapering + Cf. no. 18. 384 MR. G. C. ROBSON ON LAND AND towards the extremity. Posterior tentacles dark grey, transversely wrinkled ; anterior tentacles pale, slightly bifid at the extremity. Colour (in alcohol) : the skin of the dorsal surface, which is covered with minute irregular papille and sparsely traversed by meandering seams, is dark bluish grey, becoming dull purplish yellow anteriorly. The median line is occupied by a thin yellow stripe, which falls 2 or 3 mm. short of the end of the body posteriorly and is lost anteriorly. The under surface is the same as the upper near the mantle-edge, but becomes paler near the foot, which is dull yellow. Length (in alcohol) 33 mm.; breadth 14 mm.; width of sole 5 mm. Type in the Zoological Department, British Museum. Fam. HELICID.E. 25. *HELICOPHANTA SOUVERBIANA, Fischer. Fischer, Journ. de Conch. 1860, p. 210. Woods, 300-600 m. alt., on gneiss rocks, Mangoro and Matitona (H.). 26. *HELICOPHANTA BICINGULATA, LH. A. Smith. E. A. Smith, P. Z. 8. 1882. N. centre (plateau, about 1000 m. alt.). 27. *HuticopHanta METHUENI, n. sp. (Plate 35. figs. 14, 15.) Liassic limestone, Ambongo (W.). Erect, pyriform, imperforate ; whorls nearly 5, the last very large. Aper- ture suboblique, rounded below. The columellar lip perpendicular and forming a flat triangular callus over, but not closing, the umbilicus. Peri- stome narrow, a little reflexed. The umbilical region markedly effuse. Growth-lines, as in H. phenaw, decussated by spiral strize, but even in rather worn examples not nearly so closely. Colour of the inferior half of the body-whorl ? pale yellow or ochreous, traversed by a brown band, the upper half and apical whorls of a yellowish brown, delimited from the inferior lighter area on the body-whorl by a second brown band. Akin to H. phenaz, Pilsbry, but distinguished clearly by the character of the columellar lip and umbilical region, the more acute apex, and probably by the texture. Max. alt. 61 mm. Holotype in the British Museum (Zoological Department), from Ambongo. 28. HuLOTA SIMILARIS, Véruss. Férussac, Hist. nat. Moll. i. p. 171. Locality. Cf. no. 1. This species, as is now well known, has been distributed throughout the tropics in the soil adhering to coffee-plants. FRESHWATER GASTROPODA FROM MADAGASCAR. 385 29. *AMPELITA SEPULCHRALIS, Féruss. Férussac, Hist. nat. Moll. i. p. 51. Anamalagotra and Tamatave-Marodasatia. 30. *AMPELITA XysTERA, Pfeif. (after Valenciennes, n. n.). Hehx novacula, v. Martens, Noy. Conch. 1879, vol. v. p. 181. HT, lane, var., Férussac, Hist. nat. Moll. 1. p. 357, pl. 62. figs. 8, 9, 10 (1850). HT, xystera, Pfeitter, Symbole, 1841, p. 41 (after Valenciennes, n. n.). ? Ampelita Shavi, E. A. Smith. P. Z. 8. 1882. Tamatave-Marodasatia. Woods, liassic limestone, Ambongo. Woods, gneiss, Mangoro-Matitanavu, 300-600 m. alt. I did not think such a synonymy were possible; but upon supplementing Mr. Methuen’s material with shells from the British Museum and others kindly tent by Mr. J. H. Ponsonby, it became obvious that all the forms indicated grade into each other by imperceptible degrees. Fam. STENOGYRIDA. 31. *CLAVATOR CLAVATOR (Pett). Bulimus clavator, Petit, Revue Zool. 1844, p. 3. Near R. Mangéky (S8.E.). Woods, limestone soil. 32. “CLAVATOR EXIMIUS (Shuttleworth). Spiraais ecimia, Shuttleworth, Mittheil. Bern. naturf. Ges. 1852, p. 208. Between Matitanu and Mangoro (H.) ; woods, 300-600 m. As Pilsbry (Man. Conchology, ser. 11. vol. xvii. p. 193) remarks, the relation of Clavator to other genera cannot be intelligently discussed until the solt parts are investigated. In addition, “the species resemble several diverse groups in other regions. C. obtusatus has a Stenogyroid contour, C. Grandidieri is Placostyloid, and C. Balstoni, eaimia, &e. resemble Thau- mastus”? (Pilsbry, loc. cit.). Mr. T. Iredale, in addition, informs me that C. eximia has often been taken for Placostylus Bollonst (New Zoaland) at first sight. It is possible that this group is polyphyletic, and that anatomical knowledge will serve to discriminate the various elements. APPENDIX. [June 3rd, 1914.] Since the foregoing account was drawn up some twelve months ago sundry delays have hindered its publication. The author therefore avails himself of the present opportunity to remedy in some small measure the deficiency of 386 MR. G. ©. ROBSON ON LAND AND information respecting the anatomy of the forms under discussion. The chief item of interest in these additions is the fact that dissection of the form diagnosed on conchological grounds and named Hemiplecta oleata by Ancey (no. 21) has resulted in the discovery that it is not referable to Hemiplecta, but appears to occupy a position near Rhysota. Additions to the preceding account are given below, and figures have been incorporated in the text. METHVENIA, n. gen. Foot-sole undivided, a large vertically-directed caudal mucous pore. . The penis and epiphallus are long and narrow ; the vas deferens is also very long and bears an elongate cylindrical flagellum placed at a considerable distance from the epiphallus ; vagina elongate. Jaw simple, witha median projection. Radula having the marginal teeth long, unicuspidate, almost straight, and furnished with a deeply excavated base. ‘Shell large, globose-depressed, thin, with the surface irregularly granulated above, and having the fine growth-lines decussated by sinuous spiral lines below” (Ancey). METHVENIA OLEATA (Ancey) (v. no. 21, ante). The mantle, on removing the shell, is found to be pale, with numerous dark brown and white flecks, and a number of elongated dark lines extending transversely across the mantle from the intestinal area. ; The foot is probably chestnnt-brown in colour. It exhibits a very narrow and partly evanescent peripodium, and a deep, vertically placed, caudal mucous pore which bears two lateral extensions which impart a cruciform shape to the pore. ‘The latter character may be due to contraction in spirit. Burne (Proc. Malac. Soe. ix., 1910) has described a similar appearance of the mucous pore in Rhysota Fouilloyi. The foot-sole is undivided. : The precise interpretation of the mantle-lobes is uncertain as yet. There appear to be only a right cervical lobe, which encircles the pneumostome, and a subdivided left cervical lobe, a condition like that seen in Rhysota (cf. Burne, loc. cit.). Fig. 1. Nae | ayy ; ANE Uy) i Ys 2 19 22 cer oS 65 66 Radula of Methvenia oleata (Ancey). (Reichert, 4 oc. x 6 obj.) The jaw (fig. 2) is simple, but remarkably thick. It bears a well-marked median projection. FRESHWATER GASTROPODA FROM MADAGASCAR. 387 The radula (fig. 1) exhibits a formula as follows :— POO, P20, Ik 20r SOP Sidi. The transition between the lateral and marginal teeth is, as usual in these forms, difficult to determine, so that the relative numbers constituting each series must be left subject to query. The distinctive feature of the radula is the series of long, acute, and almost Fig. 3. Vig. 2. Jaw of Methvenia oleata (Ancey). (Reichert, 2 oc. x 3 obj.) Fig. 3. Genitalia of Methvenia oleata (Ancey). p, penis; ep, epiphallus; pr, penis retractor; vd, vas deferens; ff, flagellum; v, vagina; spth, spermatheca; Ad, sperm-oviduct; ag, albumen-gland. straight marginals, which much resemble those figured for Rhysota Foulloy: by Burne (v. antea). Such teeth are of course met with in other genera (e. g. Ariophanta), but never to the author’s knowledge in combination with the precise median and laterals here figured. , The genitalia (fig. 3) are characterized by the long narrow penis and epiphallus, and also by the cylindrical flagellum borne on the very long and winding vas deferens at a considerable distance from the epiphallus. In the female organs the distinctive feature is the length of the vagina. LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXXII. 32 388 MR. G. C. ROBSON ON LAND AND The kidney is characteristic in being long and relatively very broad, and in having its distal extremity curved. The association of characters above enumerated is not found in any other Zonitoid genus the author is familiar with, and the works of Godwin-Austen, Semper, &c. have been searched in vain. Clearly allied to Rhysota, and possibly Ariophanta, it nevertheless appears to be generically distinct. VERONICELLA HOVARUM, n. sp. (v. antea, no. 24). The radula (fig. 4) has the formula :— Cas dL: 2 O4 saa —allO: The teeth are closely crowded and the base of the central tooth is obscured by the internal angles of the first laterals. The rows of teeth are disposed in an undulating pattern, each half-row slanting forward from its central tooth until about the fortieth tooth, and then commencing a backward slant. The jaw (cf. fig. 5) is remarkably wide. It exhibits four or five broad overlapping plates at each extremity, while the median plates are more narrow and fibrous. 08 0 oF AMO 50 44 34 Fig. 4. Veronicella hovarum. Radula. (Reichert, 4 0c. x 6 obj.) Fig. 5. Veronicella hovarum. Jaw. (Zeiss bin., 2 oc. x F. 55 obj.) Fig. 6. Urocyclus pinguis. Radula. (Reichert, 4 oc. X 6 obj.) UROCYCLUS PINGUIS, n. sp. (1. antea, no. 18). The radula (fig. 6) has the formula : POs a Li gy lane lage ddces Okie ell iis The central tooth has a peculiar tendency towards asymmetry, the lateral cusps shown in the drawing being frequently disposed at different heights from the base. Rogson. JOURN. LINN. SOc. ZOOL. VOL. XXXII. PL. 35. Dis Grout sc. & imp. GASTROPODA FROM MADAGASCAR. FRESHWATER GASTROPODA FROM MADAGASOAR. 389 EXPLANATION OF PLATE 35. Fios, 1, 2, Hemiplecta bathensis, n. sp. o 3. Figs. 4, 5. Veronicella hovarum, n. sp. Janes, pW Urocyclus pinguis, n. sp. Figs. 8,9, 10. Kalidos bournet, n. sp. Figs. 11, 12, 18. Bathia madagascariensis, nu. gen., n. sp. igs. 14, 15. Helicophanta methuent, n. sp. igs, 16, 17, 18. Rhysota equivoca, n. sp. ity Oe Bry ‘a BREEDING EXPERIMENTS UPON ACGRAA ENCEDON. 391 W. A. Lamborn’s Breeding Experiments upon Acrea encedon (Linn.), in the Lagos District of West Africa, 1910-1912. By HEpwarp B. Poutton, D.Sc., F.R.S., Pres.L.S. [Read 2nd April, 1914. ] THe typical form of Acrea encedon is a tawny butterfly with a black, white-barred tip to the fore wing. The pattern thus closely resembles that of the type form of Danaida chrysippus, Linn. A. encedon is polymorphic in both sexes, and the following forms are referred to in the present memoir :— Infuscata, Staud., “the tawny areas of the typical forms are replaced by smoky brown” (p.112*). This form is transitional in one direction into dark-erey butterflies without any tawny tint, and in the other into dark forms of encedon. . Alcippina, Auriv. ‘The h.-w. has a white central suffusion of varying extent” (p. 212), thus reproducing the pattern of the aleippus, Cram., form of chrysippus and of transitional varieties between alcippus and chrysippus. _Daira, Godm. & Salv., “the black of apical half of f.-w. and the white subapical band are absent. In some cases the subapical band may be traced as a slightly paler area on the ground-colour. All the black markings much reduced ”’ (p. 212). Commita, Poulton f. This form is a combination of the two preceding, having the central white patch on the hind wing of alcippina, and a fore wing approaching that of dazra in the tint of the subapical bar, which is tawny like the ground-colour. The pattern thus resembles the albinus, Lanz, form of chrysippus, but the mimetic relationship is not suggested because of the © rarity of the model and its restriction to the parts of Africa where dorippus is abundant. Lycia, Fabr. “The ground-colour of both wings is white, the black markings being as in the typical form” (p. 112). ‘Examples of the lycia form may have the ground-colour pale creamy yellow” (p. 213), and are thus transitional towards the sganzint form. Sganzini, Boisd. ‘The tawny areas of the typical form are replaced by a dusky yellowish colour ” (p. 212). * This description and those of the other forms except commixria are quoted from Hi. Eltringham’s great work, ‘‘ Monograph of the African Species of the Genus Acrea,’ Trans. Ent. Soe. Lond. 1912, pt. i. + Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1913, p. 409. 392 PROF. £. B. POULTON ON BREEDING The Geographical Distribution and Mimetic Associations of the forms of Acreea encedon. The account contained in the following four paragraphs was drawn up by the present writer in 1907 but has not hitherto been published. Area encedon, like the female of Hypolimnas misippus (Linn.),‘presents three forms mimicking the three forms of Danaida chrysippus (Linn.), but, being without the extraordinary powers of flight possessed by the Nymphaline co-mimic, their geographical coincidence with the forms of the model is closer. This superiority is particularly interesting in relation to Miillerian mimicry when we remember that the Acrwine are a highly protected group. In South Africa the predominant form is encedon, resembling the pre- dominant chrysippus. Dr. Dixey and Dr. Longstaff, from their experience of it in this part of the Region, state that encedon was “so successful in its mimicry of L. chrysippus as at first to make one of us believe it to be that species”.* There is also a black and white form, lycia, F., and, even more commonly, a black and yellowish form (sganzinz, Boisd.) which occur not only here but throughout the Hast Coast range of encedon. Mr. Marshall has recorded that lycia, when upon the wing, shows a decided resemblance to the whiter forms of Acrwa esebria, Hew.T As we pass northwards, forms with white hind wings (alcippina, Auriv.) and forms in which the black and white tip to the fore wing is evanescent (daira, Godm. & Salv.), both rare in the South, begin to increase in numbers, intermixed with the type encedon. Finally, in British East Africa, all three forms occur commonly, daira and encedon being most abundant, just as are the corresponding models—the dorippus, Klug, and type forms of D. chrysippus. In the West, all forms except sganzini occur, but the late Mr. Herbert Druce, F.L.8., received { from a locality in Sierra Leone several specimens of aleippina, which seem to show that the alcippus form of D. chrysippus has here at least produced some effect asa model. The specimens in Mr. Druce’s series are not only all alcippina but unusually pronounced examples of this form, and beautiful mimics of the tropical West African form of D. chrysippus. H. Hltringham remarks of the distribution of encedon: ‘None of the forms seems to be specially characteristic of any particular locality, though the aletppina form seems to attain its maximum development in West Africa” (1. c. p. 213). “The lycia, alcippina, and infuscata forms are more numerous in West African localities than elsewhere, though they seem liable to occur elsewhere ”’ (p. 211). * Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1907, p. 318; also p. 828. See also p. 321 for the converse mistake, viz. of model for mimic. + Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1902, p. 479. { Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1902, p. 480. The daca form is extremely rare in the West. EXPERIMENTS UPON ACRAIA ENCEDON. 393 Since the appearance of Hltringham’s monograph much evidence has accumulated proving beyond doubt the strong development of the white- hind-winged alcippina form in the interior of Sierra Leone, from which area itis probably continuous into N. Nigeria. The following list of examples of aleippina and its model alcippus, recently received by the British Museum of Natural History, has been kindly prepared by Mr. N. D. Riley, F.H.S. The extraordinary predominance of the female alcippina over the male— 50 to 5—strongly suggests the prevalence of all-female families such as Mr. W. A. Lamborn finds in the Lagos district. Dated examples of Danaida chrysippus, f. alcippus, and Acreea encedon, f. alcippina in the British Museum, from Sierra Leone and N. Nigeria. I.—Srerra Leone. Collected by J. J. Simpson. D. chrysippus, — A, encedon, f. alcippus. f. aleuppina. F : 900 (Ge Gt ae Kambia. 24, ii. 1912. 143 — = oo Bassia. DOME UIs Meas 5d — — = Kokona, XS, il, ap 53 — — — Yana. BO, ile 6 1d -— — — Laminaia 23-25. iv. ,, 1d — — — Port Wokkow 9 —Wlswve ae} 19 — — Batkam. eH | We Ay 8S 52 — — Kafogo. 2B Wo op 53 29 —— 19 Kaballa. ——2t—“Virw 95 43 — — 19 Benikoro. BOR Ver M55 — — — 12 Falaba. le Nils gp — IQ — 1@ Tirikoro. SS ee view, — — Lg 1Q Keneura. AO, Vie — — — 12 Bumbanya. 2, Villy op Lg — — — Johanna. YS Wills, op 1d — — =e Giema. Gs Ville 5, = -— 13 — Jowati. IQ), Will, Hp — — — 1Q Gighema. UAE Nils py — — 1é 38 2 Bo. Alera ea 43 32 — — Mafwe. Tisai Xe ss 5d — — 29 II.—N. Nigeria. Collected by G. T. Fox. Panyam. 2. vi. 1910. — 29 — — (Banchi Proy.). 38. vi. ,, — = 13 192 a Nill 5 _ 1 1d 1@ Bila Able 5p — —_ — 19 13), Wilt, gp 1d = = -= RG talsih Sack se: 56d 1592 5d 502 In addition to the above, the British Museum Collection contains a single undated female alcippina from Panguma, N. Nigeria, another undated female from 70 miles up the river from Freetown, Sierra Leone, and an undated male from Liberia. ag4. PROF. E. B. POULTON ON BREEDING The predominant development of alcippina in Sierra Leone will be rendered evident by the following list of the other West African forms of encedon in the British Museum, also prepared by Mr. N. D. Riley, together with all West African forms, including alcippina, in the Hope Department, Oxford, and the Tring Zoological Museum :— LOCALITIES AND = MusEuMs. % > I. British Museum. “ = 8 = = II. Hope Department.! S 8 = 5 f: = ¥ Ill. Tring Museum. S S = = & S S = = = = S S > o> i) oo) S 3S S nS Gambia River ...| III. lg Ao | ae | | Sierra Leone ...... I. | Le 235 29} 49 | a at, 193 Wey © III 19 3Q | Gold Coast ...... Te | 1d Nigeria, N.&S....) I. 25 209 1g48g 19\5¢ 179 | re aU ea at UR eno | hag Se ken) ee aa IL, 1g Vo 295187 1g 19) 76° ee inal | 29) Cameroons......... Lies filees 19 | ite | Congo State ...... I, 29% II 29| 2g aa (233 II oe) 7a 19) Pale) 1) AMAEROE, sadanoacoaoe Ne 19 19 I. | 19 IIT. | pie 69) y | ote Motals Wie. eh 1d 39/245 169129 BONG 49/15 [6S 49/255 399 x | al ‘ Including a few specimens from the collections of M. Charles Oberthiir and of the Luxembourg Museum, which I have had the opportunity of studying at Oxford. * Transitional towards lycia. 8 Port Lokkoh: 1912: Mrs. Addison. + The type of the form, from Lower Niger. Not including the captured parents of any of the families tabulated on pp. 407, 409-414. The 9 Q very dark: one ¢ with a fulvous f.-w. bar. 7 Tbadan, S. Nigeria: May 1910: Rev. Lake S. Noble. Included in the 74 ¢ is an injured specimen of which the sex is not quite certain. One @ is the type of “ fulva,’ Doubl., Westw., and Hew. 0 Very dark specimens 1 One ¢ transitional towards alcippina. EXPERIMENTS UPON ACRAA ENCEDON. 395 The relative proportion of males and females suggests the prevalence of all-female families, especially in Nigeria. The figures from Old Calabar, included in the Nigerian totals from the British Museum (I.), are remark- able :—18 92 infuscata, 1 2 commiata, 14 2 lycia. The two lists confirm Hltringham’s conclusions as to the West African forms quoted on p. 392. The second list also shows the excessive rarity of daira, the predominance of lycia, and, next to it, ¢nfuscata and infuscata- encedon, followed by commixta. The two lists together show that alcippina is rare except in Sierra Leone. The nearest approach to the proportion of the encedon forms on the West coast, S. of Sierra Leone, is to be found in Madagascar, where the pale form sganzint is predominant like the still paler dycia, and a dark dull form of encedon represents infuscata. The Madagascan sganzini are transitional into a cream-coloured lycza. I have not seen any form from Madagascar except those above-named and intermediates between them. In the Hope Department there are 15 ¢ and 3 @ of sganzine (1 $ might be called a cream-coloured lycia), and 6 3 1 2 of encedon-infuscata (1 3 showing transition towards sganzini); in the Tring Museum 9 ¢ andl 9 of sganzini ; in the British Museum 4¢ and 1? of sganzini ; in the Luxem- bourg Museum 1 g and 1 @ of sganzini and 1 6 transitional between sganzini and infuscata. On the opposite Hast coast of the continent the pale forms are chiefly sganzint, like Madagascar, but their proportion is very different, being much less than that of encedon. Thus there are 15 encedon and 4 sganzim from Natal in the Hope Department. The lycia of the West is replaced by the yellower sganzini, somewhere about the Rift Valley, in British Hast Africa. The much larger amount of material now available supports the conclu- sions, arrived at in 1907 (p. 392), as to the geographical relationship hetween certain forms of encedon and those of LD. chrysippus. The form daira is common where dorippus is common, and becomes rare where dorippus 1s rare or wanting: the typical, brightly coloured encedon is predominant where the type form of chrysippus prevails: the only locality where alcippina is abundant is part of the area over which aleippus displaces every other form of D. chrysippus. Mimicry oceurs in both sexes, although the female, at least in the encedon form, is a better mimic than the males partly on account of its larger size but also because of the whiter subapical bar to the fore wing. The Forms of Acreea encedon in the Locality of the Breeding Experiments. The following specimens, captured by Mr. W. A. Lamborn in the Oni district, about 70 miles east of Lagos, are included in the Table on p. 394. From Oni: 1 $ 2 2 lycia,1 3 infuscata ; from Idakun, 4 miles N.W. of Oni: A S infuscata,1 3 1 9 commiata,1 S 1 Q lycia. To these must be added 396 PROF. E. B. POULTON ON BREEDING the captured parents of Families 1, and 3-16, recorded on pp. 407, 409-414, viz. 2 37 @ lycia, 1g 32 infuscata, 1 ¢ commiata, from Oni; 13 12 lyeia, 1 2 infuscata, from Idakun. The totals from the Oni district are therefore 16 lycta (5 S 11 2), 10 infuscata (5 S 5 F), and 3 commixta (1 $ 2 2). The artificial conditions produced no apparent effect, the lycia, infuscata, and commizta of the breeding experiments being similar to the captured specimens of the same forms. The families were examined by Eltringham, who siates that “the majority... . consist of two forms, viz. infuscata and lycia. The latter are somewhat unusual in having broad suffused orange internervular markings on the hind margin of the secondaries on the under side, also some basal markings of the same colour” (l.¢. p. 213). It is also noticeable that the males of these Southern Nigerian lycia are distinctly yellower than their females, and that the subapical bar of the fore wing in the infuscata forms is yellow in the male, white in the female. Lamborn concludes that lycia is certainly three and probably four times as numerous as infuscata in the neighbourhood of Oni, and his material shows that com- mixta is much rarer than infuscata. He did not meet with any other form except these three, nor did any other appear in his long series of breeding experiments. Tabular Statement of W. A. Lamborn’s Breeding Experiments (pp. 397-8). It will be observed that Companies 5 and 7, together with Family 8, suggest that lycia and not infuscata is dominant, a conclusion rendered improbable by the rest of the figures. These 3 sets, together with Family 7, are probably to be explained by comparison with Families 4 and 13. The lycia 2 parents of these two families laid eggs in two batches, which were kept distinet, and the larvee reared separately. Both families as a whole yield approximate equality of znjuscata and lycia, but the constituent batches” depart widely from this ratio. The 4 irregular results referred to above are all manifest in relatively small numbers, and they may be fairly referred to the causes which produced the constituent batches of Families 4 and 13. The inferences as to the Mendelian constitution of the parents were sub- mitted to my friend Mr. L. Doncaster, who has had so wide an experience in this line of research. He kindly wrote, April 16, 1913 :— “JT think lycta must be recessive in spite of the inverted 3:1 cases, because of Family 2. Both parents were from Company 4, and if lyca were dominant all the dycia individuals would presumably be heterozygous. I think all your inferences as to parentage are correct.”’ Mr. Donezaster also remarks :—‘“ It is a pity there are no known cases of infuscata 2 x lycia 8 and vice versa, which would test whether the infuscata character is sex-limited in the ? ; but as none of the mixed families have all the ¢ g infuscata and 2 2 lycia, it does not seem likely.” EXPERIMENTS UPON ACRAA ENCEDON. 397 The results of breeding the Wild Larve, the Companies, and Families 1-3 have been recorded in Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1911, pp. liv-lvi, before the appearance of Eltringham’s monograph, containing a thorough account of all the forms of A. encedon. The darker forms found and bred at Oni, named encedon in the 1911 publication, are now recognised as infuscatu, and a few as commiatu. INEFUSCATA, with a few | Source of the Broods, with | i COMMIXTA. the forms of the parents when known. LY CTA. | Male. Female. | Female. | | | Inferred Mendelian constitution of the | Parents. Remarks. Wald! Tarvee ()> 2..222..5... | 6 8 bo fer) | Two 6 ¢ & 1 Q commizta and 1 transi- tional G are included among the |. infuscata. The 27 latest emergences were all ©. Rae eee cance N mise8 7 18 | One 2 commixta is included among the infuscata. The 3 ¢ ¢ appeared with | 2 9 Q in the 5 latest emergences. 46 | Both parents recessive (lycia). Two 3 6 approach comminta. ct Ot oe gk een eae 24 23 One parent heterozygote (infuscata), the other recessive (lycia). Bees Sore ree ie One parent dominant (infuscata), the other either dominant, heterozygote (infuscata), or recessive (lycia). "One parent heterozygote (infuscata), the other recessive (lycia). 16 The proportions, suggesting heterozygote lycia for both parents, are more pro- bably due to a special batch of ova. (See Fams. 4 & 13.) Both parents recessive (lycia). os 2. 5 Q lycia fr. Company 4... Q wfuscata ... 5 11 48 Inference as in Co. 5. Both parents recessive. 19 13 Both parents recessive. One ¢ ap-— proaches commueta. | The @ parent heterozygote, the J reces- | sive (lycia). | Seema ie 30 The Q parent recessive, the ¢ hetero- | zygote (infuscata). Eggs in 2 batches, yielding very different proportions. | 5 5. 6 Q wmfuscata...| ... 28 One parent dominant, the other dominant or heterozygote. Q parent with ful- | vous subapical bar inherited by 13 off- spring, of which 2 approach commuzta. 398 PROF. E. B. POULTON ON BREEDING INFUSCATA, ; : withafew | LYCIA. Source of the Broods, with | ee ee e > | JOMMIXTA. | the forms of the | parents when known. | z | Inferred Mendelian constitution of the Parents. Remarks Male. | Female. | Male. Female. Fam. 6. Q wmfuscata...) ... 21 eerie mail The Q parent heterozygote, the ¢ reces- | | sive (lycia). A single ¢ lycia, per- haps accidentally introduced, is not included. | a Ue 2 commiata... 3 9 |The 3 QQ in 2nd column are commizta. | | Inference as in Co. 5: 2 heterozygote | lycia parents are here excluded. | a he : fa sey 1a v ins Wiad ep f OY a teeth eee / ae ‘ brah rs calli Path CHILTON. JOURN. LINN. SOc. ZOOL. WOJL, XXXII. IPL. BYE hat | ay? Ji j\ (\) Oe B. Broadhead & C.C. del. Grout sc. & imp, TERRESTRIAL ISOPODA. ISOPODA FROM NEW ZEALAND. 427 PLATE 37. Fig. 17. Notoniscus australis (Chilton) ; first maxilla. 18. 5 x maxilliped. 19: 5p y. first lee. 20. 35 ss second pleopod of female. 21. 9 Fr third pleopod of female. 22. 9) » uropod. 23. Haplophthalmus tasmanicus, sp. nov., dorsal view, X about 18. 24, Cubaris sutert, sp. nov.: side view, X about 10. 25. 5 3 dorsal view of pleon, more highly magnified. 26. “ ss segments | and 2 of perzeon seen from below. 27. 3) antenna. 28. FF 9 uropod and telson. > vate i bi Ry any eee ekun mat hae een t)) w/e eal , ae Lava! ' Det hivebyaks ON THE GENUS LERNAODISCUS. 429 The Genus Lerneodiscus (F. Miiller, 1862). By Georrrey W. Suits, M.A., F.L.S. (PLATE 38.) [Read 7th May, 1914.] THE genus Lerneodiscus was created by F. Miiller in 1862 (1) for a Rhizo- cephalous parasite found by him on a Porcellana from Brazil. He did not describe the internal anatomy of the parasite, and nothing more was known about. it until I gave an account of the genus in my Monograph of the Rhizocephala in 1906 (2), based on some specimens found on Galathea dispersa at Naples, on G. intermedia from Norway, and on G. strigosa from Naples. Since the appearance of this work two French authors have added to our knowledge of the genus, Dr. Max Kollmann (3 & 4) and Dr. Guérin-Ganivet (5). These authors have accepted the account I gave of the anatomy, but Dr. Kollmann disagrees with my interpretation of the orientation of the parasite and offers a different one. The re-examination of the question which is here undertaken is due to Professor W. A. Herdman, who found a specimen of Rhizocephala upon a Munida bamfica from the Shetlands and sent it to me for identification. I had previously seen two Rhizocephalous parasites on Munda, and described them as a new genus 77riangulus in my monograph (2, p. 115) ; but since I was only able to study these two specimens (which were not very well preserved) macroscopically, I was in considerable doubt as to the correctness of my diagnosis. I was anxious therefore to study Professor Herdman’s specimen by means of serial sections, which he very kindly permitted me to do, and the result of this examination has been to show that this parasite of Munida really agrees in all essentials with the Lernwodiscus on Galathea and should be included in that genus. The genus Triangulus must therefore be withdrawn, and the parasites hitherto described as Triangulus munide should be named Lernwodiscus munide. At the same time a careful examination of Professor Herdman’s specimen and a re-examination of my preparations of Lernwodiscus galathee, have shown that I have made an error in my description and figure published in my monograph with regard to the position of one of the genital- openings. This error certainly led me astray in the interpretation I put upon the orientation of the parasite, and I have now no doubt that Dr Kollmann’s correction of my interpretation is amply justified, and that his own view is essentially right. It is hoped, therefore, that in this paper the anatomy and systematics of the Rhizocephala hitherto found on the symmetrical Anomura may be 430 MR. GEOFFREY W. SMITH ON put straight, and the peculiar orientation of the parasites satisfactorily cleared up. The specimen of Lernwodiscus munde (= Triangulus munidw) found by Professor Herdman is figured from two aspects on Pl. 38. figs. 1 & 2. The surface on which the mantle-opening (op.) is situated (fig. 1) is applied io the thorax of the Munida when the tail is bent in its natural situation ; the surface depicted in fig. 2 is applied to the abdomen of the host. The peduncle (p.) by which attachment is effected is in a deep excavation of the body, and the mantle is thrown into several pronounced folds. The mantle- opening is asymmetrically placed on the lower right-hand corner, as shown in fig. 1, op. The only other features which can be observed from the outside ure the broad surface of the mesentery (m.7., fig. 1), which passes from the peduncle to the opening, and the much narrower hinge of the mesentery (m.l., fig. 2) upon the other side. In my previous account of Lerneodiscus these two hinges of the mesentery were called anterior and posterior hinges respectively, as it was my view that the long axis of the body passed through the long axis of the mesentery, but this is incorrect, as Kolimann has shown, and we should call the longer mesentery, passing from peduncle to near the opening, the right mesentery, and the smaller mesentery on the other side the left. The disposition of the internal organs is shown in the diagrams figs. 3 & 4. In fig. 3, which is a transparent diagram of fig. 1, it is seen that the openings of the testes are situated one on each hinge of the mesentery, the right testis (r.t.) upon the edge of the large mesentery, the left testis (/.¢.) upon that of the small mesentery behind. Both testis-ducts open backwards into the half of the mantle-cavity turned away from the mantle-opening. The mistake which was made in my earlier account of Lerneodiscus consisted in figuring the left testis as opening on that edge of the left mesentery which is turned towards the mantle-opening, and in the opposite direction to the duct and opening of the right testis. The position of the testis-openings shows that the left-hand part of fig. 3 is morphologically posterior and the right-hand part anterior, while the mid-dorsal axis passes through the peduncle at right angles to the long axis of the mesentery. The nerve-ganglion (n.) is situated on the large right mesentery, and the two oviducal openings are placed on the visceral mass on either side of the mantle-opening. Fig. 4 is a diagrammatic view looking down on the peduncle and on to the mesenterial or dorsal side of the animal. Here is seen the smaller left portion of the mesentery and the larger right portion stretching to near the mantle-opening. The two testes are seen opening posteriorly to right and left of the peduncle. The nerve-ganglion (n.) and the two oviducal openings are seen situated on or near the right expansion of the mesentery. Before going on to explain the peculiar asymmetrical disposition of these organs, a comparison may be made between this condition in L, munide and THE GENUS LERNZODISCUS. A431 the arrangement in LZ. galathew. Corrected diagrams of the anatomy of the latter are given in figs. 5 and 6. It will be seen from these diagrams that the positions of the testis-openings are the same as in L. munide, and not as T originally figured them in my monograph (2, PI. 7. fig. 33). The nerve- ganglion is similarly situated on the large right mesentery, though a little further away from the mantle-opening than in L. munide. The two oviducal openings, one on each mesentery, are decidedly further away from the mantle-opening than in L. munidw, and are also more definitely on the mesenterial edge and not on the wall of the visceral. mass as in L. munide. How much importance is to be attached to these differences cannot be definitely stated, as the greater or less distension of the visceral mass might account to some extent for the shifting in position. Another point of difference between L. munide and L. galathee is that in the former all the specimens hitherto obtained have the mantle-opening very definitely situated in an asymmetrical position on the right anterior corner of the body, while in L,. galathew this opening is sometimes situated medianly or else deflected to the right anterior corner to a less extent than in LZ. munide. The fact that in LZ, galathee the position is variable and sometimes practically the same as in L. munide, should make one hesitate before attaching much importance to this slight point of difference. In explaining the peculiar orientation of this parasite it is necessary to bear in mind the orientation of a more normal member of the Rhizocephala, and for this purpose Peltogaster may be chosen because its relations of symmetry are very simple. Fig. 7 isa diagram of the mesentery of Pelto- gaster viewed from the peduncular surface, or surface of attachment. This surface, as I have shown elsewhere (2), is the dorsal surface. The median axis of the body passes through the line AB, A being anterior and B posterior. The mantle-opening (op.) is seen at the anterior end of the mesentery, and the peduncle (p.) is seen piercing the mesentery somewhat toward its posterior end. The nerve-ganglion (n.) is seen on the anterior portion of the mesentery, and the genital openings are distributed on each side of the mesentery, the oviducal openings being in front and the testicular openings behind. The openings of the left side are a little in advance of those on the right side. The way in which Lerneodiscus can be derived from this symmetrical condition is shown in fig. 8. Here the original long axis passes through AB, and the testes still occupy their original position, but the mesentery has been expanded laterally, especially on the right side, and the anterior portion of the mesentery in front of the peduncle has been rotated to the right, so as to be nearly at right angles to the original long axis AB. The position of the nerve-ganglion, of the oviducal openings, and of the mantle-opening relatively to the testes and the peduncle, clearly show that this rotation has taken place. 432 MR. GEOFFREY W. SMITH ON It will be seen from this account that I fully agree with Dr. Max Koll- mann’s conception as to the correct orientation of the parasite, according to which the surfaces applied to the host are respectively right and left, and the two hinges of the mesentery are called right and left in correspondence. But the unfortunate mistake which I made in describing the testicular openings has obscured from Dr. Kollmann the rotatory movement of the mesentery which has resulted in bringing some of the anterior organs, viz., the nerve-ganglion, mantle-opening, and one or both oviducts, on to the right side. Dr. Kollmann believes that it is easier to derive Lernwodiscus from Sacculina or Heterosaccus than from Peltogaster. As a matter of fact, this» does not influence the correct orientation of the parasite, since Sacculina is easily derived from Peltogaster or vice versa, the organs being disposed symmetrically in relation to the mesentery in both these genera. The peculiar thing about Sacculina is that the symmetry of the parasite does not correspond to that of the host, the mesenterial or dorsal side of the parasite being always on the morphologically right side of the host’s long axis. It has always seemed to me a curious fact that this should be so, and I am still further puzzled by the hypothesis that Sacculina on infecting the symmetrical Anomura should have given rise to a form like Lerneodiscus, which has acquired a totally different symmetry both in its own structure and in its relation to the host. As I originally pointed out, if we derive all these forms from a Peltogaster-like genus parasitic on the Asymmetrical Pagurids, we can understand that on infecting symmetrical forms of Anomura or Brachyura, the relation of symmetry to the host might very well undergo marked and various changes. The argument however is almost purely speculative, and does not influence our views as to the correct orientation of our parasites. We may resume our account of the genus and species of Lernwodiscus as follows :— Genus Lernmopiscus (Ff. Miller (1)). Diagnosis. External body of adult yellow. Roots yellow, widely distributed and ramifying, without lagene. Mantle highly muscular, and thrown into lappets or folds to a greater or less extent. Mantle-opening situated either in the middle line or more usually deflected to the right side, relatively to the host. Mesentery broad, pierced by the peduncle, which separates two hinges; the morphologically right hinge being applied to the thoracic surface, the left hinge to the abdominal surface, of the host. The long axis of the parasite has undergone a peculiar rotation, which has resulted in bringing the nerve-ganglion and mantle-opening on to the right hinge of the mesentery (see figs. 7 & 8). SMITH. JOURN. LINN. Soc., ZOOL. VOL. XXXIl. Pence ml, 74 ovd. 6 Grout, photo se, LERNAEODISCUS, F. Muell. THE GENUS LERNZXODISCUS. 433 Colleteric glands (oviducts) paired and convoluted. Genital openings asymmetrically distributed owing to rotation of mesentery (see figs. 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8.) Nauplius with somewhat elongated and curved frontal horns. — Parasitic on Symmetrical Decapoda Anomura. L. porcELLANA, F, Miiller (1). Host: Porcellana sp. from Brazil. Visceral mass purplish, lappets of mantle very conspicnous and indented. L. canatHEm (G. W. Smith (2)). Hosts: Galathea dispersa at Naples (‘Smith (2)), Gulf of Gascony (Guérin-Ganivet (5)). Galathea intermedia, Norway (Smith (2)), Saint Vaast-la-Hougue and _ Gulf of Gascony (Guérin-Ganivet (5)), Banyals (Kollmann (3 & 4)). Visceral mass yellow ; lappets of mantle few and irregular. L. stricos®. Host: Galathea strigosa at Naples (Smith (2)). Distinguished from above only by larger size, and may probably be included under L. galathee. L. muntpa® (=Triangulus muude (G. W. Smith (2)). Hosts: Munida bamgica from Norway (Smith (2)), and from the Shetlands (Professor W. A. Herdman). Gulf of Gascony and Brittany coasts, and African ccast, south of Cape Bojador (Guérin-Ganivet (5)). Visceral mass yellow. Lappets of mantle few and deeply indented. Mantle-opening deflected very definitely to right side. Colleteric glands (= oviducts) advanced well on to visceral mass in neighbourhood of mantle- opening. Relations of mantle and of openings of testes and of nerve-ganglion the same as in L. galathee. Note.—It is clear from the meagre distinctions which it is possible to make between these various parasites attached to different Galatheids that it is very doubtful how far they represent good species. It is, indeed, doubtful what criterion of a good species there can be in animals which reproduce by a continuous round of self-fertilization, and are only distinguished from one another by slight differences of shape and sometimes of colour, and which offer no morphological features of outstanding importance in which they differ. I have already dealt with this fundamental difficulty in my monograph (2) pp. 166 & 167. LINN, JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL, XXXII, 35 434 ON THE GENUS LERNZODISCUS. LTaterature., 1. F. Miutter.—Arch. f. Naturg. 28 Jahrg., p. 5. 1862. 2. G.W. SmiraH.—The Rhizocephala. Naples Monograph 29, p. 114. 1906. 3. M. Kouumann.—Arch. Zool. Exp. et Gén. (5), t. i. Notes et Rey., pp. xlvi-xlvii. 1909. 4. M. Kottmann.—Annales des Sciences Naturelles, 9, sér. t. x. p. 255. 909: 5. J. GuéRIn-GANIVET.—Travaux Sci. de Lab. de Zool. de Concarneau, 18 This HES “TG Je (rss LIL EXPLANATION OF PLATE 38. Fig 1. Lerneodiscus munide. View from right side which is applied to thorax of host, Munida bamffica. X 2. . Ditto. Viewed from left side. x 2. . L. munide, viewed by transparency from right side. . L. munida, viewed from peduncular or dorsal aspect. . L. galathee, viewed by transparency from right side. . L. galathee, viewed from peduncular or dorsal aspect. . Diagram of mesentery of Peltogaster from peduncular or dorsal aspect. AB is median longitudinal axis. 8. Diagram of mesentery of Lern@odiscus from dorsal aspect, showing rotation of anterior half of mesentery to right side and shifting of axis to C. “IO Ol Pm CoO bo LETTERING :—p., peduncle of attachment; op., mantle-opening; x., nerve; 7.ovd., right oviduct; Lovd., left oviduct; r.t., right testis; Jt., left testis; m.c., mantle-cavity ; v.m., visceral mass ; m7., right mesentery ; m./., left mesentery. DETO, A SUBANTARCTIC GENUS OF TERRESTRIAL ISOPODA,. 435 Deto, a Subantarctie Genus of Terrestrial Isopoda. By Cuarues CHILTON, M.A., D.Sc., LL.D., M.B., C.M., F.L.S., Professor of Biology, Can- terbury College, New Zealand. (PLatTEs 39 & 40.) [Real 4th June, 1914.] CoNnTENTS. Page Page Introductory and Historical........ 435 Genus Deto (continued). IPenaciillyy SOyADNNOIOES Sob 6ce0edsn one 437 4, D. marina (Chilton) 24.02.05) 444 Genus Deto, diagnosis and synopsis 5. D. aucklandie (G. M. Thomson) 445 OlPSPECLOS A's ately ie SAMA ecie 6 438 6. D. bucculenta (Nicolet) ...... 449 ee SechinutamGueriny ons.) a: AA0 | Generaleemarks) see eee 453 2. D. acinosa, Budde-Lund ...... SE bibliocraniny arse ah 454. 0. D. armata,Budde-Lund ...... 44359) Description ot lates a aes 455 INTRODUCTORY AND HISTORICAL. The genus Deto was established by Guérin in 1836 for a species, D. echinata, which was vaguely described as having been found in the East by Olivier ; the chief character of the genus was that the antenne were composed of nine joints, 2. e. five in the peduncle and four in the flagellum, and was thus distinguished from Oniscus, which had three joints in the flagellum, and from Porcellio, which had only two. The genus was after- wards mentioned by Milne-Hdwards (1840) * and Dana (1853), but no further addition to our knowledge of it was made for many years. In 1843 Krauss included the species in his list of South African Crustacea as having been collected on the sea-shore at Table Bay, and later on it was collected at the Cape by the ‘ Novara’ Expedition. Besides the type-species, two others were afterwards described under this genus, namely, D. spinicornis, Brandt, from the southern shores of the Sea of Okhotsk, and 7. whitei, Kinahan, of unknown locality ; it appears likely, however, that the latter species is identical with the type-species. In 1879 Budde-Lund in his ‘ Prospectus generum specierumque Crustaceorum Jsopodum Terrestrium,’ gave the genus with these three species, and thinking that Deto spinicornis was rightly referred to the genus, he placed the genus under his second family Ligie. Later on, however (1885), finding, on an examination of the poorly preserved specimens in the St. Petersburg Museum, that D. spinicornis should probably be referred to Trichoniscus, and having had an opportunity of examining two species realiy belonging to Deto, he came to the conclusion that the genus should come near to Onscus, and that it is perhaps not * The references are made by the year of publication to the bibliographical list on pp: 454, 455, 35% 436 PROF. C. CHILTON ON DETO, A SUBANTARCTIC distinct from that genus. In his ‘ Crustacea Isopoda Terrestria’ (1885, p- 233), he gave a diagnosis of the genus and included under it two species, D. echinata, Guérin, and a new species D. acinosa, of both of which he had examined specimens from South Africa in the St. Petersburg Museum ; he mentioned also D. whitei, but stated that it is probably the same as D. echinata. . For many years after this no further addition was made to our knowledge of this genus, but in 1906, Budde-Lund, having had an opportunity of examining specimens of a Deto collected by the German Polar Expedition at St. Paul’s Island, in the Indian Ocean, gave a revision of the genus, describing these specimens as a new species, )). armata, and established two new species, D. magnifica and D. robusta, on three specimens from the Auckland Islands, New Zealand, preserved in the Dresden Museum. He also assigned to the genus Deto a species that had been described in 1879 by Mr. G. M. Thomson under the name Actecia aucklandie, and which, in 1901, I bad provisionally placed under Scyphaw ; also another species from New Zealand described in 1885 by Filhol under the name Oniscus nove- zealandie, and the species Phlilougria marina, described by me in 1884 from the Hast Coast of New South Wales. Budde-Lund thus gives eight species under the genus, but of these, two, D. magnifica and D. robusta, are, I think, undoubtedly synonyms of D. aucklandiw. In 1910 I pointed this out and stated that two species of Isopoda, described from Chili by Nicolet in 1849, namely, Oniscus bucculentus and O. tuberculatus, were male and female of a species of Deto, and were probably identical with O. nove-zealandia, Filhol. Before the publication of Budde-Lund’s paper in 1906, I had obtained specimens of the two New Zealand species and had commenced a report on the genus, describing the mouth-parts and the pleopoda, which, up to that time, were practically unknown, as the only specimens available to Budde- Lund in 1885 had been dried or poorly preserved. My paper was long delayed through lack of sufficient specimens of the different species, but later on the Director of the South African Museum very kindly supplied me with specimens of the two species found in South Africa, and I have recently received additional specimens of D. nove-zealandi, Filhol, from Stewart Island, New Zealand. I have thus been able to see specimens of all the species that I consider to be good ones, except D. armata, Budde-Lund, and in this paper I endeavour to give a fairly full account of the genus. The genus is an extremely interesting one on account of the large size. and striking appearance of some of the species, the remarkable and varied sexual differences, the strictly maritime habitat of all the species, and the geographical distribution. GENUS OF TERRESTRIAL ISOPODA. A37 I recognise six species—two from South Africa, two from New Zealand (one of which is found also in South America), another species from St. Paul’s Island in the Indian Ocean, and the sixth from the Hast Coast of Australia. | In his last Revision of the Terrestrial Isopoda, Budde-Lund (1904) placed Deto under a subfamily Detoninw of the Oniscidee, and Stebbing (1910, p. 444) has since raised this to the rank of a family. In 1901 I placed the genera Scyphav, Dana, Actecia, Dana, and Scyphoniscus, Chilton, under Scyphacidee, a family distinct from, though closely allied to, the Oniscide ; in this family I had also included Actecia aucklandie (G. M. Thomson), of which I had been able to examine a single female specimen, but whose affinities to Deto I had not then recognised. An examination of the whole of the species shows that Deto would readily come under this family as then defined by me, and the genera mentioned seem, to be sufficiently closely allied to justify us in placing them in one family rather than in establishing three or four separate families or subfamilies for their reception. I shall now give diagnoses of the genus and of the different species of Deto, reserving some general remarks on the genus for the conclusion of the paper. Family SCYPHACIDAL. Scyphacine, Vana, 1853, p. 716. Scyphacide, Chilton, 1901, p. 121. Richardson, 1905, p. 671. The description of this family given in 1901 was as follows :—“ Mandibles without molar tubercle, its place being taken by a tuft of long stiff sete or bristles ; inner lobe of first maxilla with two plumose bristles; maxillipeds with the terminal joints fairly well developed, lamellar, longer than the masticatory lobe ; external male organ single.” The characters of the genus Deto come well within this definition. Genus Devo, Guerin, 1834. Deto, Guérin, 1836, notice 21, p. 1. » Milne-Edwards, 1840, vol. iii. p. 174. », Budde-Lund, 1879, p. 9. », . Budde-Lund, 1885, p. 233. , Budde-Lund, 1906, p. 84. ,, Chilton, 1909, p. 666. », Stebbing, 1910, p. 444. The generic description given by Budde-Lund in 1885 was based on the examination of imperfect specimens of two species only; in 1906, haying been able to examine additional specimens, including well-preserved specimens A38 PROF. C. CHILTON ON DETO, A SUBANTARCTIC of the new species Deto armata, he gave an amended diagnosis, the main characters of which are included in the following diagnosis which I now suggest :— Generic diagnosis.—General shape of body oblong-oval, somewhat de- pressed ; animal not capable of rolling itself into a ball; epimera lamellarly expanded * ; dorsal surface usually with spines or tubercles which are better developed in the male than in the female ; pleon not abruptly narrower than pereeon ; epimera of third, fourth, and fifth segments well developed. Head with lateral processes forming broad lobes. Hyes of moderate size, with many ocelli. Antenne with flagellum four-jointed. Mandibles with one penicil behind the cutting-edge. Maxillipeds with palp longer than masticatory lobe, and showing indi- cations of being formed of three or four joints. Exopoda of the pleopoda opercular, and containing no special branchial organ. Uropoda produced, reaching considerably beyond the terminal segment. In addition to the points given above, there are several characters common to these species which may be mentioned here to avoid repetition. Sexual dimorphism is very marked and affects the surface of the body and the antenne, but not the persopoda or uropoda, which are the parts that usually show sexual differences in Trichoniscus, Porcellio, &c. The antennz are long and stout, usually stouter in the male than in the female. The mouth-parts are on the same general type of those of Oniscws, and are fairly uniform throughout the genus. I have described them in greater detail for D. aucklandiew and DP. bucculenta, but a few points may be given here. : The mandibles are strong; the accessory appendage differs on the two sides, in the left mandible being formed of two or three strongly chitinised teeth similar to the outer cutting-edge, in the right it is shorter and ends ina crown of small teeth of varying sizes; at the base of the accessory appendage in both mandibles is a hairy lappet which may bear one or two stout setee or “ penicils ” similar to the single penicil between the lappet and the tuft of long bristles representing the molar tubercle. The lower lip consists of two rounded lobes separated apparently to the base, but connected proximally by the inner more membranous lobes which appear capable of being folded together at right angles to the lip, and when * In the female of Deto aucklandie the epimera of segments 2, 3, and 4 of the peraon are separated from their segments by a slizht groove or apparent suture; in the males of this species and in both sexes of the other species the epimera are quite continuous with their segments, the junction not being marked by any groove or suture. GENUS OF TERRESTRIAL ISOPODA. 439 spread out of filling the space between the outer lobes when they are separated laterally. 5 The first maxilla is of normal shape, its narrow inner lobe bearing two densely hairy bristles. a The second maxilla is somewhat curved near the base, but the outer edge is not angularly produced as in Oniscus, &e. The maxillipeds have the epipod large, flanking the basal part, and taper- ing distally ; the second joint is broad, but not so much expanded as in Oniscus ; the palp is longer than the masticatory lobe and shows indications of the separate joints of which it is composed. | The pleopoda are of the same type as those of the Oniscide ; the inner ramus of the second pair in the male is particularly long, terminating in a very long slender lash. The uropoda vary in the different species and are described below ; they are the same in the two sexes. Budde-Lund (1906) divided the genus into two subgenera with the following characters :— Subgenus Deto: 1. Antenne rather long and slender ; joints of flagellum fairly long. 2. Palp of maxillipeds a little longer than the masticatory lobe. 3. Endopod of uropod short, scarcely reaching to the middle of the exopod. Subgenus Vinneta : 1. Antenne rather short, stout; joints of flagellum very short. 2. Palp of maxillipeds much longer than the masticatory lobe. 3. Endopod of uropod rather long, longer than exopod. O£ these three characters the first two do not appear to me to be reliable for subgeneric characters. It will be seen from the descriptions given below that in most of the species the antenne differ considerably in the two sexes, and that while the male may have the antenna very stout, in the female it may be fairly slender, with the joints of the flagellum of moderate length. Again, the palp of the maxillipeds is in all cases longer than the masticatory lobes, and the differences in its length are not sufficient to be of much importance. The third point seems, however, to be a good one and enables the species at present known to be separated into two groups, one including the species found in New Zealand and South America, and the other the species in South Africa, St. Paul’s (Indian Ocean), and Australia. Owing to the great differences between the male and the female, and the fact that in this, as in many genera of the Isopoda and Amphipoda, the females of the different species are nearly alike, it is hopeless to try to distinguish between the species without making use of the characters of 440 PROF. C. CHILTON ON DETO, A SUBANTARCTIC the fully developed male ; unfortunately the male in D. marina is not known. The others may, however, be distinguished as follows :— A. Uropod with exopod reaching much beyond the ENO pad re ee 8 ara ehmeRMA ooe cee Hewes GER Subgenus Deto, Budde-Lund. 1. Male with a pair of long spines on each segment of petzcon, pleonl withoutispinesm vee. seen eee eeee D. echinata. 2. Male with a pair of spines (or prominent tubercles) on each segment of perzon, and on third and fourth SCLIN HS OIG) 5 AH 4s Ao OM Been sais Son Goo oeebs D. armata. 3. Male with a pair of tubercles (not spines) on each seg- mento pereOn! Hab snmMcr se Adee ee we ee eee seins D. acinosa. 4. Male unknown; female with surface granular, or with lonmutulberclessomliynmpectre tate lo skis iseraeie eater daar eees D. marina. B. Uropod with exopod not reaching beyond endopod. Subgenus Vinneta, Budde-Lund. 1, Male with lateral portions of first segment of pereeon not expanded ; surface of perzeon with prominent blunt SPUTVE Ss op EON tee AU Mente that ccoiah or? avd eae eran, Sa PEN ey D. aucklandia. 2. Male with lateral portions of first segment of pereeon forming balloon-like expansions; surface of perzon wibhiarmeculam pointed tubercles: <2... ceucsnn ues vee D, bucculenta. Dero EcHINATA, Gudrin. (PI. 39. figs. 1-3.) Deto echinata, Guérin, 1836, notice 21, p. 2, pl. 14. cs FZ Milne-Edwards, 1840, vol. iii. p. 174. ) % Krauss, 1843, p. 65. hs ns Heller, 1868, p. 137 5% 3 Budde-Lund, 1879, p. 9. i. is Budde-Lund, 1885, p. 234. e “ Stebbing, 1893, p. 431. $5 x Budde-Lund, 1906, p. 85. Stebbing, 1910, p. 444. ; > Deto Whitei, “eciaglhna Dublin Zool. Bot. Assoc. i. p. 199, pl. 19, fig. 6; see also Ann, & Mag. Nat Hist. ser. 5, vol. xvii. p. 83. Male.—Oblong-oval, more than twice as long as broad. Head with a prominent subacute tubercle on each side near the posterior margin and internal to the eyes, with another smaller tubercle anterior and interior to the first ; rest of surface granular ; lateral lobes moderately large, directed outwards and forwards, their extremities broadly rounded. Hach segment of perzeon with a pair of long acute spines, straight or slightly curved, arising near the posterior margin and projecting vertically, those on the posterior segments directed also a little backwards ; the spines on the first segment are the shortest, those on the succeeding segments longer till the fourth and fifth, which are subequal and much longer than the segment from which they arise, each of the sixth and seventh a little shorter than the preceding one. Rest of surface of pereeon finely granular GENUS OF TERRESTRIAL ISOPODA. AAT or slightly rugose, more especially on the anterior segments. Hpimera large, each with a faint ridge running backwards and outwards towards its posterior angle. Surface of pleon smooth ; epimera of third, fourth, and fifth segments largely developed, last segment triangular, nearly twice as broad as long, apex rounded. Uropoda with basal joint broad, reaching slightly beyond the end of the last segment, upper surface raised in middle into a longitudinal keel, lateral margin somewhat expanded; outer ramus long, lanceolate, fully twice as long as base; inner ramus only about as long as the base, not in contact with its fellow on the other side. Female.—Differs from male in having the body more oval, the long spines represented only by rounded tubercles, the oblique ridges on the epimera rather better marked, and the antenne more slender. Length of male (without uropods) 22 mm., breadth 10 mm. Length of female 20 mm., breadth 9 mm. Colour. Slaty grey, with marbled markings of lighter colour. Habitat. Table Bay, Cape Colony, collected on sea-shore with Ligia glabrata by Krauss ; collected at “The Cape” by the ‘Novara’ Expedition ; the specimens from the South African Museum submitted to me are labelled :— “Sea-shore at Hout Bay, Cape Peninsula, W. L. Selater coll., April 1901,” and ‘ Sea-shore at Scuilphoek, 2 to 3 miles south of Hermanuspetrusfontein, Caledon District, Cape Colony, R. M. Lightfoot coll., February 1903.” Of this species I have seen several males, but only one female; the males are all of about the same size, and have the pair of long slender spines on each segment of the pereon well developed ; the spines are considerably longer than those of DV. armata as figured by Budde-Lund. In the single female the dorsal surface is granular, more so than in the male, and the spines are represented only by small, rounded, light-coloured tubercles projecting only slightly above the general surface. The species appears to be considerably larger than J), acinosa, but closely resembles that species in its appendages. Dero actnosa, Budde-Lund. (PI. 39. figs. 4-18.) Deto acinosa, Budde-Lund, 1885, p. 255. 5s » Sstebbing, 1893, p. 431. » Budde-Lund, 1906, p. 85. Male.—Oblong-oval, fairly convex. Head with a rather large rounded tubercle on each side near the posterior border and internal to the eyes, rest of surface coarsely granular. Hach segment of the pereeon with a large subacute tubercle on each side near the posterior margin, projecting upwards and backwards to a distance equal to half the length of the segment from 449 PROF. C. CHILTON ON DETO, A SUBANTARCTIC which it arises ; on the anterior segments, especially the first, the surface in front of these tubercles shows a few irregular granulations ; epimera well developed, not separated from their segments by a suture, each with a faint oblique ridge running outwards and backwards to the posterior angle, the ridge best marked on the posterior segments. Pleon with surface smooth, epimera of segments 3, 4, and 5 well developed ; last segment triangular, its extremity rounded. Female.—Differs from the male in lacking the prominent tubercles on the segments of the perzeon ; surface of head and perzeon granular, the position of the tubercles on the perzeon represented by a granule slightly more prominent than the others. Antenne rather more slender than in the male. Length 13 mm., width 6°5 mm. Colour. Slaty grey, tips of tubercles and lateral portions lighter in colour, some lighter markings also on the general surface. Habitat. Cape Peninsula, South Africa, on sea-shore ; two specimens in the St. Petersburg Museum from “ Africa”; many specimens in South African Museum from “Sea-shore at Sea Point, Cape Peninsula, R. M. Lightfoot coll.” Of this species I have seen many specimens of both sexes and of different sizes. It is a smaller species than J. echinata, and does not present such marked sexual differences, though the pointed tubercles or teeth on the perzeon are quite prominent in the adult male ; in the figure they are perhaps made a little too prominent. The antenna of the male is shown in fig. 6; it is similar to that of D. echinata, but has the joints of the flagellum slightly longer. The upper lip (fig. 7) has the margin broadly rounded and fringed with short sete. The mandibles (fig. 8) have only about ten Jong bristles in the tuft representing the molar tubercle, and these are almost smooth except towards the end, but otherwise do not differ from those of D. aucklandie. The lower lip (fig. 9) has the outer lobes with a slight notch near the apex, inner lobes narrow and delicate. The first maxillee are normal. In the second maxilla (fig. 10) the outer lobe is nearly as broad as the inner, but not so thickly setose. The maxillipeds (fig. 11) have the palp not much longer than the masti- eatory lobe, which is oblong, truncate at the end, and bears near the inner angle a small hairy appendage like a short, stout, plumose bristle. The pereeopoda (figs. 12 & 13) increase slightly in length posteriorly. They are rather spiny; the dactyl bears a long split seta longer than the others, which appears to represent the dactylar seta, but it is not very prominent, especially in older specimens. GENUS OF TERRESTRIAL ISOPODA. 443 In the first pleopod of the male (fig. 14) the male organ is about two-thirds as long as the narrow endopod, which is grooved on its posterior aspect ; the exopod is short and not produced at its inner side, its extremity being regularly rounded. . The second pleopod of the male (fig. 15) has the endopod extremely long and slender; the exopod is somewhat produced at its inner angle, and has a few very delicate plumose setee on the outer margin. In the female the exopod of the first pleopod (fig. 16) is short and broad with regularly curved margins, its extremity is slightly produced on the inner side and is broadly rounded; no endopod was seen. The second pleopod of the female (fig. 17) has the exopod larger with inner angle more produced, margins with a few delicate sete ; the endopod forms a short triangular process. The uropoda (fig. 18) are practically the same as in D. echinata. Derto armata, Budde-Lund. Deto armata, Budde-Lund, 1906, p. 86, pl. 4, figs. 26-36. Specific description.—Similar to J). echinata, but smaller and somewhat narrower. Head, each segment of perseon, and third and fourth segments of pleon each bearing a pair of spines which are much larger in the male than in the female ; general surface minutely granular. Terminal segment with apex triangularly produced, subacute. Antenne long, slender, fourth joint of flagellum of moderate size. Maxillipeds with the palp a little longer than the masticatory lobe Legs supplied with moderately long spines. Pleopoda and uropoda apparently as in D. echinata. Length 12 mm. Habitat. St. Paul’s Island, Indian Ocean ; collected by German South- Polar Expedition in 1903. I have not seen specimens of this species, and have drawn up the specific diagnosis from the description and figures given by Budde- Lund. The species appears to be very similar to J). echinata, but differs in having a pair of spines on the third and fourth segments of the pleon as well as on the pereeon. Budde-Lund says nothing about the length of these spines, but if the specimen he figures is a male (as it presumably is), they are not so long as in fully grown specimens of D. echinata ; Budde-Lund, however, gives the length of the animal as 12 mm. only, and the specimen figured may not be fully grown. The mouth-parts, perseopoda, and pleopoda of this species have been ficured by Budde-Lund ; they appear to present a close general resemblance to those of D. echinata and D. acinosa. AAA PROF. C. CHILTON ON DETO, A SUBANTARCTIC Dero marina (Chilton). (PI. 39. figs. 19-23.) Philougria marina, Chilton, 1884, p. 468, pl. 11. o » +» Chilton, 1901; p: 128. », Stebbing, 1900, p. 565. Dee marina, Budde-Lund, 1906, p. 85, pl. 4, figs. 39-41. Specific description.— Body oblong-oval, length rather more than twice the greatest breadth. Head with surface irregularly tuberculate, front projecting into a triangular lobe ending subacutely, lateral lobes very broad, occupying nearly all the side-margin ; eyes large, on rounded prominences raised above the lateral lobes. Surface of pereeon somewhat scabrous, with a few low inconspicuous rounded tubercles, most marked on the anterior segments ; epimera not very greatly expanded, each with a slight oblique ridge running outwards and backwards to the posterior angle. Segments 3, 4, and 5 of pleon with well-developed epimera which have the pesterior angles acute, terminal segment triangular, sides slightly concave, extremity broadly rounded. Antenne (fig. 20) about one-third the length of the body, slender, fifth Joint slightly longer than the third and fourth together ; flagellum as long as the fourth, its first three joints subequal in length, fourth slender, about half as long as the preceding, and merging almost imperceptibly into a pencil of very short setee ; whole surface of antenna covered with minute short.spinules and fine short sete. Legs (figs. 21 & 22) subequal in length, the posterior ones only slightly increasing in length; all rather spiny, the largest spine, which splits towards the end, being situated near the distal end of the carpus. Uropoda (fig. 23) with base broad, reaching to the end of the terminal segment ; outer ramus longer than base, tapering to the end, which bears a few short sete ; inner ramus arising more anteriorly, slender, only Suey tapering, ending with pencil of long sete. Tene, of east specimen (a fetus with brood-plates developed) 6 mm. Colour. Yellowish, with marking of a dark brown. FHlabitat. Coogee Bay, near Port Jackson, New South Wales (Chas. Chilton coll., January 1884). This species is known only from Coogee Bay, near Port Jackson, New South Wales, where I collected it in January 1884; it was found near high- water mark, and most of the specimens were taken out of the water, which was nearly high tide at the time. Unfortunately my specimens are all small; the largest is 6 mm. long, and is a female with brood-pouches developed; the others are probably immature. I can find no adult male among my specimens, and am unable therefore to say whether there are any secondary sexual characters or not. Several friends, especially Mr. T. Whitelegge, of the Australian Museum, have since endeavoured to collect additional specimens for me from the same locality, but without success. GENUS OF TERRESTRIAL ISOPODA,. 445 In its small size, more slender antenne, and in the slender spiny perseopoda and the urepoda, this species at first shows a general resem- blance to a Trichoniscus; the mouth-parts are, however, as was first pointed out by Stebbing (1900, p. 565), quite different, and the species is a true Deto. | 5 The mouth-parts are similar to those of D. ac/nosa, and do not require special notice ; the maxillipeds have been figured by Budde-Lund (1906, pl. 4, fig. 40) from a specimen given by me to the Zoological Museum of emdees University College. The legs (figs. 21 & 22) are slender, and in 1 the arrangement of the spines, particularly of the large split spine towards the distal end of the carpus, are very similar to those of Trichoniscus and allied genera; the dactylar seta is fairly prominent—it has only two branches, one of which bears a small knob at the end. 7 3 The adult male is not known; it will be interesting to see in what characters it differs from the female. DeTo AUCKLANDIZ (G. M. Thomson). (Pl. 89, figs. 24-39, and Pl. 40. figs. 31-44.) Actecia aucklandie, G. M. Thomson, 1879, p. 249. i Budde-Lund, 1885, p. 259. Fe Filhol, 1885, p. 443. Sep (?) aucklandia, Chileon: 1901, p. 126, pl. 15, fig. 2. Deto aucklandie, Chilton, 1906, p. 273. p Budde-Lund, 1906, p. 87. » 7 Chilton, 1909, p. 666. s Chilton, 1910, p. 288. nee magnifica, Budde-Lund, 1906, p. 86. Deto robusta, Budde-Lund, 1906, p. 86. Specific description.—Male. Oblong-oval, moderately convex, head strongly tubereulated, with a raised oblique ridge running from near the centre outwards and backwards to the posterior margin; in the centre between these ridges are four tubercles, the posterior two larger than the two anterior, other small tubercles near the frontal margin; lateral lobes large, directed outwards, roundly tetragonal. First segment of perzeon slightly longer than the others, which are sub- equal, each segment bearing a transverse row of tubercles or rounded blunt-ended spines, which are directed upwards and a little backwards, the lateral ones the largest and longest, the others gradually diminishing in size towards the median line ; in most cases there are ten tubercles in each row, but there are usually fewer on the first and last segments of the person ; in the first two segments there are usually some slight tubercles in front of the transverse row. Pleon with first two segments short and without epimeral expansions, third, fourth, and fifth with large epimeral expansions 446 PROF. C. CHILTON ON DETO, A SUBANTARCTIC which end subacutely, a transverse row of small rounded tubercles on the second, third, fourth, and fifth segments; last segment without tubercles, surface slightly granular, much broader than long, extremity broadly rounded. Hyes somewhat small, narrow-oblong. Antenne extremely thick and stout, second joint of peduncle longer than the first or third, fourth joint slightly shorter than fifth, which is narrowed at the base and expanded distally ; flagellum much expanded, of three sub- equal joints, each much broader than long, the minute fourth joint hardly visible; last joint of peduncle and the flagellum densely covered with short woolly hairs. Legs subequal with a few short spinules, inner margins with woolly hairs. Uropoda with the basal portion very broad, meeting in the median line and extending slightly beyond the end of the terminal segment; outer margin expanded and produced at the outer posterior angle, inner rami contiguous along the median line, longer than the outer rami, both rami rounded at the end and covered with minute sete. Length of largest specimen 24 mm. ; greatest breadth 11 mm. Colour. Slaty grey. Female.—Differing from the male in the following points :—Body broader and less convex, the tubercles on the head and perzeon much smaller and less prominent, forming only small rounded tubercles; epimeral expansions, especially on the posterior segments, showing an oblique ridge running backwards and outwards; antennz stout but much more slender than those of the male, the fifth joint of the peduncle slightly sinuous, and when folded back fitting into a groove on the outer surface of the fourth joint; flagellum about two-thirds as long as the last joint of the peduncle, its joints as long as broad or longer, the first two subequal, the third as long as these two together, fourth minute. Length 19 mm. ; greatest breadth 11 mm. Colour. Slaty grey. . Habitat. Ewing Island, in the Auckland Islands group, New Zealand ; found on the sea-shore (collected by Dr. L. Cockayne, F.R.S., and Mr. H. Jennings). This remarkably large and striking species has been found only in the Auckland Islands, where its lives under seaweed, etc., on the sea-shore. Filhol gives the locality as “ Nord de la Nouvelle-Zélande, Auckland,” but this has no doubt arisen from the unfortunate confusion of the Auckland Islands, which lie about 200 miles to the south of New Zealand, with the Auckland City and Province in the north of New Zealand. I have seen only about half-a-dozen specimens, all from Hwing Island, these being all males except one. The differences between the two sexes are extremely GENUS OF TERRESTRIAL ISOPODA. 447 marked, especially in the full-grown males ; two of my male specimens are apparently not quite fully grown and have the antennz considerably more slender than is shown in fig. 27, and more approaching the conditions found in the female, though much stouter; the prominence of the tubercles on the perzeon is also less marked in the immature males. I think there can be no doubt that D. magnifica, Budde-Lund, and D. robusta, Budde-Lund, are synonyms of this species. Budde-Lund estab- lished these two species on three specimens from the Auckland Islands in the Dresden Museum ; of D. magnijica he had only one imperfect specimen, and states that it is perhaps the same as D. aucklandie. Of D. robusta he had one male and one female, and apparently based the specific distinction largely on the characters of the male, the differences of which from the female had not previously been fully pointed out. In his original de- scription, Mr. Thomson, by an error, interchanged the sexes and described the female as being provided with the stout obtuse spines. The specific diagnosis given above may be supplemented by the following more detailed description of the appendages :—— Antennules (fig. 26) small but noticeable, first joint as long as the second but shorter, third about half as long as the second, narrower, and tapering ; all covered with fine short hairs, two or three minute olfactory sete near the end of the third. The antenne in the fully grown males (fig. 27) are particularly broad and powerful, all the joints being broadened and having the surface uneven, as shown in the figure ; the fifth joint is about the same length as the fourth or only slightly longer, and lies nearly at right angles to it, the outer surface of the fourth being hollowed out towards the extremity to receive it; the flagellum is about half as long as the fifth joint and shows three subequal joints, each broader than long, the very small fourth joint being almost concealed in the fine downy hairs which cover the flagellum and the terminal portion of the peduncle. In the female the antennz (fig. 28) are very much more slender, but show the same proportions, except that the third joint of the flagellum is longer than either of the first two, which are subequal and about as broad as long ; the fourth joint is small, though readily noticeable ; the fine hairs found in the male are hardly represented. In immature males the antenne tend to resemble those of the female. Upper lip with extremity roundly truncate. The mandibles are large and strongly chitinised, of the same type as in Oniscus. In the left mandible (fig. 30) the cutting part is composed of two strong teeth somewhat rounded and dark brown in colour, within it lies the accessory appendage also composed of two strongly chitinised teeth, brown in colour, and bearing at its base a membranous, hairy lappet densely fringed with setze ; this is followed by a single “ penicil,” and then by the brush-like 448 PROF. 0. CHILTON ON DETO, A SUBANTARCTIC recurved sete replacing the molar tubercle ; this contains a large number of long, stiff, curving bristles of varying length. In the right mandible (fig. 29) the general structure is the same, but the accessory lobe bears a number of small sharp teeth instead of ending in two large teeth as in the left mandible. The lower lip (fig. 31) is formed of two rounded lobes, the cleft between them reaching to the base, but they are united in the proximal half by an inner folded central lobe, the inner margins and the distal half of the outer margin of the outer lobes being densely fringed with long fine setee. The first maxilla (fig. 32) has the usual form, the extremity of the outer lobe bears about ten stoutly chitinised spines of different sizes, its inner margin is fringed near the middle with a number of very fine delicate sete ; the inner lobe is moderately stout and bears at the end the usual two brush- like setee. The second maxilla (fig. 33) is slightly curved, its outer lobe is much smaller than the inner, both being supplied with the usual setz ; the distal portion of the outer margin is fringed with slender sete, but there are a few on the inner margin near the base. The maxillipeds (figs. 34 & 35) have the epipod long, about as long as the broad second joint, tapering towards the subacute extremity, its margin fringed with delicate sete; the enlarged second joint is expanded into a rounded lobe at the outer distal angle, fringed with long fine sets; the palp has a short joint at the base, and the terminal portion, though formed of a single piece, is lobed on the inner side, indicating that it is formed of four joints, each lobe bears a large number of short stout setae; the inner, masticatory, lobe of the maxilliped is rectangular, truncate at the extremity, densely covered with fine sete, at the inner distal angle it bears a minute appendage covered with very short sete. : The legs (figs. 36 & 37) are all of about equal length, the posterior ones being only slightly longer than the anterior; in all of them the ischium is long, being about two-thirds the length of the basis, and it expands slightly distally, the merus is about subequal with the carpus, and the propod is slightly longer than either of the two preceding Joints, but considerably narrower ; the dacty] is short and stout and has the basal portion thickly covered with fine short hairs; there appears to be no special dactylar seta. On all of the joints, as shown in the figures, there are a few rather short, stout spines, and the inner margins of most of the joints, particularly the ischium, merus, carpus, and propod, are thickly covered with fine, very short, setee. None of the legs is specially modified in the males. The first pleopod of the male (figs. 38 & 39) has the basal joint produced laterally into a broad lamellar expansion with its angles rounded; the exopod is operculiform, broadest near the base and tapering to a subacute apex; the endopod is specially modified, it is somewhat broader at the base and then GENUS OF TERRESTRIAL ISOPODA. AAY _harrows, remaining about the same width nearly to the extremity where it narrows somewhat suddenly and has the apex pointing slightly outwards, along its posterior margin it bears a groove. The male organ is short, reaching only about halfway along the endopod, the distal third is narrowed and it is slightly emarginate at the extremity. The second pleopod (fig. 40) has the basal portion and the exopod similar to those of the first, except that the lateral expansion of the former is smaller ; the convex inner margin of the exopod is thickly fringed with fine short sete ; the endopod is greatly narrowed and elongated and appears to be divided into two joints, the basal one short and oblong, the terminal one very long, nearly twice the length of the exopod, and ending in an extremely fine styliform process—along the anterior surface of this joint is a groove which appears to fit against the corresponding groove of the first exopod, doubtless thus forming a tube for the passage of the semen. The third pleopod has the exopod operculiform and similar to those of the preceding pleopoda, the endopod is branchial, much shorter than the exopod, and somewhat quadrangular in shape, with rounded angles. The fourth (fig. 41) and fifth pleopoda are similar in shape and structure to the third. In the female the first pleopod (fig. 42) has the outer ramus of the same shape as in the male but considerably smaller ; it has the outer margin strongly convex proximally and concave distally, but is not distinctly bilobed as in Oniscus; the inner ramus was not seen, it appears to be either absent or very small. The second pleopod of the female (fig. 43) has the outer ramus larger and of the same shape: arising from the basal portion near the middle line is a small triangular appendage which appears to represent the inner ramus; it is firm and chitinous like the outer ramus and is not branchial in function. The uropoda (fig. 44) have already been described; the upper surface of the base is somewhat keeled in the centre, and has the lateral portion expanded and slightly concave above; the uropoda are practically the same in both sexes. DETo BUCCULENTA (Nicolet). (Pl. 40. figs. 45-59.) Oniscus bucculentus, Nicolet (¢), 1849, p. 267, pl. 3, fig. 9. $9 Budde-Lund, 1885, p. 206. Ones tuberculatus, Nicolet (9 ), 1849, p. 268. ‘ 45 Budde-Lund, 1885, p. 206. Oniscus nove-zealandie, Filhol, 1885, p. 441, pl. 54, figs. 7-8. Scyphax (?) aucklandie, Chilton, 1901, p. 126 (in part). Deto nove-zealandie, Chilton, 1906, p. 273. x Budde-Lund, 1906, p. 87. ‘p . Chilton, 1909, p. 667. ee 55 Chilton, 1910, p. 288. LINN. JOURN,— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXXII. 36 450 PROF. C. CHILTON ON DETO, A SUBANTARCTIC Specific description—Male. Body oblong-oval; cephalon with front not much produced in centre ; lateral lobes large with outline subquadrangular, their surface fairly smooth, rest of dorsal surface of head irregularly tuber- culate. First segment of pereeon much wider than the cephalon, posterior margin straight with lateral angles broadly rounded, central portion with two transverse rows of tubercles, lateral portions expanded and swollen into two balloon-like bodies with outer margin convex and surface very finely spinulose. Second, third, and fourth segments with posterior margins straight or only slightly sinuous at the sides, lateral angles slightly pro- duced ; fifth, sixth, and seventh with posterior margins concave, and lateral angles more or less acutely produced. All the segments with the central parts bearing two transverse rows of irregular tubercles, some of them, especially the lateral ones, pointed at apex ; on the epimera is a single row of tubercles or a raised ridge running obliquely outwards and backwards to the postero-lateral angle. Third, fourth, and fifth segments of pleon with large epimera, and a single row of tubercles on central portion. Telson short, much broader than long, triangular, apex broadly rounded, sides a little concave. Antenne stout, nearly half as long as body ; first three joints short, subequal, fourth nearly twice as long as third and about twice as long as broad, fifth considerably longer than fourth, narrowed at base ; flagellum as long as fourth joint, first three segments subequal, fourth smaller but of moderate size ; whole antenna denscly hirsute, especially towards the end. Uropoda with base broad, flattened, the two meeting in median line, dorsal surface with a slight longitudinal ridge down the centre, outer margin thin, produced, postero-lateral angle acute, produced ; inner ramus inserted much anterior to outer, outer arising from a concavity at end of base, both reaching to same point; endopod with a few fairly long setee at end, short setee on other parts and on the exopod. ; female.—Differs from male in lacking the large balloon-like expansions of the first segment of the perzeon, and in having the tubercles on the dorsal surface of the body much less developed and the antennz more slender. Length of male specimen 11 mm.; breadth 5 mm.; female rather smaller. Colour. Slaty grey. : Habitat. Chatham Islands (Miss S. D. Shand) and Stewart Island (Mr. Walter Traill § Prof. Benham), New Zealand; Valparaiso Bay, South America (JVicolet). I first recognised this species from specimens, unfortunately poorly preserved, sent to me from the Chatham Islands by Miss 8. D. Shand ; one female was taken at Port Pegasus, Stewart Island, during the Philo- sophical Institute of Canterbury’s Expedition to the Subantarctic Islands of GENUS OF TERRESTRIAL ISOPODA, ABIL New Zealand in 1907; subsequently Prof. Benham sent me a male and a female from the same locality, and quite recently Mr. Walter Traill has sent me two males and one female from the island of Ulva in Sales Inlet, Stewart Island. Filhol states that he college the species near Wellington, but, fone: I have made many collections there, both personally and by the help af friends, I have not succeeded in finding it in that locality. I feel confident that the species described by Nicolet from Chili are the same as the New Zealand one; his figures * and description agree throughout, the large expansions of ne first perzeon segment in the male are quite characteristic, and his figure of the antenna of Ontscus bucculentus agrees closely with the one I now give (fig. 48), which was drawn before I had seen the plates of Nicolet’s work. The form Nicolet described as O. tuber- culatus is evidently the female, and, though he described it as a different species, he recognised that it resembled O. bucculentus except for the secondary sexual characters peculiar to the male. A comparison of this species with D. aucklandie gives us a good example of the apparent capriciousness in the secondary sexual characters of these Crustacea. In D. aucklandie the differences are confined to the antennze and the tuberculation of the body; in D. bucculentus we have similar sexual differences, though to a less degree, but in addition we have in the male the extraordinary balloon-like expansions on the first perseon segment, for whieh I know of no parallel among the Crustacea. What the function of these can be it is difficult to imagine ; they appear, however, only to be developed to the full extent in the adult male; I have one specimen, a male, showing the usual male structure of the first and second pleopods, but the expansions, though large, are not so large as shown in fig. 45, taken from an older male, and their outline is slightly angular, indicating the normal shape of the segment; Filhol’s figure shows a male in about the same stage of develop- ment ; his figure, however, is poor, and shows the legs much too long— when in their normal position they are not visible in dorsal view. Fig. 45 of the male is taken from a Chatham Islands specimen ; in it the balloon-like expansions are somewhat flattened below, but very convex above, and the surface is thickly covered with minute spinules just as is shown in Nicolet’s figure. In a specimen subsequently received from Paterson’s Inlet, Stewart Island, the expansions are still larger and somewhat more separated from the segment itself ; they are almost globular and strongly convex below as well as above, and the surface is almost smooth, showing only a slight wrinkled appearance, but apparently no minute spinules. The expansions are surrounded by a fairly thick chitinous integument, quite firm * T am indebted to Dr. W. T. Calman, of the British Museum, for obtaining photographs of Nicolet’s plates for me. 452 PROF. C. CHILTON ON DETO, A SUBANTARCTIC and hard and rather difficult to cut through. On opening one I found it to be loosely filled with a soft white substance of a granular nature, showing — no definite structure, but containing numerous globules of fat. In this Paterson’s Inlet specimen the tubercles on the segments of the perzeon are rather more developed and more acutely pointed, especially those near the sides, than in the Chatham Islands specimen. The antennules (fig. 47) have the first joint about as long as the second and third together, the third being only about half the size of the second. The antenn are large and strong in the male (fig. 48), but not so greatly expanded as in J. aucklandie ; the whole antenna is scabrous, with minute spinules, and bears also some fine sete, especially towards the distal part. In the female (fig. 49) the antenna is much more slender and does not differ very much from that of the female of D. aucklandic. The mouth-parts are, on the whole, similar to those of D. aucklandie. In the right mandible (fig. 50) the accessory appendage ends in a crown of small pointed teeth of irregular size, and the hairy lappet at its base bears a haired bristle similar to the “ penicil” situated between the lappet and the tuft of bristles representing the molar tubercle ; this tuft contains a large number of bristles varying in length, those towards the cutting-edge being the shortest. The left mandible (fig. 51) has four teeth in the outer cutting- edge and three in the accessory appendage, the other parts being the same as in the right. The lower lip (fig. 52) and the first maxilla (fig. 53) are similar to those of D. aucklandie ; in the second maxilla (fig. 54) the outer lobe is much narrower than the inner one. The terminal portion of the maxilliped is shown in fig. 55, and does not differ in any essential detail from that of D. aucklandie. The legs (fig. 56) are similar to those of D. aucklandiv, though slightly more slender ; they are all of about the same length, the posterior ones being only slightly longer than the anterior; in all, the inner surface of the joints, - especially of the ischium, merus, carpus, and propod, is thickly covered with a dense fringe of short fine setee; a few stout spinules are found on the different joints, as shown in the figures. The pleopoda are, on the whole, similar to those of D. aucklandic, except that the exopod of the first pleopod (fig. 57) is not so much produced at its inner distal angle; the endopod is fairly stout, more than twice as long as the exopod, and is channelled on the posterior surface. The male organ reaches as far as the exopod. In the second pleopod (fig. 58) the terminal portion of the endopod forms an extremely long styliform process, about three times as long as the exopod, and a groove extends along its anterior surface throughout about two-thirds of its length. The uropod (fig. 59) is, on the whole, similar to that of D. aucklandiv, and has been sufficiently described in the specific diagnosis. GENUS OF TERRESTRIAL ISOPODA. 453 GENERAL REMARKS. The animals described above present many points of interest, some of which have been already briefly mentioned. Considering the large size of most of them and their striking appearance, it is rather remarkable that they have not been more fully deszribed before this, but some of them occur in localities not very accessible, and, as has been mentioned under D. marina, even when the locality is accessible enough it is not always possible to find the specimens. : One of the most striking features is the great sexual dimorphism exhibited apparently by all the species, and the varied forms that this takes; thus in D. bucculenta the male differs from the female in the possession of the extraordinary balloon-like expansions of the first segment of the perzeon ; in D. aucklandiv by the much longer and more prominent blunt spines on the dorsal surface ; in D. echinata and in D. armata by the longer spines arising from the segments of the person; these are extremely long in D. echinata, and the capriciousness of the differences is shown in the fact that, although these two species appear to be closely similar in most respects, D. armata has spines on the perzeon and also on the third and fourth seg- ments of the pleon, while D. echinata has them only on the person. In D. acinosa the sexual differences are of a similar nature, but not so well marked ; in 2. marina the male is unknown. All the species are strictly sea-shore inhabitants, probably not extending much above high-water mark or beyond the reach of the spray from the sea ; in accordance with this they are all branchial breathers, and show no sign of the adaptation for aerial respiration exhibited by most of the other terrestrial Isopoda. In this respect, as well as in many points of structure, they agree with the genera Scyphaw and Scyphoniscus, and it is probable that their nearest affinities will be found to be with these two genera. Scyphaw differs from Deto in the very large and well-developed eye with its rows of numerous ocelli, and Seyphoniscus in the peculiar structure of the end of the outer lobe of the first maxilla ; probably in both cases, however, these are characters of comparatively recent origin, and do not indicate a difference sufficient to counterbalance the many points of similarity. The most interesting point connected with the species of Deto, however, is their geographical distribution, and they add a good example to the cases already known of closely allied forms being found on widely separated shores in subantarctic regions. D. bucculenta, from South America, which seems to be quite identical with the species described as Oniscus nove-zealandie, from New Zealand, emphasises the close relationship between the fauna of New Zealand and that of the southern part of South America, and is paralleled by the existence of the freshwater Isopod Idotea lacustris in New Zealand and its Subantarctic Islands, and also in South America at the Straits of Magellan, and by the occurrence of Dvrichoniscus magellanicus and species 454 PROF. C. CHILTON ON DETO, A SUBANTARCTIC closely allied, if not identical, in the Subantarctic Islands of New Zealand, in Tierra del Fuego, the Falkland Islands, and Marion Island. Numerous other examples of similar distribution among the Crustacea and in ‘other groups will be found in my concluding article (1909 a) on the “‘ Subantarctic Islands of New Zealand.” The close connection of Austratia, St. Paul’s Island, and South Africa with one another, and with the other subantarctic lands is shown by the occurrence in these places of species of Deto closely allied to one another, and not differing very much from those in New Zealand and South America. Another striking example of the same kind of distribution has recently been afforded in the discovery by Mr. Keppel H. . Barnard f in freshwater streams of Cape Colony of a species of Phreatoicus, a genus hitherto known only from the surface and subterranean freshwaters of Australia and New Zealand. Probably further exploration will result in the discovery of species of Deto and of Phreatoicus on other subantarctic lands from which they have not yet been recorded. Bibliography. Buppr-Lunp, G. 1879. Prospectus generum specierumque Crustaceorum Isopodum Terrestrium. Copenhagen, 1879. 1885. Crustacea Isopoda Terrestria. Copenhagen, 1885. 1904. A Revision of “Crustacea Isopoda Terrestria.” 2. Spherillo- nine. 3. Armadillo. Copenhagen, 1904. 1906. Die Landisopoden der Deutschen Siidpolar-Expedition, 1901- 1903. Band 9. Zoologie, i. pp. 71-92, pls. 3 & 4. CaiLton, C. 1884. Ona Marine Species of Philougria. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W,, vol. ix. pp. 463-466, pl. 11. 1901. The Terrestrial Isopoda of New Zealand. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., - 2nd ser., Zool. viii. pp. 99-152, & p. 152*, pls. 11-16. 1906. List of Crustacea from the Chatham Islands. ‘Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. xxxviii. pp. 269-278. 1909. The Crustacea of the Subantarctic Islands of New Zealand. The Subantarctic Islands of New Zealand, pp. 601-671 (with 19 figures in the text). Wellington, N.Z. 19094. The Biological Relations of the Subantarctic Islands of New Zealand. The Subantarctic Islands of New Zealand, pp. 793-807. 1910. Additions to the Terrestrial Isopoda of New Zealand. Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. xlii. pp. 286-291. Dawa, J. D. 1853. On the Classification and Geographical Distribution of Crustacea (from the Report on Crustacea of the U.S. Exploring Expedition, under Captain Charles Wilkes, U.S.N., 1838-1842). + ‘Nature,’ 12th June, 1913. GENUS OF TERRESTRIAL ISOPODA, AA5 Finnon, H. 1885. Crustacea: (Recherches zoologiques ... faites a ile Campbell Paris Acad. Sc., Rec. des Mémoires, iii. pte. 2). GunRIN-MENEVILLE, F. H. 1836. Magasin de Zoologie, vi. cl. vii. pl. 14, 21. HELLER, C. 1868. Crustacea: Reise der Novara, Zool. vol. ii. pt. 3, pp. 1-148, pls. 1-25. Krauss, F. 1843. Die Siidafrikanischen Crustaceen. Stuttgart, 1843. Mitne-Epwarps, H. 1840. Histoire naturelle des Crustacés, vol. iii. Paris, 1840. Niconrt, H. 1849. Crustacea: Gay’s ‘ Historia fisica y politica de Chile,’ vol. iii. pp. 115-318. RICHARDSON, HARRIET. 1905. A Monograph of the Isopods of North America. Washington, 1905. Stepsine, T. R. R. 1893. A History of Crustacea. London, 1893. 1900. On some Crustaceans from the Falkland Islands collected by Mr. Rupert Vallentin. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1900, pp. 517-568, pls. 36-39. 1910. General Catalogue of South African Crustacea. Ann. South African Museum, vol. vi. pp. 281-593, pls. 41-48. THomson, G. M. 1879. Description of New Crustacean from the Auckland Islands. Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. xi. pp. 249-250. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PLATE 39. Fig. 1. Deto echinata, male, dorsal view. x 22. De iis ‘5 male, antenne of same. x &. Saas © male, uropod of same. x 8. 4. Deto acinosa, male, dorsal view. xX 4. OMA es », female, dorsal view. x 4. Gs » antenna ofmale. x 12. Ue Pi Upper lipwa xel2: Siiauiisss », left mandible. x 60. Oris » lowerlip. x 30. OW ae » second maxilla. x 30. der » maxilliped. x 30. 456 Fig. 12. 13. 14, 15. 16. I, 18. 19. 20. 21. DETO, A SUBANTARCTIC GENUS OF TERRESTRIAL ISOPODA. 22. 23. 24, 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30, 47. Deto acinosa, first leg of male. x 20, 99 ”) br ” 99 Pd seventh lez of male. x 20. first pleopod of male. x 20. second pleopod of male. x 20. first pleopod of female. x 30. second pleopod of female. x 380. uropod of male. x 20. Deto marina, female, dorsal view. x 12. 3 ”) ” ” antenna of same. X 25. first lex of same. xX 40. seventh leg of same. x 40. uropod. x 40. Deto aucklandiea, male, dorsal view. X 3. female, dorsal view. xX 3. antennule of male. x 30. antenna of male. x 8. antenna of female. x 8. right mandible of male. x 20. end of left mandible of male. x 30. PrLate 40. Deto aucklandie, lower lip of male. x 12. ” first maxilla of male. x 12. second maxilla. x 12. maxilliped. x 12. maxilliped, extremity of same, more highly magnified. first lez of male. x 8. seventh leg of male. x 8. first pleopod of male, seen from anterior side. x 12. the same, from posterior side. x 12. second pleopod of male. x 12. fourth pleopod of male. x 12. first pleopod of female. x 12. second pleopod of female. x 12. uropod of female, from below. x 8. Deto bucculenta, male, dorsal view. X 7. female. X about 5. antennule of male. x 30. antenna of male. x 12. antenna of female. x 12. right mandible of male. x 60. left mandible of male. x 60. lower lip. xX 30. first maxilla. x 30. second maxilla. x 30. end of maxilliped. x 30. seventh leg of male. x 20. first pleopod of male. x 20. second pleopod of male. x 20. uropod of male, from below. x 12, Gina eoime YE ee B. Broadhead, §®,G.Freemank C.Chilton del, | } THE Sessa Ui Journ, Linn, S be Zon Von OCumee 9. Huth,London. * Journ. Linn. Soc.ZootVou. ‘XXII.Pr.3 8 3 § : & : & 3 AL 2 i ay Lae Ve Onis Nit Giiavnunao en adhead,E.G. Freeman & C.Chilton del. BBro Huth, London. Journ.Linn.Soc.Zoon.Vou. XXXII. Pt 40, 4 uerin. oO 1S) VIII sD Jy 7s sy)? y) yd) 5) vt; aes a RULES FOR BORROWING BOOKS FROM THE LIBRARY. 1. No more than Six volumes shall be lent to one person at the same time without the special leave of the Council or one of the Secretaries. 2. All books shall be returned before the expiration of Six weeks from the time of their being taken out, but if not required by any other Fellow, they may, on application, be kept for a further period of Six weeks. 3. All books lent shall be regularly entered by the Librarian in a book appropriated for that purpose. 4. No work formimg part of Linneus’s own Library shall be lent out of the Library under any circumstances. Norn.— Certain other works are included in this prohibition, such as costly » a. servus. Intermediate ........ 120 ord =) ditto. EH. variolarius ........ 104 —y, Ath 5 ditto. Intermediate ........ L227 as * The genital segment of these insects is demonstrated in Plates 28-34 of this volume, the number of the photographs being the same for the two papers, thus admitting an aecurate comparison of the inheritance of the genital spot and the type of intromittent organ. In classifying the photographs of these hybrids we included under the servus type not only those specimens with no spot whatever, but also those with merely a faint indication of a spot, for the latter was not visible in the living specimens nor in those freshly killed. Such a faint indication of a spot will probably not show in all the prints. Photos. 94 25 RESULTS OF CROSSING TWO HEMIPTEROUS SPECIES, Genital spot. Ist (upper) bug intermediate. 2nd = 8 GAPONE. 3rd 5 ditto. Ist (upper) bug intermediate. 2nd is ditto. ord is ditto. Ath Bs ditto. 5th 5 ditto. 6th » Lf. servus. 7th Fs ditto. 8th ne ditto. Intromittent organ. LE. variolarius Intermediate ditto Intermediate ditto LE. variolarius Intermediate EL. variolarius Intermediate Ei. varvolarius Intermediate eset eee cee soe e ore ee oo eee ree x 20 diams. 100 mm, ee ape oy 10D», 108=" 93h. BD 805 ,, 140, Mean length of intromittent organ, 12314 mm. TasLe 4,—F, males from the second pair of F, hybrids. Plate 43. 30 specimens. Photos. 26 29 31 32 aeoo Genital spot. Ist (upper) bug /. variolarius. 2nd » intermediate. ord 3 ditto. 4th _ ditto. 5th ia ‘ditto. lst (upper) bug intermediate. 2nd » di. servus. ord os ditto. 4th . ditto. Ist (upper) bug £. variolarius. 2nd », imtermediate. ord Fi) een SEROUS. Ath 9 ditto. oth », intermediate. 6th 9, LH. servus. lst (upper) bug Z. servus. 2nd i ditto. ord 5 ditto. Ath »» intermediate. oth 5 Li. servus. Ist (upper) bug ZL. servus. 2nd 3 ditto. ord 4 _ ditto. Ath 3 ditto. 1st (upper) bug intermediate. 2nd x ditto. ord s ditto. Ist (upper) bug Z. variolarius. 2nd » intermediate. ord 5 Ls SETVUS. Intromittent organ. Intermediate FE. variolarius Intermediate ditto ditto Fi. variolarius Intermediate ditto ditto F. variolarius Intermediate ditto ditto ditto ditto Intermediate ditto ditto ditto ditto Intermediate ditto Intermediate ditto E., variolarius Intermediate ditto © % oe ee eo oe eae eo eee ee oe ere rece eee seo e ooo oo ow oe eee 8 90005 O aoe ae oo oe eee 0 ose eyoe ee eect e © eee oe © oecec seo e ° oseeo oe x 20 diams. 1153 mm, 100. INI. See IS og. 99 mm 130, 3 OR 130, 90 mm 142 —C, 124; pil, AL OE 124 mm. 2S). oer 126, 126 180 mm, 1343, Tosa 133, 114 mm. LAY on | EBD gg 1143 mm. eR) ig ke Mean length of intromittent organ, 120°67 mm. 461 462 Photos. 33 34 30 36 eS “I 38 39 40 41 MISSES K. FOOT AND E. C. STROBELL : 48 specimens. Genital spot. 1st a Creey bug intermediate. 2nd 5s ditto. 3rd i ditto. Ath $3 ditto. 5th »» Li Servus. 6th » intermediate. Ai Copper) bug £. variolarwus. » intermediate. Ba * ditto. 4th » LH. servus. 5th » LB. variolarws. 6th - ditto. 7th » intermediate. 8th A ditto. 1st (upper) bug £. variolarius. 2nd 33 ditto. ord » intermediate. 4th 7 ditto. 5th » LZ servus. Ist (upper) bug £. variolarius. 2nd », intermediate. 3rd = ditto. 4th ye SEPVUS, 5th 5 ditto. 6th 35 ditto. 7th s ditto. Ist (upper) bug Z. servus. 2nd », intermediate. 3rd » . servus. 1st (upper) bug intermediate. 2nd 5 ditto. ord oH ditto. 4th 5 Eee SETVUS. 5th ditto. 1st (upper) bug intermediate. 2nd 4 ditto. ord » . servus, 4th 3 ditto. ax (upper) bug EZ. variolarius. 2nd ,», intermediate. 3rd 5 ditto. 4th 5 ditto. 5th 7 ditto. 6th 5 ditto. 7th . ditto. Ist He) bug £. variolarvus. 2nd » intermediate. ord 5 ditto. Intromittent organ. Intermediate AuAdHOS 1174 Gitto meen Cees 124 GIUETOEM Ce ey eran 1163 IGOR etene bates 144 Gittoay Ale chee 1234 AUELOlN WW cites 130 Intermediate ........ 128 GUT ARGV vy (demerere Alaae o US GUELOM ND Aes ciate 140 GittOw, eee ort. 130 dittore oak 140 Citta ian manekermee 121 ditto ak skews 123 EOSCrUUS Teo Bele 147 E. vartolavis ........ 104 Intermediate _...2...- 115 ditto’, AR EakeEE 126 GithOnh” acs ek. 134 CUbtO Wee varsite ere: 1344 Intermediate ........ 114 duttour ick ceoeee ere duttomeny eee 1274 ditto a) ee wee 124 Cittoy a) heron 142 Gitto” | 4 Gee eaee 120 Givtol se fA meee 1274 Intermediate ........ 122% Gittoe VA Vhownyerne 1223 Gitta; Gwaeene 126 Intermediate ........ 112 GiGtOMdal “aracmvece 120 CEGRNaM Mik) menos Rika e 126 Ghigzoey) Ak S ano 1392 GAGLO cue y We veer iene 140 Intermediate ........ 137 GULEORE “| fucdveustenonee 1342 ditto ok 140 CItto.n). aeor ae hod: Intermediate ........ 1143 GitOWe ever Wy Gitta 2) wa Meee Sy GittOnd = Soociseeee 1363 Cittoe weteceRere 126 Gittowme! see 1263 CUtbO! WN ta vcerneteaee. 120 Intermediate ........ 1163 Gittoves Nl ace eer: 1382 AvttO Re oe eteiek * 126 Mean length of intromittent organ, 126:92 mm. TABLE 5.—F, males from the third pair of F, hybrids. Plate 44. x 20 diams. TaBLE 6.—F, males from the fourth pair of F, hybrids. Photos. 42 45 46 AT 48 TaBLe 7.—F, males from the fifth pair of F, hybrids. Photos. 15 16 RESULTS OF CROSSING TWO HEMIPTEROUS SPECIES. ” 27 specimens. Genital spot. 1st (upper) bug intermediate. 2nd 9 ditto. ord ditto. Ath , E. servus. lst (upper) bug intermediate. 2nd 53 ditto. 3rd ditto. Ath i. servus. 5th i ditto. 6th 5 ditto. 7th 5 ditto. Ist (upper) bug intermediate. 2nd ¥ ditto. Ist (upper) bug intermediate. 2nd % ditto. ord 50 ditto. Ist (upper) bug £. variolarvus. 2nd » intermediate. ord », 4. variolarius. 4th = ditto. Sth » intermediate. 6th xs ditto. Ist (upper) bug intermediate. 2nd y ditto. ord He ditto. 4th ditto. E. variolarius. Intromittent organ. Intermediate Intermediate ditto ditto ditto ditto ditto ditto Intermediate ditto Tntermediate ditto ditto ditto ditto ditto Intermediate ditto 463 Plate 45. x 20 diams. VEN ae 142 mm. aie ost an TSOR ess Latent tea NEOE AU ie Aa 13 49 mc unentens 1183 mm HU eee SOO Sedan nee WO Fae ae E IBS. 5 BRR SStaK We us ates IBS eee t 1413, Peet sa 115 mm. Ren eae DO Tiieres. AONE eee 128 mm ONIN NS ogg Hs ares IBT o6 a Jeaatheeye 1163 mm OPN ae WIS PRA ai TO 2s Pen ie & NAO Reenilealy 136 ; Pee (Lute Mla eee Bess 1193 mm Ser Sear LOR es eae Uae Aes Da ae Oe aes 2 AMA cis 110 mm. Mean length of intromittent organ, 128-27 mm. Genital spot. Ist (upper) bug Z. variolarius. 2nd » intermediate. ord _ ditto. Photos 15-16, Plate 41. EE. servus. Intromittent organ. Intermediate ditto EE. servus Intermediate (4 specimens.) x 20 diams. cUanO 108 mm, eee ee eee Mean length of intromittent organ, 124°37 mm. A464 MISSES K. FOOT AND E. C. STROBELL : TasLe 8.—F, males from the sixth pair of F, hybrids. Photos 49-50, Plate 45. Photos. 49 50 TasLEe 9.—F, males from the seventh pair of F, hybrids. Photos. dl 43 54 58 56 57 Genital spot. lst (upper) bug intermediate. 2nd », LE. servus. Ist HOEY) bug intermediate. 2nd 3 ditto. 3rd Fe ditto. 4th ah ditto. Intromittent organ. (6 specimens.) < 20 diams. Mean length of intromittent organ, 126°33 mm. Intermediate ........ 1133 mm. Cittom ys a acer 20 ee intenmediatemeemeener 128 mm HELO Wee een 1}. GithO Cee terre pay CUTAN wmerice a a ie. Plate 46. (32 specimens.) Genital spot. Ist (upper) bug intermediate. 2nd oo ebaservus. ord af ditto. Ath » intermediate. 5th » &. servus. 6th 43 ditto. 7th 3 ditto. 8th yi ditto. 9th » intermediate. Ie (upper) bug ZL. servus. 2nd », intermediate. 8rd oe ditto. Ath Sn eensenaizis: 5th ss ditto. 6th ay ditto. lst (upper) bug intermediate. 2nd A ditto. ord - ditto. 4th » 4. servus. ae aape=t) bug intermediate. ys ditto. sal 9» &. servus. 4th » intermediate. 1st (upper) bug LZ. variolarius. 2nd »» imtermediate, ord e ditto. 4th » . Hi. serous. Be t Capper) bug £. variolarius. » intermediate. ard » LB. servus. oe quupnet) bug intermediate. i ditto. Intromuttent organ. < 20 diams. Intermediate ........ 110 mm. GUUEG) Ws pW aeesauetie IO, ditto; = eittentae leh Te dition Sees LO ee dittows me eee eee 136273 ditto wretahenape sine pee Gutton Oo ee te LoS es CECE): i Meniraiaese V5: dittoy” Yo Seems 12D T Intermediate ........ 127 mm Gitto: ia) kau aiee 1233 _,, GuiGiOn. “Beare cin Lees Cittio Wes on eette n 128%) Fs Gatto. aves we 120\5) GibtO, Qa sveettenns SG aes Intermeduates ieee cer 1153 mm Gition es ances 1TD* ee CibtO Mm Nae 1a). Gititig: taken oe 1435 5, Imtermediatema-enereen 130 mm GittOs) > ae tkees 120 Gitta ea annie 135.5, GUID) A ais edna 2 aes iIintermediaton in een 1163 mm Gittorh oye eee TS, diGto* OEE een See Ghiatoy ye Whats waves Lol es Intermediate ........ 1125 mm CKO Nakane Wi) g. Gibbon, Breen cone 129: ,, Intermediates =. vies. 1063 mm dittoy ~“/uatnaments 20a Mean length of intromittent organ, 122°29 mm. RESULTS OF CROSSING TWO HEMIPTEROUS SPECIES Tasie 10.—Summary of the above detailed results. 465 F, males trom Ist pair of F, hybrids 43 specimens). Photos 17-25. males from 2nd pair of F, hybrids (30 specimens). Photos 26-32. PF, F, males from 38rd pair of F, hybrids (48 specimens). Photos 33-41. F, males from 4th pair of F, hybrids (27 specimens). Photos 42-48. F, males from dth (4 specimens). Photos 15-16. F, males from 6th pair of F, hybrids (6 specimens). Photos 49-50. F, males from 7th pair of F, hybrids (52 specimens). Photos 51-57. TOTALS pair of F, hybrids ag |seez Bos Bo ws 3) esos m O0 a iS S a2. 8 go [gee As VS certs o§ S Soe Ce ow OS eS 2S QS ars 6 oO A n's anos o Shoe, ject levis! 6 eS 8 ok shi@ |ss8eSS Z, A 1 9 3 4 8 ] 1 0 0 0 2) 0 19 14 out genital spot (like i, servus). No. of specimens with- | | bo On servus length of organ. (Between 146mm. and intremittent 182 mm.) Ei, No. of specimens with | | | | No. of specimens with genital spot interme- diate between ZL, vario- larius and FE. servus. Or EH. variolarius length of intromittent and EH, servus, organ intermediate be- No. of specimens with tween 29 Mean length of intromittent organ of the 190 F, hybrids, 124°42 mm. 466 MISSES K. FOOT AND E. C. STROBELL : Taste 11.—Lengths of the intromittent organs in the 18 males from the Backcross (2. e. F; $ x pure variolarius ¢), side by side with the ~ inheritance of the E. variolarius genital spot. A comparison demon-- strates again that these two exclusively male characters are not linked. in inheritance. Photos 62-66, Plate 47. Photos. Genital spot. Intromittent organ. X 20 diams. 62 .... Ist (upper) bug Z. variolarius. Intermediate 224. ... 1125 mm. 2nd , ditto. Ey, Carviolarwus. 2.0.2... NOB = V4 ord » intermediate. Intermediates ose eeaee WES os Ath » ditto. CiGtolra) areata wae. ENR 63 .... Ist (upper) bug £. variolarius. Intermediate, \eyc.~ ~~ L105 mim 2nd 35 ditto. ditto. oesias eee LGR ord = ditto. II, DRDO. S00060 i OGHAEas Ath bs ditto. Intermediate ........ LOW aes 64 ,... Ist (upper) bug £. variolarius. Intermediate ..-..... 115 mm. 2nd ditto. GUttO: 4 Yi Senenee 1 as ord » intermediate. Gros) 9 Eee 122 5-aa 4th », Lf. variolarius. Js COTRIOUOTPOWIS 50066006 102 aes 5th » intermediate. Intermediate’ .:...,.. WAN) as 6th » L£. variolarius. Gibbon! | beer ata DSS ie Gomer E. variolurius. Intermediate ~.....4.. 113+ mm. 66 .... Ist (upper) bug LZ. variolarws. Intermediate, ........ 1145 mm. 2nd » intermediate. GitiOy | aah kee WKS ord ar ditto. GUitoy haem. 10655. Mean length of intromittent organ, 11347 mm. It is an interesting fact that Mendel’s Law of Heredity owed its inception in part to an analytical study of a size-character—the character which has. proved on further investigation to be the greatest stumbling-block to an unqualified acceptance of the Jaw as a wholly satisfactory explanation of the- problems of heredity. In his original work on tall and dwarf peas, Mendel found that two lengths so far apart as 6 ft. and 13 ft. acted as unit characters, and these characters showed dominance and segregation. More recent work on size-relations has led to an accumulation of facts. showing that in the majority of cases dominance and segregation in the Mendelian ratios of 1-2-1 are not present; and many Mendelians have made ingenious efforts to reconcile these facts with their conception of Mendelism by adding a superstructure to Mendel’s original law, which has. called forth an earnest protest from certain investigators. Castle was the first Mendelian to demonstrate a case in which dominance: and segregation were found to be absent where a length-character was. carefully studied. He crossed the long-eared lop rabbit with the ordinary short-eared type, and found the F, generation with ears intermediate in. RESULTS OF CROSSING TWO HEMIPTEROUS SPECIES. 467 length, and no Mendelian segregation in the F, generation. These facts, tovether with further. studies on size-relations, followed by his striking results in selection (Castle, ’12 & 714), have led him to question certain hypotheses which he believes are quite unnecessary adjuncts to Mendelism. As Castle believes that both small and large variations are inherited, he questions the mutation theory which elenms “that only variations of some size are inherited ”. As he believes in quantitative variations of unit cliaracters, he questions the multiple factor hypothesis. Ag he has demonstrated that quantitative variations can be increased by selection, he questions the hypothesis which denies this possibility (genotype theory). Of unit characters he says: “In my experience every unit character is subject to quantitative variation, that is, its expression in the body varies, and it is clear that these variations have a germinal basis because they are inherited.”’ “Tt is the substantial integrity of a quantitative variation from cell- generation to cell-generation that constitutes the basis of Mendelism. All else ig imaginary.” (Castle, 712 a.) Castle has arrived at his present conception of Mendelism through his extended and thoroughly scientific experiments on quantitative variations ; and the results of his experimental studies of size-differences appear to be so completely in harmony with the results of our cross-breeding experiments with Huschistus, that we shall give a brief summary of his observations before we present the facts which seem to us to support them. His wide experience in experimental breeding in relation to size-characters entitles him to speak with authority on this subject. His observations may be briefly stated as follows :— First. | Dominance is absent in the I hybrid generation. Second. The F, hybrids are intermediate in size. Third. Mendelian segregation is absent in the I’, hybrid generation. Fourth. There is increased variability in the F, generation as compared with the F', generation. Fifth. The F, generation, like the F,, is intermediate in size. Sixth. Both extremes in size of the original parents may be found in the I’, generation, but not in the F, generation. Seventh. Size-characters, in common with all characters (even those that Mendelize), show quantitative variation. We shall compare these observations with our own results, and when making this comparison we shall consider first the intromittent organ, and then the genital spot, in order to point out that the results from these two exclusively male characters are identical. 468 MISSES K. FOOT AND KE. C. STROBELL : “First. Dominance is absent in the F, hybrid generation.”—This is supported by our measurements of the intromittent organ; for not one of the ten * F', hybrids has a length of intromittent organ that comes within the range characteristic of either variolarius or of servus. They are all intermediate : one measures 109 mm., one 122 mm., two 124 mm., four 126 mm., one 132 mm., and one 134 mm.+ Absence of dominance is equally evident in the case of the genital spot ; for nine of the eleven F, hybrids are variable intermediates, while only two are like one of the parent species—i. ¢., like servus in having no spot. “Second. The F, hybrids are intermediate in size.’ —This is quite true for both the intromittent organ and the genital spot, though it can be more clearly demonstrated in the former. The mean length of the intromittent organ of Huschistus variolarius is 96°70 mm. (Table 1), and that of EL. servus is 166-41 mm. (Table 2). A precise intermediate between these two means would be 131°55 mm. (i. e., 34°85 mm. above the mean of EL. variolarius or below the mean of E. servus). The mean length of the organ in the F; hybrids computed from the ten specimens is 124°9 mm., which is slightly below the precise intermediate (131°55 mm.), and shows therefore a stronger inheritance from LE. variolarius than from E. servus. The exact length of each specimen, as stated above, shows the I; intromittent organs to be very variable intermediates, ranging between 109 mm. and 134 mm. in length. In the case of the genital spot the slightly stronger inheritance is from L. servus instead of from E. variolarius, for two of the eleven hybrids are like servus in having no spot. The remaining nine specimens are variable intermediates (photos 8 to 14, Plate 28 of this volume), and therefore the genital spot as well as the intromittent organ may be said to be approximately intermediate in size between the two parent species. ; “Third. Mendelian segregation is absent in the Fy hybrid generation.”— In our study of the transmission of the genital spot of variolarius (Foot and Strobell, *14.a) we divided the hybrids into three groups—those having a genital spot like those of pure variolarius, those without a spot like servus, and those with a spot intermediate between these two extremes. In the case of the intromittent organ we have grouped the hybrids into three similar classes—-those having a length of intromittent organ within the range of that of variolarius, these with a length of organ within the range of that of servus, and those with a length intermediate between the longest found in variolarius and the shortest found in servus. If we are looking for a simple Mendelian segregation of 1-2-1 and assume that the heterozygotes are represented by the intermediates, we should * The intromittent organ of the eleventh F, hybrid was destroyed in dissection. t These lengths are given in connection with each photograph (7 to 14), and can therefore be compared with the inheritance of the genital spot. RESULTS OF CROSSING TWO HEMIPTEROUS SPECIES. 4.69 expect to find these two exclusively male characters in the F, hybrids in the following ratio :—25 °/) like variolarius, 25 °/ like servus, and 50 °/, intermediates. We ought to find 47 of the 190 F, hybrids like variolarius, 47 like servus, and 94 intermediates ; whereas we find in the case of the intromittent organ 14 like variolarius, 7 like servus, and 169 intermediates (see Table 10), and in the case of the genital spot 19 like variolarius, 74 like servus, and 97 intermediates (Table 10). Both characters—the intromittent organ and the genital spot—are therefore like other size-characters in their failure to show Mendelian segregation in the F, generation. “ Fourth.— There is increased variability in the Fy generation as compared with the F, generation.’—This appears at first sight to be true both for the intromittent organ and for the genital spot, but the evidence is unsatisfactory in that the number of individuals is so very different for the two generations, and, as variation is present in both generations, we must expect the larger number to give the larger number of variations. We have the exact length of the intromittent organ for 190 specimens of the F, generation, but have. it for only 10 of the F, generation. There are 69 variations of length in the 190 F, hybrids (Tables 3 to 9), and only six variations in the ten F, hybrids. The latter, however, represents more variations in relation to the number of specimens than the 69 variations in the 190 I, hybrids. These relations hold true also in the case of the genital spot, though the evidence here is not so exact, as the differences cannot be accurately measured as in the case of the intromittent organ. On the whole we are not justified in claiming that the evidence is in accord with the observations on those size-characters which show that “‘there is increased variability in the F, generation as compared to the I, generation ”. “Wifth. The F, generation, like the Fy, is intermediate in size.”—This point can again be most satisfactorily demonstrated in the case of the intro- mittent organ, for we know the mean length of the organ for both parent species, for the I’, generation, the F, generation, and for the seven separate families of these I, hybrids. As stated above, the theoretically precise intermediate between the;mean lengths of the two parent species would be 131°55 mm. The following are the mean lengths of intromittent organ of the F, males from the seven pairs of I, hybrids :— 1st pair of F, hybrids....., 123°14 mm. (table 3). 2nd pair of I, hybrids...... 120°67 mm. (table 4). 3rd pair of Fy, hybrids ...... 126°92 mm. (table 5). Ath pair of I, hybrids...... 128°27 mm. (table 6). Sth pair of F, hybrids...... 124°37 mm. (table 7). 6th pair of F, hybrids..... . 126°33 mm. (table 8). 7th pair of F, hybrids ...... 122°29 mm. (table 9). 470 MISSES K. FOOT AND E. C. STROBELL : The mean length of the intromittent organ computed from the total number of F, males (190 specimens) is 124.42 mm. A comparison of this with the mean length of the organ of the F, hybrids (124-9 mm.) shows that the mean length is almost the same for both the first and second generations, differing only by a few hundredths of a millimetre. It is clear therefore that the F, generation, like the Fy, is intermediate in size, and both agree further in showing a stronger inheritance from variolarius than from servus. This is true not only when the total number of I’, hybrids is considered, but holds for each individual family of the F, generation—each of the seven families has a mean length of intromittent organ which is below the theoretical intermediate between the parent species (131°55 mm.). “Sixth. Both extremes in size of the original parents may be found in the Fy, generation, but not in the F, generation.”—As the two characters we are testing are exclusively male, we can compare our results with the above observation only in the case of the original male parent. The length of the intromittent organ of the original /. servus male parent of the first cross is 166mm.,a length which has not been reached in any of the 190 specimens of the F, generation, the longest intromittent organ of all these F, hybrids measuring only 152 mm. (Table 3), and in only one specimen of the 190 was this length attained. We therefore cannot say that the length of the intro- mittent organ of this grandparent is found in our F, generation. If we disregard this length and take into consideration the mean length of the organ both in servus and in variolarius, we then find that a length of intro- mittent organ characteristic of both species is represented in the I’, generation, and we find a still larger number like the two species, if we consider all the F, hybrids which have a length of organ within the limits of length characteristic of variolarius and servus. For example, 14 F, hybrids are like variolarius in having the length of intromittent organ 106 mm. or less, and 7 are like servus in having the length of intromittent organ 146 mm. or more (Tables 3 to 10). Among the ten F, hybrids we find none with a length of organ like F. variolarius (106 mm. or less) nor any like HZ. servus (146 mm. or more), but we are inclined to believe that this is due to the relatively small number of specimens. As stated above, the relative number of variations in length of the intromittent organ of the ten Fy hybrids is greater than that of the F, generation, and therefore we should expect a larger number of specimens to give us a larger range of variation.. Even among these ten specimens we have one with the intromittent organ only 109 mm. long, and this is within 3mm. of the variolarius type. The results in the case of the genital spot are very similar. Nine of the eleven F, hybrids have a spot variably intermediate between that of the two parent species, but two are like servus in having no spot. RESULTS OF CROSSING TWO HEMIPTEROUS SPECIES. ATI In the F, generation the extremes of the genital spot (2. e., its full size and its complete absence) are represented, 19 of the F, hybrids having a genital spot almost if not quite as pronounced as the pure variolarius species, and 74 having no spot like E. servus. “Seventh. Size-characters, in common with all characters (éven those that Mendehze), show Quantitative variation.”’—Quantitative variation is of course more accurately demonstrated in the case of the intromittent organ than in the genital spot, though it is present in both these characters. Table 1 shows that in 62 specimens of F. variolarius the length of the organ varied between 853 mm. and 106mm., the range of the variation between the shortest and the longest being 205mm. The table gives the number of specimens having the various lengths, and it demonstrates that there is no definite ascending or descending scale of variation in relation to the number of specimens having a given length of the organ, though the extremes are represented by only one specimen, and lengths near the mean are more frequently represented. This is true also for EL. servus as demonstrated in Table 2. This table gives the lengths of the intromittent organs for 62 specimens, and shows that this leneth varies between 146 mm. and-182 mm., the range of the variation between the shortest and the longest being therefore 36 mm. Variations in the length of the intromittent organ may be quite independent of the relative size of the insects, not only in the hybrid generations, but also in the pure species: for example, the photographs of the two intromittent organs shown in photo 6 measure 104 mm. and 94mm. The two insects from which these organs were taken are brothers of the H. variolarius female of the original cross. The one having the longer intromittent organ (104 mm.) is decidedly the smaller insect, the actual width of the pronotum (between the humeri) being 84 mm., while the pronotum of the insect with the shorter organ measured 9} mm. Quantitative variation in the genital spot, though more difficult to demonstrate than in the intromittent organ, can be appreciated by comparing the male offspring from the same parents. It is clear that all the points taken up under the above seven headings apply to the genital spot with quite as much force as to the intromittent organ—the size of the genital spot, like the length of intromittent organ, showing a type of inheritance that is nearly in full accord with Castle’s observations on size-characters. In earlier papers these facts were clearly stated in the case of the genital spot (Foot and Strobell, ’13 & ’14 a), but it is interesting to note that Morgan (14) interprets such evidence quite differently from Castle, for he says, “the authors’? evidence shows that it (the genital spot) is inherited as are Mendelian characters” (page 481), We do not feel justified, in view of the narrow limits of our experiments in genetics, in attempting to draw conclusions as to the possible bearing of 472 MISSES K. FOOT AND E. C. STROBELL : our results on Mendelism, or on the many ingenious hypotheses designed to. adapt Mendel’s law to some later experimental results. As, however, we are: in entire sympathy with Castle’s interpretation of size-characters, and believe his thorough knowledge of the subject entitles him to speak{with authority, we would quote some of his recent conclusions that appear to us as sustained by the facts of our experimental work on both the intromittent organ and the genital spot of Huschistus. Castle says:—‘“‘It is evident that size is not a simple unit character, for there is no dominance and no evidence of segregation other than the- increased variability of the second hybrid generation. .... “ Dominance is clearly absent and the only fact suggesting segregation is the increased variability of the second as compared with the first hybrid generation. This fact, however, may be accounted for on other grounds than the existence of multiple units of varying power. “Tf size-differences are due to quantitative variations in special materials. within the cell, it is not necessary to suppose that these materials are localized in chunks of uniform and unvarying size, or that they occur in any particular number of chunks, yet the genotype hypothesis involves one or both of these assumptions. Both are unnecessary.” (Castle, 12 a.) “The results of all observers, as regards the inheritance of ordinary differences in size, are closely in accord. When two races differing in size are crossed the immediate offspring are intermediate in size. The next generation of offspring is likewise intermediate, but more variable as a rule, and it has been found possible in some cases to select from them forms as extreme in size as the original parents. Tointerpret such cases as Mendelian, requires the assumption that no single unit or factor is concerned in the size- difference, but many wholly independent units. For a single Mendelizing unit would produce a wholly different result. But suppose we allow the assumption that many independent Mendelizing units or factors are concerned in the inheritance of size. The pure line hypothesis is not benefited by this assumption unless we suppose further that these hypothetical factors do not vary. But this is an assumption wholly without warrant.’ (Castle, 140.) «The increased variability of the F, generation is the only evidence of Mendelism in size crosses.’ .... “On any hypothesis size-differences must depend on many mutnally independent factors or causes... It would be rash to assume that all the factors concerned are Mendelizing factors, in the total absence of the two usual accompaniments and criteria of Mendelism, dominance and segregation. in recognisable Mendelian ratios.” (Page 2.) He says the facts observed for body-size in rabbits and other quantitative characters in animals and plants are, I’, intermediate and F, also intermediate, but more variable than Fj, and he adds, “If we call this Mendelism, we shall need to explain that it is not the Mendelism of Mendel himself, but original. RESULTS OF CROSSING TWO HEMIPTEROUS SPECIES. 473 Mendelism, plus (1) the assumption of gametic purity, plus (2) the assumption of factorial constancy; plus (3) the assumption of factorial multiplicity ” (Castle, *14:a). Results from backcross. KF, hybrid female (from E. variolarius 2 x H. servus g) by pure LE. variolarius male. 18 males, photos 62-66. This backcross was undertaken to obtain evidence as to whether the so- called male- and female-producing spermatozoa differ in their function in the {transmission of the exclusively male character—the genital spot (Foot and Strobell, °13 & 14). We shall briefly re-state this evidence here in order to show that the original results are duplicated by the facts demonstrated in this paper as to the method of transmission of a second exclusively male character—the intromittent organ. First, the so-called male-producing spermatozoon can transmit the genital spot. This was proved by the fact that the genital spot in the 18 males from this backcross is inherited much more strongly from the pure variolarius male than from the F; hybrid males, and therefore this variolarius character was transmitted directly from the male to its male offspring, and must, according to the hypothesis, have been transmitted by the male-producing spermatozoa *. This evidence is repeated in the case of the intromittent organ, for the mean length of the intromittent organ of these 18 males is 113°47 mm., while the mean length of the organ of the F, generation is 124:42 mm.—the measure therefore of the influence of the pure variolarius male in reducing the length of the intromittent organ may be expressed as 10°95 mm. Second, this backcross demonstrated in the case of the genital spot that the servus character—the absence of spot—was transmitted by the so-called female-producing spermatozoon ; and this evidence of the transmission of an exclusively male character by the female-producing spermatozoon is repeated in the case of the intromittent organ, for the length of the intromittent organ in these 18 males has been increased by the inheritance from servus. This is demonstrated by the fact that the mean length of the intromittent organ of the 18 males from this backcross is 113°47 mm., while that of the organ of the 62 pure variolarius males is 96°70 mm. The two servus characters— absence of spot, and increased length of intromittent organ—must have been transmitted (according to the hypothesis) by the so-called female-producing spermatozoon of servus to the pure variolarius ? of the first cross, through which it was transmitted to her daughter, the F;, 2 of this backcross. The demonstration that the so-called sex-determining spermatozoa do not differ functionally in the transmission of such an exclusively male character * In making these deductions it is of course necessary to accept, for the sake of the argument, the assumption of male- and female-producing spermatozoa, an assumption which we believe is still far from proved. LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXXII. 38 474 MISSES K. FOOT AND E. C. STROBELL : as the genital spot would seem to justify a good deal of scepticism of the- sex-determination theory which is based on the assumption of male- and female-producing spermatozoa. This scepticism is greatly strengthened by the further evidence that these so-called male- and female-producing sperma-. tozoa do not differ functionally in the transmission of such an exclusively male sexual character as the intromittent organ itself. Further, it seems only logical to believe, if exclusively male sexual characters are transmitted by both male- and female-producing spermatozoa, the same must be true also. for the exclusively female sexual characters, for it is difficult to believe that the two sexes can have such fundamentally different modes of transmission. If we measure the amount of the variolarius inheritance in this backcross,. we find an astonishing agreement between the theoretical expectation and the actual result. The relative amount of variolarius to servus in the offspring of this backeross is 3 to 1, and we should expect, therefore, the mean length of the intromittent organ of servus to be reduced by 75 per cent. of the difference between the mean lengths in variolarius and servus. This difference is 69°71 mm., 75 per cent. of this being 52°28 mm. Deducting this from the mean length of the organ of servus (166-41 mm.) would leave 11413 mm. as the mean length of the organ of the offspring from this backcross. The mean length is in fact 113°47 mm., this being only 0°66 mm. less than the calculated expectation. These results lose much of their significance in view of the fact that only eighteen males were secured from this backcross, but the results are almost exactly repeated by a backcross with H. ictericus, in which 70 instead of 18 males were raised *. The above method of computing the mean length of organ to be expected in the offspring from the two species, by a simple measure of the relative. part each species has contributed in the crossings, is of interest only because the calculated results seem to fit the facts, but it certainly can have no. bearing on cases that show the Mendelian type of inheritance, nor where simple unit characters are involved. Neither does it apply to the F, genera- tion, for in each of the seven families the mean length is below an exact intermediate. Table 11 demonstrates that the intromittent organs from the offspring of this backcross fail to show a typicai Mendelian ratio, and as this is true also. in the case of the genital spot, it is a further proof of the complete agreement in the results obtained from these two exclusively male characters. * The mean length of the intromittent organ of the offspring from the variolartus-ictericus cross is also only a fraction of a millimetre less than the theoretical expectation, but in this cross the slightly stronger inheritance is from the original male parent, while in the variolarius-servus cross it is from the original female parent. In both crosses, however, the stronger inheritance is slightly on the side of the shorter type of intromittent organ. Our results from the variolarius-ictericus cross will be published shortly. RESULTS OF CROSSING TWO HEMIPTEROUS SPECIES. 475: , Linkage. To the cytologist, linkage of characters in inheritance is of special interest because it is claimed that it affords the most trustworthy evidence. that the factors determining linked characters are located in the same chromosome, and further it is claimed that this chromosome can be identified. Wilson has recently expressed this view clearly in his Croonian Lecture (14). After giving a brief summary of the work of Morgan and his pupils on linked characters in Drosophila, he adds :— “This at once suggests that the units of each group (or corresponding things on which thon depend) are borne by a particular chromosome which constitutes their common vehicle of transmission, and that to this fact is due their cohesion or linkage in heredity. Jonversely, the several groups are independent of one another, because of the independence of the chromosomes which bear them.” (Page 344.) If, as Wilson says, independence in the transmission of characters is due to independence of the chromosomes which bear them, the evidence obtained from our cross-breeding experiments would indicate that the factors determining the transmission of the intromittent organ are not only not carried by a single pair of chromosomes; but on “abe above hypothesis it would seem difficult to confine them to the 14 chromosomes, for among the 190 F, hybrids there are 69 different lengths of the intromittent organ, and if size-variations are due to multiple unit factors which are transmitted as independent units, these 69 variations would seem to demand un explanation from those who believe that “unit factors” are located in the chromosomes. Further, none of these 69 variations in the F, hybrids is consistently linked with any of the variations of the genital spot. We might reduce the number of independent variations of the intromittent organ and the genital spot by consigning most of them to the convenient class called ‘“‘non-inheritable fluctuations ”, but this rather arbit rary process must be carried far, if the remaining “ unit factors’’ are to be consigned to a single pair of chromosomes. The “cross-over hypothesis ”’, which was offered to explain unexpected results in the transmission of characters assumed to be carried by special chromosomes, might be used to excuse non-linkage in these extreme cases ; but we cannot believe that it would be adequate to convince the unprejudiced investigator that the factors determining quantitative variations in the intromittent organ and genital spot are carried and distributed by the chromosomes. Hyven if we arbitrarily consign the determining factors to special positions in the chromosomes and dictate their subsequent method of division, it does not seem possible to adjust the facts with the view that linkage and non-linkage may have their explanation in chromosome- distribution of the factors. 38* 476 MISSES K. FOOT AND E. C. STROBELL : In our preliminary report of this work (Foot and Strobell, °14 c¢) we discussed the non-linkage of the genital spot and intromittent organ as follows :— “Tf factors which stand for a given character are carried by a definite chromosome or pair of chromosomes, and the inheritance of the character is due to a special distribution of the factors at mitosis, it would seem logical to expect that the factors of two characters showing a very special mode of distribution (2. e., exclusively male characters) would be contained in the same chromosome, and that this would be indicated by their being linked in the hybrids. We would expect the absence or presence of the genital spot, distinctive of one species, to be associated in inheritance with the type of intromittent organ characteristic of the same species. Hven if the extent to which a character appears is dependent upon hypothetical factors outside the chromosomes, we would expect these hypothetical factors to act equaliy on two characters which are so closely associated as to be contained in the same chromosome. We should expect the two characters never to be so entirely dissociated that we find, in the same individual, the absence of spot charac- teristic of one species, associated with the type of intromittent organ distinctive of the other species. Instances of such complete dissociation do, however, occur..... There are instances of association in the inheritance of the two characters, the intromittent organ and genital spot, typical of one of the species occurring in the same I, individual; but exact classification of the full results shows that the two characters are transmitted quite in- dependently of each other. The intermediates, having a large range of variation, make it possible for many of them to appear to show the two characters in the association that would be in harmony with the chromo- some-hypothesis, but an exact comparison shows two plus and two minus intermediates are quite as frequently associated as are a plus and a minus intermediate.” i These facts are demonstrated in the foregoing tables (3-9), in which the type of inheritance of the genital spot and the length of intromittent organ in each particular insect of the F, generation are placed side by side. If we examine this evidence in detail, we find that 19 of these 190 F, males have a genital spot quite as strong as that of the pure L. variolarius male, while only 3 of these 19 males have the EL. variolarius length of intromittent organ (i. e., between 853 mm. and 106 mm.). This evidence of non-linkage is even more clearly shown in those insects which have inherited the servus character (absence of the genital spot). There are 74 of these insects, and only 3 have a length of intromittent organ which can be classed with servus, while on the other hand 4 have a length of intromittent organ characteristic of variolarius. The remaining 67, which have the absence of genital spot characteristic of servus, have a mean length of intromittent organ which shows a stronger influence from variolarius. Tables 3 to 10 further demonstrate that while the influence of variolarius RESULTS OF CROSSING TWO HEMIPTEROUS INSECTS. A477 is stronger than servus as regards the length of the intromittent organ, these relations are reversed in the case of the genital spot, and this is further demonstrated by those that are classed as intermediates, for of these more are minus than plus intermediates. It is therefore clear beyond question that these _two exclusively male characters, the genital spot and the intromittent organ, are not linked in inheritance. These results are certainly out of harmony not only with the chromosome-hypothesis of sex-determination, but with the recent hypotheses of chromosome-distribution of unit factors. The evidence from the F, generation is of less value, as we have only 11 specimens showing the inheritance of the genital spot, and we were not able to measure the length of intromittent organ of all the eleven, as one was destroyed in dissection. The results from the F, generation are as follows:—2 of the eleven Ff, hybrids are like servus in having no genital spot, and the remaining 9 are variable intermediates. The two that have the servus inheritance (without a genital spot) have the following lengths of intromittent organ—126 mm. and 124 mm.; these lengths showing a stronger inheritance from variolarius as to the intromittent organ, while both insects show an exclusively servus inheritance in the absence of the genital spot. The F, hybrid that has the longest intromittent organ—134 mm. (photo 11) has the strongest genital spot of all the eleven F, hybrids, this again demonstrating a significant absence of linkage in these two exclusively male characters. The mean length of the intromittent organs of the 10 F, hybrids is 124-9 mm., this demonstrating a stronger inheritance from variolarius than from servus. The difference between the mean length of variolarius (96°70 mm.) and of servus (166-41 mm.) is 69°71 mm., and therefore an exact intermediate between these two means would be 131°55 mm.—the measure therefore of the stronger variolarius inheritance in these F, hybrids may be expressed by 7-46 mm. It is an interesting fact that the intromittent organ not only of this F, generation, but also of the F, generation, shows a stronger inheritance from variolarius than from servus, the measure of the greater variolarius influence being almost the same for the two generations, 7. e., 746 mm. in the case of the F, hybrids, and 7-13 mm. in the case of the F, hybrids. While the intromittent organ of these 190 males shows a stronger inheri- tance from the female original parent (variolarius), the reverse is true of the genital spot, for only 19 of these 190 males have a spot as strong as vario- larius, while 74 are like the male original part (servus) in having no spot. It is not possible to make an accurate estimate of the influence of the two species on the type of genital spot classed as intermediate, but there are certainly more minus than plus intermediates, this further demonstrating that the genital spot shows a stronger inheritance from servus than from variolarius. 478 MISSES K. FOOT AND E. C. STROBELL : The results from the backcross demonstrate again that the genital spot and the intromittent organ are not linked in inheritance (Table 11). Twelve of these eighteen specimens have the E. variolarius spot on the genital segment, while only three have a length of intromittent organ characteristic of variolarius. Six have a spot on the genital segment which is more or less reduced by the inheritance from LE. servus, which has no genital spot. These six are therefore intermediate as to the genital spot, while there are fifteen intermediate in the length of the intromittent organ. Chromosomes. Our experiments with these hemiptera were undertaken with the aim of testing some recent chromosome-theories of sex-determination by the trustworthy method of experimental cross-breeding. For this purpose we selected an exclusively male character—the distinct dark spot which is present on the genital segment of Huschistus variolarius and absent in Huchastus servus, for this character appeared to us well adapted to test the function of the so-called sex-chromosomes in the transmission of an exclusively male character. | The results of these cross-breeding experiments and their bearing on the chromosome-theories of sex-determination have been discussed in earlier papers, Foot and Strobell, 713 and ’14a & b. In the present paper we will summarize the evidence in order to demonstrate that the results gained by the study of the transmission of the genital spot are in fact duplicated in the case of the intromittent organ, and that therefore not only is the evidence gained through the study of the first greatly strengthened, but the conclusions bearing on chromosome-theories are fully sustained on every point. p In the preliminary report of our results from the study of this second exclusively male character we gave what appear to us very cogent reasons for claiming that this character should be classed as a primary sexual character. Both Morgan (713) and Doncaster (14a & ’145), in the case of the genital spot summarily dispose of our results and our claim that they have a valid bearing on the chromosome sex-determination hypothesis, by simply classing the genital spot with secondary sexual characters. Although there might be some ground for classing the genital spot with these characters, they are quite unlike in a most important feature, for a marked characteristic of the secondary sexual characters of authors is the fact that they can, almost without exception, be bred into the opposite sex. We do not believe that even these critics can thus dismiss the evidence obtained from a study of the transmission of the intromittent organ, although this evidence confirms in every detail the results demonstrated in the transmission of RESULTS OF CROSSING TWO HEMIPTEROUS SPECIES. 479 the genital spot. For convenience we repeat the argument from our preliminary report. Both Morgan and Doncaster class the genital spot of variolarius with the secondary sexual characters of authors, and they therefore interpret our results as not having the bearing on the theories of sex-determination which we claim for them. Now our claim has been that the genital spot of vario- larius is an integral part of the male genital segment—the structure of the female genital segment being such that the spot covld not be present in this segment without ehanging the form of the segment itseli—and we have claimed that therefore a study of the transmission of the genital spot should give a trustworthy indication of the method of transmission of the entire genital segment. This claim, that the method of transmission of the genital spot should be an index of the method of transmission of the genital organs of the male, has been completely justified by further work on these hybrids... The genetic results from our study of the genital spot of variolarius may be open to the criticism that as the spot is ‘not directly connected with the act of reproduction” it should be classed with the secondary sexual characters ; but the intromittent organ is certainly free from such criticism and can be justly classed as a primary sexual character. In view of the fact that our results from the study of the transmission of the variolarius spot have been set aside on the ground that the spot is a secondary sexual character, and therefore has no bearing on the problem of the determination of sex, it is necessary first to establish the claim that the intromittent organ can be classed with the primary and not the secondary sexual characters. This apparently ought not to be difficult, but a difficulty does arise owing to the fact that recent authors who have discussed secondary sexual characters have avoided defining them, and have neglected to state wherein they are to be distinguished from the primary sexual characters. According to Darwin (’59) Hunter defines secondary sexual characters as follows :— “The term, secondary sexual characters, used by Hunter, applies to characters which are attached to one sex; but are not directly connected with the act of reproduction.” Darwin (86) adopts Hunter’s classification of primary and secondary sexual characters, but shows that even such an apparently clear-cut defini- tion encounters difficulties. He says* :—‘‘ With animals which have their sexes separated, the males necessarily differ from the females in their organs of reproduction ; and these afford the primary seaual characters. But the sexes often differ in what Hunter has called secondary sexual characters, which are not directly connected with the act of reproduction ; for instance, in * The italics are ours. 480 MISSES K. FOOT AND E. C. STROBELL : the male possessing certain organs of sense or locomotion, of which the female is quite destitute, or in having them more highly developed, in order that he may readily find or reach her; or again, in the male having special organs of prehension so as to hold her securely. These latter organs of infinitely diversified kinds graduate into, and in some cases can hardly be distinguished from, those which are commonly ranked as primary, such as the complex appendages at the apex of the abdomen in male insects. Unless indeed we confine the term ‘primary’ to the reproductive glands, it is scarcely possible to decide, as far as the organs of prehension are concerned, which ought to be called primary and which secondary ” (p. 253). Morgan (13) also appears to accept Hunter’s classification, for in his rather full list of secondary sexual characters he includes none that are ‘directly connected with the act of reproduction.” He opens his discussion of secondary sexual characters as follows :— ‘““ The Secondary Sexual Characters. ‘In the most highly evolved stages in the evolution of sex a new kind of character makes its appearance. This is the secondary sexual character. In most cases suvh characters are more elaborate in the male, but occasionally in the female. They are the most astonishing thing that nature has done: brilliant colours, plumes, combs, wattles, and spurs, scent-glands (pleasant and unpleasant) ; red spots, yellow spots, green spots, topknots and tails, horns, lanterns for the dark, songs, howlings, dances and tourneys—a medley of odds and ends” (p. 26). If we are to discard Hunter’s classification, because it is found difficult to determine to which class some of the characters rightly belong, we should have to be dissatisfied with many classifications that are thoroughly well established. If we limit the term “ primary sexual characters” to the reproductive glands, it offers an escape from the difticulties in classifying the prehensile organs, as Darwin has pointed out; but it would seem that greater difficulties are met by refusing to place the intromittent organ in the same group with the reproductive glands, and placing it in the group with characters so far removed from “direct connection with the act of reproduction”, as, for example, Morgan’s list of secondary sexual characters. The intromittent organ is not only “ directly connected with the act of reproduction ”’, but it is as much a part of the sex of the individual as the reproductive glands themselves. Any one of the characters in Morgan’s entire list of male secondary sexual characters could appear in the female without changing her sex; but the intromittent organ is as clearly indicative of the sex as are the reproductive glands themselves. If a definite chromosome carries the factors for determining sex, and it therefore carries the factors for the reproductive glands, it would seem logical to suppose that the chromosome carrying the factors necessary for RESULTS OF CROSSING TWO HEMIPTEROUS SPECIES. 481 the development of the male reproductive glands would also carry the factors necessary for the development of the intromittent organ which, when present, is functionally a necessary adjunct of the glands, and as indicative of the sex as the reproductive glands themselves. If we cannot accept the mode of transmission of the intromittent organ as an index of the mode of transmission of the reproductive glands, it would seem necessary to discard all structural features or other characters which are distinctive of the gonads of a given species, such as their distinction in size, form, colour, ete., and assume that these characters, associated with the gland, have a different mode of transmission from the gland itself. This would prevent any experimental test being applied to the chromosome- theories of sex-determination and leave free scope for the wildest cytological speculations. If we should place the intromittent organ in the group of secondary sexual characters, because it has certain features in common with these characters, we ought logically to place the reproductive glands them- selves in the same group. For example, both these organs, in common with most of the secondary sexual characters, can be transmitted to the opposite sex—hermaphrodites appearing in forms that are normally sexually distinet A case in point is Goodrich’s (12) interesting and important discovery of a male amphioxus in which 49 of the gonads were testes containing ripe spermatozoa and one was an ovary containing ripe ova. It may be urged that the intromittent organ is a secondary sexual character on the evidence that in the development of the embryo it appears much later than do the gonads—this indicating that the gonads are more fundamental and stable morphological entities. But there are facts opposed to this interpretation—- Smith (10) found that when the spider crab is infected by the parasite sacculina, the testes can become so greatly metamorphosed that some of the cells may develop into ova and the same testis contain both ripe ova and spermatozoa. It would seem that the division between primary and secondary sexual characters, in common with almost all attempts at classification, has the objection that the line of demarcation is not, at all points, perfectly clear ; bat we believe, in spite of this, that we are justified in classing the intro- mittens organ as a primary sexual character, and that the results from the study of the transmission of this organ may justly be claimed as an index of the method of transmission of the reproductive glands themselves. In the case of the genital spot the bearing of our results on recent chromosome-theories has been fully discussed in our earlier papers. We believe we clearly demonstrated that the facts are entirely out of harmony with all those hypotheses which claim to offer an explanation of the transmission of characters by the assumption that factors essential to their transmission are earried and distributed by definite chromosomes. 4§2 MISSES K. FOOT AND E. C. STROBELL : We have briefly summarized these results in a recent paper (Foot and Strobell, 14 a), and this summary will serve equally well for the second exclusively male character—the intromittent organ. This can be demonstrated by quoting the summary and changing it only enough to include the intro- mittent organ with the genital spot, as follows :— first. Both the genital spot and the type of intromittent organ charac- teristic of each species can be inherited without the aid of the Y chromosome. This is proved by the fact that both are transmitted through the female, and the female does not possess the Y chromosome, as this chromosome is an exclusively male character. Second. Both the genital spot and the type of intromittent organ can be inherited without the aid of the X chromosome. This is proved by the fact (demonstrated by the backeross) that they are transmitted through the male and ex hypothesi the male-producing spermatozoon does not have an X chromosome*. We add, “In making these deductions it is, of course, necessary to accept, for the sake of the argument, the assumption of male- and female-producing spermatozoa, an assumption which, we believe, is far from proved.” (See backeross p. 473.) third. The results show that if we assume that the factors necessary for the production of the genital spot and the intromittent organ are located in any of the ordinary chromosomes, they must be in at least both members of a pair of ordinary chromosomes, for the spot is directly transmitted through both the male and the female. Fourth. The results show that, if we assume that the factors necessary for the production of the genital spot and the intromittent organ are carried by both members of a pair of chromosemes, we must assume that the female carries an inhibitor for the spot as well as for the intromittent organ, for neither is present in any of the females, though both are transmitted by the female, and therefore the factors for both are present, though not expressed. Fifth. The results show that, although it is necessary to assume an inhibitor only in the females of the pure species, in the hybrids it becomes necessary to assume an inhibitor in the males also. In his recent criticism of our work, Morgan (714) overlooks the fact that the f, hybrid males have the spot more or less suppressed. In these males it is partly or wholly absent, and yet (like the females) they can directly * Morgan (14) seems to think that this point could have been made solely from the evi- dence of the F, ratio. He says: “It is unnecessary to repeat their argument; for if the factors were carried by the X chromosome only half the grandsons should show it, while, in fact, many more than half of them show it.” We do not feel that this evidence would be conclusive, for it could be attacked by the assumption of an unequal death-rate—a con- venient assumption which has been used more than once to excuse contradictory evidence. RESULTS OF CROSSING TWO HEMIPTEROUS SPECIES. 483 ‘transmit the spot to their male offspring. It seems only logical to believe that the causes, whatever they are, which inhibit the spot in the females are also responsible for its total or partial suppression in the F, hybrid males, but the causes suggested by our critics to account for its suppression in the females obviously cannot apply to the male hybrids. Morgan (714), after admitting that the spot factors cannot be carried by the X or the Y chromo- some, adds :—‘“ We are concerned then only with a third possibility, viz. that there is something in the female condition itself that is inimical to the development of the spot.” This something, he later explains, is the two X chromosomes. He says :—‘‘The chemical interaction between two X’s and the rest of the cell is of such kind that it produces a female, and the female complex, as such, is inimical to the development of a spot.” To the defenders of the chromosome-hypotheses, this may seem a plausible explanation of the suppression of the spot in the females which have these two X chromosomes, but it leaves unexplained the fact that the spot in the F, males is either wholly or partly suppressed, and these males have only one X chromosome, while two X chromosomes are held responsible for the suppression of the spot in the females. The facts forced us to assume some sort of hypothetical inhibiting factors for the spot, not only for the females but for the F, male hybrids as well, and this is equally necessary for the case of the intromittent organ, since it is not only wholly inhibited in the females, but the length of organ strictly characteristic of either of the pure species is more or less inhibited in the I, hybrids. Further, the intromittent organ is like the spot in reappearing in the next generation in the length typical of the two parent species, proving this to have been latent in both the females and the F males—its full expression being inhibited by unknown factors. Siath. The tacts show, in the case of the genital spot, and we may now add in the case of the intromittent organ as well, that if we attempt to place this inhibitor in definite chromosomes, we meet with as serious difficulties as those involved in assuming that the factors essential for the production of the genital spot are carried by special chromosomes. In our preliminary report of these experiments (13), we discussed in full the evident results of placing this inhibitor in various chromosomes—in the X chromosomes, i one of the ordinary chromosomes, or in a pair of chromosomes ; and we found that none of these assumptions would accord with the facts. “The facts force us to regard these inhibitors as hypothetical forees which cannot logically be confined to the chromosomes, and are located we know not where—these hypothetical inhibitors practically doing work that has been assigned to definite chromosomes.” If the chromosome-hypotheses have a foundation in fact, it would seem only logical to expect that in these insects the Y chromosome should carry the factors for exclusively male characters, for it is the only one of the 484 MISSES K. FOOT AND E. CG. STROBELL: 14 chromosomes that is never present in the female, and is present in ald the so-called male-producing spermatozoa, while each of the 13 autosomes- (according to their accepted mode of division) can be present in half the: male-producing and half the female-producing spermatozoa, and therefore in. both half the males and half the females. Even the defenders of the chromosome sex-determination hypothesis reject. this Y chromosome as the carrier of factors essential for the determination of sex, for the very cogent reason that in so many forms no Y chromosome: is present. Morgan (11) concludes that “the factors for producing the male must be located in some other chromosome.” As the Y chromosome is thus rejected as a sex-determiner, it oul seem that those who hold that factors essential for the development of definite- characters are carried by definite chromosomes are forced to assign to the Y chromosome (in forms in which it is present) the function of carrying’ factors essential for the development of characters exclusively male, since,. as stated above, it is the only chromosme that is always present in the male and absent in the female. We have shown, however, that such exclusively male characters as the genital spot and the intromittent organ can be inherited without the Y chromosome, and this certainly challenges such an interpretation, and leads us to respectfully ask the advocates of the chromo-- some-hypotheses what characters they would assign to it. An ingenious apology for the obvious shontannnines ot the sex-chromosome: hypothesis has been recently made by C. B. Bridges, *13 (one of Morgan’s. pupils). It is offered as an explanation of occasional slips in linkage. Bridges found in Drosophila ampelophila that two sex-linked characters (red eye and white eye) failed to show linkage in 5 per cent. of the cases (Wilson, ’14, states that these exceptions are “‘ about 10 per cent.”). To the class of cytologists to which Bridges belongs, *‘sex-linked characters” are in reality X-linked, and therefore, for example, it is theoretically impossible for a male to transmit directly to his male offspring a character that is assumed to be carried by the X chromosome—the- chromosome that is absent from the male-producing spermatozoon. In: order then to explain away these embarrassing slips in linkage, Bridges has. submitted the following ingenious explanation, which is based on the. admission that the X chromsomes do not move during maturation with that. military precision heretofore demanded by the theories. He now suggests. each may show an equal amount of erratic movement—the one destined for- the polar body may remain in the egg, and the one destined to remain im the egg may go with its mate to the polar body; and thus three kinds of ripe egys are possible —the first with the usual one X, the second with no X. at all, and the third with two X’s. This erratic behaviour of the X chromo-- somes can be made to account for many disappointments in expected results, RESULTS OF CROSSING TWO HEMIPTEROUS SPECIES. 485 and incidentally it relieves the so-called male- and female-producing spermatozoa as such from the responsibility of deciding the sex, and places it squarely with the egg, for from a so-called male-producing spermatozoon a female can develop if this spermatozoon fertilizes an egg in which both X chromosomes have remained, and again from a so-called female-producing spermatozoon a male can develop if this spermatozoon fertilizes an egg which has no X chromosome.” It is naturally incumbent upon the cytologist who makes assumptions so necessary for the defence of a theory to find some cytological proof of them, and Wilson (14) has made the interesting announcement that “very recently Bridges has tested his assumption cytologically”. And he adds, ‘The cytological examination has demonstrated that certain females of this race actually possess three of these chromosomes.” Wilson seems to regard this evidence as quite conclusive proof of Bridges’ assumptions and deductions. Those of us, however, who have no such sublime faith in the causal nature of the chromosomes are inclined to suspect that if Bridges had searched with equal ardour for an extra X chromosome in the male cells, he might have found these cells also equipped with an extra X chromosome, as in fact we found to be the case in the spermatogonia ef Anasa tristis (Foot and Strobell, 07). In spite of our demonstrating this second X chromosome by photomicrographs, the reality of its presence has been questioned by advocates of the chromosome-theories, for it is obviously an embarrassing factor to the sex-determination hypothesis. Further study of the chromosomes of the Hemiptera led us to make the following statement which seems to us to have some bearing on Bridges’ recent discovery :—‘“ A careful examination of our preparations makes it possible to select chromosome-groups which exactly fit a given theory, but many groups can also be found that are a serious menace to these theories, while, on the other hand, they present no dithculties to the conception of those who regard the number, size, and form of the chromosomes as inherited characters—the expression of cell-activities rather than the cause.” In our preliminary report (Foot and Strobell, ’14 ¢, pp. 228-31) we showed by an anzlysis of the chromosomes, based on the hypotheses as to their method of division, that the testis itself can have no closer relation to the so-called sex-determining chromosomes than we have shown to be the case * Bridges’ assumptions, when applied to those forms which have a Y chromosome, would seem to relieve this chromosome of any sex-limited function, although in these species it is just as distinctive of the male cells as are the two X chromosomes of the female cells. According to Bridges’ hypothesis, some males may be without the Y chromosome, while some females have it. The admission that such marked structural changes in the male and female chromosome groups can occur in individuals is in harmony with the belief that the chromosomes, like other structures in the cell, are the expression rather than the cause of cell activities. 486 MISSES K. FOOT AND E, C. STROBELL : for the other two exclusively male characters—the genital spot and the- intromittent organ. These three exclusively male characters—the genital spot, the intromittent organ, and the testis—can therefore, according to the hypothesis, be transmitted by the female-producing spermatozoon as well as. by the male-producing spermatozoon. The defenders of the chromosome-hypothesis of sex-determination would have us ignore these facts. Morgan (14) says :—‘ To assume that all the factors for characters that are shown by the male or by the female must be carried by a sex-chromosome of some kind, if carried at all by chromosomes, is a travesty of the point of view of those who hold to the chromosome- hypothesis as a reasonable working hypothesis to account for Mendelian inheritance.” This sounds like an effort to evade the force of the real facts. It should be added that two of these “ characters” (the intromittent organ and the testis) are so exclusively male that without them the insect would not be a male, and to present these facts and the conclusions which they logically involve can scarcely be called “a travesty” of the hypothesis. that asserts that factors determining sex are carried and distributed by “< sev-chromosomes.”’ Rather it is a serious and perfectly logical challenge. of some recent extreme views as to the function of the chromosomes in; heredity. Oxford, March 1915. REFERENCES. BripGEs, CALVIN B. 13. Non-disjunction of the Sex Chromosomes of Drosophila. Journ.. Exper. Zool. vol. xv. No. 4. CasrLE, W. H. "11. Heredity in Relation to Evolution and Animal Breeding. D. Appleton & Company. 1911. 12a. The The Inconstancy of Unit-characters. Amer. Nat. vol. xlvi. °12 6. Some Biological Principles of Animal Breeding. Amer. Breeders’ Magazine, vol. i. No. 4. "14a. Multiple Factors in Heredity. Science, n.s. vol. xxxix. 14. Pure Lines and Selection. Journ. of Heredity (Organ of the. Amer. Genetic Assoc.), Washington, D.C., vol. v. No. 3. Caste, W. H., and Joun C. PHIuirs. ' 714c. Piebald Rats and Selection. An experimental test of the effect- iveness of selection and of the theory of gametic purity in Mendelian crosses. Carnegie Institution of Washington, 1914. Darwin, CHARLES ROBERT. 759. The Origin of Species. 1859. °86. The Descent of Man. 1886. RESULTS OF CROSSING TWO HEMIPTEROUS SPECIES. A87 DoncastER, LEONARD. 14a. Heredity and Sex—A Review of the Present State of Evidence with regard to the material basis of Heredity, Transmission, and Sex-determination. (. J. M. Sci. vol. liv. : 146. The Determination of Sex. Cambridge University Press. Foot, KarHarine, and EH. C. StRoBELL. 07. A Study of Chromosomes in the Spermatogenesis of Anasa tristis. Amer. Journ. Anat. vol. vii. No. 2. 09. The Nucleoli in the Spermatocytes and Germinal Vesicles of Euschistus variolarius. Biol. Bull. vol. xvi. No. 5. "13. Preliminary Note on the Results of crossing two Hemipterous Species, with Reference to the Inheritance of an Exclusively Male Character and its bearing on Modern Chromosome Theories. Biol. Bull. vol. xxiv. No. 3. *14a. Results of crossing Huschistus variolarius and Euschistus servus with Reference to the Inheritance of an Hxclusively Male Character. Journ. Linn. Soc. London, Zool. vol. xxxii. 7146. The Chromosomes of Huschistus variolarius, Huschistus servus, and the Hybrids of the F, and F, Generations. Arch. ftir Zellf., Bd. 12. | ; 14 c. Preliminary Report of crossing two Hemipterous Species with Reference to the Inheritance of a Second Hxclusively Male Character. Biol. Bull. vol. xxvii. No. 4. Goopricu, HpwIn STEPHEN. 712. A Case of Hermaphroditism in Amphiozus. Anat. Anz., Bd. 42. Morgan, THomas Hunt. "11. An Attempt to Analyse the Constitution of the Chromosomes on the Basis of Sex-limited Inheritance in Drosophila. Journ. Exp. Zool. vol. xi. No. 4. 13. Heredity and Sex. Columbia University Press. 1913. 14. Sex-limited and Sex-linked Inheritance. Amer. Nat. vel. xlvi. SmitH, GEOFFREY WATKIN. "10. Studies in the Experimental Analysis of Sex. Q. J. M. Sci. vol. lv. pt. 2. Witson, EpmMuND BEECHER. "14. Croonian l[Lecture. Proc. Royal Soc., ser. B, vol. Ixxxviil. No. B 6038. 488 MISSES K. FOOT AND E. C. STROBELL : ‘\ EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. All the preparations were photographed at exactly the same magnification (20 dia- meters), and the photograph of each intromittent organ was carefully measured with a small pair of architect’s dividers, fitted with number nine needle-points, and set at 2mm. The dividers were frequently tested by measuring a line of a definite length. The measurements were made on matte prints, so that each division of 20 mm. could be identified by a pencil-mark and numbered. Measurement of the longer and more closely coiled organs was facilitated by dotting the first coil with red ink, the second coil with blue ink, and leaving the third coil black. In this way the longest coil could then be measured with as much accuracy as the shortest. The measurements were made from the distal end of the intromittent organ to the point where the thick part of the coil enters the gland. At this point the coil is easily dissected off (e. g., photos 12 & 18), but even in those cases where part of the canal within the gland has been preseryed (e. g., photo 1) the point from which the measurement was taken is easily determined, for the part within the gland is transparent and quickly tapers to a very fine canal. The intromittent organs of photos 1 to 66 are from the same insects which were photographed in an earlier paper and published in this same volume of the Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. (see Plates 28 to 34). In order to demonstrate whether these two exclusively male characters—the genital spot and the intromittent organ—are linked in inheritance, we have placed the intromittent organs of photos 1 to 66 in exactly the same order in which the photographs of the bugs themselves were placed on the plates of the above-mentioned paper—-each photograph in the two sets of illustrations evactly corresponding, and thus admitting an accurate comparison of the genital spot and the intromittent organ of each individual bug of the entire series. The photographs are reproduced by the half-tone method. Frequently it does not accurately reproduce the distal end of the intromittent organs, which always terminate in a clean-cut oblique angle : this is sometimes obscured by the dotted effect of the half-tone method, giving the appearance of a broken, jagged end. In some cases the reproducers have attempted to correct this by retouching ; but this has not always been successful. Puatr 41, (Cf. Plate 28 of this volume.) Puoto 1, Intromittent organs from the two bugs of photo 1, plate 28. On the left E, variolarius, and on the right £. servus. Length of intromittent orgau of E. variolarius 95 mm., of #. servus 167 mm. PHoro 2. Intromittent organs from the seven £. variolarius of photo 2, plate 28. These insects were raised in our laboratory during the summer of 1912, The parent bugs were raised in our laboratory during the summer of 1911, and were kept in captivity during the winter of 1911-12. Lengths of the intromittent organs of the seven bugs are as follows:—Ist (upper), 96 mm. 2nd, 101 mm, 3rd, 96mm. 4th,93 mm, 5th,90mm. 6th,96mm. 7th, 92 mm. Puoto 3. Intromittent organs from the five Z. servus of photo 38, plate 28. The bugs were collected in North Carolina in the fall of 1912. Lengths of the intro- mittent organs:——Ist (upper), 1643 mm. 2nd, 1643 mm. 3rd, 175; mm. 4th, 166mm. 5th, 170 mm. Puoto 4. Intromittent organ of the wild Z&. servus of photo 4, plate 28. This male fertilized the Z. variolarius female used for our cross-breeding experiments. Length of intromittent organ, 166 mm. Puoto 5. Puoro 6. Puoro 7. PuHoTo 8. PxHorTo 9. PuorTo 10. Puoro 11. PuotTo 12. Puoro 13. Puoto 14. RESULTS OF CROSSING TWO HEMIPTEROUS SPECIES. 489 Intromittent organs of the five Z. servus that were caged during the winter of 1911-12 with three £. variolarius females, one of which was used for our cross-breeding experiments. (The last three of these five males are shown in photo 5, plate 28.) Lengths of the intromittent organs :—Ist (upper), 161mm. 2nd, 162mm, 38rd, 166mm. 4th, 146mm. 5th, 169 mm. — Intromittent organs from two £. variolarius. These males were raised from the same deposition of eggs from which we raised the females for our cross- breeding experiments. Only one of these males (the 2nd) is shown in photo 5, plate 28. Lengths of the intromittent organs:—Ist (upper), 104mm. 2nd, 94 mm. Intromittent organs from the two F’, hybrids of photo 7, plate 28. Leneths of the intromittent organs :-—Ist (upper), 126 mm. 2nd, 124 mm. Intromittent organs from the two F, hybrids cf photo 8, plate 28. Lengths of the intromittent organs:—Ist (upper), 126mm. 2nd, 124 mm. Intromittent organ from the one F, hybrid that was preserved as a pinned specimen. This is the only intromittent organ that cannot be compared with a photograph of the insect from which it was dissected. The intromittent organ of the insect of photo 9, plate 28, was broken in dissection, and we therefore replaced it with this organ from the dried specimen. Length, 126 mm. ; Intromittent organ of the F, hybrid of photo 10, plate 28. Length of intro- mittent organ, 109mm. (This includes 3 mm. for the extreme distal end that was broken off in dissection and not preserved.) This hybrid is the male parent of the F, hybrids of plate 31. Intromittent organ of the F, hybrid of photo 11, plate 28. Length of intromittent organ, 134mm. This hybrid is the male parent of the I, hybrids of photos 15 and 16, plate 28. Tntromittent organ of the F, hybrid of photo 12, plate 28. Length of intro- mittent organ, 1382 mm. This hybrid is the male parent of the F, hybrids of photos 42 to 48, plate 52. Intromittent organ of the F, hybrid of photo 15, plate 28. Length of intromittent organ, 122 mm. This male fertilized the two F, females of the 6th and 7th pairs of I’, hybrids, and is therefore the male parent of the F, hybrids of photos 49 to 57, plates 32 & 38. Intromittent organ of the F, hybrid of photo 14, plate 28. Length cf intromittent organ, 126mm. This hybrid is the male parent of the I, hybrids of photos 26 to 32, plate 30. Puotos 15 & 16. Intromittent organs from the four F, males from the fifth pair of F, hybrids. Puoto 15. Intromittent organs of the three F; hybrids of photo 15, plate 28. Length of intromittent organs:—lst (upper), 108 mm. 2nd, 107} mm. ord, 147 mm. Puoto 16, Intromittent organ of the F. hybrid of photo 16, plate 28. Length of intromittent organ, 135 mm. (See photo 11 for the intromittent organ of the male parent of the four F, hybrids of photos 15 and 16.) LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXXII. oy) 4.90 MISSES K. FOOT AND FE. C. STROBELL : PLATE 42. (Cf. Plate 29 of this volume.) The intromittent organs from 43 F, males from the first pair of F, hybrids. The male parent of these hybrids is shown in photo 9, plate 28, but we did not succeed in preserving its intromittent organ (see photo 9). Puoro 17. Intromittent organs from the five F, hybrids of photo 17, plate 29. Lengths of intromittent organs:—Ist (upper), 96 mm. 2nd, 146mm. 8rd, 150 mm. 4th, 136mm. 5th, 150 mm. Puoro 18, Intromittent organs from the five F, hybrids of photo 18, plate 29. Lengths of intromittent organs:—Ist (upper), 112: mm. 2nd,128 mm. 38rd, 122 mm. 4th, 157 mm. dth, 148mm. Puoto 19. Intromittent organs of the four F, hybrids of photo 19, plate 29. Lengths of intromittent organs:—Ist (upper), 114 mm. 2nd,129 mm. 3rd, 139; mm. Ath, 144 mm. PuorTo 20. Intromittent, organs of the three F. hybrids of photo 20, plate 29. Lengths of intromittent creans :—Ist (upper), 180mm. 2nd,120 mm. 8rd, 98 mm. Puoro 21. Intromittent organs of the six F, hybrids of photo 21, plate 29. Lengths of intromittent organs :—lst (upper), 124 mm. 2nd,152 mm, 38rd, 183 mm. 4th, 122mm. 5th,136mm. 6th, 97 mm. Puoro 22. Intromittent organs of the five I’, hybrids of photo 22, plate 29. Lengths of intromittent organs:—Ist (upper), 136 mm, 2nd, 146 mm. 3rd, 124 mm. 4th, 1284 mm. 5th, 150 mm. Puoro 28. Intromittent organs of the four F, hybrids of photo 23, plate 29. Lengths of intromittent organs :—lst (upper), 98 mm. 2nd, 120 mm. 38rd, 104 mm. 4th, 122 mm. Puoto 24. Intromittent organs of the three F, hybrids of photo 24, plate 29, Lengths of intromittent organs: —Ist (upper), 100 mm. 2nd,114 mm. 38rd, 1823 mm, Puoto 25. Intromittent organs of the eight I’, hybrids of photo 25, plate 29. Lengths of intromittent organs:—-lst (upper), 1145 mm, 2nd,125mm. 5rd, 100 mm, 4th.108 mm. 5th,93 mm. 6th,132mm. 7th,85} mm. 8th, 140 mm. - PLATE 43. (Cf. Plate 30 of this volume.) 2 Intromittent organs from 80 I*, males, from the second pair of I, hybrids. The male parent of these hybrids is shown in photo 14, plate 28, and its intro- mittent organ in photo 14, Plate 41. Proto 26, Intromittent organs from the five bugs of photo 26, plate 30. Lengths of intromittent organs:—Ist (upper), 1153 mm. 2nd, 100 mm. 3rd, 116 mm. 4th, 118mm. 5th, 118 mm. Puoro 27. Intromittent organs from the four bugs of photo 27, plate 80, Lengths of intromittent organs :—Ist (upper), 99 mm. (this includes 3 mm. for the extreme distal end that was broken off in dissection and not preserved). 2nd, 130mm, 38rd, 180mm. 4th, 130 mm. Puoro 28. Intromittent organs from the six bugs of photo 28, plate 30. Lengths of intromittent organs :—lst (upper), 90 mm. 2nd, 142 mm. 3rd, 124 mm. 4th, 131mm. 5th, 121mm. 6th, 1275 mm. Puoro 29, Intromittent organs from the five bugs of photo 29, plate 30. Lengths of intromittent organs:—lst (upper), 124 mm. 2nd, 128 mm, 3rd, 126 mm, 4th, 126mm. 5th, 126 mm. RESULTS OF CROSSING TWO HEMIPTEROUS SPECIES. A491 Proto 30. Intromittent organs from the four bugs of photo 30, plate 30. Lengths of intromittent organs :—I1st (upper), 180 mm. 2nd, 1342 mm, 3rd, 1152 mm. 4th, 133 mm. (this includes 3 mm. for the extreme distal end that was broken off in dissection and not preserved). Puorto 31. Intromittent organs from the three bugs of photo 31, plate 30. Lengths of intromittent organs :—Ist (upper), 114mm. 2nd, 114.mm. 3rd, 99} mm. Puoto 32. Intromittent organs from the three bugs of “havo 32, plate 30. Lengths of intromittent organs :—I1st (upper), 1142 mm. 2nd, 122mm. 3rd, 127 mm. PLATE 44, (Cf. Plate 31 of this volume.) Intromittent organs from 48 F, males from the third pair of F, hybrids. The male parent of these hybrids is shown in photo 10, plate 28, and its intro- mittent organ in photo 10, Plate 41. Puoto 33. Intromittent organs from the six bugs of photo 38, plate 31. Lengths of intromittent organs :—Ist (upper), 117; mm. 2nd, 124 mm. 38rd, 1163 mm. 4th, 144mm. 5th, 123i mm. 6th,1380mm. | Pxoro 34, Intromittent organs from the eight bugs of photo 34, plate 31. Lengths of intromittent organs :—Ist (apne), 128 mm. 2nd, 131 mm. 3rd, 140 mm. 4th, 130mm. Sth,140mm. 6th,121 mm. 7th, 123mm. 8th, 147 mm. PHorTo 35. Intromittent organs from the five bugs of photo 85, plate 31. Lengths of intromittent organs :—ist (upper), 104 mm. aint 115 mm. ~~ 3rd, 126 mm. 4th, 184mm. 5th, 1343 mm. PHOTO 386, Thana tor organs from the seven bugs of niges 36, yplate 31. Lengths of intromittent organs :—I1st (upper), 114 mm. 2nd, 1273 mm. 3rd, 1273 mm. 4th, 124mm. 5th, 142mm. 6th, 120 mm. 7th, 1273 mm. PxHoTo 37. Intromittent organs from the three bugs of photo 37, plate 31.. Lengths of intromittent organs :—Ist (upper), 1223 mm. 2nd, 122} mm. 38rd, 126 mm. PxHoTo 38. Intromittent organs from the five bugs of photo 388, plate 31. Lengths of intromittent organs :—Ist (upper), 112 mm. 2nd, 120 mm. 3rd, 126 mm. Ath, 1893 mm. 5th, 140 mm. : PxHotTo 39. Intromittent organs from the four bugs of photo 39, plate 31. Lengths of intromittent organs :—lIst (upper), 137 mm. 2nd,1343 mm. 3rd, 140 mm. 4th, 124 mm. PxHotTo 40. Intromittent organs from the seven bugs of photo 40, plate 31. Lengths of intromittent organs:—Ist (upper), 1143 mm, 2nd, 117 mm. 8rd, 122 mm. 4th, 1363 mm. 5th, 126 mn. 6th, 1263 mm. 7th, 120 mm. Puoto 41. Intromittent organs from the three bugs of photo 41, plate 31. Lengths of intromittent organs :—lIst (upper), 1163 mm. 2nd,132imm. 3rd, 126 mm. PuatTE 45, (Cf. Plate 32 of this volume.) Puotos 42-48, Intromittent organs from the 27 I, males from the fourth pair of F, hybrids. The male parent of these hybrids is shown in photo 12, plate 28, and its intromittent organ in photo 12, Plate 41. Puoto 42, Intromittent organs from the four bugs of photo 42, plate 32. Lengths of intromittent organs :—Ist (upper), 142 mm. 2nd,130 mm. 3rd, 1303 mm. 4th, 136 mm. 30 492 MISSES K. FOOT AND E. C. STROBELL : Puoto 43. Intromittent organs from the seven bugs of photo 48, plate 32. Lengths of intromittent organs:—Ist (upper), 1183 mm. 2nd,132 mm. 3rd, 140 mm. 4th, 133 mm. d5th,127 mm. 6th,188 mm. 7th, 1413 mm. PuHoro 44. Intromittent organs from the two bugs of photo 44, plate 32. Leneths of intromittent organs :—Ilst (upper), 115 mm. 2nd, 127 mm. Puoto 45, Intromittent organs from the three bugs of photo 45, plate 32. Lengths of intromittent organs:—1st (upper), 128 mm. 2nd, 186mm, 3rd, 137 mm. Puoto 46, Intromittent organs from the six bugs of photo 46, plate 32. Lengths of intromittent organs :—1st (upper), 1163 mm. 2nd, 128 mm. ord, 122 mm. 4th, 120 mm. 5th, 136 mm. 6th, 127 mm. Puoto 47. Intromittent organs from the four bugs of photo 47, plate 32. Lengths of intromittent organs:— 1st (upper), 119} mm. 2nd,110 mm. 3rd, 142 mm. 4th, 121 mm. Puoto 48, Intromittent organ from the male of photo 48, plate 32. Length of intromittent organ, 110 mm. Puoros 49 & 50. Intromittent organs from the six F, males from the sixth pair of F, hybrids. The male parent of these hybrids is shown in photo 13, plate 28, and its intromittent organ in photo 13, Plate 41. Puoto 49. Intromittent organs from the two bugs of photo 49, plate 32. Lengths of intromittent organs :--lst (upper), 1183 mm. 2nd, 1293 mm. Puoto 50. Intromittent organs from the four bugs of photo 50, plate 32. Lengths of introniitent organs:—Ilst (upper), 128 mm, 2nd, 128mm. 38rd, 125mm. 4th, 134 mm. PuatTE 46. (Cf. Plate 33 of this volume.) Intromittent organs from 32 F, males from the seventh pair of F, hybrids. The male parent of these hybrids is shown in photo 18, plate 28, and its intro- mittent organ in photo 13, Plate 41. Puorto 51. Intromittent organs from the nine bugs of photo 51, plate 33. Lengths of intromittent organs:—lst (upper), 110 mm. 2nd, 120 mm, 3rd, 131 mm. 4th,119 mm. d5th, 1363 mm. 6th,1213 mm. 7th, 188mm. 8th, 115mm. 9th, 122 mm. Puoto 52. Intromittent organs from the six bugs of photo 52, plate 33. Lengths of intromittent organs :—Ilst (upper), 127 mm. 2nd, 1233 mm. 3rd, 112 mm. Ath, 128mm. 5th, 120mm. 6th, 1386 mm. Puorto 53. Intromittent organs from the four bugs of photo 53, plate 33. Lengths of intromittent orgaus:—lst (upper), 1153 mm. 2nd, 112 mm. 3rd, 115 mm. 4th, 1483 mm. Pxoto 54, Intromittent organs from the four bugs of photo 54, plate 33. Lengths of intromittent organs:—Ist (upper), 130 mm. 2nd, 120 mm. 3rd, 135 mm. 4th, 112 mm. Puoto 55. Intromittent organs from the four bugs of photo 55, plate 33. Lengths of intromittent organs :—-Ist (upper), 116} mm. 2nd, 118mm. 38rd, 118 mm. 4th, 131 mm. Puorto 56. Intromittent organs from the three bugs of photo 56, plate 33. Lengths of intromittent organs :—Ilst (upper), 1123 mm. 2nd,119mm. 3rd, 1293 mm. Intromittent organs from the two bugs of photo 57, plate 33. Lengths of intr. mittent organs —Ist (upper), 1063 mm. 2nd, 120 mm. rp ( PHOTO 57. Foot & Strobell. Journ. Linn. Soc. Zoot. Vor. XXXII. Pl. 41. K.F. & E.C:S., photo. Andre, Sleigh & Anglo, Ltd. INTROMITTENT ORGANS from EUSCHISTUS VARIOLARIUS, E. SERVUS, & HYBRIDS. Foot & Strobell. Journ. Linn. Soc. Zoot. Vor. XXXII. Pl. 42. K.F.& E.C.S., photo. Andre, Sleigh & Anglo, Ltd. INTROMITTENT ORGANS from Fz HYBRIDS from E. VARIOLARIUS & E. SERVUS. Foot & Strobell. Journ. Linn. Soc. Zoot. Vou. XXXII. Pl. 43. O00 © oo (2) slelele K.F. & E.C.S., photo. Andre, Sleigh & Anglo, Ltd. INTROMITTENT ORGANS from Fz HYBRIDS from E. VARIOLARIUS & E. SERVUS. i yar) Ne pa aes cae WT eT ae TE eRe ty Foot & Strobell. Journ. Linn. Soc. Zoot. Vor. XXXII. PI. 44. © Qo O) @) io 38 oselelsicle OOOO COO} K-F.& E.CS., photo. Andre, Sleigh & Anglo, Ltd. INTROMITTENT ORGANS from Fz HYBRIDS from E. VARIOLARIUS & E. SERVUS. Xs 69. Boa ay aes ae aha el LO ee Eve ; Foot & Strobell. Journ. Linn. Soc. Zoot. Vor. XXXII. Pl. 45. OOOCGO Ss K.F. & E.C.S., photo. Andre, Sleigh & Anglo. Ltd. INTROMITTENT ORGANS from Fz HYBRIDS from E. VARIOLARIUS & E. SERVUS. san ean iserpiiie? i © aes Ps =_ Foot & Strobell. Journ. Linn. Soc. Zoot. Vor. XXXII. PI. 46. K.F. & E.C.S., photo. Andre, Sleigh & Anglo, Ltd. INTROMITTENT ORGANS from Fz HYBRIDS from E. VARIOLARIUS & E. SERVUS. Foot & Strobell. Journ. Linn. Soc. Zoot. Vout. XXXII. Pl. 47. K.F.& E.C.S., photo. Andre, Sleigh & Anglo, Ltd. INTROMITTENT ORGANS from E. VARIOLARIUS MALES & MALES from Fr 2 xX E. VARIOLARIUS ¢& eh ; 1 po ante aegis aah RESULTS OF CROSSING TWO HEMIPTEROUS SPECIES. 493 PLATE 47. (Cf. Plate 34 of this volume.) Puoto 58. The intromittent organ from the pure vartolarius of photo 58, plate 34. Length of intromittent organ, 94mm. This pure variolartius male was raised in the laboratory in 1912, and the same season fertilized both a pure female variolarius and an F, hybrid female. Puoros 59-61. Intromittent organs of 10 males from the above-mentioned pair of pure vartolarius. Puoro 59. Intromittent organ of the male of photo 59, plate 34. Length of intromittent organ, 94 mm. 1 Puoro 60. Intromittent organs of the three males of photo 60, plate 34. Lengths of intromittent organs:—lst (upper), 98 mm. 2nd, 100 mm. ord, 94 mm. PuHoTo 61. Intromittent organs of the six males of photo 61, plate34. Lengths of intromittent organs :—Ist (upper), 100 mm. 2nd, 100 mm. 3rd, 100 mm. 4th, 953 mm. 5th, 102mm. 6th, 98 mm. PuoTos 62-66. Intromittent organs of 18 males from the above-mentioned backcross (Fi hybrid 2 x pure variolarius 3). Porto 62. Intromittent organs from the four mates of Photo 62, plate 34. Lengths of intromittent organs:—lIst (upper), 1123 mm. 2nd, 105 mm. 3rd, 12283 mm. 4th, 117 mm. PuHoto 63. Intromittent organs from the four males of photo 638, plate #4. Lengths of intromittent organs:—lst (upper), 110 mm. 2nd, 116 mm. 3rd, 106mm. 4th, 107 mm. Puoto 64. Intromittent organs from the six males of photo 64, plate 34. Leneths of intromittent organs:—Ist (upper), 115 mm. 2nd, 1123 mm. ard, 122i mm. 4th,102mm. 5th, 119mm. 6th, 113 mm. Puoro 65. Intromittent organ from the male of photo 65, plate 84. Length of intromittent organ, 1135 mm. Puoro 66. Intromittent organs from the three males of photo 66, plate 34. Lengths of intromittent organs:—Ist (upper), 1145 mm. 2nd, 1163 mm. ord, 1065 mm. (nos aa yy Pratt et fais i eM ourenk ) mw iiboust ae Pa ye. | a ui CRETE » (es ( ioah Cheer tineial Be Pty , he reemetgl Aviva): Vit vib Spm Py eo APL shied ink Pop leg (KR, ae Ys Siig egte Gar rr ryetl. aad | Oy ti Ap Atha? , tne ASE Ree me oi lal wae niae 7 2 he ’ ‘ j ¢ Mining yareigt Pry) . Lhe ON THYSANOPTERA FROM THE WEST INDIES. 495 On a Collection of Thysanoptera from the West Indies, with Descriptions of new Genera and Species. By Ricuarp S. Baenay, F.L.S. (Piatrs 48 & 49; and 2 Text-figures. ) [Read 19th November, 1914. ] Some recent small collections of Thysanoptera from the West Indies have proved highly interesting, producing such noteworthy forms as Corynothrips, Williams, and Dinurothrips, Hood, the former described from St. Vincent and the latter from Porto Rico. This present paper deals with a collection made by the Government Entomologist, Mr. Urich, in Trinidad, and though the species are few, yet they are of very considerable interest. Out of eleven species but six represent previously known forms, and of these Frankliniella melanommata has but recently been described (Dec. 1913) by Williams, whilst the Neo- tropical forms Dicaiothrips lwvicollis, Bagn., D. brevicornis, Bagn., and Hupathithrips silvestra (Buffa) are not well known. All the new forms are striking species, and I have found it necessary to erect three new genera—Sedulothrips (to which we must also refer Hood’s Polyommatothrips vigilans), Craniothrips, and Chirothripoides. The latter is erected for an anomalous and peculiar form, the type of a new division of the Tubulifera ; and, having now studied five species of Hupathithrips and the allied genus Sedulothrips, I have considered it expedient to form a division for their reception. The compressed and subcarinate dorsum of the head, the large finely-facetted eyes, almost contiguous in front, the subventrally or ventrally seated antenne, and the long mouth-cone are typical of this group ; whilst the form of antennee and the long sense-cones are also peculiar, the latter originally suggesting the generic name Lupathithrips. In describing Polyommatothrips vigilans from Panama, Hood* has pointed out that the strongly emarginate fore-margin of the prothorax enables the head to be moved back to an angle of about 45 degrees. The antennw are inserted on the ventral surface and must be carried in life at almost right angles to the head—hence the necessity of the abnormal moving back of the head. Mr. J. D. Hood has very generously forwarded me his unique g and @ types of this interesting insect for examination and comparison with my Trinidad example, which is a very closely allied species. I have thus had an opportunity of studying all the known species of this group, and append a few further remarks upon Eupathithrips dentipes, which still rests upon the type-specimen collected by Mr. Champion. I should * ‘Psyche,’ xx., August 1913, p. 128. 496 MR. R. 8S. BAGNALL ON A COLLECTION OF mention that the Bromeliaceous species, Hupathithrips affinis, was collected by Mr. Hugh Scott, to whom I am indebted for the single specimen, and I trust that renewed search in its apparently specialised habitat will result in the discovery of more examples. In raising the Eupathithrips group and Chirothripoides each to family rank, I do so reluctantly and provisionally ; that they are sharply separated from the heterogeneous Phlwothripide (s.1.) is evident, but it will only be after the examination of a great deal more material and a close analysis of our known forms that we can hope to put the Tubilifera upon a sound working basis. Meantime, by recognizing and setting aside these well-defined groups, we, by elimination, make work upon the residue a little more easy. Asa mark of gratitude and esteem, I have pleasure in naming Craniothrips wricht in Mr. Urich’s honour. Suborder TEREBRANTIA. Family AAOLOTHRIPIDS. Subfamily AZoLOTHRIPINA. Genus Miroturips, Trybom, 1912. Near Molothrips and allies, and readily distinguished by the extra- ordinarily long and slender antenne caused by the elongation of joints 3 and 4, which are apparently without sensoria or sense-areas of any kind. Fore-wings without cross-veins, broadened distally. KKyes larger, ocelli normal. Antenne at least 6 times as long as the head, joints 2-4 light; 4 longer than 3, and 5-9 together only 0:2 the length Otro) and tome biers inte stair Ghikis seu store cabo cieiaiiele Mitothrips megalops, Trybom.- yes smaller, front ocellus smaller than others. Antenne about 3°5 times as long as head, joints 1-4 light; 4 shorter than 3, and 5-9 together more than one- half (0°57) the length of 3 and 4 together .......... Mitothrips petulans, sp. n. MITOTHRIPS PETULANS, sp.n. (PI. 48. figs. 1-5; Pl. 49. figs. 1 & 2.) ?. Length a little more than 2:0 mm., breadth of pterothorax 0°31 mm. General colour dark brown, mesothorax lighter, and abdominal segments 1 to 3 white or yellowish-white, excepting where joined to each other, and there tinged with reddish-brown ; segment 10 light yellow. Antennal joints 1-4 light lemon-yellow, tip of 4 lightly tinged with brown, 5-7 dark brown, and 8 and 9 lighter greyish-brown. All femora lighter or darker brown, inclined to a yellowish light patch near apices within ; fore-tibize yellowish to greyish-brown, margins dark brown, hind and intermediate tibie uniformly dark brown; all farsi whitish. Fore-wings rich brown, a clear ill-defined pateh occupying third filth, or thereabouts, and a similar THYSANOPTERA FROM THE WEST INDIES. 497 but shorter white area just before the distal twelfth ; hind wings clear, with a faint trace of grey corresponding with the dark areas of the fore-wing. Head and thorax difficult to describe from the single preparation owing to the extreme difficulty in obtaining an exact dorsal view. Head more or less subglobular in form, cheeks roundly constricted to base, with a few small sete. Hyes irregularly and somewhat coarsely facetted, some of the facets beneath being extraordinarily large ; facets not touching ; minutely pilose ; upper portion occupying about 0°5 the length of head. Posterior ocelli somewhat large, placed above a line drawn aeross the posterior fourth of eyes ; anterior one much smaller, protected by two long bristles placed rather closely together on a line across the front of posterior pair. A pair of short dorsal setze on a line behind eyes, approximately behind the posterior ocelli. Antenne very long and slender, about 3°5 times as long as the head, pilose ; basal joints subapproximate ; 2 cylindrical, twice as long as broad ; 3 with short stem, about 15 times as long as broad; 4 also long and slender, a shade broader than 3 and about 9 times as long as broad; 5 to 7 slightly broader; 8 rapidly narrowing from about middle, distally and broadly united to 9, which is almost styliform. Relative lengths of joints— 12: 17:80:55: 25:18:16:14:5-5. Palpi 3/2-jointed. Head ventrally arcuate below insertion of antennze and furnished with numerous hairs, the inmost pair the longest. Prothorax apparently not broader than the head and converging basally, about as long as the head and 0°8 as long as broad across fore-angles; no prominent bristles and surface irregularly, sparsely, and minutely setose. Pterothorax long and narrow, 1°25 times as long as wide, broadest across base of mesothorax, where it is twice as broad as at juncture with prothorax ; sides roundly widened, and sides of metathorax narrowed to base, 0°65 as wide across posterior cox as across mesothorax. Legs long, setose, the setee arranged in more or less regular rows, femora thickening distally ; structure of fore-tarsus typically Adolothripid. Wings reaching to about the 7th abdominal segment ; fore-wing broadened distally, rounded at tip, longitudinal veins indistinct but clearly defined by sete ; cross-veins absent. Costal bristles slender, 35, ending at extreme apex ; whole length of upper vein with 22 and hind vein with 16 short setee—more widely spaced on central clear patch, none on distal clear patch, and 2+2 on distal dark area. Cilia on fore-margin of hind-wing sparse, only a little longer than the breadth of the wing; those forming lower fringes of both fore- and hind-wings long. Abdomen subpetiolate, very narrow at juncture with thorax, broadening evenly to 6th segment, where it is 1°5 times as broad as the pterothorax and more than 2°5 times as broad as the posterior margin of 1. 9 abruptly narrowed to base of 8, and 8 and 9 roughly obconical ; 9 with one long lateral bristle near middle and two pairs of similar bristles on posterior 498 © MR. R. §. BAGNALL ON A COLLECTION OF margin of tergite, which are longer than segments 9 and 10 together and dark brown in colour, '‘Tergite 10 with four long colourless bristles, about 0°75 the length of those on 9; two shorter ones at extreme tip (vestigial segment 11). Type. In Hope Collections, University Museum, Oxford. Habitat. Trrxtpap, Sangre Grande, July 1913. Associated with Heliothrips rubrocinctus on cacao-leaves. In many respects, especially in the form of body, this species reminds one of Franklinothrips vespiformis, Crawf., from which it may be distinguished by the form of antennz and head, coloration of abdomen, the first three and 10th segments of which are light in this species. Family THRIPID &. Genus Heuiorurips, Hal. HELIOTHRIPS HAMORRHOIDALIS (Bouche) and var. ABDOMINALIS, [eut. 44 ?’s and larve on Liberian Coffee; Hsparanza Estate, California, Trinidad, Oct. 1912; on under sides of leaves, also on upper side when well shaded (99:4). 4 9’s £. typica only and larvee on coconut-leaves, Cocal, Hast Coast, Trinidad, July 1913 (99°6). Fig. 1._Frankliniella insularis (Franklin). xX 20. 2,.—The same; underside of abdomenin g. Xe. 20. Genus FRANKLINIELLA, Karny. FRANKLINIELLA: INSULARIS (ranklin), cf. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxxiii. (1908) 715. Both sexes of this species, described by Franklin from Barbados, are well represented in two tubes, one from flowers of Hrythrina (7 ?’s,1 $, and THYSANOPTERA FROM THE WEST INDIES. 4.99 larvee), Saugre Grande, Feb. 1913 (99°7), and the other from cultivated roses, sucking petals, La Tosca, Sangre Grande, April (99°5) and November 1913. In the latter case the species appeared in numbers and was accompanied by Prankliniella melanommata, Williams. | Tt is also known from Guadalajara and Monterey, Mexico ; Brownsville, Texas ; and Miraflores, Canal Zone, Panama *. FRANKLINIELLA MELANOMMATA, Williams, Journ. Econ. Biol. vol. Vill., December 1913, pp. 213-215, fig. 2 . : This little species has only recently been described by Williams from St. Vincent. It is somewhat closely allied to tritze: (Fitch) and cephalicns, Crawford, and it causes one to think that the tritic: recorded by Franklin from Barbados may be referable to this form. Both sexes from cultivated roses, La Tosca, Sangre Grande, April and November 1913. Suborder TUBULIFERA. Family [DOLOTHRIPID4. DICAIOTHRIPS LAVICOLLIS, Bagn. Two ¢s with D. brevicornis recorded below, and 3 gs and 1 ¢? from Verdant Vale, Trinidad, April 1912. These agree perfectly with description of the original examples from Venezuela, except in the length of the bristles of the 9th abdominal segment in the ¢, which in these examples are seven- eighths the length of tube. It should be noted that these are shown much too short in the original figure (pl. 52. fig. 5 f). The relative lengths of the antennal joints are approximately :—20: 26: 102: 63:57:45:28:25. Tube in ¢ about 4 times as long as broad at base. DICAIOTHRIPS BREVICORNIS, Bagn. (PI. 48. fig. 9.) Examples of both sexes found amongst leaves of a dead coconut- palm and some on and under the bark of the stem. Mr. Urich states that examples were observed to deposit eggs on the leaves and to sit over them. ‘The fore- femur within has a low tubercle at distal third, somewhat as in Jdolothrips tuberculatus, Hood, though not so pronounced. 3. The male was previously unknown. The head is a little longer than in the 2, nearly 2°5 times as long as broad, postocular bristles absent, and genal spines a little more plentiful. Fore-femora not strongly incrassate ; spines on outer side near base stronger than in the 9 ; tibiz and tarsus as in & distinctus, Bagn. Melative lengths of antennal segments approxi- mately :—18: 25:66:51: 40:35:24: 22, * See Hood, ‘ Psyche,’ xx. No. 4, August 1913. + Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xxx. 1909, pp. 369-387, pls, 51-53. 500 MR. R. S. BAGNALL ON A COLLECTION OF Abdominal segments 7 and 8 practically subequal. Tube stout, 0-7 as long as head, twice as long as 9th segment, and but slightly longer than either 7 and 8; about 3 times as long as broad at base and twice as broad at base as at apex. ‘Terminal hairs about as long as tube, those on 9 a little longer. This species fits well into Section II.ii.B of my table on Neotropical Dicaiothrips, wherein these two species were described, but is readily separated from both levicollis and foveicollis by the short third antennal joint and stout tube. Family HuPaAtTHITHRIPIDA, mihi. Head at least twice as long as wide ; dorsum compressed and subcarinate, Eyes finely and closely facetted, prominent, contiguous, or nearly touching anteriorly, almost completely surrounding ocelli; ventrally well separated. Cheeks with or without prominent spiniferous tubercles. Mouth-cone long and pointed, reaching to beyond the base of the prosternum. Antennz set below vertex, on ventral surface; intermediate joints long and slender, segments 3 to 5 (or 6) clavate, distally abruptly narrowed ; sense-cones very long and slender. Cheeks with prominent spiniferous tubercles. Antenne set higher on the ventral surface, sense-cones Jonger, third joint shorter than or at most bui little longer than 4. Fore-femur in both sexes with a tooth near apex within. Genus EvupatuitTurips, Bagn. Cheeks without tubercles. Antennz set lower on the ventral surface; sense- cones shorter; third joint much longer than 4; anterior margin of pro- thorax strongly emarginate. Fore-femur simple.... Genus SEDULOTHRIPS, nov. Genus Huvatuirurirs, Bagnall. 1908. Eupathithrips, Bagnall, Trans. N. H. Soc. Northumberland, Durham, and New- castle-upon-Tyne, n. s., iil. p. 23. 1908. Heterothrips, Butta (not Hood), “ Redia,” iv. 1908, p. 124. 1909. Polyommatothrips, Bufta, op. c. v. 1909, p. 164. [EvuParHITHRIPS DENTIPES, Bagn. 1908. (Pl. 48. fig. 10; Pl. 49. fig. 5.) This species is easily separated from silvestrii and affinis by its larger head, the larger fore-legs, the distinctive shape of fore-femora (as in Rhebothrips, Karny) which are without the minute spiniferous tubercles on the inner margin, and the strong double series of teeth-like protuberances along the inside margin of tibia. The abdomen is broader, and the segments 4-7 at least have a white patch at each anterior angle. The prothorax is not so triangular in shape as shown in my original figure, but I find it difficult to describe from the single dried specimen. | THYSANOPTERA FROM THE WEST INDIES. 501 HUPATHITHRIPS AFFINIS, sp.n. (PI. 48. fig. 11; Pl. 49. figs. 6 & 8.) 3. Length about 4:5 mm. Colour as in &. silvestrii, but with the apical two-thirds of intermediate tibize and apical half of hind tibize yellow. Abdominal segments 3 to 6 each with a pair of antero-lateral white patches. Relative lengths of antennal joints 3-8 as follows :—-163:168:174:110: 73:36. Sense-cones protected by long pointed sete as in LZ. dentipes. This species differs from L. silvestrii in its smailer size, the relative lengths of antennal joints 3 and 4 (which in this species are practically subequal), and in the coloration of the intermediate and hind tibie. The genal spine just behind eyes is more minute than in silvestrii, whilst the genal spiniferous tubercles and those along the inner margin of each fore-femur are noticeably larger than in the ¢ of that species. The two series of tubercles along inner margins of fore-tibize, so strong in dentipes, and in silvestrii vestigial, are in affinis distinctly denoted. Though a smaller species, the prothoracic sete (at least the mid-lateral and anterior pairs) are distinctly longer than in szlvestrii, the shortest being ut least 0°4 the length of the prothorax. The bristles of the 91h abdominal segment are longer than in silvestrii, the outer being about as long as the tube and the inner distinctly longer, whilst the lateral abdominal bristles are comparatively longer also. Type. In Hope Collections, University Museum, Oxford. Hlabitat. Trixipap, 1 g, taken by Mr. Hugh Scott from between the leaf-bases of an epiphytic Bromeliaceous plant, from the virgin forest of Trinidad’s highest mountain, ‘Tucuché, 3100 feet, March 20th, 1912. EUPATHITHRIPS SILVESTRIL (Bujfa). (PI. 48. fig. 12; Pl. 49. figs. 7 & 9.) Heterothrips silvestru, Buffa, ‘ Redia,’ iv. 1908, pp. 124-125, fig. 2. Polyommatothrips silvestrvi, Buffa, op. ¢. v. 1909, p. 164. 2. Length 5:0 to 5°5 mm., breadth of mesothorax about 0°7 mm. Colour dark chestnut-brown ; fore-tibize yellowish shaded lightly with brown near base, intermediate and hind tibize with the distal half and fifth respectively yellow; all tarsi yellow. Antennal joint 3 yellow, lightly touched with brown near apex; stems of 4 and 5 and basal third of 6 similarly yellow. Head 2-2 times as long as broad, and 2°5 times as long as prothorax through middle ; cheeks with a few prominent spiniferous tubercles and a short stout spine near eyes. Hyes practically touching anteriorly, very finely facetted, occupying about one-third the length of head. Ocelli rather large, and almost completely surrounded by the eyes; anterior ocellus forwardly directed. Postocular bristles short and blunt, placed far back, about one- 502 MR. R. 8 BAGNALL ON A COLLECTION OF third the length of the eye. Antenne nearly twice as long as the head, set ventrally below the anterior part of the eyes, and between ihe ventral parts ; relative length of joints :—54:50:134: 165: 165: 96:64:32; 3-6 produced distally into a shorter or longer stem beyond the broadest a the produced part being longer and more slender | in 5 and 6; 7and 8 broadly and obliquely united, together fusiform. Sense-cones Heaieanelly long and _ slender, protected immediately behind by short, slender, knobbed setee, instead of long bristles as in the known allied forms. Mouth-cone long and sharp, reaching beyond pronotum. Prothorax 2°25 times as long as broad across hind angles, anterior margin rather strongly emarginate; setee rather short, parallel-sided and faintly expanded at tips; the longest (at posterior angles) from 0°35 to U-4, and the others about 0°32 the length of prothorax. Pterothorax as broad as long, surface, especially the metanotum medially, - more or less plainly reticulated. Wings reaching to about the 6th abdominal segment, tinged with smoky yellow, ibaa near base, and median thickenings a cilia brown. Median vein in fore- and hind-wings reaching to the dicta fourth ; cilia on both margins long and closely set, at least 32 duplicated at posterior margin of fore-wing near apex. _ Fore-femur very slightly incrassate, with tooth near apex within and a few minute spiniferous tubercles on inner margin ; fore-tibie with a double row of short bristles their basal tubercles being vestigial; fore-tarsus with a minute tooth in both sexes. Abdomen long and slender, slightly narrower than pterothorax at base, and narrowed evenly to base of tube, all segments, excepting 9, distinctly trans- verse. Tube 0°5 the length of tube, about 0°4 as broad at base as long and 0:45 as broad at apex as at base ; terminal hairs slender, about 0:7 the length of tube. Bristles on 9th segment about as long as tube, the outermost pair slightly shorter and more slender ; 7 and 8 with two pairs of blunt dorso- lateral bristles, the outer being the longer, colourless ; 2-6 with similar but shorter bristles, which are dark brown at base and colourless distally. In addition, there is a shorter sharp spine at extreme posterior angles of 3- Wing-retaining spines on 2-6, and one vestigial pair at hind margin of 7. gd. A little smaller and more slender; genal spines not so noticeable. Ninth tergite with a pair of spines placed above the posterior margin and between the inner and outer bristles; outer pair of bristles slender, about 0:7 the length of tube, inner ones about as long as the tube. There can be little doubt that this is the species described by Buffa, the short third antennal joint and the minute protecting hairs of the sense-cones being distinctive features shown in Buffa’s figure. . Habitat. TRINIDAD, on and in cracks of a dead cacao-tree (Urich). THYSANOPTERA FROM THE WEST INDIES. 503 Genus SEDULOTHRIPS, nov. Cheeks without tubercles. Antenne: set low on the ventral surface of head, between the eyes; joint 3 longer than 4; sense-cones moderately long, shorter than in Mupathithrips. Anterior margin of prothorax strongly emarginate. Fore-femur without tooth near apex within. Otherwise as in Hupathithrips. SEDULOTHRIPS INSOLENS, sp.n. (PI. 48. figs. 13-15; Pl. 49. fig. 10.) °. This species so closely approaches S. vigilans, Hood *, that a detailed description is unnecessary. ‘The fore-tibize are unicolorous with the femora ; the antennee are of a darker shade, yellowish-brown, and the stems of joints 4 to 6 are not so markedly yellowish as in vgilans, these joints being practically unicolorous ; and the 6th joint is more fusiform and longer than the apical and penultimate joints together. The prothorax is broader, at least 2°5 times as broad as its median length ; all bristles present, blunt, and longer than in vigllans, those at posterior angles at least 0°5 the median length of the pro- thorax, and those at anterior angles and the mid-lateral pairs not shortened as In vigilans. The fore-wings are of a uniform brown ils slight yellowish tinge and, if anything, sohes in colour basally ; median thickening (which almost attains apex in hind-wing) darker brown. Tore-wings darker in colour than in vgilans, not strikingly lighter distally, and Hlenont the clear patch near base; surface distally baioasly sculptured, giving the appearance of being set with scales ; 27 cilia duplicated. Abdominal segment 8 longer than the tube (in ? vigilans not so long). Distal half of tube not noticeably lighter ; hairs on segment 9 2°6 (in 9 vigilans 2:0) times the length of tube, and outer terminal hairs just twice the length, the innermost pair shorter. brome Mr. Hood’s kindness, I have had the satisfaction of examining the 3 and ¢? types of his Polyommatothrips vigilans. I was at first fenipted to regard my solitary example as referable to vigilans, but it differs in so many little points (of which the cheetotaxy of the prothorax and the 9th abdominal segment and tube, the coloration, and curious sculpturing of the fore-wings seem to be the most important) that it seems necessary to regard it as belonging to a second species. I hope that further examples will be met with, so as to make a closer examination of these points possible, and more especially of the curious surface-structure of the fore-wings. Type. In the Hope Collections, University Museum, Oxford. , Hatitat. Tristipap. One 2 with HMupathithrips silvestrn, Buffa, from on and in cracks of a dead cacao-tree. * ‘Psyche,’ xx., August 1913, p. 123. . 504 MR. R. S. BAGNALI, ON A COLLECTION OF Family PHL@oTHRIPID4 (s.1.). Genus CRANIOTHRIPS, nov. Size small. Head twice as long as broad, arched dorsally. Mouth-cone not reaching across prosternum, blunt, rounded at tip ; maxillary palpi long and stout. Prothoracic sete stout, blunt; the single long bristle on each fore-coxa pointed. Fore-wings slightly constricted at about middle. Belongs to the Haplothrips-Hindsiana group, but distinguished at once by the shape of the head, which reminds one in a modest way of the arched head of that curious genus Docessissophothrips, Bagn. Type. C. wrichi, mihi. CRANIOTHRIPS URICHI, sp. n. Length 1:8-1°9 mm. General colour lemon-yellow to a richer yellow ; antennal joints 5-8 grey- brown, and distal half of 4 lightly tinged with grey ; lower median margin of mesonotum and corresponding upper portion of metanotum and the whole of the tube grey-brown. Wings clear, with a grey-brown patch at base; fore-wing with the second third (7. e. middle portion) grey-brown, and hind- wing with corresponding portion slightly tinged with grey ; ilies dark. Tip of mouth-cone and a spot at tip of each tarsus brown. Head twice as long as broad across eyes and 1°5 times as long as the prothorax, dorsal surface arched and sides somewhat constricted near base. Hyes coarsely facetted, occupying approximately 0°25 the length of head, pigmentation deep black. Vertex raised in form of a hump ; ocelli large, posterior pair on sides of raised part, almost contiguous with eyes and above a line drawn across their centre ; the anterior one facing forwards ; pigmen- tation crimson. Interocular bristles absent. Postocular bristles present, placed well back and about the length of an eye, stout, practically paraliel- sided and broadened at tip. Mouth-cone reaching about 0:7 across pro- sternum, blunt; tip rounded. Maxillary palpi long and stout, basal joint very short; one sensory filament at tip longer than the others and than the palp, an additional filament on the inner margin near apex. Antenne at least 1:6 times the length of the head, approximate at base and seated below the vertex ; relative length of joints:—12: 19:21:21: 20:29:18: 14. Sense-cones normal; last joint with an apical sense-bristle as long as the joint. Prothorax about 1°25 times as broad across hind-angles as long, diverging from base of head to about middle and thence practically parallel. Bristles at anterior and posterior angles and postero-marginal and mid-lateral pairs present, each of the latter pair being set just behind and close to the ones at anterior angles; those at posterior margin about 0°5 as long as the THYSANOPTERA FROM THE WEST INDIES. 505 prothorax, all stout and broadened at apex. Fore-coxe projecting, with one long, slender, and pointed bristle ; fore-femur 0:8 the length of the head and about twice as long as broad ; tibia about as long as femur ; tarsus unarmed. Prothorax a little longer than broad and only slightly broader than the breadth across fore-coxee. Fore-wing very slightly constricted about middle, with three stout setee, similar to those on the prothorax, at base ; cilia on fore- and hind-margins somewhat long and widely spaced. Abdomen only slightly broader than pterothorax, about 3°5 times as long as broad, practically parallel-sided, thence gently rounded to base of tube. Tube about 0°6 the length of head, 0-4 as broad at base as at apex ; sides evenly and gently narrowed. ‘Terminal hairs greyish-brown basally, colour- less distally ; longer than tube, but very slender and difficult to see. Bristles on 9th segment slender and about as long as the tube. Lateral bristles long, tapering, an inner pair stouter and knobbed. Type. In the Hope Collections, University Museum, Oxford. Halitat. Trin1DaD, Capara, August onwards, 1913. On leaves of Jnga sp. Family CHIROTHRIPOIDIIDA, mihi. Genus CHIROTHRIPOIDES, nov. Size small. Form very slender and linear. Head longer than broad, produced beyond eyes ; ocelli on or above a line across the fore-margin of eyes. Mouth-cone short, rounded. Maxillary palpi 2-jointed, apical sensory filaments very long. Antennze with joints 3 to 5 at least as broad as long. Prothorax weakly chitinised, longer than head and longer than broad. Fore-coxee very elongate, all legs short and stout; fore-tarsus armed. Pterothorax elongated ; wings long, very slender, and practically parallel- sided from base to apex ; long cilia on both margins of fore- and hind-wings. Abdomen linear ; posterior margin of 8th sternite armed with a pair of long lateral spines and a series of four shorter pairs between them, the inmost being longest. Type. C. typicus, mihi. The form of the antenne, head, prothorax, wings, and, in particular, the curious armature of the 8th sternite make it difficult to place the species in any of the recognized Tubuliferous groups, and for the present I regard it as standing alone. CHIROTHRIPOIDES TYPICUS, sp.n. (PI. 48. figs. 6-8 ; Pl. 49. figs. 3, 4.) 9. Length 1°4 mm., breadth of mesothorax 0°175 mm. Colour light yellowish- or greyish-brown. Ninth abdominal segment LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXXII. 40 506 MR. R. S. BAGNALL ON A COLLECTION OF yellowish. Head and antenne rather darker, with 2nd joint faintly lighter. Fore-femur yellowish, all tibize yellow, lightly tinged with grey. Wings light grey-brown, lightest basally. Head very narrow, about 1°6 times as long as broad and only 0°75 the total length of the prothorax ; produced beyond eyes. Hyes long, occupying about 0°55 the length of the head, and somewhat close together at their inner margins near middle. Ocelli large, especially the posterior pair, which are widely separated and situated close to the anterior margins of the eyes; fore-ocellus placed near insertion of antennz. Cheeks practically parallel, short, occupying only 0°27 the length of the head ; produced part about 0:7 the width across eyes, the whole of the front being occupied by the insertion of the antenne. Antenne almost touching at base, about twice as long as the head; joints 3 and 4 broader than long; relative lengths of joints approximately 10:13:11:10:11:12:12:13, formed as in Pl. 48. fig. 6 Sense-cones on segments 3 to 6, short and rather stout, only lon 6. Mouth- cone short and rounded, reaching only about one-third way across prosternum ; maxillary palpi short, with one of the sensory filaments at apex longer than the palpus. Prothorax apparently not strongly chitinous, almost as long as broad, broadest at posterior third, where it is about 2°5 times as broad as the head ; narrowed evenly from anterior third to juncture with the head. Only one pair of noticeable bristles at a position indicative of the posterior angles. Prosternum with a long median impression or line. Pterothorax about 1:75 times as long as broad. Vosterior coxze closer together than the other pairs. Fore-femur rather long and broad, intermediate and hind femora and all tibize short and stout ; fore-tarsus with a stout tooth. Wings reaching to about the 7th abdominal segment, both pairs curiously narrow and parallel-sided ; fore-wing about twenty times as long as broad near middle ; hind pair with a median vein running well down towards apex. Cilia long, rather widely spaced, with 4 qeplicnted near apex of posterior margin in the fore-wing. Abdomen long and linear, about 0°6 the total length of the insect, and five © times as long as broad across the 8th segment. Bighth segment produced at each hind angle of the sternite in the form of a long sharp spine, inwardly directed and curved and reaching to the base of the tube ; posterior margin of sternite armed with 4 shorter pairs in addition to the lateral teeth, the innermost pair being the longest and stoutest. Posterior margin of 8th tergite simple. Tube short and stout, about 0°8 the length of the head and about 0-6 as broad at base as long; apical hairs not as long as tube, very weak distally. Type. In the Hope Collections, University Museum, Oxford. Habitat. TRIntpAD, Arima, Verdant Vale. Taken on a window, to which they were blown by strong wind. BAGNALL. JOURN. LINN. SOC., ZOOL. VOL. XXXII. PL. 48. R.S. B. del. Grout, se. TRINIDAD THYSANOPTERA. Grout, se. JOURN. LINN. Soc., ZOOL. VOL. XXXII. PL. 49. BAGNaLt. RS. B. del. TRINIDAD THYSANOPTERA. THYSANOPTERA FROM THE WEST INDIES. 507 EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. PLATE 48. @. 1. Mitothrips petulans, sp.n., 2. Abdominal seyments 1-4, x 80. 2. ie *s 25 3 8-10, x 80. B. a i s Outen of frons, X 80. 4, Fe _ 5 Ocelli, x 80. 5. Fe 4 Maxillary palpus, x 120. 6 Chirothripoides typicus, gen. et sp. n.,.9. Prothorax, fore-legs, head, and antennee, X 60. ie is i ; 55 End of abdomen, x 60. 8. Hs i i Posterior margin of the 8th ab- dominal segment (ventral), x80. 9. Dicarothrips brevicorms, Bagnall. Right fore-femur, x 45. 10. Eupathithrips dentipes, Bagnall. Right side of head, x 45. itil i affinis, sp. n., 3. ; xX 45. 12. 3 silvestrwt (Butta), 2. * 5 x 45. 13. Sedulothrips msolens, sp. v., 3. x 45, 14. 5S ‘ ‘ End of abdomen’ x 45, 15. 3 7 a3 Sculpturing of right wing near apex, X c. 120. PLATE 49, 2.1. Mitothrips petulans, sp.n., 9. Right antenna, x 8&0. 2. 7 a ss Right fore-wing, x c. 40. 3. Chirothr es typicus, sp.n., 9. Right fornans x 40, 4, —— ss Right lower wing, x 40. 5. Daa nainnne neies Bagnall. Left fore-leg, x 45. 6. - affinis, sp. n., 3. 3 A x 45. ie 3 suvestrat (Buffa), 2. ,, Ba x 46. 8. ‘5 affinis, sp. 0., 3. Joints 3-5 of left antenna, x 80. 9. = silvestrwt (Buffa), 2. Rs 4 A x 80. 10. Sedulothrips insolens, sp.u., 6. Left fore-leg, x 45. NEW GENUS OF TERRESTRIAL ISOPODA. 509 Description of a new Genus and Species of Terrestrial Isopoda from British Guiana. By Watrer H. Coxtincs, M.Sc., F.LS., F.E.S., Research Fellow of the University of St. Andrews. (PLATE 50.) [Read 4th March, 1915. | Tue Terrestrial Isopoda of the South American continent have as yet received very little attention, although one cannot help thinking that there is a large and interesting fauna awaiting investigation. From different parts, species have been described by Miers (1), Budde-Lund (2), Dollfus (3, 4, 5, 6), and Richardson (7), but in all probability these constitute only a very small part of the actual indigenous fauna. Some few months ago Mr. G. E. Bodkin, the Government Economic Biologist at Georgetown, Demerara, British Guiana, very kindly forwarded to me for identification a number of specimens collected beneath the bark of trees in the Botanic Gardens, Georgetown. Two of the specimens (both imperfect) are referable to the cosmopolitan species Porcellionides pruinosus (Brandt), whilst the remaining ones, in various stages of growth, belong to a new genus and species here described under the name of Calycuoniscus bodkini. CALYCUONISCUS, gen. nov. Body oblong-oval, flattened ; metasome a little narrower than the mesosome, the cephalon and segments covered with peculiar cup-shaped or calyx-like organs, and the appendages marked with lattice-work and scale-like ornamen- tation. Cephalon with well-developed median and lateral lobes, the former being prolonged forwards and slightly downwards ; epistoma raised in the median line, at each side of which is a deep concavity. Antennze of medium length with 3-jointed flagellum, divisions subequal. Uropoda extending beyond telson, globose, basal plate with raised anterior margin ; exopodite short and thick, outer border almost straight ; endopodite same length as exopodite, both setaceous with terminal hair-like sete. Telson triangular with posterior margin bluntly rounded. Affinity doubtful. CALYCUONISCUS BODKINI, sp. nov. Body (fig. 1) oblong-oval, flattened ; metasome a little narrower than the mesosome, the segments of both, and also the cephalon, covered with peculiar 510 MR. W. E. COLLINGE ON A NEW GENUS AND cup-shaped organs (fig. 2). Appendages marked with lattice-work-like orna- mentation (fig. 9). Cephalon (figs. 3 & 4) convex above and with numerous cup-shaped organs, median and lateral lobes conspicuous ; epistoma raised in the median line with two lateral concavities. Hyes prominent, situated dorso- laterally almost above the cup-shaped lateral lobes of the cephalon. Anten- nulee 3-jointed. Antenne (fig. 5) of medium length, the 5th joint being the longest ; flagellum 3-jointed, with subequal divisions and terminal style. Ist maxille (fig. 6), outer lobe terminating in four large curved spines and four small ones with bifid terminations. The segments of the mesosome are somewhat flattened, the lateral plates of the 1st partly surround the cephalon, all have their posterior angles slightly produced and overlap one another, fringed with numerous cup-shaped organs. Maxillipedes (fig. 7) with the outer palp terminating in a large multispinous process and two smaller inner spines with broad bases ; the inner palp has two marginal tooth-like spines. Thoracic appendages (fig. 8) comparatively short, ornamentation strongly marked, densely covered with setze and spines, and terminating in strong claw. Uropoda (figs. 10 & 11) somewhat globose, basal plate with anteriorly raised margin, external antero-lateral margin produced inwards slightly ; exopodite short and thick, outer border almost straight ; endopodite same length as exopodite, articulating beneath the anterior raised margin of the basal plate, both setaceous and with terminal hair-like sete. Telson (fig. 12) triangular with posterior margin bluntly rounded. Length 2°8 mm. Colour (in alcohol) horny-brown with darker lateral portions or with dark median line. Halitat. Beneath the bark of trees, Botanic Gardens, Georgetown, Demerara, British Guiana. Type. In collection of W. E. C. This species is of special interest, in that it possesses a very peculiar series of chitinous organs on the body-segments and cephalon. In the spirit-7 preserved examples they do not exhibit any structure beyond that shown in figure 2, viz., a cup-shaped organ with a tube-like body in the centre. Dollfus (4) has figured some similar bodies on the telson of Platyarthrus (?) stmoni, Dollfus, from Venezuela, and Budde-Lund (8) describes and figures very similar ones on the telson and metasome of another Venezuelan species, Zrichorhina quisquiliarum (B.-L.). His brief description is as follows :—‘‘margo posterior omnium segmentorum serie papillarum minutissimarum ornatus.” The form of the cephalon is unlike that in any other genus I am ac- quainted with, the eyes being being very prominent and situated almost above the cup-shaped lateral lobes, whilst the median lobe is prolonged forwards and slightly downwards. The two lateral concavities on the epistoma are also characteristic. Collinge. . Journ. Linn. Soc. Zoon.Vou XXXII. P1.50. Ws (3) eos VQ fits Nee eee BONO 08 O ) Roe aa 7 AY) (SE ey | NARGNY ViO\O RT : Aa iD in econ : ne SS Tay TI ZZ ae ba 630078621 1) bb Re on Gj 4 Ky i y 40 aN, j r aif WZ Fig.1 E-Wilson Cambridge University Press. Figs.212 EWE. & W.E.C. del. ambridg LY NSO OW tO Mere WPAN SPECIES OF TERRESTRIAL ISOPODA. 511 In addition to the above-mentioned cup-shaped organs, the whole of the body and the appendages are marked with a seale-like or lattice-work orna- mentation. This is particularly prominent on the ischiopodite of the thoracic appendages (fig. 9). Rejerences. 1. Mires, E. J. Proce. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1877, pp. 663-671, pls. 67-69. 2. BuppE-Lunp, G. Entomol. Medd. 1893, pp. 111-129. 3. Doutirus, A. Notes from the Leyden Museum, vol. xi. 1889, pp. 91-94, [alls De 4. —— Ann. Soe. Ent. France, vol. Ixi. 1893, pp. 339-346, pls. 9, 10. 5. —— Act. Soe. Sci. Chili, t. v. 1896, pp. 224-226, 3 figs. 6. Bull. Soe. Zool. France, vol. xxi. 1896, pp. 46-49. TFA ORICHARDSON. EIARRTBT. 4 Iroc. U.S: Nat. Muss voll xexxynt Sig: pp. 495-497. 8. BuppE-Lunp, G. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., ser. 2, Zool. vol. xv. 1914, p- 384, pl. 22. fig. 6. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 50. Calycuoniscus bodkini, gen. et sp. n. Fig. 1. Dorsal view. X24. 2. Cup-shaped bodies on the cephalon and body-segments. icy . Dorsal view of the cephalon, tilted upwards anteriorly to show the median and lateral lobes. Colour-markings not shown. . Anterior view of the cephalon. Antenna. . Terminal portion of the outer lobe of the Ist maxilla. . Terminal portion of the right maxillipede. . Second thoracic appendage. 9. Pattern of ornamentation on the ischiopodite of the 2nd thoracic appendage. 10. Right uropod, ventral surface. LNT a Aa se dorsal surface. 12. Telson and last metasomatic segment. “TO Ove eg) oy j RULES FOR BORROWING BOOKS FROM THE LIBRARY. 1. No more than Six volumes shall be lent to one person at the same time without the special leave of the Council or one of the Secretaries. 2. All books shall be returned before the expiration of Six weeks from the time of their being taken out, but if not required by any other Fellow, they may, on application, be kept for a further period of Six weeks. 3. All books lent shall be regularly entered by the -Librarian in a book appropriated for that purpose. 4, No work forming part of Linneus’s own Library shall be lent out of the Library under any circumstances. Nore.— Certain other works are included in this prohibition, such as costly illustrated works, and volumes belonging to sets which could not be replaced rf lost. . A GENERAL INDEX to the first twenty Volumes of the Journal (Zoology) may be had on application, either in cloth or in sheets for binding. Price to Fellows, 15s.; to the Public, 20s. A CATALOGUE of the LIBRARY may be had on application. Price to Fellows, 5s.; to the Public, 10s. N Ost i:@ Bass: Tue attention of the Fellows, and of Librarians of other Societies, is requested to the fact that TWO volumes of the Journal (Zoology) have been in course of simultaneous issue, as follows :— Von. 81. Nos. 203-210. Complete. ‘ Vou. 32. Nos. 211-220, including the present number. Authors are entitled to 50 copies of their communications gratuitously, and may obtain another 50 by payment, as shown on the printed slip which accompanies the proof. If more than 100 copies are wanted, application must be made to the Council. Abstracts of the proceedings at each General Meeting and Agenda for the next are supplied to all Fellows. B. DAYDON JACKSON, General Secretary. JULY 25. Price 10s. THE JOURNAL(“,., : Nine OF i THE LINNEAN SOCIETY. Vou “XX ZOOLOGY. No. 221. CONTENTS. A Description of Five new Species of Hdwardsia, Quatr., from New Guinea, with an Account of the Order of Succession of the Micro- mesenteries and Tentacles in the Edwardsie. By GiLBERT C. Bourng, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., F.L.S. (Plate 51 and 2 Text- figures.) Pomc cet ete eee eet eee meen oe vasesseessesesoassosseeseoeoerecreeoseseoososesd Index, Title-page, etc. LONDON: SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE, PICCADILLY, W., AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., AND WILLIAMS AND NORGATE, 1916. Page LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON: LIST OF THE OFFICERS AND COUNCIL. Elected 24th May, 1916. PRESIDENT. Sir David Prain, C.M.G., F.R.S. VICE-PRESIDENTS. Horace W. Monckton, F.G.S. Dr. A. E. Shipley, F.R.S. Prof. E. B. Poulton, F.R.S. Dr. O. Stapf, F.R.S. TREASURER. Horace W. Monckton, F.G.S. SECRETARIES. E. S. Goodrich, F.R.S. | Dr. A. B. Rendle, F.R.S. GENERAL SECRETARY. Dr. B, Daydon Jackson. COUNCIL. Mrs. Arber, D.Sc. | Gerald Loder, M.A. Prof. W. Bateson, F.R.S. | Horace W. Monckton, F.G.S. L. A. Boodle, Esq. | Dr. C. E. Moss. E. T. Browne, M.A. | Prof. G. E. Nicholls. R. H. Burne, Esq. Prof. E. B. Poulton, F.R.S. A. D. Cotton, Esq. Sir David Prain, C.M.G., F.R.S. E. 8. Goodrich, F.R.S, James Groves, Esq. Dr. B. Davdon Jackson. Miss G. Lister. Dr. A. B. Rendle, F.R.S. Dr. A. E. Shipley, F.R.S. Dr. Otto Stapf, F.R.S. Comr. J. J. Walker, R.N. LIBRARY COMMITTEE. The Officers ex officio, with the following in addition :— Prof. W. Bateson, F.R.S. | R.I. Pocock, F.R.S. K. T. Browne, M.A. | Johu Ramsbottom, M.A. John Hopkinson, F.G.S. | Dr. W. G. Ridewood. Gerald Loder, M.A. | C. E. Salmon, Esq. rere re \ conan in VS" é YY Ww - mor =~ Gyireyea [~ OCT 2% ON NEW SPECIES OF EDWARDSIA FROM NEW GUINKA, 513 \ A Deseription of Five new Species of Edwardsia, Quatr., from New Guinea, with an Account of the Order of Succession of the Micro- mesenteries and Tentacles in the Edwardside. By Ginperr CU, Bourne, Wieser IDESCs5 Ma vASin, Iola, (PLATE 51, and 2 Text-figures.) [Read 6th April, 1916.] For some time past I have been working out the anatomy of a collection of Anthozoa made some years ago by Dr. A. Willey in New Guinea. My apologies are due and are hereby tendered to him for not having undertaken this work sooner. For one reason or another it was put aside; but, when I began to give serious attention to it some eighteen months ago, I found that the collection included several forms of great interest, one of which I have already described. Among the specimens were five species of the genus Edwardsia, which form the subject of the present short memoir, and a number of other forms which appear to be related to, but can hardly be included in, the subfamily Phelliinee. It was my intention to give a full and detailed description of the anatomy and histology of these forms, and I had expected to bring my work to a conclusion by the end of last summer. But my time has been taken up since the beginning of August by numerous interests arising from the European war, and, at the time of writing, I am about to leave Oxford for service in the Army. As my investigations on the Hdwardsiz were nearly complete, and the results partly written out in full, it has seemed desirable to put together, in however hurried a manner, such parts of my projected memoir as seem worth publishing as a preliminary notice. I have not been able, in the short time at my disposal, to give an account of my observations on the anatomy and histology of the species I have studied, and this must be deferred to a future publication. The present paper is confined to a description of the five species collected by Dr. Willey in New Guinea, and to an account of the sequence of the development of the tentacles and micromesenteries in the Hdwardsiz. The genus Hdwardsia, de Quatrefages, has been the subject of much discussion among actinologists in recent years, and has successively been raised to the rank of an ancestral type and degraded to the position of a degenerate offshoot of the dodecamerous Actinians. It was originally described by de Quatrefages (23), O. & R. Hertwig (15), and Andres (1) as having eight, and only eight, mesenteries, of which the muscle-banners are arranged on a plan exactly resembling that of the first four couples of protocnemes of Actinians and Corals. This feature attracted the special LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXXII. 41 apg OFS, ~~. VliT,, &® &; . 514 PROF. GILBERT C. BOURNE ON FIVE notice of Boveri (5) and MceMurrich (18, 19, 20) ; and these two authors, by ingenious and convincing arguments, showed that the various plans of mesenterial sequence exhibited by the Cerianthidee, Zoanthidee, Antipatharia, Madreporaria, and Actiniidea could be derived from the Edwardsian type, and claimed that the existing Edwardside are to be regarded as the ancestral type from which all the groups enumerated have been evolved. But in 1895 Faurot (10) showed that, in addition to the large macromesenteries with conspicuous muscle-banners, a variable number of micromesenteries, confined to the upper region of the capitulum, and so small as to have escaped previous notice, exist in the two species LH. beautempsi and E. adenensis. In the former species the positions of the micromesenteries could be compared with the arrangement seen in Halcampa, and it was therefore no longer possible to regard Edwardsia as an ancestral type. The late Prof. Ed. van Beneden discussed the relationships of the Edwardsidze in his splendid memoir on the Anthozoa of the Plankton Expedition (3), and argued that they are Hexactinarians simplified by progressive regression of the mesenteries of the second cycle and of the fifth and sixth mesenterial couples of the first eycle. He added: “ Au surplus il faut renoncer a voir dans les Edwardsiés le type ancestral d’ob seraient issus les Hexactiniaires.” Van Beneden’s view of the relationship of the Edwardsidz has been generally adopted, and for the last eighteen years they have been classified among the Actiniaria, and as early as 1898 Carlgren (8) classified them together with the Haleampomorphidee in his subtribe Athenaria, which corresponds very nearly to the family Ilyanthidee of Gosse. It is not possible for me, at the present juncture, to enter into a discussion of the very debateable questions of the classification of the Anthozoa. It is sufficient for me to state that I accept the principle of Carlgren’s (9) division of the Anthozoa into the three subclasses Hexacorallia, Octocorallia, and Dodecacorallia, but cannot reconcile myself to the use of the names proposed. Carlgren’s Hexacorallia includes the Cerianthide and the Antipatharia, and is equivalent to van Beneden’s group Ceriantipatharia. The classification seems a natural one, but as the Actinians and Corals have long been known as Hexactinize and it is now desired to insist on the separation of the Cerianthidee from these forms, Carlgren’s choice of a name seems to me unfortunate and liable to cause confusion. The Ceriantipatharia of van Beneden are a subdivision of the “ Seyphactiniaria,” a subclass including the Scyphomedusee and Rugosa. In my opinion there are valid reasons for excluding the Scyphomedusee from the Anthozoa, and the position of the so-called ‘‘ Rugose” Corals is still uncertain. I am inclined to use van Beneden’s name of an order, Ceriantipatharia, for the name of a subclass, identical with Calgren’s Hexacorallia and equivalent in rank to the Octactiniaria and Zoanthactiniaria. The last name is yan Beneden’s, and is equivalent to Carlgren’s Dodecacorallia, The sub- NEW SPECIES OF EDWARDSIA FROM NEW GUINEA. 515 class includes the orders Zoantharia, Carlgren (= Zoanthinaria, van Beneden), and Hexactiniaria, van Beneden, the last-named comprising the Actiniaria and Madreporaria. As it is the purpose of this paper to show that the Edwardside have not the character of six pairs of first-cycle mesenteries indicated by the names “ Hexactiniaria”’ and “ Dodecacorallia,” I cannot accept either Carlgren’s name for the subclass or van Beneden’s name for the order which is to include the Edwardside. I think that van Beneden’s name, Zoanthactiniaria, may wel! stand for the sub- class named Dodecacorallia by Carlgren. This subclass, according to my opinion, comprises three orders—the Edwardsiaria, the Zoanthinaria (= Zoantharia, Carlgren), and the Dodecactiniaria, the last-named com- “prising the suborders Actiniaria and Madreporaria, or, as I have called them ‘in another place (4), and still prefer to call them, the Malacactinize and Scleractinize. It is the object of the latter part of this paper to justify my opinion that the Hdwardsiaria form a group distinct from, and of equal rank with, the Zoanthinaria and the Dodecactiniaria. I. Description of new Species. Subclass ZOANTHACTINIARIA, van Bened. Order EDWARDSIARTIA, mihi. Family Epwarpsipm, Andres. Genus Epwaxopsia, de Quatrefages. EDWARDSIA MAMMILLATA, n. sp. (Plate 51. fig. 1.) Body clearly divided into capitulum, scapus, and physa. Scapus about four-fifths of the entire length of the animal, covered by a thick olive-green epidermis, transversely wrinkled, studded with eight longitudinal rows of elevated semi-transparent tubercles of various sizes; the largest tubercles mammilliform and situated at about a quarter of the whole length of the seapus from the capitular end, thence diminishing in size towards the physa ; the tubercles intermesenterial in position. Capitulum when contracted about one-twentieth the length of the scapus, colourless in spirit, its surface divided into eight intermesenterial areas by shallow grooves corresponding to the insertions of the macromesenterieés ; its upper border thickened and raised into ten more or less triangular elevations which, in a contracted specimen, overhang the edge of the infolded oral disc and alternate with the bases of the tentacles. Physa about as long as the capitulum, acorn-shaped, tapering posteriorly, colourless, transversely wrinkled, without epidermis or tubercles, with a terminal depression resembling a terminal pere. Tentacles _ten in number, short, conical, in contraction infolded over the oral dise. 41* 516 PROF. GILBERT C. BOURNE ON FIVE Macromesenteries eight, with well-developed parietal muscles and moderately well-developed longitudinal retractor muscles ; the mesoglcal folds forming the muscle-banners 10-13 in number, slightly branched. Micromesenteries two, one in each lateral macromesenterial interspace, small, without retractor muscles, confined to the capitulum. Length of contracted specimen, 13-14 mm. ; diameter, 1 mm. Hab. Ile du Phare, Nouméa, New Caledonia. EDWARDSIA RUGOSA, n. sp. (Plate 51. fig. 2.) Body divisible into capitulum, scapus, and physa. The capitulum not distinctly marked off, finely wrinkled transversely, with eight longitudinal shallow furrows corresponding to the insertions of the macromesenteries, covered with a very thin epidermis. The scapus coarsely wrinkled trans- versely and covered with warty tubercles somewhat irregularly arranged in eight longitudinal rows, the tubercles in the upper part of the scapus tending to form double rows, and some scattered in the intervening areas between the rows. ‘The whole scapus invested by a thin bright ochreous-brown epidermis. The physa globose, colourless, without epidermis, with a very distinct terminal depression resembling a terminal pore. Length, 35 mm.; greatest diameter, 3 mm. Hab. Sariba, China Straits, British New Guinea. The single specimen on which this species is founded had apparently undergone a considerable amount of decomposition before being placed in spirit. The external characters were fairly well preserved, but the internal organs, the tentacles, oral dise, and actinopharynx were so much macerated that T was unable to count the tentacles, to recognize any micro- mesenteries, or determine the extent and characters of the actinopharynx. The macromesenteries were so far recognizable in sections that I could determine the existence of the eight ‘* Kdwardsian” mesenteries with well- developed parietal muscles, and large muscle-banners with the characteristic orientation. In the débris of the tissues I could distinguish a few ova. The animal was therefore sexually mature, and there can be no doubt that it is a member of the genus /dwardsia. The colour and consistency of the thin friable epidermis, the nature of the transverse rugz of the scapus, and the arrangement of the tubercles in irregular longitudinal rows offer sufficiently distinct characters to justify my describing this specimen as a separate species. The globose physa is also a marked feature, and, as is shown in fig. 2, it presents a circular and rather deep terminal depression ; but I could not find any evidence in longitudinal sections of a pore, leading into the ccelenteron. I think I am correct in describing the finely-wrinkled slightly-swollen upper end of the specimen as a capitulum ; it is fairly distinctly marked off from the rest of the scapus, but it may be only a somewhat modified upper NEW SPECIES Of EDWARDSIA FROM NEW GUINEA. lie part of the scapus. -There was no other structure at the oral end that T could identify as a capitulum ; but the tissues within the involuted oral end were so much macerated that it was impossible to come to a definite conclusion on the matter. EDWARDSIA VERMIFORMIS, n. sp. (Plate 51. fig. 3.) The animal vermiform, tapering towards the oral extremity, thickest in the middle and tapering again towards the posterior extremity, where it expands rather abruptly to form the large, ovoid, thin-walled physa. No distinguishable capitulum. The two tapering ends of the scapus marked with eight longitudinal shallow grooves corresponding to the insertions of the macromesenteries, and furrowed at intervals by transverse wrinkles so regularly disposed as to give an appearance of segmentation; the thicker middie portion of the scapus devoid of longitudinal furrows and transverse wrinkles. The whole scapus covered by a thin, very minutely wrinkled, yellowish-brown epidermis, easily rubbed off and showing a slaty-grey mesoglea below. The physa thin-walled, saccular, compressed, without longitudinal and transverse grooves. Colour in spirit : scapus a dirty olive- grey, physa a dull orange. Length, 36 mm. ; greatest diameter, 5 mm. Locality. Uvea, Loyalty Islands. The single specimen on which the above description is founded was in an even worse state of preservation than L. rugosa. I could find no trace of tentacles, oral disc, or actinopharynx in sections. The eight macro- mesenteries were partially preserved, and I was able to identify the muscle-banners, which were evidently large, with complicated much- branched mesogloeal folds. The swollen condition of the middle third of the body is due to the presence of the large muscle-banners. The physa was flattened and surrounded by a deep fold, which was probably due to compression in packing. When dilated, the physa must have been of unusually large size in proportion to the rest of the animal. There are no verruce visible to the naked eye on the scapus; but examination with a lens and sections showed that many of these highly characteristic Edwardsian structures are scattered over the areas between the longitudinal grooves of the scapus. There is no doubt that this specimen is an Edwardsia, very different from the other species in Dr. Willey’s collection, and I cannot refer it with certainty to any described species, so I describe it pro- visionally as a new species. It is somewhat similar to Klunzinger’s (16) figure of E. pudica, Klg., but the physa of the latter is much narrower and tapers towards the posterior extremity. This difference may be due to the different states of contraction of the animals from which his figure and mine were drawn, and it is possible that the two species may eventually prove to be identical. 518 PROF. GILBERT C. BOURNE ON FIVE EDWARDSIA RAKAIY#,n. sp. (Plate 51. fig. 4.) Scapus sepia-brown in colour, divided into eight longitudinal areas by as many well-marked grooves, corresponding to the insertions of the eight macromesenteries. ‘The whole scapus irregularly rugose or papillate, the rugee and papille forming indefinite transverse rows; the papille smaller in the grooves, larger in the Jongitudinal areas between, where they have a warty appearance and are minutely studded with greenish-white vesicles. The distal fifth of the scapus introversible. Capitulum very short, colourless in spirit, with twenty faint longitudinal grooves corresponding to the insertions of the macro- and micromesenteries. Physa oviform, colourless, without longitudinal grooves and raised intervening areas, separated by a well- marked constriction from the scapus. Tentacles twenty in number, colourless in ‘spirit, 6-7 mm. long in contracted condition, tapering, in contracted specimens usually infolded and crowded together in the bottom of the invaginated part of the scapus, but some may be wholly or partially invaginated. The tentacles in two circlets—the inner comprising eight, the outer twelve tentacles. The eight macromesenteries extend from the oral dise to the physa ; their longitudinal retractor muscles are enormously developed in the region of, and immediately below, the actinopharynx, where they form eight pro- minent muscular rolls, but tapering rapidly aborally and ending in thin strands in the physa. Micromesenteries minute, confined to the capitulum, incomplete, with parietal but without longitudinal retractor muscle-fibres, twelve in number, two in each sulco-lateral, lateral, or sulculo-lateral inter-— mesenterial interspace. The actinopharynx short, without a differentiated sulcus or suleulus. A distinet band-shaped endodermic sphincter muscle at the junction of the capitulum and physa. ; Length of contracted specimen, 76 mm. ; length of the physa, 5 mm. ; greatest diameter, 10 mm. flab. Straits of Rakaiya, New Britain. The three specimens of this species were fairly well preserved, and I was able to study the anatomy in some detail, both by dissection and in sections. But, owing to the contraction of the very powerful retractor muscles, all the specimens were burst and their shape more or Jessaltered and distorted. Inall of them a longer or shorter section of the scapus was introverted, in addition to the capitulum, this being a normal occurrence in Ldwardsia and described by Gosse for 1, beautempsii (callimorpha, 11, p. 257). In the specimen selected for illustration (Pl. 51. fig. 4) the scapus has {given [way a short distance below the point of introversion, and the lower portion has shrunk back, leaving a portion of the inner wall of the introverted portion exposed. In the two other specimens the scapus had given way below the actinopharynx, aud the large retractor muscles projected from the gap thus torn in the body-wall. NEW SPECIES OF EDWARDSIA FROM NEW GUINEA. 519 EDWARDSIA WILLEYANA, n. sp. (Plate 51. fig. 5.) Scapus not divided into areas by longitudinal grooves corresponding to the insertions of the macromesenteries, but invested by a bright chestnut- brown epidermis marked by numerous, fine, transverse rugee and studded with numerous, colourless, more or less elevated, rounded vesicles or papillee arranged in numerous, irregular, longitudinal rows. No distinct physa, but the body tapers towards the posterior extremity and forms a blunt cone on which the epidermis is very thin and the papillee more closely crowded together. The capitulum very short, its surface marked by eight deep grooves corresponding to the insertions of the macromesenteries, the areas between the grooves tumid and raised at the edge of the oral dise into eight more or less pointed, marginal tubercles alternating with the bases of the outer circlet of tentacles. Tentacles sixteen in number, arranged in two cirelets of eight each ; the tentacles subulate, very extensile ; in a retracted specimen some are simply infolded over the oral disc, others are partially or wholly invaginated. Hight macromesenteries extending from the oral dise to the posterior extremity, their retractor muscles highly developed in the region of and below the actinopharynx, but tapering abruptly to form mere strands of muscular fibres posteriorly. Micromesenteries very minute, with well-developed parietal muscles but no retractors, eight in number, two in each sulculo-lateral, one in each lateral and sulco-lateral macromesenterial interspace. Actinopharynx short, sacculated, with a distinct sulcus and suleulus. No definite sphincter muscle. Length of contracted specimen, 40 mm.; greatest diameter, 6 mm. Hab. Straits of Rakaiya, New Britain. In this single specimen of L. willeyana seven macromesenteries extend to the aboral end, one of the eight being shorter than the others. The aboral end is perforated by seven distinct pores leading into the seven aboral inter- mesenterial spaces. These pores are not visible externally in the spirit- preserved specimen, but can easily be demonstrated in sections. The detailed account of the situation and structure of these pores must, however, be deferred to a future paper. Il. The Order of Succession of the Tentacles and Micromesenteries in the Edwardside. I have been able to study the positions of the mesenteries and the relations of the tentacles to the intermesenterial chambers in six species of Hdwardsia with some degree of exactitude. In these species the number of tentacles varies from ten in /. mammullata to thirty-two in EL. carnea. In every case the number of mesenteries is the same as the number of tentacles— in other words, each tentacle corresponds to an intermesenterial chamber. 520 PROF. GILBERT C. BOURNE ON FIVE A Other observers have given more or less detailed accounts and figures of the relations of the tentacles to the mesenteries in various species of Hdwardsia ; and, comparing their work with my own, it seems that the mesenteries and tentacles are formed in a regular and, on the whole, consistent sequence, which I shall attempt to describe in the tollowing pages. Unfortunately, very little is known of the development of the Edwardsie, and in no case has the order of appearance of the micromesenteries and tentacles been determined. The youngest larvee described have the eight primary macromesenteries fully developed. Probably the youngest larva that has been studied is the one described as no. iv. of the larvee with eight mesenteries by E. van Beneden (3). This larva was not identified as an Hdwardsia, but it has all the appearance of _belonging to that genus. It was ovoid in shape, without tentacles or buccal cone, and had the eight characteristic ‘‘ Hdwardsian” mesenteries, each provided with a large and prominent reniform muscle-banner. Boveri (5) obtained larvee of similar character; in the youngest stage they were spheroidal and apparently without tentacles, but one of them was reared in an aquarium for three months and at the end of that time was 1 em. long and showed Hdwardsian characters, agreeing in colour and form with E. claparedit, but had only eight tentacles. Meyer and Mobius (17) in 1863 obtained many specimens of £. duodecim- cirrata (= EH. liitkent) with from eight to eleven tentacles, but only figure one with nine tentacles. From this figure it appears that the insertions of the mesenteries on the peristomial dise were marked by radiating lines of colour, as is usual in Edwardsie, and it is evident that the eight Hdwardsian mesenteries are present and that an additional mesentery has been formed, probably in one of the lateral chambers. A single tentacle corresponds to each mesenterial chamber. With these may be compared the parasitic larva of Halcampa chrysanthellum, fully described and carefully figured by Haddon (18). ‘This larva has six pairs of Hexactinian mesenteries, but only eight tentacles, and it is noteworthy that, with the exception of the two corresponding to the directive endocceles, all the tentacles are exoceelic ; no tentacles are as yet formed in the dorso-lateral and ventro- lateral endocceles. Putting this information together, it is evident that in the larval Edwardsia and also in the larval Halcampa the first tentacles to appear— which I shall henceforth call the primary tentacles—are formed as pro- longations of the eight primary chambers into which the ccelenteron is divided by the eight so-called Edwardsian mesenteries. For convenience of description, these eight chambers may be called megacceles. It should be noted that in Hexactinians two of these tentacles—namely, those of the directive megacceles—become endoceelic, six become exoccelic, and, as Faurot (10) has shown in the case of Ilyanthus parthenopaus, these six are NEW SPECIES OF EDWARDSIA FROM NEW GUINEA. EPAL the only exoccelic tentacles until three cycles of endoccelic tentacles are completed, when fresh tentacles are formed in the remaining exocceles, making, with the six primary tentacles, the full complement of twenty- four. | The next step is shown by my specimen of HZ. mammillata. This specimen is probably adolescent, and the secondary tentacles are just beginning to be formed. Here, as is shown in text-fig. 1, a micromesentery has been formed in each lateral megaccele. ‘These micromesenteries correspond in position with the fifth couple formed in Hexactinian development, and might be considered homologous with them; but in none of the specimens I have examined do they bear any trace of longitudinal muscle- banners, and, as I shall show in the sequel, there is no evidence to warrant our attempting to make an exact homology between the micro- mesenteries of Hdwardside and the last two couples of the first cycle and the succeeding pairs of mesenteries in Hexactinie. As regards the tentacles in E. mammillata, it is obvious from text-fig. 1 that the two directives, and the tentacles on each side of them, are primary ten- tacles and prolong the two directive and the two dorso-lateral and ventro-lateral megaccelic chambers. In each lateral chamber there are two tentacles separated by the micromesentery. I was not able to determine the point with certainty, but, so far as I could judge, the more dorsal of the two tentacles in each of these chambers was the smaller and situated nearer the edge of the disc than the rest. If this be indeed the case, the ventral tentacle in each chamber is the primary, the more dorsal a newly-formed secondary tentacle. Asa rule, the primary tentacle is dorsal, the secondary tentacle ventral in the lateral chambers; but in this matter Z. mammillata agrees with H. claparedi. Specimens of species of Ldwardsia with 11-15 tentacles have been men- tioned by various authors, but none of them has been studied in detail. Therefore, we must pass on to forms with sixteen tentacles, of which four species are known—VW. claparedii, EL. beautempsii, E. willeyana, and E. adenensis. The first of these differs in some respects from the next two, and, as I shall show, KH. adenensis is evidently an adolescent form of a species which has a larger number of tentacles when adult. £. claparedi has been thoroughly described by Andres (1). Of the sixteen tentacles, two are directives, two belong to each dorso-lateral megaccele, two to each lateral megaccele, and three to each ventro-lateral megaccele (text-fig. 1). They are alternately long and short, and Andres’ figure shows clearly that the more ventral tentacle in the dorso-lateral and lateral megacceles is the primary, but the middle tentacle of the group of three in the ventro-lateral megaccele is the primary. Andres’s figure also shows the eight micro- mesenteries, but he failed to realize their character and makes no mention of them. 522 PROF. GILBERT G. BOURNE ON FIVE FE. beautempszi, described in detail by Faurot (10), and EL. willeyana have the same number and arrangement of micromesenteries and tentacles, but differ from /. claparedi in the following respect: there are three tentacles in each of the dorso-lateral megacceles, the middle one of the group of three being the largest and obviously the primary tentacle. There are two tentacles in each of the lateral and ventro-lateral megacceles, and in each ease the larger and more centrally placed primary tentacle is on the ventral side of the chamber, not on the dorsal as in /. claparedii. Evidently the precise order of the appearance of the micromesenteries and tentacles in the megacceles is liabie to some variation within the limits of the genus ; and it is Just this variation that negatives any attempt to homologize the micro- mesenteries that first arise in the lateral and ventro-lateral megacceles of the Edwardsiz with the fifth and sixth couples of the first eycle of Hexactinian mesenteries. Were the order of appearance always the same as it is in EL. claparedu (and possibly in /. mammillata) the homology would be justified ; for in this species the primary tentacle remains in what in a Hexactinian would be an exoccele, and the new secondary tentacle is formed in what in a Hexactinian would be an endocele, and thus far the order of succession would be exactly analogous to what has been recorded by Faurot (10) for Jlyanthus parthenopwus and by Haddon (18) for Haleampa chrysanthellum. But the different order of succession in FE. willeyana forbids our extending this homology to the whole genus. In this species (and also in “2. tunida, as I shall show further on), in both the lateral and ventro-lateral megacceles, the primary tentacle remains in what in a Hexactinian would be the endoccele, and the newly-formed secondary tentacle is in the exocele. [urther, when new micromesenteries and tentacles are added, as is the case in LE. timida, they arrive on the dorsal side of the primary tentacles (text-fig. 1), and therefore in what in a- Hexactinian would be the endocceles. Thus a fundamental rule of the suc- cession of mesenteries in Hexactinians would be violated. ‘The conclusion 1s that the mesenteries in question in the Edwardsiz are not homologous with, and certainly not homogeneous in the sense of being derived by descent from, the fifth and sixth couples of the first cycle of Hexactinian mesenteries. In E. rakaiye there are twenty mesenteries (eight macromesenteries and twelve micromesenteries) and twenty tentacles, disposed in a very regular manner, as is shown in text-fig. 1. In this species it is sufficiently obvious that the eight larger primary tentacles form the inner cycle, and that it is the primary tentacle that occupies the central position in the group of three occupying each of the dorso-lateral, lateral, and ventro-lateral megacceles. It follows from this arrangement that the tentacles do not alternate as in FE. claparedii and E. willeyana, but that there are four pairs of contiguous outer cycle tentacles—one member of each pair on either side of the dorso- lateral and ventro-lateral macromesenteries. In this species there is no NEW SPECIES OF EDWARDSIA FROM NEW GUINEA. 523 evidence available to show whether the secondary tentacles appear on the dorsal or ventral side of the primary tentacles in the lateral and ventro- lateral megacceles. I am inclined to the opinion that they appear, as in E. willeyana, on the ventral side, but chiefly because, if they do, the case of Ei, adenensis meets with a ready explanation. For if, after sixteen tentacles Text-figure 1. to) FE willeyana ¥. Me beaulempsir. if 2 2 L 2 Pe tinide. Dace FE timida,GCB have been established in this species, tertiary mesenteries arise forming the microceeles marked w, x in text-fig. 1, but the tentacles corresponding to these microcceles are retarded in development, we get precisely the condition described by Faurot for H. adenensis, a species which has hitherto been regarded as an exception, because it has a greater number of mesenteries 524 PROF. GILBERT C. BOURNE ON FIVE than tentacles. I think there can be no doubt that Faurot’s specimen had not attained its full growth and full complement of tentacles. In the two living specimens of . timida kept under careful observation by G. Y. Dixon (6) there were respectively 20 and 22 tentacles. In both specimens of this species that I studied by means of sections there were twenty-four tentacles and twenty-four mesenteries. Dixon’s specimen with twenty tentacles, referred to by him as 88, was abnormal ; but his specimen with twenty-two tentacles exhibits an arrangement perfectly consistent with what I have observed. In Dixon’s ae specimen the arrangement of the tentacles is the same as in EZ. rakaiyw, but a quaternary tentacle has made its appearance on the dorsal side of the primary tentacle in each of the dorso-lateral megacceles. At least, this is what I surmise has taken place, because in both my specimens of L. timida the largest number of tentacles and mesenteries is in this megaccele—so I have taken the liberty to reverse Dixon’s figure. He only studied the living animal, and could not tell, except by sections, which was the dorsal and which the ventral aspect of the animal. In my two specimens of E. timida the tentacles are twenty-four in number, and there are the usual eight macromesenteries and sixteen micromesenteries. As studied in sections, the tentacles are obviously of different lengths, and, though the relative lengths are not always a safe guide to the age of tentacles in Actinians, I do not think I am wrong in assuming that the conspicuously longer and larger tentacles in these specimens were formed earlier than the shorter and smaller, especially as both specimens give the same results in this respect. Hach of the directive megacceles is prolonged, as usual, into a single primary tentacle. The dorso-lateral megaccele gives off five tentacles, of which the two outermost, respectively nearest the dorsal and dorso-lateral macromesenteries, are conspicuously longer than the others. Within them - are two very short tentacles and in the centre a long tentacle, which is clearly the primary. The probable order of appearance of these tentacles is indicated by the numerals in text-fig. 1. In each lateral megaccele there is only a single micromesentery separating two unequally-sized tentacles. Of the latter the dorsal is decidedly the longer, and must be identified with the primary tentacle. My specimens have theretore a smaller number of mesenteries and tentacles in the lateral megacceles than Dixon’s, though more advanced in other respects. In the ventro-lateral megacceles there are three mesenteries dividing the peripheral part of the megaccele into tour microccelic chambers, from each of which issues a single tentacle. That nearest the ventral directive is large ; the next one to it is small; then follows a large tentacle ; then a small one, next to the ventro-lateral macro- mesentery. In this chamber it is obvious that a quaternary tentacle has been formed on the ventral side of the primary. NEW SPECIES OF EDWARDSIA FROM NEW GUINEA. 525 Since writing the above, I have had the opportunity of studying a single example of Mdwardsia beautempsii, de Q., and five examples of FE. carnea, Gosse, sent to me from Plymouth by the Director of the Marine Biological Station. I kept these animals alive in an aquarium for sometime, in the hope that I might obtain larvee ; but, failing to observe any signs of reproduction, I killed and made sections of them. As regards E. beau- tempsii, 1 have nothing to add to Faurot’s account of the anatomy. The five examples of EH. carnea were often ensconced in holes bored by Sazicava in a small piece of limestone. It was impossible to extract them from their holes without injury ; so all five had to be killed at one operation, and only three were sufficiently well preserved in an expanded condition to admit of microscopical examination. I will refer to these three as specimens A, B, and C. A had 24 tentacles—one in each of the dorsal and ventral directive megacceles, three in the dorso-lateral, three in the ventro-lateral, and four in the lateral chambers on each side of the body. In specimen B there were thirty tentacles, disposed as follows :—One in each of the dorsal and ventral directive megacceles ; four in each of the lateral and ventro-lateral megacceles ; on the right side of the body (left in the drawing) five in the dorso-lateral megaccele, and seven in the corre- sponding megaccele on the left side of the body. In this specimen, therefore, growth had proceeded more rapidly in the left dorso-lateral megaccele than in the right. In specimen C there were thirty-two tentacles: five in each dorso- lateral megaccele, six in each lateral megaccele, four in each ventro-lateral megaccele, and the two dorsal and ventral directive tentacles. It is a good example of the irregularity of growth in Edwardsias that in A and C the largest number of tentacles and mesenteries is in the lateral megaceeles, but in B in the dorso-lateral megacceles. In the living animals, when fully expanded, no appreciable difference in the length of the tentacles could be detected; but in all the five specimens, when expanded and in repose, every alternate tentacle was held straight out in radial fashion and the intervening tentacles were curled inwards towards the oral disc. So far as I could determine, the dorsal and ventral tentacles were always curled inwards. It was impossible to judge of the age of the tentacles by their lengths in E. carnea; but in specimen B, which was killed in a fully expanded eondition, I was able to observe that the micromesenteries were of different lengths, and as the number of tentacles and micromesenteries in the dorso- lateral megacceles of this specimen was different, it afforded an excellent opportunity of forming a judgment as to the order in which the micro- mesenteries and tentacles were developed. Text-fig. 2, which is founded on a combination of a series of transverse sections, shows that in the right 526 PROF. GILBERT C, BOURNE ON FIVE (left in the figure) dorso-lateral megaceele the two micromesenteries adjacent to macromesenteries extend nearly across the peristome to the actinopharynx, the two micromesenteries in the middle of the chamber are shorter, but that on the dorsal side is markedly the shorter of the two. In the corresponding megaccele on the left side of the body (right in the figure) there are six micromesenteries, of which the two adjacent to the macromesenteries are the longest, the two in the middle of the chamber are very short, and the two others are of intermediate length. In each of the lateral and ventro-lateral Text-figure 2. 4. 5 1. Oral dise of a specimen of Edwardsia carnea, Gosse, with 80 tentacles, eight macro- mesenteries, and twenty-two micromesenteries. 2-5. Diagrams of one of the dorso-lateral megacceles, showing the probable order of development of the micromesenteries and tentacles. a—d, micromesenteries lettered according to their probable order of development; 1-4, tentacles. megacceles there are three micromesenteries, of which the two adjacent to the macromesenteries are the longest, the middle one being distinctly shorter. Tt can hardly be doubted that the longer micromesenteries are the older, the shorter the more recently formed. This rule holds good for all other Actinians, and there are no grounds for supposing that the Edwardsiz form -an exception to it. On the assumption that the rule is applicable to this case, my interpretation of the facis is given in the series of diagrams of a single megaceele (text-fig. 2, 2 to 5). NEW SPECIES OF EDWARDSIA FROM NEW GUINEA. oi In 2 the megaccele has been divided peripherally into two microcceles by the formation of the micromesentery a. The primary tentacle of the original undivided megaccele is marked 7, and the new tentacle 2 has grown out from the more dorsal microcele. In 3 the megaccele has been subdivided into three microceeles by the formation of the micromesentery } ; the primary tentacle remains in the middle, and the new tentacle 3 has sprouted from the ventral microcele. This is the condition found in all the dorso-lateral, lateral, and ventro-lateral megacceles in 1. rakaiyw. In 4a new micromesentery ¢ has been formed en the dorsal side of the primary tentacle, and in connection with it the new tentacle 4 has been formed. In the next stage (text-fig. 2, 5) a new micromesentery d has been formed on the ventral side of the primary tentacle, and the new tentacle 5 has been formed in connection with it. This is the condition of the right dorso-lateral megaceele of specimen B and of both dorso-lateral megacceles of specimen C. The formation of two new micromesenteries, with their corresponding tentacles, one on the dorsal side and one on the ventral side of the primary tentacles, will produce the arrangement found in the left dorso-lateral megaccele of specimen B. My examples A and C-of LF. carnea were not so fully expanded as example B, and their peristomes being crumpled it was not possible to determine the lengths of ihe micromesenteries with the same accuracy in sections ; but, so far as I was able to observe, they showed the same arrangement as has heen described above. In the ventro-lateral megacceles the order of appearance of the micro- mesenteries and tentacles is the reverse of that described for the dorso- lateral megacceles, and in the lateral chambers it appears that the first micromesentery may appear on the dorsal side of the primary tentacle, as in EH. claparedii, or on the ventral side, as in EH. willeyana snd beau- tempsi. It will be observed that the inferences drawn from the study of the length of the micromesenteries in a single species confirm in every respect the inferences drawn from the relative lengths and insertions of the tentacles in a number cf other species of the genus Hdwardsia. Summing up the preceding argument, the law of the succession of the mesenterics and tentacles in the Hdwardsiz may be stated as follows :— After the establishment of eight macromesenteries dividing the ccelenteron into eight megacceles, each of the latter is produced in the peristomial region into a single primary tentacle. The two directive megacceles are never subdivided, and never prolonged into more than one tentacle. In the capitulum the peripheral portions of the remaining megacceles are subdivided into microcceles by the successive formatien of micro- mesenteries, 528 PROF. GILBERT C. BOURNE ON FIVE The micromesenteries appear singly, and usually in the following order on each side of the actinopharynx. First, a single micromesentery in the lateral megaccele ; then a single micromesentery successively in the dorso- lateral and the ventro-lateral megaccele. In some cases, however (4. claparedii), the micromesentery of the ventro-lateral megaccele is formed before that of the dorso-lateral. Usually in the lateral and ventro-lateral megacceles the more dorsal of the two microcceles formed by the first micromesentery bears the primary tentacle, the more ventral the secondary tentacle; but the opposite is the case in EL. claparedit and probably in E. mammillata. In the dorso-lateral megaccele the primary tentacle is always in the ventral of the first two microcceles, the secondary tentacle in the dorsal. Succeeding micromesenteries are formed singly and always on the side of the primary tentacle furthest from the last-formed secondary tentacle. As the microceeles and the tentacles into which they are prolonged are always formed first on one side, then on the other side of the primary tentacle, the latter always occupies a central or subcentral position in the megaceele. The rate of growth is usually greatest in the dorso-lateral, next greatest in the ventro-lateral, and least in the lateral megaceele ; but in L/L. claparedit the rate of growth in the ventro-lateral megaccele seems to outstrip that in the dorso-lateral, and in some examples of E. carnea growth is most rapid in the lateral megacceles. It is clear that, after the stage with eight mesenteries is reached, the sequence of mesenterial development in the Edwardsie differs altcgether from that of the Flexactinians, and, indeed, from that of any known Actinian. The characteristic feature is that any two micromesenteries of the same age in any given megaceele constitute a couple—that is to say, they arise as singles on opposite sides of the actinopharynx, and not in pairs in the exoceeles as in Hexactinians and Zoanthids. HKdwardsia therefore retains the bilateral mode of growth throughout its existence, and exhibits no trace of the biradiality characteristic of the second stage of growth of the Hexactinians. In this respect it shows some analogy with the Cerianthidee, but differs altogether from the latter in the fact that both the ventral and dorsal directive megacceles remain undivided throughout life, and increase of growth takes place on either side of the two directive chambers, and not in one of them. On the other hand, the persistence of the two directive chambers in an undivided state is a feature which the Edwardsiz share in common with the Hexactinie and the Zoanthes, and points to a fairly close alliance between the three groups. There is, further, some analogy in the mode of growth of Hdwardsiz and Zoanthes, in that in both the addition of mesenteries after a certain stage proceeds more rapidly in certain megacceles ; but the Zoanthesz are NEW SPECIES OF EDWARDSIA FROM NEW GUINEA. 529 much more specialised in this respect than the Hdwardsiz. The out- standing feature, however, in the growth of the Hdwardsie is that, after the eight-rayed stage is reached, the mesenteries continue to be formed in couples of singles and not in couples of pairs, as in the Dodecactiniaria and Zoanthinaria. In short, the mode of development characteristic of the first four couples formed in the larve of Zoanthese, Actinians, and Madreporaria is continued to the end in Edwardside. This mode of deve- lopment is universally regarded as primitive. The Hdwardside, then, retain the primitive mode of development and growth throughout their existence and for this reason must be regarded as a separate branch of a primitive stock in which only four couples * of mesenteries were present. From this stock the Edwardsiaria, the Zoanthinaria, and the Dodecactiniaria have been derived. List of the Works referred to in the Text. 1. AnprES, A. Intorno all’ Kdwardsia claparedi, Panc. Mitth. aus d. Zool. Stat. zu Neapel, ii. 1880, p. 123. Fauna u. Flora des Golfes von Neapel. IX. Actinien. 1884. IP ios GS), 3. BenepEN, Hp. van. Die Anthozoen der Plankton-Expedition. Ergebn. der Plankton-Hxpedition der Humboldt-Stiftung, ii. K.e, 1897. 4. Bourne, G. G. Lankester’s Treatise on Zoology. Pt. II. Anthozoa. 1900. 5. Boveri, Tu. Ueber Hntwickelung und. Verwandtschaftsbeziehungen der Aktinien. Zeitschr. f. Wiss. Zool. xlix. 1890, p. 461. 6. Dixon, G. Y. Notes on Two Irish Specimens of Ed: ardsia timida, Quatr. Proc. Roy. Dublin Soe. n. s., v. 1886, p. 100. 7. Carneren, O. Studien iiber nordische Actinien. Kongl. Svenska Vetensk.-Akad. Handlingar, xxv. 1893. Hamburger Magalhaensische Sammelreise: Zoantharien. Hamburg, 1898. Bronn’s Thierreich. Anthozoa. 4,5, &6 Lief. 1908. 10. Faurot, L. Etudes sur les Actiniés. Arch. de Zool. Exp. et Gén. (3) ili. 1895. 11. GossE, P. H. Actinologia Britannica, 1860, p. 254. * Throughout this paper I have used the terms “couple” and “pair” in the sense indicated by Faurot. In my article on the Anthozoa in Lankester’s ‘ Treatise on Zoology’ I use the same terms, but in exactly the opposite sense to Faurot. My article, though published in 1900, was written in 1895, the same year in which Faurot’s paper appeared. His use of the terms has priority over mine and should be adopted. LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXXII. 42 530 ON NEW SPECIES OF EDWARDSIA FROM NEW GUINEA. 12. Hapvoy, A. C. Note on Halcampa chrysanthellum, Peach. Proc. Roy. Dublin Soe. n. s., v. 1886, p. 1. Note on the Arrangement of the Mesenteries in the Parasitic Larva of Haleampa chrysanthellum. Proc. Roy. Dublin Soe. n.s., vy. 1887, p. 473. 14. —— A Revision of the British Actinie. Trans. Roy. Dublin Soe. (2) iv. 1889, p. 326. 15. Hertwic, O.& R. Die Actinien. Jenaische Zeitschrift f. Wissensch. xiii. 1879, p. 582. 16. Kuunzincer, C. B. Die Korallthiere des Rothen Meeres. Berlin, ASUie lee RheWe pe (OhpeaitO. eso: 17. Mayer, A., and K. Mésrus. Beschreibung der Hdwardsia duodecim- cirrata, Sars, aus der Kieler Bucht. Arch. f. Naturgesch. xxix. 1863, p. 70. 18. McMurricu, J. P. On the Occurrence of an EHdwardsia-stage in the free-swimming Embryos of a Hexactinian. Johns Hopkins University Circulars, No. 70, 1889, p. 31. 13. 19. —— Contributions to the Morphology of the Actinozoa. Journ. Morph. v. 1891, p. 303. 20. —— Phylogeny of the Actinozoa. Journ. Morph. v. 1891, p. 125. 21. Mitne-Hpwarps, A., and J. Harms. Hist. Nat. de Coralliaires, vol. i. 1857, p. 285. 22. Pancert, P. Intorno a due nuovi Polipi. Atti d. R. Accademia d. Scienze fisiche e matematiche, iv. 1869, no. 11. 23. QuaTREFAGES, A. DE. Mém. sur les Edwardsiés ; nouvelle genre de la famille des Actiniés. Ann. des Sci. Nat., Zool. (2) xviii. 1842, p. 65. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 51. cap., capitulum ; ph., physa ; mes., mesenteries. Fig. 1. Edwardsia mammullata, n. sp. The specimen has burst below the capitulum, and the mesenterial filaments are extruded. 2. Edwardsia rugosa, 0. sp. 3. Edwardsia vermiformis, n. sp. 4, Edwardsia rakaiye, nu. sp. The animal has burst owing to excessive contraction in spirit, and the inner wall of the introverted part of the scapus is exposed in the upper part of the figure. 5. Edwardsia willeyana, n. sp. The retracted animal has been cut in half longi- tudinally, and the figure shows the tentacles ¢., ¢., the actinopharynx a.p., the longitudinal retractor muscles 7.m., and the mesenterial filaments mf. Owing to excessive contraction in spirit, the capitulum has been torn away from the scapus and has been pulled down to the inside of the lower half of the body. Bourne, _ Jovan Linn, Soc.Zoou. Vor, XXXII Pr. §). G.C.B.del, Huth Lith? London. INE WA SSE st, (GSR Sp Oey 1B) WV Msal Sy iN [Synonyms and native names are printed in talics. A star * denotes the first publication of a name. | Acanthocystis, Carter, 126, 128. chetopora, Leidy, mentioned, 128. turfacea, Archer, mentioned, 128. turfacea, Carter, mentioned, 126. Acartia clausi, Giesbr., mentioned, 35. Acetes indicus, M.-Edw., mentioned, ftnote 220. Achatina (Limicolaria) heuglini, Martens, 248. Acreza encedon (Linn.), Rk. Trimen, 391, 392. — f. alcippina, Awriv., 391, 392, 393. — f. commixta, Poult., 391, 394-404, 408-410. —— f, daira, Godm. & Salv., 391, 392. —— f. infuscata, Staud., 391, 392, 394-412. —— f, lycia, Fabr., 391, 392, 394-416. f. sganzini, Borsd., 391, 392, 395. esebria, Hew., mentioned, 392. Acridide, mentioned, 2, 8, 119. Acridiidz, mentioned, 108. Actecia aucklandiea, G. M. Thomson, 436, 445. Acteecia, Dana, 437. Actinia, Gmel., mentioned, 45. cylindrica, Reid, 45. Actinophryide, 126, 210. Actinophrys sol, Hhrenb., mentioned, 128, 158. Actinospherium LEichhornii (£hrenb.), Stein, mentioned, 128, 153, 210. /Kolosoma, Ehrenb., mentioned, 96. headleyi, Beddard, 97. fKolosoma hemprichii, Ehrend., 97. Holosomatidee, 96, 99. Kolothripide, 496. AKolothripine, 496. Kolothrips, Hahiday, mentioned, 496. Aitheria, Lauwr., 251; mentioned, 284. elliptica, Zawr., 251. var. tubifera, Sowerb., mentioned, 251. Aatheriide, 251. Ameira, Boeck, mentioned, 90-92. Amiba, Cockerell, mentioned, 129. Ammodiscus charoides, Jones §- Parker, mentioned, 273. Ameba, Ehrenb., mentioned, 77, 129; capture of Stentor by, 154. difluens, Magg?, mentioned, 154. fluida, Grader, mentioned, 123. guttula, Day., mentioned, 123. limax, Duj., mentioned, 123. nobilis, Penard, mentioned, 128. papyracea, Penard, 214. pilosa, Cash, 204. proteus, Lezdy, mentioned, 123, 153, 154. pars, Leidy, 202. var. granulosa, Cash, 202. yadiosa, Khrenb., mentioned, 128. striata, Penard, 127; mentioned, 123. terricola, Greeff, 155, 214; mentioned 212. villosa, G. Wallich, 202; mentioned 154. , o) 42* 532 INDEX. Ameceba verrucosa, Zhrenb., 155, 214; mentioned, 123. vespertilio, Penard, mentioned, 123. Ameebina, 123, 129, 155, 212, 214. _Ampelisca spinipes, Boeck, mentioned, ee tenuicornis, Zzl/j., mentioned, 172. Ampelita sepulchralis, Féruss., 385. Stravi, HE. A. Smith, 385. xystera, Pfeiff., 385. Amphidinium, Clap. § Lachm., mentioned, 14, 78. aculeatum, Daday, mentioned, 79. crassum, Zohm., mentioned, 71. lacustre, Stem, mentioned, 72. longum, Lohm., mentioned, 71. operculatum, Clap. § Lachm., On the Occurrence of, in vast Quantity, at Port Erin (Isle of Man), by Prof. W. A. Herdman, 71-75. rotundatum, Lohm., mentioned, 71. sulcatum, Kofotd, mentioned, 72. Amphilochus manudens, Spence Bate, mentioned, 172. Amphipoda ete. collected from the ‘ Runa,’ by A. O. Walker, 171, 172. Amphistomina, 126, 209. Amphitrema, Archer, 153. flavum, Lenard, 153; mentioned, 126. stenostoma, Niisslin, 153; mentioned, 84, 126. Wrightianum, Archer, 153; men- tioned, 84, 126. Amphiura Chiajii, Jorbes, mentioned, 172. Amphizonella flava, Greeff, 214. violacea, Greeff, mentioned, 128. Ampullaria, Zam., mentioned, 234. kordofana, Philippi, 239; mentioned, 240. var. elongata, Rocheh. § Germ., mentioned, 239. madagascariensis, L. A. Smith, 380. purpurea, Jonas, mentioned, 241. wernei, Philippi, 240; mentioned, 234. Ampullariide, 239. Anaplecta, Burm., mentioned, 65, 68. cincta, Gerst., mentioned, 66 inclusa ( Walker), mentioned, 66. Anaplecta sp., 65; mentioned, 68. Anasa tristis, St@, mentioned, 19, 485. Annelids of the Thames Valley, by Rev. Hilderic Friend, 95-106. Anodonta rubens, Lam., 259. Antedon bifida (Penn.), mentioned, 172, 270. milleri (Wyv. Thom.), mentioned, 172. phalangium (J. Miiller), mentioned, 172, 270. tenella (Zefzzus), mentioned, 270. Antero-dorsal parts of head of Schizoneura, 314. Antero-ventral parts of head of Schizo- neura, 314, Anthozoa, their position, 514. Apatura clytie (Zinn.), mentioned, 180. ilia, Schaff., 190; mentioned, 193. wis, auct., 190. iris, Zenn., 180; mentioned, 151, 190, 195. pseudoiris, Verrty*, 190; mentioned, 181. Aphanthopus hyperanthus (Linn.), men- tioned, 186. Aphareocaris, nom. noy. (Aphareus, Pawi- son), a Genus of the Crustacean Family Sergestidae, by Dr. W. T. Calman, 219- 228. Aphareocaris, Calman *, 219. elegans, Calman *, 219; mentioned, 222, 223. Aphareus, Paulson, 219. inermis, Paulson, 219; mentioned, 222. Aphids, salivary pump, 310. Aphis rumicis, Zimn., mentioned, 317; on Chenopodium, 325. Aphrothoraca, 126. Aporia crateegi (Zinn.), 176. Araschnia levana (Linn.), Hiibn., 182. prorsa (Linn.), Hiibn., 182. Arcella, Ehrenb., 129, 155; mentioned, 154, 204. angulosa, Perty, 129; menticned, 123. arenaria, Greeff, 129, 155; mentioned, 123, 212. artocrea, Lecdy, 129; mentioned, 128, 131, 161]. INDEX, 533 Axrcella awreola, Maggi, 129. caudicola, Ehrenb., mentioned, 211, costata (Ehrenb.), Penard, 129. curvata, Wailes*, 203; mentioned, 204, 205, 218. dentata, Ehrend., 129 ; mentioned, 123. discoides, Ehrenb., 130; mentioned, 128, 128, 205, 212. discoides, Ehrenb., pars, Leidy, 203 204. hemispheerica, Perty, 130 ; mentioned, 123, 127. megastoma, Penard*, 204; mentioned, 205, 211, 212, 218. mucrostoma, Penard, 128. mitrata, Leidy, 130 ; mentioned, 123, 129; 131. pileus, Ehrenb., mentioned, 210. polypora, Penard, 180; mentioned, 128, 127, 204, 205. pars, Penard 207. pars, Wailes, 204. stellaris, Perty, 128. vulgaris, Ehrenb., 130; mentioned, 123, 128, 205, 212, 218. var. compressa, Cash, 131; men- tioned, 123, 127, var. gibbosa (Penard), West, 131; mentioned, 123, 128, 219. pars, Cash, 130. pars, Leidy, 131. vulgaris, var. angulosa, Leidy, 128. Arcellida, 123, 155, 203, 212. Argynnis adippe, auct., 190. adippe (Linn.), 182; mentioned, 194. aglaja (Zinn.), 183. berecynthia (Poda), mentioned, 183. cydippe (Lznn.), 182, 190; mentioned, 183, 194. eris (Zinn), mentioned, 182. esperi, Verity *, 190; mentioned, 183. lathonia (Zinn.), 183. niobe (Lrnn.), 182. cydippe (Linn.), 190. erls, Mieg., 190. niobe (Linn.), 190. auct., 190. paphia (Zinn.), 183. syrinx (Borkhausen), mentioned, 183. Aristias neglectus, Hansen, mentioned, 172. 7 Armadillidium vulgare (Zatr.), Milne-Edw., 292; mentioned, 287, 288, 298. Arphia tenebrosa, Sawss., mentioned, 8, 10. Ascidia mentula, O. F. MWiill., mentioned, 281, 282, 283, 284, 285; variation in, 281, 288. venosa, O. F. Miil., mentioned, 281, 282, 283, 285. Assam species introd. into Madagascar, 377. Astacilla longicornis (Sowerby), mentioned, 172. Asterias muelleri (Sars), mentioned, 172, 270, murrayl, Gell, mentioned, 172. rubens, Linn., mentioned, 172, 270. Asterionella Bleakeleyi, W. Sm., men- tioned, 35. Asteronyx Loveni, Muell. § Trosch., men- tioned, 172. Assulina, Ehrenb., 150, 159. aunor, Penard, 150, muscorum, Greeff, 126, 127, 150, 208, 213. scandinavica, Penard, 208. seminulum, Zeidy, mentioned, 126, 128, 150. pars, Leidy, 150. var. scandinavica, Penard, 208. Awerinzewia, Schout., 143, 156. cyclostoma (Penard), Schout., 143-156; mentioned, 125, 211, 213. Backcross results, 473. Bagnall, R.S., On the Classification of the Order Symphyla, 195-199, Banana, species introd. with, 377. Basommatophora, 241; from Madagascar, 380. Bathia, Robson *, 383. madagascariensis, Robson *, 382, 383, 389. Baylis, H. A., Some Observations on the Tentacles of Blennius gattorugine, 295- 3086. Bdellura. Nitocrameira bdellure, nov. gen, et sp., a Copepod of the Family Canthocamptide, parasitic in the Egg- cases of, by J. A. Liddell, 87-94. 534 INDEX. Bdellura candida, Girard, mentioned, 87, 93. propinqua, Wheeler, mentioned, 87, 93. Bdelluridz, mentioned, 87. Benthesicymus investigatoris, Alc. & Anders., mentioned, ftnote 220. Bicheta, Bretscher, mentioned, 99. Biddulphia mobiliensis, Baz/., mentioned, 35. Biomyxa vagans, Leidy, mentioned, 128. Bithynia boissieri (Hdgg), Charp., men- tioned, ftnote 286. Blatta baltica, Germar & Berendt, 61. gedanensis, Germar & Berendt, 60. pacifica, Coquebert, 65. Blattidee enclosed in Amber, the British Museum Collection by R. Shelford, 59- 70. Blattinz, 68. Blennius gattorugine, Bloch, Some Obser- vations on the Tentacles of, by H. A. Baylis, 295-3806; fig., 296; mentioned, 304, 305, 506. ocellaris, Zinm., mentioned, 296, 298, 304, 306. Bothrioneuron (Stole) = Bothrioneurum, Michaelsen, mentioned, 102. Brachystola, Scudd., mentioned, 2. magna (G2.), Scudd., mentioned, 2, 9, 10; chromosomes in, 11, 18. Branchiura Sowerbyi, Beddard, 101. Brissopsis lyrifera, Ford., mentioned, 172. British Rhizopods, J. M. Brown on, 77-85. Brown, Jas. Meikle, Observations on some New and Little-known British Rhizo- pods, 77-85. Buccal folds of Schizoneura, 313. Buccinum flumineum, Gmel., 378. Bulimina aculeata, @’Ord., mentioned, 273. elegans, d’Orb., mentioned, 273. marginata, d’Ord., mentioned, 274. pupoides, d’Orb., mentioned, 273. subteres, Brady, mentioned, 273. Bulimine, mentioned, 273. Bulimus amarula, Brug., 379. clavator, Petit, 385. kambeul, Brug., 248. niloticus, Pfeiffer, 250. Bullinula, Penard, 131. Bullinula indica, Penard, 131, 214; men- tioned, 123, 211, 212. Bullinus dybowskii, Fischer, 244. Bunodes thallia, Divon, mentioned, 5. Burtoa, Bourg., 250. nilotica, Pfeiffer, 250 ; mentioned, 234. Ceelatura, Conrad, 252. eegyptiaca, Caill., 253; mentioned, 268. var. shambiensis, Longstaff*, 253; mentioned, 268. nilotica, Cazll., 252. parreyssi, Philippi, 254; mentioned, 268. var. elongata, Longstaff *, 256 ; mentioned, 268. var. obliqua, Longstaff *, 255; mentioned, 268. sobaénsis, Preston *, 256; mentioned, 268. Calanus, Leach, mentioned, 27, 28, 30, 34. helgolandicus, Sars, mentioned, 27, 28, 35. Calliactis parasitica, Verril/, mentioned, 53. Calliztis, p. 53 e7.=pree. Callophrys borealis, Arw/., 191 ; mentioned, 187. fervida, Staudinger, mentioned, 187. immaculata, Fuchs, mentioned, 187. polaris, Moschler, 191; mentioned, 187. punctata, Zwtt, mentioned, 187. rubi (Linn.), 187. borealis, Krul., 187, 191. polaris, Méschl., 187, 191. — rubi (Zinzn.), 191. virgatus, Verity *, 191. virgatus, Verity, mentioned, 187. Callosune (misprint T.) omphale, men- tioned, 179. Calman, Dr. W. T., On Aphareocaris, nom. nov. (Aphareus, Paulson), a Genus of the Crustacean Family Sergestide, 219- 223. Caloptenus femur-rubrum (De Geer) Burm, mentioned, 9, 18, 19. Calycuoniscus, Collinge *, 509; 511. bodkini, Collinge *, 509, 511. INDEX. 535 Campascus, Letdy, 151. minutus, Penard, 151; mentioned, 126, 128. Campylaspis glabra, G. O. Sars, mentioned, 271. | Canthocamptide, 93. Capsellina bryorum, Penard, mentioned, 80, 81. timida, Brown *, 80; mentioned, 85. Caryophyllia smithi, Stokes, mentioned, 270. Centropages hamatus, Sa7's, mentioned, 35, typica, Kréy., mentioned, 35. Centropyxis, Stein, 156; mentioned, 153. aculeata (Ehrenb.), Sten, 156; men- tioned, 125, 128, 212. var. discoidea (Hhrenb.), men- tioned, 123, 128, 202, 212. var. ecornis (Hhrenb.), Leidy, mentioned, 123, 212. var. hemispherica (Barnard), Wazles, mentioned, 212. - var. spinosa, Cash, mentioned, 123. arcelloides, Penard, 156; mentioned, 212. leevigata, Penard, 156; mentioned, 123, 127. 3 Ceratinoptera, Brunn, mentioned, 62, 64. miocenica, Shelford*, 64; mentioned, 68. Ceratium, Schrank, mentioned, 31. furca (Ehrenb.), Clap. § Lachm., men- tioned, 35. fusus (Lhrenb.), Dujard., mentioned, 3d. tripos, Mtzsch, mentioned, 28, 35. Cercus spinosus, Heriwig, mentioned, 53. Chadwick, H. C., List of the Hchino- dermata collected by the ‘Runa,’ 171, 172. Cheetoceros, Avitz., mentioned, 29, 30, 31. borealis, Bal., mentioned, 29, 35. contortum, Schiitt, mentioned, 29, 34, 35. debile, Cleve, mentioned, 35. decipiens, Cleve, mentioned, 29, 34, 35. densum, Cleve, mentioned, 35. subtile, Cleve, mentioned, 35. teres, Cleve, mentioned, 35. Cheetogaster crystallinus, Vejdovsky, 98. Cheetogaster diaphanus, Grwith., 98. diastrophus, Grutth., 98. Charaxes jasius (Zinn.), 180, 190. —— septentrionalis*, Verity, 190; mentioned, 180. jason (Linn.)=jasius, 180. Chauvin, Herschell, Gastropods coll. by, 375. Chenopodium album attacked by Aphis, 325. Chirothripoides, Bagnall *, 505. typicus, Bagnall *, 505, 507. Chirothripoidiide, Bagnall *, 505. Chondractinia, Liitken, mentioned, 53, 54. Chorthippus curtipennis, Bolivar, men- tioned, 117. parallelus, Gokvar, mentioned, 117. Chortophaga viridifasciata (De Geer), Sauss., mentioned, 8, 10. Chromatin Rod-Lengths, being a Further Study of Chromosome Dimensions, by C. F. U. Meek, 107-119. Chromosome Dimensions, 107-119. Chromosomes of Euschistus, 353, 478-486. Chrysophanus confluens, Gerhard, men- tioned, 188. dispar (Haw.), mentioned, 188. eurybia, Ochs., mentioned, 187, 188. hippothoe (Linn.), 187; mentioned, 188. — hippothoé (Lznn.), 191. —— mirus, Verity *, 191. stieberi, Gerhard, 191. oranula, Fryer, mentioned, 187. phleas (Zznn.), 188. virgaureze inalpinus, Verity *, 191; mentioned, 187. Cicada, Linn., mentioned, 509, 310. septemdecim, Linn., 309. tibicen, Zznn., mentioned, 18. Cimex lectularius, Z2nn., mentioned, 310. Clathrulina Cienkowskii (WMeresch.), Penard, mentioned, 126. elegans, Crenkowski, mentioned, 126. Clathrulinide, 126. Clavator Balstoni, Prlsbry, 385. clavator (Petit), Robson *, 385. eximius, Pilsbry, 385. eximius (Shuttl.), Robson *, 385. Grandidieri, Prlsbry, 385. obtusatus, Pilsbry, 585. 536 INDEX. Clavelina, Sav., mentioned, 165. Cleopatra, Troschel, 238. bulimoides, Olivier, 238; mentioned, 234. multilira, Ancey, 377. Smithn, Ancey, 377. trabonjiensis, EZ. A. Smith, 377. verreauxiana, Bourg. (Hiéigg), men- tioned, ftnote 236. Clitellio arenarius (O. F. Miill.), Sav., 101. Clypeal folds of Schizoneura, 312; — sclerites of Schizoneura, 313. Clypeo-labrum of Schizoneura, 312. Clypeus of Schizoneura, 312. Cobitis, Zinn., mentioned, 301. Coccids, salivary pump, 310.° Cochliopodium bilimbosum (Auerd.), Leidy, mentioned, 213. bilimbosum (Greeff), Calkins, men- tioned, 125. echinatum, Korotneff, 207. granulatum, Penard, 77; mentioned, 85. vestitum, Archer, mentioned, 128. pars, Lezdy, 207. Cochlogena flammata, Cuill., 245. Codonella lacustris, Zrtz., mentioned, 133. Ccenonympha arcanius (Zinn.), 186. hero (Linn.), 186. pamphilus (Zinn.), 186. Colias alexandra, Edw., mentioned, 179. hyale (Zinn.), 179. palzeno (Zinn.), 179. Collinge, W. E., On the Range of Varia- tions of the Oral Appendages in some Terrestrial Isopods, 287-294. Colomastix pusilla, Gr-wbe, mentioned, 172. Conchulina, 123, 129, 155, 208, 212, 214. Conilera cylindracea (Mont.), mentioned, 271. Conostoma consanguineum, Sow., 379. Copepod, juv., mentioned, 35. nauplius, mentioned, 35. Copepoda, mentioned, 30. Corbicula, Megerle v. Mihif., 262; men- tioned, 235. artini, Pallary, 262. consobrina, Caill., 262. lavigertana (Bourg.), Germ., 262. pusilla, Parr., mentioned, ftnote 236. radiata, Parr., mentioned, ftnote 236. Corixa, Geoffr., mentioned, 309. Corophium bonellii, Mzine-Edw.,mentioned, 271. Correlation of Somatic Characters and Chromatin Rod-Lengths, being a Further Study of Chromosome Dimensions, by C. F. U. Meek, 107-119. Corycia, Dwjard., 131. aculeata (Greeff), Awerinzew, 214; mentioned, 211, 212. coronata, Penard, 214. —— yar. simplex, Penard, 214. flava (Greeff), Penard, 128, 181, 214; mentioned, 212, 215. var. coronata (Penard), 214; mentioned, 211, 212. penardi, Awerinzew, 214. Corydiine, 68. Corynothrips, Welliams, 495. Corythion, Tardnek, 1652. dubium, Tardnek, mentioned, 126, 127, 152,-211. pulchellum, Penard, mentioned, 126, 128. ; Coscinodiscus concinnus, W. Sm., men- tioned, 31, 35. radiatus, Lhrenb., mentioned, 35. Couple, term defined, 529. Crab zoéa, mentioned, 35.° Craniothrips, Bagnall *, 504. urichi, Bagnall *, 504. Cressa dubia, Spence Bate, mentioned, 172. Crithionina mamilla, Goés, mentioned, 273. Crossing of two species of Euschistus, 537. Cryptodifflugia, Penard, 133. compressa, Penard, 1338; mentioned, 124. eboracensis, Wazles, 133; mentioned, 124, 201. oviformis, Penard, 1383; mentioned, 124, Cubaris, Brandt, mentioned, 417. suteri, Chilton *, 425, 427. Cucurbitella, Penard, 133. mespiliformis, Penard, 133; men- tioned, 124. Cyanizis argiolus (Zinn.), 190. Cyclostoma bulimordes, Olivier, 238. carinata, Olivier, 240. unicolor, Olivier, 237. INDEX. 537 Cylisticus convexus (De Geer), mentioned, 288. ; Cynthia, Sav., mentioned, 280, 281. Stubenrauchit, Michaelsen, 280. tessellata, Forbes, mentioned, 279. Cynthiine, mentioned, 279. Cyphoderia, Schlumd., 151; mentioned, 130. ampulla (Ehrenb.), Schiumb., 151 ; mentioned, 126, 128, 131, 213. var. major, Penard, mentioned, 151. var. papillata, Wazles, men- tioned, 127, 151. trochus, Penard, mentioned, 151. var. amphoralis, Wailes, 151; mentioned, 126, 128, 201. Cyrena consobrina, Caill., 262. Cyrenide, 262. Dactylosphzerium radiosum, Biitschi:, men- tioned, 123, 128. Danaida chrysippus (Linn.), Godt., 392, © 395. —— f. alcippus (Cram.), 393, 394, 395, 403. —— f. dorippus, Klug, 392, 405. Dero, Oken, mentioned, 98. olearia, Friend*, 98. stuhlmanni, Stzeren, mentioned, 99. Desmothoraca, 126. Deto, Guérin, 435-456, cf. 437; as sub- gen., 439, 440. acinosa, Budde-Lund, 436, 441, 443, 455, 456. armata, LBudde-Lund, 436, 441, 448, 453. aucklandize, Chilton, 438, 442, 445, 451, 452, 453, 456. bucculenta, Chilton*, 438, 449, 451, 453, 456. echinata, Guérin, 4385, 436, 442, 453, 459. magnifica, Budde-Lund, 436, 445, 447, marina, Budde-Lund, 444, 453, 456. nove-zealandié, Chilton, 449. . robusta, Budde- Lund, 436, 445, 447. spinicornis, Brandt, 485, whiter, Kinahan, 435, 436, 440. Dhan, species introd. with, 377. Diaphoropodon mobile, Archer, 209. Diatom, golden-yellow Naviculoid, men- tioned, 74. Diazona, Sav., mentioned, 165, 166-170, 276, 277, 278. hebridica, Alder, mentioned, 166. hebridica-violacea, var., Forbes, men- tioned, 168. intacta-violacea, var., Lat., mentioned, 168. violacea, Sav., 165, 276; mentioned, 163, 166, 167, 168, 169, 171, 269, 285. —— var. hebridica, Forbes § Goodsz7,, mentioned, 168, 169. Dicaiothrips brevicornis, Bagnall, 499, 507. ; distinctis, Bagnall, 499. foveicollis, Bagnall, 499. leevicollis, Bagnall, 499, 500. Dictyocylindrus stuposus (Mont.), Bow., mentioned, 271. Difflugia, Leclerc, 132, 156; mentioned, 159, 211. acuminata, Ehrenb., mentioned, 125, 128. pars, Leidy, 132, 205. var. inflata, Penard, mentioned, 123, 127. amphora, Leidy, mentioned, 127, amphora, Penard, mentioned, 206. amphoralis, Hopkinson, mentioned, 1238, 127, 206. antarctica, Khrenb., mentioned, 211. arcula, Leidy, mentioned, 125, 182, 156, 159. bacillariarum, Perty, 132; mentioned, 123, 161. var. elegans (Penard), Cash, 182; mentioned, 123, 127, 161. var. teres (Penard), Cash, men- tioned, 123. bacillifera, Penard, mentioned, 124. bicornis, Penard, 205; mentioned, 218. bicuspidata, Rhumbler, 205. brevicolla, Cash, mentioned, 124. compressa, Carter, mentioned, 128. constricta (Ehrenbd.), Leidy, 156; men- tioned, 124, 128, 131, 159, 212. INDEX. Difflugia cornuta, Leidy, mentioned, 128. corona, G. Wallich, mentioned, 124, 206. cratera, Leidy, mentioned, 133. elegans, Penard, mentioned, 128. pars, Penard, 205. eqguicalceus, pars, Leidy, 206. fragosa, Hempel, mentioned, 154. globularis, Leidy, mentioned, 128. globulosa, Leidy, mentioned, 128. globulus (Ehrenb.), Hopkinson, men- tioned, 124, 128. gramen, Penard, mentioned, 124, 127, 128, 212. hermitana, Hhrenb., mentioned, 211. Difflugia rubescens, Penard, mentioned, 124, 127, 201. sphagni, Leidy, 142. spiralis, Ehrenb., mentioned, 128. subzequalis, Penard, mentioned, 206. tuberculata (G. Wallich), Archer, mentioned, 124, 127, 202. var. minor, Penard, mentioned, 124, 202, 212. tuberculosa, Hempel, mentioned, 154. urceolata, Carter, mentioned, 124, 201, 206. var. amphora, Lezdy, 206. vas, Leidy, mentioned, 128. vescidula, Penard, mentioned, 127. hydrostatica, Zach., mentioned, 127. Difflugiz, mentioned, 211. lanceolata, Penard, 206; mentioned, Difflugina, 123, 205, 212. 127. Dinameeba mirabilis, Leidy, mentioned, 128. Leidyi, Wailes*, 132; mentioned, Dinoflagellates, mentioned, 78, 74. 124, 127, G1. Dinurothrips, Hood, 495. limnetica, Levander, mentioned, 124. Diplophrys Archeri, Barker, 209; men- lobostoma, Lezdy, mentioned, 124. tioned, 128, 210. pars, Leidy, 155. Dissosteira carolina, Sawss., mentioned, 8. lucida, Penard, mentioned, 124, 212. Ditrema flavum, Archer, 155. nodosa, Letdy, meutioned, 128. Ditylium Brightwellii, Grun., mentioned, oblonga, Lhrenb., 156; mentioned, 35. 124, 128, 212. Divaricator muscles of Schizoneura, 316. var. atricolor, Penard, mentioned, Dodecacorallia, 514, 515. 127. Dominance, 467, 468. var. clayiformis, Penard, men- Drosera rotundifolia, Zznn., mentioned, tioned, 127. 201. var. cornuta, Leidy, 132; men- Drosophila, Fadl., mentioned, 475. tioned, 124, 128, 201. Dytiscus marginalis, Linn., mentioned, 19. —— var. lacustris (Penard), Cash, mentioned, 124. var. nodosa, Letdy, mentivned, Echinodermata, List of, collected by the 124, 128. ‘Runa,’ by H. C. Chadwick, 171, 172. var. venusta (Penard) Cash, men- Echinoderms, Plutei of, mentioned, 35. tioned, 124, 212. Echinus acutus, Zam., mentioned, 270. olliformis, Zayerheim, 206 ; mentioned, esculentus (Zznn.), mentioned, 172. 218. Ectobiine, 68. oviformis, Cash, 183; mentioned, 124, Ectobius, Westw., mentioned, 62. 201, 202. balticus, Germar § Berendt, 61; men- Penardi, Hopkinson, mentioned, 124, tioned, 68. 127. Edwardsia, Quatr., 5 new spp.,518-530. phiala, Ehrenb., mentioned, 211. adenensis, Faurot, 514; tentacles, pristis, Penard, 156; mentioned, 124. 523. pulex, Penard, mentioned, 124. beautempsia, Quatr., 514, 518, 525; pyriformis, Perty, 156; mentioned, micromesenteries, 522. 128. calimorpha, Gosse, 518. pars, Leidy, 206. carnea, Gosse, 519, 525; fig., 526, 527. INDEX. 539 Edwardsia claparedii, Panc., 521; ten- tacles, 522; megacceles, 527. duodecimcirrhata, Sars, 520. lutkeni, Andres, 520. mammillata, Bourne*, 515; men- tioned, 519. pudica, Klunz., 517. rakanje, Bourne *, 518; mesenteries, 522; megacceles, 527. rugosa, Bourne *, 516. timida, Quatr., 522 ; tentacles, 524. vermiformis, Bourne *, 517. willeyana, Bourne*, 519; tentacles, 522, 523; megacceles, 527. Edwardsiaria, Bourne *, 515. Edwardsidee, Andres, 515. Efferent canal of Schizoneura, 319. Kjector canal of Schizoneura, 319. Eleorhanis cincta, Greeff, mentioned, 128, 210: Enchytreidz, mentioned, 95, 96, 106. Endoskeleton of Schizoneura, 314.. Epimeria cornigera (Fabr.), Bate § Westw., mentioned, 172. Epinephile fortunata, Aldph., 191; men- tioned, 184. janira (Zinn.), 191; mentioned, 184, 185. ; jurtina (Zinn.), 184; mentioned, 185. jurtina (Zinn.), 191. —— var. fortunata, Alph., 191. var. janira (Lznn.), 191. tithonus (Linn.), 185. Epipharynx of Schizoneura, 312, 316, 317. Epizoanthus couchi (Johnst.), mentioned, 270. incrustans (Dib. § Kor.), mentioned, 270. Erebia ligea (Zzn.), 183. Erichthonius brasiliensis (Dana), men- tioned, 172. Esperella lingua (Bow.), Vosm., mentioned, ile Eucampia zodiacus, Ehrenbd., mentioned, 30. Eucheta norvegica, Boeck, mentioned, 27. Huchloé belia, Cramer, 190. belia (Zinn.), 178, 190; mentioned, NG LAs) cardamines (Linn.), 178. crameri, Butler, 190; mentioned, 178. Kuchloé eupheno (Linn.), 178, 190; men- tioned, 178, 179. euphenoides (Zznn.), menticned, 178. Eudorella emarginata (A7éy.),. mentioned, 271. Euglypha, Dajard., 144, 159; mentioned, 81-83, 122, 145, 149, 153, 211. alveolata, Dajard., 145, 159; men- tioned, 82, 125, 128, 144, 149, 213. pars, Leidy, 145, 147. var. cirrata, Wailes *, 146; men- tioned, 125, 127, 144, 161, 201, 202. var. minor, Zardnek, 145; men- tioned, 144, armata, Wales, mentioned, 125, 127, 144, 147, 148, 202, 213. var. brevispina, Penard, men- tioned, 125. var, flexuosa, Penard, mentioned, 125. aspera, Penard, mentioned, 144, 147. brachiata, Zeidy, 146; mentioned, 125, 144, 161. pars, Leidy, 146. var. librata, Wailes *, 146; men- tioned, 125, 127, 144, 161. bryophila, Brown*, 82; mentioned, 83, 85. ciliata, Lhrend., 160; mentioned, 125, 128, 144, 213. f. glabra, Wailes, mentioned, 125, 144. —— f. heterospina, Wazles, mentioned, 125, 144. pars, Lerdy, 148, 150, 208. var. strigosa pars, Leidy, 149. compressa, Carter, 160; mentioned, 125, 127, 144, 213. — f. clabra, Wailes, mentioned, 125, 127, 144. crenulata, Wailes*, 147; mentioned, 125, 127, 188, 144, 161, 201, 202. var. minor, Watles*, 148; men- tioned, 125, 138, 144, 161. cristata, Le¢dy, 146; mentioned, 82, 125, 160, 213. var. acicularis, Wazles*, 147; mentioned, 122, 144, 161. var. major, Wazles *, 146; men- tioned, 125, 144, 161. 540 INDEX. Euglypha denticulata, Brown, 207; men- tioned, 213. var. minor, Wazles, mentioned, 134, filifera, Penard, 148, 160; men- tioned, 125, 127, 144, 161, 208, 213. filfera, form “C,” Wailes, 208. filifera var. pyriformis, Wazles *, 208. var. spinosa, Wazles*, 149; men- tioned, 125, 127, 144, 148, 161, levis, Perty, 160; mentioned, 82, 125, 144, 213. mucronata, Ledy, 149; mentioned, 125, 144. rotunda, Wailes, 160; mentioned, 125, 144, 201, 202. scandinavica, Penard, 208. seutivera, Penard, mentioned, 147. strigosa (Ehrenb.), Leidy, 149, 160; mentioned, 125, 144, 213. f. glabra, WVailes, mentioned, 125, 144, 213. f. heterospina, Wailes § Penard, 208 ; mentioned, 125, 144, 213. var. muscorum, Wales, 150, 160, 208; mentioned, 125, 127, 144, 218. Kuglyphina, 125, 126, 159, 207, 218. Eulamellibranchiata, 251, Eulota similaris, Féruss., 384. Eupathithripide, 500. Eupathithrips, Bagnall, 500; mentioned, 503. affinis, Bagnall *,501, 507 ; mentioned, 500. dentipes, Bagnall, 500, 507. silvestrii, Bagnall *, 501, 507; men- tioned, 500, 508. Eupera, Bourg., 263. jickeli, Bourg., 263. letourneuxi, Bowrg., 263; mentioned, 236. parasitica, Desh., 263. Eurystheus maculatus (Johnst.), men- tioned, 172. Euschistus, Dailas, crossing of 2 species (Foot & Strobell), 337-378, pls. 28-34. crassus, Dallas, mentioned, 350. ictericus, Dadlas, mentioned, 343, 350. servus (Say), crossed, 337-373; male organ, 457-498. variolarius (Pal. Beauv.), crossed, 337- 273; male organ, 457-493. Euthyneura from Madagascar, 380. Euthyrrhapha, Burm., mentioned, 62. pacitica ( Coquebert), 65; mentioned, 59, 68. Evadne nordmanni, Lovén; mentioned, 38. Ficulina ficus, Gray, mentioned, 271. Follicles of the Testis of Stenobothrus, 6-8. Forbesella, Herdm., mentioned, 280, 281. stubenrauchi (Michaelsen), Herdm.*, 281. tessellata (Forbes), Herdm., 279; its systematic position, 279, 280, 281, 285; mentioned, 269. Forbesia, Lac.-Duth. & Delage, mentioned, 280. Fore-head, defined (Davidson), 310, 311 note. Forficula, Zinn., mentioned, 112. Frankliniella, Karny, 498. cephalicus, Crawford, 499. insularis, Bagnall ?, 498. melanommata, Wrlliams, 499; men- tioned, 495. tritici (Fvtch), Bagnall, 499. Franklinothrips vespiformis, Crawford, 498. Fredericia, Michaelsen, mentioned, 95. Friend, Rey. Hilderic, Some Annelids of the Thames Valley, 95-106. Frondicularia spathulata, Brady, men- tioned, 273. Frons= Fore-head (Davidson), 311 note. Funiculina, Zam., mentioned, 274, 275. quadrangularis (Pallas), Lam., 168, 273; mentioned, 164, 269, 274, 285. Galathea dispersa, Sp. Bate, 429. intermedia, Lzllj., 429. strigosa, Fabr., 429. Gammarus duebeni, Zizi/j., mentioned, 271. Garbia, Tryon, 237. sennaarica, Kuster, 237. Gastropoda, 237 ; from Madagascar, 375. Gastropods, larval, mentioned, 35. Genital spot of Euschistus, 342, 460-466. Gilchrist, J. D. F., A Free-swimming Nau- plioid Stage in Palinurus, 225-231. Glenodinium, Zhrenb., mentioned, 72; a plague of, mentioned, 74. a INDEX. 541 Glenodinium rubrum, Whitelegge, men- tioned, 72. : Godwin-Austen, H. H., introduced species, 377. Gonepteryx cleopatra (Zinn:), 189; men- tioned, 180. cleopatra (Linn.), 190. var. europzeus, Verity *, 190. mauritanica, Ldber, 190. europeeus, Verzty, mentioned, 180. farinosa, 2dber, mentioned, 180. italica, Gerh., mentioned, 180. mauritanica, 26ber, mentioned, 180. rhamni (Zenn.), 179, 190. var. trausiens, Verity *, 180, 190. Gonyaulax, Dies, mentioned, 72. Graphosoma lineatum, (Lznn.), Germ., men- tioned, 309. Grapta c-album, (Zinn.), 181. Gromia fluviatilis, Dwjard., mentioned, 128. Gromiina, 126, 209, 213. Gryllotalpa, Latr., mentioned, 2. Gryllus, Lawn., mentioned, 3. assimilis (Zhunb.), mentioned, 10, 17 ; chromosomes in, mentioned, 14. domesticus, Zinn., mentioned, 10. Guernea, Chevreur, 332. coalita, Stebd., 331. Gymnodinium, Jos., mentioned, 72. spirale, Bergh, mentioned, 72. Gypsina vesicularis, Parker § Jones, men- tioned, 273. Halcampa, Gosse, mentioned, 44, 45, 46, 514; tentacles, 520. crysanthellum, Haddon, 522; men- tioned, 45, 55. duodecimcirrata, Carlgren, mentioned, 44, Halcampine, 39. Hanseniella, Bagnall*, 198; mentioned, 196, 197. angulosa (Hansen), Bagnall x, 198. caldaria (Hansen), Bagnall*, 198. capensis (Hansen), Bagnall*, 198. chilensis (Hunsen), Bagnall *, 198. erassicornis (Hansen), Bagnall*, 198. indica (Gravely), Bagnall *, mentioned, ftnote 198. Hanseniella nivea (Scop.), Bagnall*, 198. orientalis (Hansen), Baynall*, 198. pauperata (Hansen), Bagnall *, 198. plebeia (Hansen), Bagnall*, 198. ruwenzoril (Stlvestr2), Bagnalt *, 198. subunguiculata (Zmms), Bagnall *, 198. unguiculata (Hansen), Bagnall *, 198. Haploéps tubicola, Zzllj., mentioned, 172. Haplophthalmus, Sars, mentioned, 417, 491, 428. australis, Chilton, 417, 421. helmsw, Chilton, 418; mentioned, 417, mene (Zaddach), 424. tasmanicus, Chalten *, 424, 427, Harpacticoidea, 93. Head-muscles of Schizoneura, 323. Head of Schizoneura, 311. Heleopera, Zeidy, 142, 156. cyclostoma, Penard, 156. nodosa, Wailes*, 142; mentioned, 125, IK, MGI. petricola, ZLewdy, 143; mentioned, 125. pars, Leidy, 142. var. amethystea, Penard, 143; mentioned, 125, 143, 156. ———= yer imeem, Crs, Wake imei _ tioned, 125. picta, Leidy, 142. rosea, Penard, 145; mentioned, 125. sordida, Penard, 148, 156; mentioned 125, 213. sphagni (Leidy), Hopkinson, 142; mentioned, 125, 143. var. levis, Wailes *, 143; men- tioned, 125. sylvatica, Penard, 157; mentioned, 125, 218. Helicarion, Féruss., sp. ?, 245. Helicidee from Madagascar, 384. Helicophanta bicingulata, EZ. A. Smith, 384. Methueni, Robson *, 384, 389. phenax, Pilsbrz, 384. souverbiana, Fischer, 384. Heliothrips, Haliday, 498. hemorrhoidalis (Bouche), Bagnall, 498. var. abdominalis (Leut.), 498. rubrocinctus, Bagnall, 498. ? 542 - INDEX. Heliozoa, 126, 128, 153, 210; and Fresh- water Rhizopoda from the States of New York, New Jersey, and Georgia, U.S.A. ; with Supplemental Note on Seychelles Species, by G. H. Wailes, 121-161. Helix amarula, Linn., 379. cyclaria, Morelet, 383. desertorum, Forsk., mentioned, 234. ekongoensis, Angas, 381. lanx, var., Féruss., 385. novacula, Martens, 585. pretumida, Féruss., 388. rystera, Pfeilf., 385. Hemiplecta bathensis, Robson *, 382, 389. javanica, Gude, 382. oleata, Ancey, 382, 386. Hemiptera, salivary pump, 310. Hemitubifex ater, Benham, 101. benedeni ( Udek), 101. Herdman, Prof. W. A., F.R.S., A Com- parison of the Summer Plankton on the West Coast of Scotland with that in the Irish Sea, 23-38. —— On the Occurrence of Amphidinium operculatum, Clap. § Lachm., in vast Quantity, at Port Erin (Isle of Man), 71-75. Spolia Runiana. —I. Funiculina quadrangularis (Pallas), and the He- bridean Diazona violacea, Savigny, 163-172; IL. Funiculina quadrangu- laris (Pallas), Diazona violacea, Sav., Forbesella tessellata (orbes), variation in Ascidia, and Records of various rare Invertebrata, 269-285. Hesperia malvee (Zinn.), 190. malyoides, Elw. § Edw., mentioned, 190. Heterocheeta, Westw., mentioned, 100. costata, Clap., 100. Heterophrys myriapoda, Archer, men- tioned, 128. Heterosaccus, G. W. Smith, mentioned, 432. Heterothrips, Buffa, 500. stlvestrii, Buffa, 501. Hexacorallia, 514. Hexactinie from New South Wales, by Leonora J. Wilsmore, 39-56. Hexactiniaria, Van Bened., 515. Hippiscus, Sawss., mentioned, 2. Hippiscus tuberculatus, Sawss., mentioned, 8, 10. Hippomedon denticulatus (Sp. Bate), men- tioned, 271. Holocompsa, Bum., mentioned, 62. Holothuria tremula, Gunner, mentioned, 172. Hyalodiseus rubicundus, Hertw. § Less., mentioned, 128. Hyalolampe fenestrata, Greeti, mentioned, 128. Hyalosphenia, Sten, 157. cockaynt, Penard, 215; mentioned, 211. elegans, Letdy, 157; mentioned, 124, papilio, Letdy, mentioned, 124, 213. subflava, Cash, 157; mentioned, 124, 218 tincta, Leidy, 140; mentioned, 128. pars, Leidy, 159. Hybrids of Euschistus, 537-373, 460-466, Hydrobia schweinfurthi (Hégg), Jickel, mentioned, ftnote 256. Hydrobiidee, 237. Hydrocores, Léon, mentioned, 510. Hypolimnas misippus (Zinn.), Godt., 392. Hypopharynx of Schizoneura, 313, 316. Lip, 318. Idmonea atlantica, Forbes, mentioned, 272. Idolothripide, 499. Idolothrips tuberculatus, Hood, 499. Idotea lacustris, G. WM. Thoms., mentioned, 453. Ilyanthide, 39. Ilyanthus panthenopzus, 520. Ilyodrilus, Zvsen, mentioned, 105, 106. Inhibitor in crossing Euschistus, 355. Intromittent organ of Euschistus, 467- 493. Iridina angustata, Sow., 257 ; mentioned, 258. nilotica, Audouin, 257; mentioned, 258. nilotica, Caill., 257. nilotica, Sav., 257. nilotica, Sow., 257. rostrata, Rang, 258. wahlbergi, Krauss, 260. INDEX. 543 Ischnoptera, Burm., mentioned, 62, 65, 66. ‘ bimaculata, Gerst., mentioned, 66. gedanensis, Germar & Berendt, 60; mentioned, 68. provisionalis, Shelford *, 66; men- tioned, 68. sp., 61; mentioned, 68. Isidora, Ehrenb., 248. brocchii, Shrend., 243; mentioned, 244, contorta, Mich., 244. dybowskii, Fischer, var., 244; men- tioned, 256. forskali, Khrenh., 246. sericina (Hdgg), Jickel, mentioned, ftnote 236. truncata (Féruss.), Bourg., 244; men- tioned, 243. Isocheta, Powntner, mentioned, ftnote 104. Tsodictya infundibuliformis (Johnst.), Bow., mentioned, 271. : Isopods, Terrestrial, On the Range of Variation of their Oral Appendages, by W. E. Collinge, 287-294. Janira maculosa, Leach, mentioned, 172. Jassa pusilla (G. O. Sars), mentioned, 172, 271. Jasus lalandiu (Wilne-Edw.), mentioned, 225, 226, 230. Jordan, Dr. Karl, Observations on certain Names proposed in Dr. Verity’s paper on the Rhopalocera Palzarctica in the Collection of Linnzeus, 193. Kalidos Bournei, Robson *, 391, 389. La Bathie, P. de, Gastropods coll. by, 375. Labium of Schizoneura, 313. Labrum of Schizoneura, 312, 315. Lachnus, Burm., mentioned, 315 note. Lagena, Walker § Boys, mentioned, 272. marginata, Walker § Boys, men- tioned, 273. ornata, Williamson, mentioned, 273. spumosa, Millett, mentioned, 273. Lagenide, mentioned, 2738. Lamellibranchs, larval, mentioned, 35, Lampides beeticus (Zinn.), 188. Lanceolaria, Conrad, 256. teretiuscula, Philippi, 256. var. pallaryi, Longstaff*, 256; mentioned, 268. Lanistes, Montfort, 241. carinatus, Olivier, 240. innesi, Pallary, mentioned, 241. ovum (Soettger), Peters, mentioned, ftnote 236. purpureus (Jonas), mentioned, 241. Larval Polycheta, mentioned, 35. Lauderia, Cleve, 34. borealis, Gran., mentioned, 34, 85. Lepralia polita, Norman, mentioned, 272. Leptidea diniensis, Bovsd., mentioned, lo! lathyri, Hiibn., mentioned, 179. sinapis (Linn.), 179. Leptocheirus pectinatus (Norman), men- tioned, 172. pilosus, Zadd., mentioned, 172. Leptocylindrus danicus, Cleve, mentioned, 35. sp,, mentioned, 35. Lerneodiscus, F. Muell., 429-434, men- tioned, ftnote 272. galathee, G. W. Smith*, 483; 429, 430, 434. munide, G W. Smith*, 488; 480, 434. porcellane, F. Muell., 433. strigosee, G. W. Smith *, 438. Lesquerusia, Schlumb., 157. modesta, Jthumbl., mentioned, 124, 127, 157. spiralis (Lhrenb.), Biitschli, mentioned, 124, 128, 212. Leuciscus, Rond., mentioned, 301. Leucothoé spinicarpa (Abzldg.), mentioned, 172. Liddell, J. A., Nitocrameira bdellure, nov. gen. et sp., a Copepod of the Family Canthocamptid, parasitic in the Egg- cases of Bdellura, 87-94. Ligia glabrata, Brandt, mentioned, 44. oceanica (Linn.), Fabr., 289; men- tioned, 287, 288, 298. Limacide, 245; from Madagascar, 380. Limenitis populi (Zznn.), 181. sibilla (Zemm.), 181. 544 INDEX. Limicolaria, Schwm., 245 ; mentioned, 235. adansont, Jickeli, 248. cailliaudi, Pfeiffer, mentioned, 246. candidissima, Shutt/., mentioned, 246. eonnectens (Doettger), Martens, men- tioned, ftnote 236. crassior var., Hdgg, mentioned, 247. flammata, Caill., 245; mentioned, 235, 246, 248. var. gracilis, Martens, mentioned, 246, 248. eracilis var., Martens, mentioned, 246, 248. heuglint, Martens, 248. kambeul, Brug., 248. var. turris (Pferffer), 248. koenigi, Boettger, mentioned, 286, 248. kordofana (Paill/.), Shuttl., mentioned, ftnote. 256. longa, Pilsbry, mentioned, 248. nilotica, Pfeiffer, 250. prestont, Boettger, 249, rohlfsi, Kobelt, 249. sennaariensis, Shuttl., mentioned, 235, 246, 247. smithi, Preston, 249; mentioned, 236. var., Pilsbry, mentioned, 246, 247. turriformis, Martens, 249 ; mentioned, 236. turris, Pfeiffer, mentioned, 248. Limneea, Lam., 241. cailliaudi, Bouwrg., 241; mentioned, 236, 242. hovarum, Tristram,380. specularis, Morelet*, 380. Limneide, 241 ; from Madagascar, 380. Limnodrilus, Clap., mentioned, 102. aurantiacus, Friend, 105; mentioned, 103. claparedianus, Ratzel, 102. galeritus, Friend*, 104; mentioned, 103. hoffmeisteri, Clap., 102; mentioned, 105. 4 var. tenellulus, Friend, men- tioned, 102. longus, Bretscher, 102; mentioned, 1038, 105. Limnodrilus neryosus, 2rzend, mentioned, 105. papillosus, Frzend*, 104; mentioned, 103. trisetosus, Freend *, 105. udekemianus, Clap., 102; mentioned, 104. Limosina ferruginea, Jickeli, 263. Limulus, O. F. Miiil., mentioned, 87. Linkage, 475. Linnzeus, Observations on certain Names proposed in Dr. Verity’s paper on the Rhopalocera Paleearctica in the Collec- tion of, by Dr. Karl Jordan, 193. Linnean Types, Revision of Palearctic Rhopalocera, by Roger Verity, 173- OWE Lobosa, 123, 155, 202, 212. Locusta, Zinn., mentioned, 2. viridissima (Walk.?), mentioned, 2, 18. Locustidz, mentioned, 2, 8, 119. Longstaff, Jane, On a Collection of Non- Marine Mollusca from the Southern Sudan, with Descriptions of New Species by H. B. Preston, 233-268. Loricata, mentioned, 225, 229. Luidia ciliaris (P7l.), mentioned, 172. Sarsi, Dib. § Kor., mentioned, 172. Lumbricide, mentioned, 95, 96, 106. Lumbriculus variegatus, O. F. Miili., 99. Lumbriculidez, 99. Lyceena arion (Linn.), 189. argus (Linn.), 188; mentioned, 189. argyrognomon, Sergstr., 191; men- tioned, 189. callarga, Staudinger, mentioned, 189. idas (Zinn.), 189, 191. Ramob., 191. ramburi, Verity *, 191; mentioned, 189. Lygus pabulinus (Zin.), mentioned, 307, Lysianassa ceratina, d. O. Walker, men- tioned, 271. Macrochlamys, Bens., introd. from Assam, 377. Macromesenteries of Edwardside, 522- 529, ee Tas «mee ee INDEX. Madagascar, Gastropoda from, 375, Maera Othonis (Milne-Edw.), mentioned, Worn tenuimana (Sp. Gate), mentioned. 271. Mandibles, defined (Davidson), 311. —— of Schizoneura, 320, 322. Mandibular levers, 322. Martensia sp., 245. Maturation mitosis, 110, 111. Maxillary folds of Schizoneura, 314. sclerites of Schizoneura, 313. stylets, 520. Medusz, mentioned, 51. Medusoid gonophores, mentioned, 35. Meek, C. F. U., The Correlation of Soma- tic Characters and Chromatin Rod- Lengths, being a Further Study of Chromosome Dimensions, 107-119. The Spermatogenesis of Stenobothrus -viridulus, with Special Reference to the Heterotropic Chromosome as a Sex- Determinant in Grasshoppers, 1-21. Megacceles of Edwardsidee, 520-529. Melanargia galathea (Linn.), 183. Melanatria fluminea, Robson *, 378. Johnstoni, L. A. Smith, 378. Melania, Lam., 241. amarula, Hobson *, 379. psorica, Morelet, 378. rudis, Zea, mentioned, 378. tuberculata (O. F. Miill.), 241, 378. Melaniide, 241. Melanoplus bivittatus, Scwdd., mentioned, 2p By IO), Alte. femoratus, Scadd., mentioned, 8, 10. Melita obtusata (Montagu), mentioned, 172. Melitzea cinxia (Zinn.), 182. maturna (Linn.), 182. Melosira Borreri, Giev., mentioned, 35. Mendelian size characters, 466-469. Metaphoxus fultoni 271. Methuen, Hon. P. A., Gastropoda coll. by, 375. Methyenia, Robson *, 886. oleata, Robson *, 386. Metridium dianthus, Oken, mentioned, 53. marginatum, Parker, mentioned, 55. Microcceles of Edwardside, 523-529. Microchlamys, Cockeredl, mentioned, 131. LINN. JOURN.— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXXII. (Scott), mentioned, 045 Microcoryia, Cockerell, mentioned, 131. Micromesenteries of LEdwardside, 519- 529, Mitosis, maturation, 110, 111. - Mitothrips, Ziybom, 496. megalops, Trybom, 496. petulans, Bagnall *, 496, 507. Mitraria, Raf, mentioned, 35. Mollusca from Madagascar, 375. ——— Non-Marine, On a Collection, from tne Southern Sudan, by Jane Longstuff, with Description of New Species by Hugh B. Preston, 233-268. Monopylephorus, Dvtlevsen, 101, 102. paryus, Ditlevsen, 101. Monotocardia, 237. Mucronella abyssicola (Norman), Hincks, mentioned, 272. Munida bamftica (Pennant), 429; men- tioned, 271. -—— infested by a Rhizocephalan parasite (Triangulus munide, Geoffrey Smith), 272. mentioned, Murex brandaris, Zinn., mentioned, 278. Mutela, Scop., 257; mentioned, 235. nilotica, Sow., 257 ; mentioned, 258. var, angustata, Sow., sp. 257; mentioned, 258.. Mutelina, Bourg., 258. plicata, Martens, 259. rostrata, Rang, 258 ; mentioned, 259. Mycetopus plicatus, Sow., mentioned, 259 D5). Naidide, 98; mentioned, 95, 96, 99. Nauplioid Stage, a Free-swimming, in Palinurus, by J. D. F. Gilchrist, 225- 231. Naupliosoma larva of Palinurus (Jasus) lalandit, fig., 226. Navicula, Bory, mentioned, 74. Naviculoid Diatom, Golden-yellow, men- tioned, 74. Nebela, Letdy, 147, 201. americana, Cash & Hopk., 134. americana, Tardnek, 134; mentioned, 78, 124, 127, 135, 186, 138, 157. 43 33; mentioned, 134,135, 546 INDEX. Nebela americana, var. falcata, Wales *, 135; mentioned, 124. ansata, Leidy, 135; mentioned, 124, 154. barbata, Zeidy, 78, 135; mentioned, 79, 85, 124, 134, 138, 201. bigibbosa, Penard, 80; mentioned, 134, 216. bipes (Carter), Murray, mentioned, 154. bohemica, Taranek, 140. bursella, Taranek, 140. earinata (Archer), Lewy, 186; men- tioned, 124, 134. —— pars, Leidy, 139 caudata, Leidy, 135, 215; mentioned, 124, 134, 201, 211, 213, 217. certesi (Certes), Penard, mentioned, 211 216. cockayni (Penard), 215; mentioned, 211, 213. collaris (Zhrenb.), Leidy, 136, 157; mentioned, 80, 128, 140, 148, 161, 213. pars, Leidy, 134, 157, 1388, 139. var. etorta, Letdy, 136; men- tioned, 124, 134, 161. evatera, Wailes*, 136; mentioned, 124, 184, 138, 161. dentistoma, Penard, 137; mentioned, 80; 124 127, 161, 215, 215, 217, 218. var. hesperia, JWazles*, 21 mentioned, 215, 218. var. lacustris, Wailes*, 137; mentioned, 125, 127, 161, 201, 216. equicaleeus, Leidy, 137; mentioned, 125, 134, 148. —— pars, Leidy, 206. equicalceus, Wailes, 206. ’ Or flabelulum, Zetdy, mentioned, 125, 137, 140. waleata, Penard, mentioned, 125, 127. pars, Penard, 158. eracilis, Penard, 157; mentioned, 125, 127, 138, 2138. —- var. stomata, JVailes*, 15 mentioned, 155, 161. griseola, Penard, 138; mentioned, 126, 154, 187, 189, Nebela hippocrepis, Leidy, 137. pars, Leidy, 206. lageniformis, Penard, 157; mentioned, 134, 218, 217. var, minor, Wailes *, 157; men- tioned, 155. longicollis, Penard, 138; mentioned, 125, 134. mareinata, Penard, 139; mentioned, 125; 12% martiali, Certes, mentioned, 216. militaris, Penard, 1389; mentioned, 79, 125, 127, 158, 213. militaris var. tubulata, Brown, 79. minor, Penard, mentioned, 125, 127, 139. Murrayi, Wales *, 216; mentioned, 211, 213, 218. parvula, Cash, 189; mentioned, 125, 213. saccifera, Wales *, 206; mentioned, 218. scotica, Brown *, 79; mentioned, 85, 137. scutellata, Wades *, 139, 217; men- tioned, 125, 127, 134, 141, 158, 16], 201, 211, 215. sphagn, Leidy, 142. spicata, Wales *, 216; mentioned, 211, 213; from Peru, 2s iia: 218. tenella, Penard, 159; mentioned, 125, 134, 137, 158, 201. i tincta (Leidy), Awer., 140, 158; men- tioned, 125, 128, 158, 218. tropica, Warles *, 140, 158, 217 ; men- tioned, 122) 139) 12h oS Saige 211, 213. tuberosa, 157 ; sphalm.=tubuilosa. tubulata, Brown, 79, 140, 159; men- tioned, 78, 125, 127, 1534, 135, 158. tubulosa, Penard, 141, 159; men- tioned, 125, 1385, 138. vas, Certes, 217; mentioned, 134, 211, 213. vitreea, Penard, 141 ; mentioned, 80, 125; 124, 137, 139, 213. var. minor, Wazles*, mentioned, 141. — var. sphagni, JVailes*, men- tioned, 125, 141. INDEX. Nebel, mentioned, 211. Nebelina, 124, 125, 206, 213. Nemeobius lucina (Linn.), 186. Neopleustes assimilis (G. O. Sars), men- tioned, 271. ; bicuspis (Av 6y.), mentioned, 172. Neoscutigerella, Bagnall*, 198; tioned, 196, 197. Hanseni, Bagnall *, 198. Nepa, Zinn., mentioned, 309. Nephrops norvegicus (Zznm.), mentioned, 271. Nerita tuberculata, O. F. Mull., 241. Neritina gagates, Lam., 377. pulligera, Zinn., var. knorri, Récluz, 377. Nitocra, Sars, mentioned, 90, 91, 92, 93. Nitocrameira, Liddell *, 93; mentioned, 88, 90, 91. bdellurz *, nov. gen. et sp., a Copepod of the Family Canthocamptide, parasitic in the Hgg-cases of Bdel- lura, by J. A. Liddell, 87-94. Nodosaria filiformis, d’Ord., mentioned, 2738. roemeri (Neugeboren), Brady, men- tioned, 273. scalaris, Batsch, mentioned, 273. vertebralis, Batsch, mentioned, 273. Nodularia, Conrad, 252; mentioned, 235, 236. zegyptiaca, 252, 268. ——- var. shambiensis, Longstaff*, 253. gaillardoti, Bourg., mentioned, 252. nilotica, Caill., 252; mentioned, 235, 253, 254. parreyssi, Philippi, 2564; mentioned, 252, 253, 268. —— var. elongata, Longstaff*, 255. var. obliqua, Longstaff *, 255. rugifer, Azister, mentioned, 254. sobaénsis, Preston *, 256; mentioned, 268. teretiuscula, Philippi, 256. var. pallaryi, Longstaff*, 256, mentioned, 268. —— var. lithophaga, Ziegler, 256. Nonionina umbilicatula (Montagu), men- tioned, 273. men- Caill., 253; mentioned, OAT Non-Marine Mollusca from the Southern Sudan by Jane Longstaff, 233-268. Notonecta, Zinn., mentioned, 309. Notoniscus, Chilton *, 418. australis, Chiléon*, 421, 426, 427; mentioned, 422. helmsu, Chilton*, 418, 426; tioned, 423. Nyctibora, Bur., mentioned, 62. succinica, Shelford, 61; mentioned, 68. : Nyctiborine, 68. Nyctiphanes norvegicus (J. Sars), men- tioned, 27; young of, mentioned, 30. men- Octocorallia, 514. Octolasium platyurum, /%tz., mentioned, 95. | rubidum, Oerley, mentioned, 95. - Oikopleura, Wart., mentioned, 29, 31. sp., mentioned, 35. Oithona, Ald. § Hanc., mentioned, 29. similis, Ald. § Hanc., mentioned, 27, 29, 35. Oniscus, Zinn., mentioned, 435, 438. asellus, Zinnz., 289; mentioned, 287, 288, 293. bucculentus, 451. nove-zealandie, Filhol, 436, 449. tuberculatus, Nicolet, 436, 449. Ophiocnida brachiata (Mont.), mentioned, 270. Ophiopholis aculeata (Zinn.), mentioned, 172, Ophiura 172. ciliaris (Zznn.), mentioned, 172. Ornocestus viridulus, Boliv., mentioned, ING, Ourameeba butulicauda, Leidy, 128. nobilis, Penard, mentioned, 128. vorax, Leidy, 128. Nicolet, 436, 449, albida, Forbes, mentioned, Pair, term defined, 529. Palearctic Rhopalocera, Revision of the Linnean Types, by Roger Verity, 173- 191. Palinuridz, mentioned, 230. 548 INDEX. Palinurus, a Free-Swimming Nauplioid Stage in, by J. D. F. Gilchrist, 225— 231. lalandei, Milne-Ldw., mentioned, 225, 230; fig., 226. quadricornis, Fabr., 230. Palmipes placenta (Penn.), mentioned, 172. Paludina senaarica, Wister, 257. Paludomus Grandidieri, Crosse § Fischer, 378. madagascariensis, Brot, 378. Pamphagus, 7hunb., mentioned, 77. avidus, Leidy, mentioned, 128. curvus, Leidy, mentioned, 128. eranulatus, F. £. Schulze, mentioned, 128. hyalinus, Lhrenbd., mentioned, 126. mutabilis, Badley, 209; mentioned, 128, 218. Pamphilus comma (Linn.), 190. Panopleea Eblane (Spence Bate), taken from branchial cavities of Rhizostoma, mentioned, 172. Papilio feisthameli, Dup., 190; mentioned, 174. lottert lotteri, Aust., 190. maura lottert, Aust., 190. flemmeus, Fourcroy, mentioned, 175. lotteri, Aust., mentioned, 174. lottert lottert, Aust., 190. machaon (Linn.), 176. mnemosyne (Zinn.), mentioned, 179. podalirius (Linn.), 174; mentioned, 175, 190. —— feisthameli, Dup., 190; men- tioned, 170. maura, Verity, 190. ——miegi, Thierry-M., feisthameli, Dup., 190; mentioned, 190. —— podalirius podalirius (Lznn.), 190. protesilaus (Zinn.), mentioned, 175. sinon, Jabr., mentioned, 175, 176; mentioned ftnote 175. sinon, Poda, 190. vernus, Verity *, 176, 190. zancleus. Zeller, 190. Paracalanus parvus, Sars, mentioned, 39. mentioned, Paracyathus taxilianus, Gosse, mentioned, 270. Paradexamine, Stebd., 332. fissicauda, Chilton, 331, 382. flindersi, Chilton, 331. pacifica, Stebd., 351. Paranais, Czern., mentioned, 97. litoralis (O. F. AMiill.), Czern., 98. naidina, Bretscher, 97. Pararge achine (Seop.), mentioned, 1865. adrasta (Linn.), mentioned, 186. eegeria (Linn.), 185. dejanira (Lrnn.), 185. hiera (Fabr.), mentioned, 185. maera (Zinn.), 185 ; mentioned, 185. maera (Zinn.), 191. monotonia, Schilde, 191. vulgaris, Verity *, 191. megera (Lznmn.), 185. monotonia, Schilde, 191; mentioned, 186. philippus (Zrzn.), mentioned, 185. vulgaris, Verity, mentioned, 186. Parmulina brucei, Penard, mentioned, 214. Parnassius, Latr., mentioned, 187. apollo (Linn.), Godt., 176. Peachia, Gosse, mentioned, 40, 45, 46, 54. antarctica, Pfeffer, 46. carnea, Hutton, mentioned, 39, 46. hastata, Gosse, mentioned, 39, 41, 45, 46, 54. hilli, Welsmore*, 39; mentioned, 39, 41, 48, 46, 56; cesophageal region of, mentioned, 43. koreni, MeMurr., mentioned, 46. Pelecypoda, 251. Pelomyxa caroliuensis, H. C. Wilson, men- tioned, 154. villosa, Zeidy, mentioned, 128. Pellomyxa, 128; sphalm.=prec. Peltogaster, Rathke, 431, 482, 434. Penzide, mentioned, 222. Peneeus, Fubr., mentioned, ftnote 220. Pennatula, Zinn., mentioned, 274, 275. phosphorea, Zinn., mentioned, 274. Pentatoma, Zam., mentioned, 309. Peridinians, mentioned, 80, 31, Peridinium, Lhrend., sp., mentioned, 35. Periplaneta, Burm. mentioned, 2, 69; larva, 69. INDEX. 549 Periplaneta australasie (abr.), Burm., mentioned, 67. ~ sp., 64, 67; mentioned, 68. Perrierella Audouiniana (Spence Bate), mentioned, 172. Perrier de la Bathie, Gastropods coll. by, ope 5795. Petromyzon, Zinn., mentioned, 301, 302. fluviatilis, Z22n., mentioned, 301. Phakellia infundibuliformis (Johnst.), Bow., mentioned, 271. ventilabrum (Johnst.), DBow., men- tioned, 271. Pharyngeal duct of Schizoneura, 318, 316. Pharyngeal struts of Schizoneura, 515. Pharynx of Schizoneura, 315, 318. Phasmide, mentioned, 2. Phellia amboniensis, Kwietniewski, men- tioned, 54. browni, Wilsmore*, 46; mentioned, 39, 51-54, 56. capitata, Wilsmore*, 50; mentioned, 39, 51, 53, 54. panamensis, Verrz/, mentioned, 51. sollasi, Haddon, 55; mentioned, 52, 54. ternatana, Aweetniewsk?, mentioned, 54. vermiformis, Haddon, mentioned, 49. Philocheras sculptus (Bell), mentioned, OGM. Philopotamis, Zay, mentioned, 378. Philoscia muscorum (Scop.), mentioned, 288. Philougria marina, Chilton, 444. Phlceothripidee, 504. Photis Reinhardi, Aréy., mentioned, 172. Phreatoicus, Chilton, mentioned, 454. Phryganella hemispherica, Penard, men- tioned, 124, 127, 128, 212. nidulus, Penard, mentioned, 124, 127, 212. Phyllodromia, Serv., mentioned, 62, 65. furcifera, Shelford, 60; mentioned, 68. inclusa, Shelford *, 67; mentioned, 68, 69. precursor, Shelford*, 63; mentioned, 68, 69. sp., 67; mentioned, 68. Phyllodromia Woodwardi, Shelford *, 62 ; mentioned, 68, 69. Phyllodromiinee, 68. Phylophorus Drummondi ( Thomps.), men- tioned, 172, 210. pellucidus (Dib. § Aor.), mentioned, 270. Phylloxera, Fonsec, mentioned, 315, 317. Physa brocchiu, Bourg., 245. contorta, Mich., 244. subopaca (Pall.), Lam., mentioned, ftnote 236. ; truncata, Bourg., 244. Wéruss., 244. Physopsis sp. ?, mentioned, 236. Pieris, Schrank, mentioned, 177. estivus, Verity, 190; mentioned, 178. arctica, Verity, 190; mentioned, 177. brassicee (Zinn.), 178. brassicee brassicee (Linn.), 190. chariclea, Steph., 190. lepidii, Rober, var. brassice (Zinn.), 190. bryonie, Ochs., mentioned, 177. daplidice (Linn.), 176. frigida, Seudd., mentioned, 177. immaculata, Fologne, mentioned, 177. lepidii, Rober, 190; mentioned, 178. metra, Steph., 190; mentioned, 177. napea, Lsp., var. vulgaris, 190. napi (Linn.), 177, 190. —— napi napi, auct., 190; (Linn.), 190. arctica, Verity, 190. vulgaris vulgaris, nom. nov., Verity *, 190. nitida, Verity, mentioned, 176. Ochsenheimeri (Godt.), mentioned, Life rape (Linn.), 177 ; mentioned, 178. estivus, nom. unov., Verity*, 190. metra, Steph., var. rape, 190. rape rapee (Linn.), 190. vulgaris ( Verity *), 177, 190. Pisidium sp. ?, 263. Pisum parasiticun, Parreyss, 263. Placocysta, Leidy, 150. jurassica, Denard, 83; mentioned, ftnote 83, 85, 150. 550 INDEX. Placocysta spinosa (Carter), Leidy, 150; mentioned, 83, 126. var. setigera, Wazrles*, 150; mentioned, 126, 161. Placostylus Bollonsi, Suter, 385. Plagiopyxis, Penard, 151, 159. callida, Penard, 131 ; mentioned, 123, 212. labiata, Penard, 159; mentioned, 212. Plaukton, Summer, A Comparison of that on the West Coast of Scotland with that in the Irish Sea, 23-88. Planorbis, Guettard, 242; mentioned, 248. boissyi, Pot. et Mich., 242. cornu, /hrenb., mentioned, 242. cosmius, Znnes, mentioned, 245. ecarinata, var., Jeffi., mentioned, 245. ehrenbergi, Beck, mentioned, 242. mareoticus (Letowrn.), Innes, 242. peteli (Pallary), Jickel, mentioned, ftnote 256. spirorbis, O. F. Miill., mentioned, 245. Platyarthrus simoni, Dol/fus, mentioned, 510. Plectoptera, Sawss., mentioned, 65. antiqua, Shelford *, 68; mentioned, 68, 69. Plectopterinz, 68. Pleriplaneta, 69 ; evr. cf. Periplaneta. Pleurosigma, W. Sm., sp., mentioned, 35. Plutei of Echinoderms, mentioned, 35. Podon intermedium, Zr//j., mentioned, 35. Polychet larve, mentioned, 30, 35. Polycheria antarctica, Della Valle, 331. Polymastia, Bow., mentioned, 271. brevis, Bow., mentioned, 271. mammillaris (O. F. Miill.}, Bow., men- tioned, 271. Polymorphina gibba, d’Orb., mentioned, 273. sororia, Aewss, mentioned, 273. Polyommatothrips, Buffa, 500. stlvestri, Bufta, 501. vigilans, Hood, 503. Polyphaga, Brullé, mentioned, 62. fossilis, Shelford, 62, 68. Pompholyxophrys punicea, Archer, men- tioned, 128. Pontigulasia compressa (Carter), Cash, mentioned, 124, 212. Pontigulasia vas (ZLedy), Schout., men- tioned, 124, 127, 128. Porania pulvillus (O. F. Miill.), men- tioned, 172. Porcellio, Zatr., mentioned, 435, 458. levis, Latr., 291; mentioned, 287, 288, 293. seaber, Zatr., 290; mentioned, 287, 288, 293. Porcellionides pruinosus (Brandt), Steb- bing, 291; mentioned, 287, 288, 293, 509. Preston, H. B., Description of new Species of Non-Marine Mollusca from the South- ern Sudan, 265. Prionotus, Zacep., fin rays of, mentioned, 299. Pristhesancus papuensis, Sid/, mentioned, 309, 311. Pristina equiseta, Bourne, 99. Proboscis of Schizoneura, 315, 315. Prosobranchiata, 237. Protopedata (O. F. Miill.), mentioned, 172. Protozoan nuclei, mentioned, 153. Psammoryctes barbatus (Grube), Vejdovsky, 100; mentioned, 95. Pseudocalanus, Boeck, mentioned, 29. elongatus, Boeck, mentioned, 27, 29, 35. Pseudochlamys, Clap. § Lachm., 131. aculeata, Greeff, 214. patella, Clap. § Lachm., mentioned, 128, 212. Pseudoderopeltis, Avauss, mentioned, 67. Psendodifflugia Archeri, Penard, men- tioned, 126, 201. fascicularis, Penard, 209; mentioned, 213. fulva, Archer, mentioned, 126, 201. gracilis, Schiumb., mentioned, 126, 201, 202, 209, 218. Pseudomutela, Szmpson, 259. plicata, Martens, 259; mentioned, 235. Pseudophyllodromia, Brunn, mentioned, 62-64. succinica, Shelfurd *, 62; mentioned, 68, 69. Pteraster militaris (O. F. Miill.), men- tioned, 269. Pulmonata, 241; from Madagascar, 380. INDEX. 551 Pulvinulina repanda, Fichtel § Moll, mentioned, 273. i Pump chamber of Schizoneura, 318. — cylinder of Schizoneura, 318. muscle of Schizoneura, 320. salivary, cf Hemiptera, 310, 313, 318. ——- stem of Schizoneura, 319. Pyrameis atalanta (Linn.), 181. eardui (Linn.), 181. Pyrgophysa forskali, Hhrend., 245. Pyrrhocoris apterus, Mayer, 309; men- tioned, 510. Pyura, Hartmever, mentioned, 280, 281. stubenrauchi, Michaelsen, mentioned, 280. Quadrula, F. E. Schulze, 141, 159; men- tioned, 142. irregularis, Penard, mentioned, 141. symmetrica (G. Wallich), F. E. Schulze, 141, 159; mentioned, 125, 161, 213. curvata, Wailes*, 142; men- tioned, 125, 161. irregularis, Penard, 142; men- tioned, 125, 161. pars, Leidy, 139; mentioned, 134, 156, 140. Quadrulella, Cockerell, 142. Quasillina brevis, Norman, mentioned, 271. Raphidiophrys (see Rhaphidiophrys). elegans, Hertw. § Less., mentioned, 128. pallida, F. HE. Schulze, mentioned, 154. viridis, Archer, mentioned, 128. Reophax findens, Parker, mentioned, 2 i € 9 v. {9} ‘ moniliforme, S¢ddall, mentioned, 273. Rhizopoda, 155, 202, 212. ——— Distribution of, in South America, mentioned, 210, 212. -—— Freshwater, and Heliozoa from the States of New York, New Jersey, and Georgia, U.S.A., with Supplemental Note on Seychelles Species, by G. H. Wailes, 121-161. —— Freshwater, from North and South America, by G. H. Wailes, 201-218. Rhizopods, British, Observations on some New and Little-known, by Jas. Meikle Brown, 77-85. Rhizosolenia, Hhrenb., mentioned, 28, 29. alata, Brightw., mentioned, 35. semispina, Hensen, mentioned, 28, 29, 34-36. setigera, Brightw., mentioned, 35. Shrubsclei, Cleve, mentioned, 35. Stolterfothii, Perag., mentioned, 35. Rhizostoma from Dublin Bay, Panoplea eblanze (Spence Bate), taken from branchial cavities of, mentioned, 172. Rhopalocera Paleearctica, Observations on certain Names proposed by Dr. Verity on the Collection of Linnzeus, by Dr. Karl Jordan, 193. Revision of the Linnean Types, by Roger Verity, 173-191. Rhynchelmis, Hoffm., mentioned, 99. Khysota zquivoca, Iobson*, 381, 389. Rice, unhusked, species introd. with, 377. Robson, G. C., The Dentition, &c., of Veronicella nilotica, Cockerell, 266. Jtossia macrosoma, d’Oyb., mentioned, 271. Rotalia, Lam., mentioned, 272. beccarul (Linn.), Brady, mentioned, 272. Sacculina, Thomps., mentioned, 432. Seennris tubifex, JoAnst., mentioned, 100. Sagartia undata (O. F. Miill.), Carlgren, mentioned, 53. viduata (O. F. Miill.), Gosse, men- tioned, 53. Sagitta, Quoy § Gaim., mentioned, 30, 31. bipunctata, Quoy § Gaim., men- tioned, 35. Sagrina nodosa, Parker § Jones, mentioned, 273. Salivary duct of Schizoneura, 319. glands of Schizoneura, 319. —- pump of Hemiptera, 310, 313, 318. Sarcodictyon agelomerata, Furbes § Good- sir, mentioned, 271. catenata, Forbes, mentioned, 270, Die Sarcodina, 123, 155, 212. Sargartiide, 39. Satyrus, Zatr., mentioned, 184, a2 . INDEX. Satyrus aleyone, Schiff., 191; mentioned, 183, 184. circe (Fabr.), Godt., mentioned, 183. tagi (Scop.), 184. fidia (Linn.), Godt., 184; mentioned, 183. hermione, auct., 191. hermione (Zinn.), Godt., 191; men- tioned, 183, 184. major (Esp.), mentioned, 184. minor (Esp.), mentioned, 184. major (Zsp.), 191. phedra (Linn.), Godt., 184. semele (Linn.), Godt., 184. saxicava, Flewr., 525. Schizoneura lanigera, MZawsmann, mouth- parts, 807-380. Sclerites of Schizoneura, 318. Seolopendrella, Gervais, 198, 199; men- tioned, 195, 196. immaculata, Newport, mentioned, 195, notacantha, Gervais, 199; mentioned, 195, 197. pygmea, S2/vesty7, mentioned, 195. subnuda, Hansen, mentioned, 195. Scolopendrellidz, 197 ; mentioned, 195. Scolopendrelline, 198, 199; mentioned, IST, USI Scolopendrelloides, Bagnall *, 197, 198; mentioned, 196. erassicornis (Hansen), Bagnall*, 198. pauperata (Hansen), Bagnall *, 198. Scolopendrellopsis, Bagnall*, 198; men- tioned, 196. microcolpa (Muhr), Bagnall *, 199. pygmeea (Silvestre), Bagnall *, 199. silvestrii (Hansen), Bagnall *, 199. subnuda (Hansen), Bagnall *, 199; mentioned, 196. Scutigerella, Ryder, 197, 198; mentioned, 195, 196. armata, Hansen, 198; mentioned, 196. biscutata, Bagnall, 198; mentioned, 196, Hanseni, Pagnall, mentioned, 196. immaculata (Newp.), Ryder, 198; mentioned, 196. indecisa, Attems, mentioned, 199. nivea (Scop.), H. J. Hansen, men- tioned, 196, Scutigerelline, 191, 198; mentioned, 196. Scyllarus, Fabr., mentioned, 225, 229, 230. Scyphacidee, Chilton, 487. Scyphacine, Dana, 487. Scyphax, Dana, 487, 453. aucklandie, Chilton, 456, 445. partim, 449. Scyphoniscus, Chilton, 487, 453. Scytophorus, Hertwig, mentioned, 46. antarcticus, Carlgren, mentioned, 46. Sea-pen, Giant (Funiculina quadran- eularis), mentioned, 163. Sedulothrips, Bagnall *, 503. insolens, Bagnall*, 505, 507, vigilans,»Baynall *, 508. Segmentina, Fleming, 245; mentioned, 236. angusta, Jickeli, 243; mentioned, 265. Kkanisaénsis, Preston *, 245, 265; men- tioned, 268. Segregation, 467, 468. Sergestes, Milne-Edw., mentioned, 220. japonicus, Spence Bate, mentioned, 299. mollis, Smith, mentioned, 222. robustus, Smth, mentioned, ftnote 920. Sergestidee, Mclne-Edw., mentioned, 222. Sergestide, On Aphareocaris, nom. nov. (Aphareus, Paulson), a Genus of the Crustacean Family, by W. T. Calman, 219-223. Shelford, R., The British Museum Col- lection of Blattidse enclosed in Amber, 59-70. Sicyonia, Milne-Edw., mentioned, 220. carinata, Milne-Edw., mentioned, ftnote, 220. Siluras, Zinnz., mentioned, 301. Siphanta, Sta, mentioned, 309, 311. Size characters, 466, 467, 471. Socarnes erythrophthalmus, Robertson, mentioned, 271. Solaster endeca (Linn.), mentioned, 172. papposus (Fabr.), mentioned, 172. Somatic Characters and Chromatin Rod- Lengths, being a Further Study of Chromosome Dimensions, by C, F. U. Meek, 107-119, INDEX. 553 Spatangus purpureus, O. F. Miill., men- tioned, 172. Spatha, Lea, 259. arcuata, Caill., mentioned, 260. catlliaudi, Martens, 259. canada, Bourg., mentioned, 260. fourtaui (Pallary), 261; mentioned, 262. hartmanni, Martens, 260. innesi, Pallary, 260. lepsit, Jickeli, mentioned, 260. letourneuxt, Bourg., mentioned, 260. marnoi, Jickel, 261. rubens (Zam.), 259; mentioned, 234, 260. wahlbergi, Krauss, 260; mentioned, 234, 261. wissmanni, Martens, mentioned, 260. Spathella fourtaur. Pallary, 261. -Spermatocytes, Primary, 11-18; Secon- dary, 18, 14. Spermatogenesis of Stenobothrus curti- pennis, 109-111. — — of Stenobothrus viridis, with Special Reference to the Heterotropic Chromo- some as a Sex Determinant in Grass- hoppers, by Capt. C. F. U. Meek, 1-26. : Spermatogonia of Stenobothrus, 8-11. Spermatogonial metaphase, 109. Spherium, Scop., 263; mentioned, 235. teilhardi, Pallary, 263; mentioned, 236. Sphenoderia, Schlumb., 152. dentata, Penard, 152, 160; mentioned, 126. fissirostris, Penard, mentioned, 152. lenta, Schlwmb., 152; mentioned, 84, 126. —— pars, Leidy, 152. macrolepis, Leddy, 88, 152; men- tioned, 85, 126. Spiraxis evimia, Shuttl., 385. Spirosperma ferox, Evsen, 101. Spolia Runiana.—I. Funiculina quadran- guiaris (Pallas) and the Hebridean Diazona violacea, Savigny, by W. A. Herdman, 163-172. II. Funiculina quadrangularis (Pallas), Diazona violacea, Sav., Forbe- sella tessellata (Forbes), Variation in LINN. JOURN.—-ZOOLOGY, VOL, XXII, Ascidia, and Records of various rare Invertebrata, by W. A. Herdman, 269- 285. Stauroderus bicolor (Charp.), mentioned, Ia re Steiroxys trilineatus, Herm., mentioned, 10. Stenobothrus, Fisch., mentioned, 108, 112, Ts, lle, bicolor (Charp.), Bris., 116; com- plexes of, 112-115, 117, 118. biguttulus (Zinn.), Hversm., men- tioned, 2, 8, 9, 10; chromosomes in, Waly ie). eurtipennis, Seudd., 116; mentioned, 8, 108; chromosome measurement ‘of, 112-114; complexes of, 112- TG ly, Us}, parallelus, Brunn, 115; complexes of, 112-118. viridulus, Fisch., 115; mentioned, 109, 112; complexes of, 112, 114-- 119; spermatogenesis of, by Capt. C. F. U. Meek, 1-25. Stenogyride, 245; from Madagascar, 385. Stenopidea, mentioned, 222. Stenothoé marina (Spence Bate), men- tioned, 172. Stentor, Oken, capture of, by Amoeba, men- tioned, 154, Stomatodon, Seeley, mentioned, 378. Streptaxis, Gray, mentioned, 236. sp., 245. sudanica, Preston*, 245, 265; men- tioned, 268. Streptoneura from Madagascar, 377. Streptostele, Dohrn, sp. ?, 245. Styela [=Stycla, Sav.], mentioned, 281. Styelinz, mentioned, 279. Stylaria lacustris (Zinn.), Johnst., 99. Stylets of Schizoneura, 320, 322. Stylodrilus, Clap., mentioned, 99. vejdovskyi, Benham, 100. Stylommataphora, 245; from Mada- gascar, 380. Stylopyga, Fesch., mentioned, 67. Suberites carnosus, Gay, mentioned, 271. Submytilacea, 251. Succinea, Drap., 250. egyptiaca, Ehrenb., 250. cleopatree, Pallary, 250. 44 554 INDEX. Succinea tndica, Jickeli, 250. rugulosa (Hédgg), Morelet, mentioned, ftnote 236. _ Succineidee, 250. Suction by Schizoneura, 324; — canal of Schizoneura, 320. Symphyla, On the Classification of the Order, by R. 8. Bagnall, 195-199. Symphylella, Sz/vestr7, 198, 199; men- tioned, 195, 196. antennata (Hansen), 199. brevipes (Hansen), 199. delicatula (Bagnall), 199. dunelmensis, Bagnall, 199. horrida (Bagnall), 199. isabellas (Grassi), 199; mentioned, 195. jacksoni (Bagnall), 199. minutissima (Bagnall), 199. neotropica (Hansen), 199. pusilla (Hansen), 199. simplex (Hansen), 199. texana (Hansen), 199. vulgaris (Hansen), 199. Sympleustes latipes (WZ. Sas), mentioned, 172. Syncelidum, Wheeler, mentioned, 87. Syndexamine, Chilton *, 332. carinata, Chilton *, 382-335, pl. 26. Syntethys, Forbes, mentioned, 165, 166, ftnote 276. hebridicus, Forbes § Goodsir, men- tioned, 1638, 165, 167, 171, 276. Syrbula, S¢@/, mentioned, 2, 9. acuticornis, Brwn., mentioned, 4, 9. admirabilis, UAl., mentioned, 2, 3, 4, 18. Tenioglossa, 237. Tanalia, Zay, mentioned, 378. Taphrospira, Blandford, mentioned, 376, 383. Temnopteryx Ilebsi, Shelford, 61; men- tioned, 62, 68, 69. Temora longicornis, G. Sars, mentioned, 35. Tentacles of Edwardsides, 519-529. Terebrantia, West Indian, 496. Terrestrial Isopods, On the Range of Variation of their Oral- Appendages, by W. E. Collinge, 287-294. Testacellidee, 245. Testis of Stenobothrus, follicles of, 6-8. Tethya lyncurium (Linn.), Schmidt, men- tioned, 271. Textularide, mentioned, 272. Thais rumina (Linn.), Godt., 176. Thalassiosira, Cleve, mentioned, 29, 31, 34. gravida, Cleve, mentioned, 29, 34, 365. Nordenskioldii, Cleve, mentioned, 29, 34, 35. Thames Valley, Some Annelids of the, by Rev. Hilderic Friend, 95-106. Thanaos tages (Linn.), Borsd., 190. Thecla ilicis (Zsp.), mentioned, 186. pruni (Linn.), 186. Thripide, 498. Thysanoptera from West Indies, 495-507. Tinea, Cuv., mentioned, 301. Tintinnide, mentioned, 30, 31. Tintinnus, Schrank, mentioned, 133. Triangulus munide, G. W. Smith, 480; mentioned, 272. Trichoniscus, Brandt, mentioned, 418, 420, 435, 438, 445. magellanicus, (Dana), Stebb., men- tioned, 453. roseus (Koch), Budde-Lund, 289 ; men- tioned, 287, 288, 293. Trichorhina quisquiliarum, Budde-Lund, 510. Trigonopyxis, Penard, 159; mentioned, 132. arcula (Zeidy), Penard, 156, 159; mentioned, 124, 132, 212. arcula, Penard, 159. Trinema, Dujard., 152, 160. complanatum, Penard, 152, 160; men- tioned, 126, 127, 208, 213. constricta, Certes, mentioned, 211. enchelys (Ehrenb.), Leidy, 152, 160: mentioned, 126, 211, 213. pars, Leidy, 152, 160. , var. galeata, Penard, 208; men- tioned, 213. lineare, Penard, 152, 160; mentioned, 126, 127, 128, 213. sauvineti, Certes, mentioned, 211. Trinidad Thysanoptera, 495-507. Trochiscia sp., mentioned, 35. Tropidophora betsiloensia, L. A. Smith, 379. INDEX. 555 Tropidophora balteata (Sowerby), 380. bicarinata (Sowerby), 379. congenera, I. A. Smith, 379. ligata (O. F. Miill.), Robson *, 380. sp. ?, 379. Tryphosa Horingii, Boeck, mentioned, 271. Sarsii (Bonnier), mentioned, 172. Tryxalide, mentioned, 108. Tubifex, Zam., mentioned, 96, 106. umbellifer, Zankester, 100. Tubificidee, 100; mentioned, 95, 96. Tubulifera, 499. Uncinais, Beddard, 98. Unio egyptiacus, Caill., 253. cailltaud?, Féruss., 256. emeritus, Bourg., mentioned, 252. euryssellinus, Bowrg., mentioned, 252, 253. euryssellinus, I.etourn., mentioned, 235. lithophagus, Parreyss in MS., 256. Ziegler in MS., 256. mysticus, Bourg., mentioned, 235. niloticus, Caill., 252. parreyssi, Avister, 254. parreysst, v. Gd. Busch, 254. var. schweinfurthi, Martens, mentioned, 255. phibsicus, Bourg., mentioned, 252. sennaariensis, Kister, 252; mentioned, 253, 254. var. schweinfurthi, Martens, mentioned, 255. teretiusculus, Philippi, 256. Unionide, 252. Urocyclus pinguis, Robson *, 380, 388, 389. Vaginulide, 251; from Madagascar, 383. Vaginulina legumen (Zznmn.), d’Orb., men- tioned, 273. Vampyrella, Crenk., mentioned, 153, 203. lateritia (Fresen.), Leidy, 203; men- tioned, 128. sptrogyra, Cienk., 203. Vampyrellida, 203. Vanessa antiopa (Zimn.), Godt., 181. io (Linn.), Godt., 181. polychloros (Linn.), Godt., 181. Vanessa urticee (Linn.), Godt., 181. Verity, Roger, Revision of the Linnean Types of Palearctic Rhopalocera, 173- 191. Vermiculus, Goodrich, mentioned, 102. Veronicella, Blainv., 251. hovarum, Robson *, 383, 388, 389. nilotica, Cockerell, 251; mentioned, 235, 236 ; its Dentition etc., by G. C. Robson, 266. Vinneta, Budde-Lund, subgen., 439, 440. Virgularia, Zam., mentioned, 274. mirabilis, Lam., mentioned, 274. Vivipara, Lam., 237. capillata, Frauenfeld, mentioned, 238. unicolor, Olivier, 237 ; mentioned, 238. , var. biangulata, Avister, men- tioned, 238. Viviparide, 237. Voluta fluviatihs, Rumph., 379. Vorderkopf= Forehead, 310, 311 note. Wailes, G. H., Freshwater Rhizopoda and Heliozva from the States of New York, New Jersey, and Georgia, U.S.A., with Supplemental Note on SeychellesSpecies, 121-161. — Freshwater Rhizopoda from North and South America, 201-218. Walker, Alfred O., On the Amphipoda, ete. collected from the ‘ Runa,’ 171-172. Wanzenspritze, 310; mentioned, 309. West Indian Thysanoptera, 495-507. Wilsmore, Leonora J., On some Hex- actinie from New South Wales, 39-56. Xesta, Alb., mentioned, 382. Xestina, Pfeiff., mentioned, 382. Xiphidium, Burm., its germ-cells, men- tioned, 2, 3. fasciatum (De Geer), Burm., men- tioned, 10. Zephyrus betule (Linn.), Godt., 187. quercus (Linn.), 186. Zoanthactiniaria, 515. Zoantharia, Carlgren, 515. Zoanthinaria, 515. Zonitide from Madagascar, 381. PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET. Py ieee: a ‘ i) ; » ae yey Ky tj Te i , ine ; z n ' nt. 7 a iy ii G se] oe Tite, al i st ‘ . er rerhes y tye I p 7 Ke (ey ur pe oP Ae AY 2 f i * hi ins ’ ae ' erp ; a oh OAT achaab tit Tater | t K he ; \ , \ tbe’ IM en ; ‘ : : ie y ar P med Vinaer mae ronen |. Sart Mee re hs | | el RR ee ,| 4 pin is : ad Mit aA f Ve A kM é irgleed oid o, env kia ena SEAR ay aii é . LY ; be Cin fi RULES FOR BORROWING BOOKS FROM THE LIBRARY. 1. No more than Six volumes shall be lent to one person at the same time without the special leave of the Council or one of the Secretaries. 2. All books shall be returned before the expiration of Six weeks from the time of their being taken out, but if not required by any other Fellow, they may, on application, be kept for a further period of Six weeks. 3. All books lent shall be regularly entered by the ; Librarian in a book appropriated for that purpose. 4. No work forming part of Linnzus’s own Library shall be lent out of the Library under any circumstances. Nore.—Certain other works are included in this prohibition, such as costly illustrated works, and volumes belonging to sets which could not be replaced if lost. A GENERAL INDEX to the first twenty Volumes of the Journal (Zoology) may be had on application, either in cloth or in sheets for binding. Price to Fellows, 15s.; to the Public, 20s. A CATALOGUE of the LIBRARY may ke had on application. Price to Fellows, 5s.; to the Public, 10s. NOTICES. Vou. 32. Nos. 211-220, completed with No. 221, the present number. Vou. 33. No. 222. In the press for immediate issue. Authors are entitled to 50 copies of their communications gratuitously, and may obtain another 50 by payment, as shown on the printed slip which accompanies the proof. If more than 100 copies are wanted, application must be made to the Council. Abstracts of the proceedings at each General Meeting and Agenda for the next are supplied to all Fellows. B. DAYDON JACKSON, General Secretary. Fe rs a — RAN * aN a oy oN see os io ae Si ib a I ‘. - | vs . es of wil i l | ol > a re ll ib et 18 We be Ca oe = oe i ! i %,, es a “i es x rt Np Ss Hy Lal ~, Law {ih i ti l %, Ss a0 : i Lane tags , (i pe «Y fe tool tes fpr a ON Oy pte Hk Ne Nt a) As EIN “ING Ress _ cree ance fe pean AI —<—<=—— ce vy we if iy * | fg ‘a % ., a> ‘ee tn,§ & "ay Sa =, mn = 4s, ay eae dew | cS i % % * 2 fs "4 ae cS E 4 it : iy, b. I ilh aa ee A (4 on, ee 4M ees yy